RUN: AISESESET fl wenahe Enlh apa DURGELFURNN ehren nene n SIR £ 5 Are SEHR. le a) ” 2 3 ’ Ä E " URNEREOETT SIE TER y # R z N n un apo N ü WER ZDE NEN : ö + 3 Ehe Tasten as retraah iriss E 3 SEEN ERMANE SAre EEE Be eyes Be Bin ENSEE N ENEN Haze THESIS ra RAR : y R: Verayae REISTE Skagen RN & ar Eure DEREN Gurtar Dan a fin ne Pnen das Ge nl = . N W> tens en nd 3 BOaSCTUFLN SrnErr, are % az 5 ER - b an nen e Be : Beet : RES N Kerne UeT u wre EN en EN Re EpTeeene Bla ur ZEN PER APRES SENDER TER FERNER er. HARVARD UNIVERSITY ” Library of the Museum of Comparative Zoology 7 ne &g ”ünche® PIAI Zeitschrift für Zoologie herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Band 18 1995 Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München ISSN 0341-8391 AMAKYE, J. S.: BAEHR, M.: BAEHR, M.: BAEHR, M.: BAEHR, M.: BOTOSANEANU, L.: BUSCHINGER, A.: DE MEYER, M.: INHALT - CONTENTS Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov. from Ghana, with an emendation of the genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) ...................u..222u02220.- New species and new records of the genera Fortagonum Darlington and Collagonum, gen. nov. from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Garabidae, Agoninae)m..a.........ameaseneneee nassen anne anne sn A new genus of Odacanthinae from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleo- ptera, Garabidae).......220.22.0....002022402R2acna anne en New taxa and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Supplement to the “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pen- tagemieinae).... Men. ae ne RER A peculiar new species of Pogonoglossus Chaudoir from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Helluodinae) ................................- Nouvelles donnees sur Ernodes vicinus (McL., 1879) et E. boto- saneanui Vaillant, 1982 (Insecta, Trichoptera, Beraeidae) .............. Life history of the parasitic ant, Epimyrma bernardi Espadaler, 1982 (Inseeta, Hymenoptera, Formieidae) u... ee The pipunculid flies of Israel and the Sinai (Insecta, Diptera, Pipuncul- Idaeen ass ansenan eenene nee ne e eERERREREER D’URSO V. & A. GUGLIELMINO: Taxonomic remarks on Italian Cixidia with description of FISCHER, M.: two new species (Homoptera, Auchenorrhyncha, Achilidae) ........... Some new descriptions and redescriptions of Opiinae (Insecta, Kilymenoptera, Braconidae) ........sensserreesessneeeennesennn en nee RER HAWKESWOOBD, T. J. & G. A. SAMUELSON: Notes on some leaf beetles from the KRENFFRZIE: LOMBARDO, F.: LOPATIN, 1.: MITOV, P.: Passam area, East Sepik Province, and Port Moresby area, Central Province, Papua New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) Beschreibung und systematische Stellung von Temnorhynchus zair- ensis, spec. nov. aus Zaire (Insecta, Coleoptera, Scarabaeoidea, Melolonthidae, Dynastinae, Pentodontini) ..........................22222240000000- Parahestiasula obscura, gen. nov., spec. nov. from Nepal (Insecta, Mantodea, Hymenopodidae)...............:..........22.s20eee nee Typenrevision der von Josef Breit beschriebenen Ischyromus-Arten (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) ..........................22400000s22222Bnnn00n Ein neuer Graecophalangium Roewer aus Mazedonien (Arachnida, Opiliones, Rhalangiidae)enn. nee 22715 15- 43 45- 48 INleiaı 255-258 251-254 va 283-319 49-64 83-103 165-176 157-164 ne a 259-262 105-109 NARTSHUK, E. P.: NICOLAI, V.: PASTOR DE WARD, REISS, F.: REN SHUNXIANG & ROSSARO, B.: SAETHER, ©. A.: SCHAWALLER, W.: STARK, B. P.: TIEFENBACHER, L.: YU GUOYUE: YU GUOYUE: Buchbesprechungen A new species of Cetema Hendel with reference to the distribution of the genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chloropidae) ............................0..0..2..... The ecological significances of trees’ bark during ecosystem dynam- IS C. T.: Free-living marine nematodes from Deseado river estuary, Santa Cruz, Argentina. (Ironoidea, Leptosomatidae, Thoracostomat- IDaO) ee N Micropsectra spinigera, spec. nov. from Maine, U.S.A. (Insecta, Di- ptera,:Chironomidaß).:.......e mt ee ee PANG XIONGFEI: Four new species of Scymnus Kugelann from China (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinellidae).....................2222240222222000.. The distribution of Palaearctic Diamesinae (Insecta, Diptera, Chirememidae)enkze Bavarismittia reissi, gen. nov., spec. nov., a new orthoclad from Germany (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) .............222..2222224022222220. Revision ofthe Laena species from Middle Asia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrienidae)eset ee New species and records of Anacroneuria (Klapälek) from Venezuela (Insectar.Rlecoptera; Berlidae)n Arte Polychelidae from the Eastern Atlantic and the Arabian Sea (Crust- acea, Decapoda, Reptantia, Polychelidae) ......................2222222000002...- The Coccinellidae (excluding Epilachninae) collected by J. Klap- perich in 1977 on Taiwan (Insecta, Coleoptera) ..............2.2..0002222200. Coccinellid beetles from Fujian, China, preserved in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Germany (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinell- Idaey ee ee ne 277-281 187-199 201-209 263-265 151-155 177-186 267-270 65- 73 211-249 123-144 145-150 ee 10, 44, 74, 82, 104, 110, 122, 156, 200, 210, 250, 266, 276, 282, 320 = 2 u = & Re er = “ a IS I nn er ” = — u = Zi Ki 1% B le Hit = R ö \ NE> 7 s j Fe Po = fi 3 £ 5 = x _ , 2 r e 2 Ber 5 up u = no n j = u | 5 . j . u 2, mr u h j 7 Me: = s Io A eNTNG urase wen AR z end ed ern) une 1 ; “ N, u PEre 1 ia y Rn) AR url ZU ih u“ “ EU Ln bi, ih 2 EnE3 5 U u . j r | 1b a x nn x i 3 , - = j . u . =: e R # j er N A &3 Su ART} eye EN AU 1 4 ha “2 re | er} ” STALL & u . a l g Staaz,, inet PIXIANA Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA + Band 18 + Heft 1 + 1-104 « München, 01. März 1995 ® ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor EISEECHINER M. BAEHR Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. BAEHR H. FECHTER R. KRAFT G. SCHERER E.-G. BURMEISTER R. FECHTER E4ROBR K. SCHÖNITZER W. DIERL U. GRUBER J. REICHHOLF L. TIEFENBACHER J. DILLER A. HAUSMANN F. REISS Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and Besprechungsexemplare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Ba. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 1995 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — Allrights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, FRG. Satz: Desktop Publishing mit PageMaker® Druck: Druckerei Braunstein, München ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, FRG Tel. (089) 18 80 58 - Fax (089) 18 68 71 STDTANA München, 01 Mrz100s | 1sonosrsa Polychelidae aus dem Ostatlantik und dem Arabischen Meer (Crustacea, Decapoda, Reptantia, Polychelidae) Von Ludwig Tiefenbacher Tiefenbacher, L. (1995): Polychelidae from the Eastern Atlantic and the Arabian Sea (Crustacea, Decapoda, Reptantia, Polychelidae). - Spixiana 18/1: 1-9 Some Polychelidae were caught by R.V. “Ombango” in 1960-1969 off the eastern coast of tropical Africa, by R.V. “Meteor” from the Arabian Sea in 1987, and by F.R.V. “Walther Herwig” north-east off Madeira in 1992. Out ofthese samples the Polychelidae- larvae Eryoneicus alberti Bouvier, 1905, E. atlanticus Strunck, 1914, E. faxoni Bouvier, 1905 and E. spinoculatus Bouvier, 1905 as well as the adults of Polycheles typhlops typhlops Heller, 1862 and Stereomastis sculpta (Smith, 1880) were identified. Some taxonomical aspects are discussed and our knowledge of the geographical distribution of some species has been extended. Notes are given to the nutrition of Polycheles t. typhlops and Stereomastis sculpta. The evidence of Polycheles t. typhlops in a depth of 4260 m is apparently, until now, the most extreme occurrence of Polychelidae. Dr. Ludwig Tiefenbacher, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München, Germany Einleitung Vertreter der Polychelidae werden nicht allzu häufig und dann meist nur in einzelnen Exemplaren gefangen. Unsere Kenntnisse über diese altertümliche Reptantia-Gruppe ist daher noch lückenhaft und jede Ergänzung muß wohl willkommen sein. Allein Bernard (1953) konnte erstmals auf der Basis reicherer Fänge der DANA-Expeditionen die meso- bis bathypelagischen Larven der Gruppe, die unter dem Gattungsnamen Eryoneicus seit der “Challenger”-Expedition durch Bate (1882) bekannt sind, eingehender bearbeiten. Selbie (1914), Sund (1915), Calman (1925) und Balss (1925) hatten deren Larvennatur schon erkannt, die bereits Bate (1888) bei der Beschreibung von “Eryoneicus caecus” vermutet hatte (“The possibility has occurred to me of its being a young and immature form of some species allied to Polycheles, ...). Die Frage der Zugehörigkeit der einzelnen beschriebenen Larven zu den adulten Formen am Meeresboden ist jedoch noch keineswegs durchwegs gelöst. Die adulten Formen sind unter den heute gültigen Gattungen Polycheles und Stereomastis beschrieben worden. Nach Heller’s (1862) Beschreibung des ersten rezenten Vertreters der Familie aus dem Mittelmeer wurde eine größere Anzahl von Arten von der “Challenger”-Expedition durch Willemoes-Suhm (1873, 1875) vorgestellt (fide Balss 1957). Santucci (1932, 1934) machte erste und wohl einzige Beobachtungen an lebenden Exemplaren von Polycheles typhlops aus dem Mittelmeer. Material und Methode Das mir zur Bearbeitung vorliegende Material von A. Crosnier wurde von ihm in den Jahren 1960- 1969 vor der Ostküste des tropischen Afrika auf Fahrten mit der “Ombango”, dem Schiff des Centre O.R.S.T.O.M. (Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique Outre-Mer) vor Pointe-Noire gefangen und enthält die Arten Eryoneicus alberti Bouvier, 1905, E. atlanticus Strunck, 1914, E. faxoni Bouvier, 1905, und E. spinoculatus Bouvier, 1905. Die von mir auf der F.S. “Meteor”(III)-Expedition in das Arabische Meer im Jahre 1987* eingebrachten Exemplare gehören ausschließlich zu Eryoneicus spinoculatus Bou- vier, 1905. Die Exemplare von Polycheles typhlops typhlops Heller, 1862, und Stereomastis sculpta (Smith, 1880) brachte F.S. ‘“Meteor”(II) 1982 von der Reise 60* vor der Küste NW-Afrikas mit, bzw. das eine Exemplar von P. typhlops typhlops fing M. Vobach auf F.F.S. “Walther Herwig”, Reise 122, 1992 vor Madeira. Herrn Prof.Dr.A.Crosnier vom Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle (MNHN), Paris, darf ich an dieser Stelle für das Entleihen der von ihm gefangenen Eryoneicus-Exemplare herzlich danken. Nicht minder herzlich danke ich Herrn Prof. Dr. H. Thiel vom Institut für Hydrobiologie und Fischereiwis- senschaft (Hamburg) für die Übergabe der auf der F.S. “Meteor”(II) (Reise 60)* gefangenen Polychel- idae mit den dazugehörigen Fangdaten an die Zoologische Staatssammlung und Herrn Dr. M. Vobach von der Bundesforschungsanstalt für Fischerei (Hamburg) für die Zusendung des mit F.F.S. “Walther Herwig”, Reise 122, gefangenen Exemplars von Polycheles mit den zugehörigen Fangdaten. Tab. 1. Stationen von F.S. “Ombango”, auf denen Eryoneicus gefangen wurde. (u.= ungefähr; ?= keine Angabe vorhanden; CH= Chalut demi-ballon, 41 Fuß; DR= Dredge; GS= Grand Schmidt-Netz, 4m’; IKMT= Isaacs- Kidd-Midwatertrawl, 10 Fuß) Stat. Gerät/Nr. Ort Datum Zeit Fangtiefe MNHN- (m) Nr. 309 IKMT 23 1°55’5/ 8°30’E 17.6.60 22.50 0-775 673 310 IKMT 24 12307572.62582E 18.6.60 1925 0-850 675 324 GS 28 9°14’S/10°02’E 2.3.61 08.20 0-725 678 328 IKMT 13 1103725/.10215JE 4.3.61 20.30 0-725 676 391 IKMT 2 2°00°S/ 6°43’E 10.5.61 21.40 u.1600 669 393 IKMT 4 0°30’S/ 6°30’E 12.5.61 20.50 u.2300 677 2 IKMT 5525,57.10 32 E 2.2.66 18.00 u.1500 672 (Wahrscheinlich Probestation vor Stat.394/13. Daten des Etiketts sind in der Stationsliste (siehe unten!) nicht enthalten.) 394/26 Er 5.065/,11°18’E 18.3.67 7,25 990-1005 674 394/58 CH 5°06°S/11°28’E 21.9.67 7.25 995-1005 671 415 DR 520025741 23E 18.9.69 ? 145 670 (Daten auf Etikett: Large de Pointe-Noire (Congo), 5°07’S/11°14’E) 417 EI 5506257411218. E 18.11.69 17.00 800- 900 668 (Die Daten der Etiketten wurden nach der “Liste des stations de ’Ombango” (Crosnier & Forest, 1973) ergänzt.) Tab. 2. Stationen im Arabischen Meer, auf denen Eryoneicus spinoculatus Bouvier, 1905, von F.S. “Meteor”(ID) (Reise 5) mit dem IKMT gefangen wurde. (Fanggerät: IKMT-MN = Isaacs-Kidd-Midwatertrawl-Multinet) Stat. Hol Ort Datum Zeit Fangtiefe (m) 497 AN 18°32’N /65°20’E 12.5.87 D2N95 0-1100 497 7/5 18°32’N /65°20’E 12.5.87 DR2ROS 0-1100 498 8/5 18°14’N/66°47’E 19:32:07 6.00 0-1100 502 10/1 18°56’N /66°35’E 14.5.87 1.10 0-1100 * Mit Unterstützung der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG) Tab. 3. Stationen im NO-Atlantik, auf denen von F.S. “Meteor”(II) (Reise 60) Polycheles typhlops typhlops Heller, 1862 bzw. Stereomastis sculpta (Smith, 1880) gefangen wurden. (KAD= Kastendredge; ST= Schließtrawl) Stat. Gerät/Nr. Ort Datum Fangtiefe(m) Abschnitt 1 7 ST 248 34°53.2’N/ 6°50.1’W 22.01.82 408-453 19 ST 250 29°13.3’N/11°33.0’W 26.01.82 769-804 27 ST 251 29°12.2’°N/11°26.5’W 27.01.82 430-501 Abschnitt 2 46 KAD 256 25°20.5’N /16°09.0’W 5.02.82 u.400 47 SIT 25% 25°21.4°’°N /16°08.4’W 5.02.82 415-420 53 ST 258 21°15.8°N/17°48.5’W 7.02.82 787-807 58 Ssm2259 21°15.2’N/17°41.9’W 8.02.82 493-498 67 ST 262 17°18.1’N/ 16°45.7’W 10.02.82 376-395 70 ST 263 17°17.7’N/16°51.8’W 11.02.82 807-817 74 ST 264 17°22.2’°N/16°55.0’W 12.02.82 1175-1205 Tab. 4. Station im NO-Atlantik, auf der mit F.F.S. “Walther Herwig” (Reise 122) Polycheles typhlops typhlops Heller, 1862 gefangen wurde (AG= Agassiztraw)). Stat. Gerät Ort Datum Fangtiefe(m) 39 AG 34°02’N /14°36’W 26.03.92 4260 Die auf F.S. “Meteor”(ID), - (ID und F.F.S. “Walther Herwig” gefangenen Tiere wurden an Bord mit 10%igem Formol fixiert und später an Land in 70%iges Äthanol überführt. Da aus den Fängen von F.S. “Meteor”(II) (Reise 60) von einzelnen Stationen ein reicheres Material vorlag, wurden aus diesen einzelne mittelgroße Exemplare von P. t. typhlops und St. sculpta für Mageninhaltsuntersuchungen ausgewählt. Eryoneicus alberti Bouvier, 1905 Das vorliegende 2 (Carapaxlänge (Cpl): 17 mm) stammt von der “Ombango”-Station 394/26 (Tab. 1), also vom Kontinentalabhang unmittelbar vor Pointe-Noire. Die Rostralregion stimmt mit der von Bernard (1953) gegebenen Abbildung völlig überein, die von ihm angegebene Anzahl der Dornen (ohne Rostrum) auf der dorsalen Medianlinie des Carapax (2.p.-2.2.p.2.) und die Anzahl der Dornen auf dem Lateralkiel des Carapax (8,3,14) ebenfalls. Bouvier (1917) gibt sehr schöne Abbildungen von E. alberti. Die von ihm dargestellte Bedornung der Dorsal- und Ventralansicht des Carapax, der Lateralansicht des Abdomens und des 2.Pereiopoden läßt für das vorliegende Exemplar keinen Zweifel an der Übereinstimmung zu. Die Epimere des Abdomens tragen keine Dornen, jedoch ist der Rand der Epimere 4-6, wie auch Bouvier (1917) gezeichnet hat, leicht gesägt. Über die Verbreitung von E. alberti im Atlantik läßt sich noch wenig aussagen. Es ist, außer den 3 Exemplaren, die Bouvier (1905, 1917) aus der Sargassosee bzw. westlich von Flores (Azoren) beschrie- ben hat, nur noch das Exemplar von den Kap Verden (Bernard (1953) ("DANA’”-Expedition 1921; 17°55’N/24°35’W) bekannt. Das vorgestellte Exemplar ist hier das erste südlich des Äquators. Bernard führt aus den Pazifischen Gewässern fünf Exemplare bei Borneo und Mindanao und eines bei Neusee- land an. E. alberti ist also anscheinend auf warme Gewässer beschränkt. Eine Zuordnung von E. alberti zu einem adulten Polycheliden ist bisher nicht gelungen. Eryoneicus atlanticus Strunck, 1914 1982 beschrieb ich 18 und 32 2 dieser Art aus dem mittleren äquatorialen Atlantik. Ohne Kenntnis des Materials aus dem MNHN sstellte ich fest:” Der Fang von Station 197(34) ist zudem jetzt der südlichste (0°00,5’N/21°59’W)”. F.S “Ombango” hatte bereits, wie sich jetzt bei der Determination der Tiere ergab, in den Jahren 1961-69 auf den Stationen 324, 328, 391, 393, ?, 394/58, 415 und 417 (Tab. 1) 18,132 2 und ein Exemplar, von dem nur der Carapax vorhanden ist, von E. atlanticus gefangen. Vor der südwestafrikanischen Küste zwischen der Insel Annobon (heute: Pagalu) und Pointe-Noire scheint die Art wohl außerhalb des Schelfgebietes mehrfach aufzutreten. Das ? von Station 328 ist nun der südlichste Nachweis von E. atlanticus (11°37’S/10°15’E). Die Schließfänge von Stat. 394/58 und 417 liegen zwischen 800 und 1000 m Tiefe. Für die übrigen Fänge, die mit einem offenen Netz durchgeführt wurden, gilt, daß über die Aufenthaltstiefe der Tiere eigentlich keine Angabe gemacht werden kann. Dies ist weitgehend auch für alle bisherigen Nachwei- se und im besonderen für das Typusexemplar zu sagen (Lenz & Strunck (1914): “vert. 3000 m”). Auffallend ist in diesem Zusammenhang, daß das ? von Stat. 415 nur aus einer Tiefe von 145 m heraufgeholt wurde. Die bisher bekannte Verbreitung von E. atlanticus reicht von der Biscaya (Bernard 1953) bis nun in das Gebiet Westafrikas vor der Congo-Mündung und nach Westen vom westlichen Atlantik zwischen den Bermudas und dem Festland bis zu den Antillen und offensichtlich durch den Kanal von Panama bis in den Golf von Panama (Bernard 1953). Die 132 2 zeigen Carapaxlängen von 15-27 mm. Das d von Stat. 417 ist nicht meßbar. Hinsichtlich der Zuordnung dieser Larve schreibt Bernard (1953):” L’adulte, encore inconnu, doit ötre un Stereomastis inedit du groupe sculpta.” und dies gilt bis heute. Eryoneicus faxoni Bouvier, 1905 Auf Station 310 (Tab. 1) fing F.S. “Ombango” ein ? von Eryoneicus, das, obwohl es noch jung ist (Carapaxlänge: 15 mm), eindeutig E. faxoni zugeordnet werden muß. Auf dem 6. Segment finden sich keinerlei Dörnchen vor dem einzelnen Mitteldorn. Die bei E. atlanticus gut sichtbaren beiden Kiele mit 3-5 Dörnchen fehlen hier ganz. Dies stimmt völlig mit dem Bestimmungsschlüssel bei Bernard (1953) überein. Beaubrun (1979) bezieht sich bei seinen Tiefenangaben u.a. auf Stephensen (1923) (“... au large du Cap Beddouza (ex Cap Cantin) par 2200 m de fond.”). Stephensen schreibt aber: “Off Cap Cantin (West coast of Marocco, 2200 m,...” und in seinem Vorwort steht:” The implement of capture was in practi- cally all cases the young-fish trawl...”. Der Jungfischtrawl ist aber kein Schließnetz. Die Angabe bezieht sich also nur auf die Einsatztiefe des Netzes, nicht aber auf die Fangtiefe, aus der das Individuum heraufgeholt wurde. In gleicher Weise müssen auch die Tiefenangaben bei Bernard (1953) betrachtet werden. Über die Verbreitung läßt sich sagen, daß E. faxoni offensichtlich vorwiegend in den tropischen und subtropischen Gewässern auftritt, hier aber wohl im gesamten Atlantik, im Indischen Ozean und im Ost-Pazifik, sowie im westlichen Mittelmeer (Bernard 1953, Beaubrun 1978). Sund (1915) hielt E. faxoni der ähnlichen Bedornung des Carapax wegen für die Larve von “Polycheles sculptus” (= Stereomastis sculpta (Smith, 1880)). Bernard (1953) stimmt ihm aufgrund seines reicheren Materials von der Dana-Expedition 1928-30 hierin voll zu. Eryoneicus spinoculatus Bouvier, 1905 Das ? von Station 309 (Tab.1) aus dem Atlantik (Carapaxlänge: 17 mm) stimmt mit den von Bernard (1953) vorgelegten Merkmalen völlig überein. Wenn wir zusätzlich die Bedornung der abdominalen Tergite berücksichtigen (1.1.2.2.2.1.), so wäre das Exemplar der Variation hibernicus (Selbie, 1914) zuzuordnen. Die drei dd und das eine nicht näher zu bestimmende Exemplar aus dem Arabischen Meer (Tab. 2.) gehören u.a. nach der Bedornung des Carapax (Carapaxlängen: 21,5 mm; 21,0 mm; 19,3 mm; X) ebenfalls eindeutig zu Eryoneicus spinoculatus. Die dorsal-mediane Bedornung der abdo- minalen Tergite (1.1.2.2.1.1.) weicht jedoch verglichen mit dem obigen Individuum ab, so daß die Tiere der Variation indicus (Alcock & Anderson, 1899) zuzuordnen wären. Auch weisen die drei dd einen festeren Carapax auf, den auch Bernard (1953) erwähnt (“... les types indicus de l’Oc&an Indien sont interessant par leur forte taille,...”). Eine Unterscheidung der atlantischen von der indo-pazifischen Form der Art E. spinoculatus ist jedoch nicht gerechtfertigt. Sund (1915) stellte “Eryoneicus hibernicus” Selbie, 1914, als Larve zu “Polycheles nanus” (= Stereomastis nana (Smith, 1884)). Bernard (1953), der aufgrund seines reicheren Materials “Eryoneicus hibernicus” und “Eryoneicus indicus” der Larvenform Eryoneicus spinoculatus als Variationen zuordnet, stellte fest, daß “Eryoneicus hibernicus” nicht die Larve von Stereomastis nana (Smith, 1884) sein kann. Er schreibt: “La repartition, la croissance et la taille limite des larves rendent bien difficile une telle assimilation, possible a l’Epoque ou l’on ne connaissait que 4 exemplaires atlantiques de spinoculatus. Stereomastis nana, bien plus petit que les spinoculatus aux deux derniers stades, n’est cit& que de la cöte est des Etats Unis, du golfe de Panama et du Cap de Bonne Esperance,...”. Für die Adulten von E. spinoculatus ist seiner Meinung nach daher eine gemeinsame Form zu erwarten, die größer sein muß als St.nana. Letztere weist zudem eine von E. spinoculatus unterschiedliche Bedornung am lateralen Rand und am Telson auf. Stereomastis andamanensis Alcock, 1901, entspricht der Bedornung von E. spinoculatus viel mehr, und zwar sowohl hinsichtlich der dorsalen Dornen, der Bedornung der Seitenränder, wie auch des Abdomens. Die Variation hibernicus ist wohl eher als ein früheres, und somit kleineres Larvenstadium von E. spinoculatus und die Variation indicus als ein späteres und daher größeres anzusehen. Ramadan (1938) führt von der John-Murray-Expedition 1933-34 ein ? von Polycheles (= Stereomastis) andamanensis, gefangen vor der Küste Südarabiens, an und ein d aus der nördlichen Arabischen See. Die 4 oben angegebenen Exemplare von Eryoneicus spinoculatus aus der Arabischen See fügen sich hier passend ein. E. spinoculatus wird erstmals bis nahezu 19°N angetroffen. Eryoneicus spinoculatus ist darüber hinaus von mehreren Fundorten aus dem Nordatlantik, aus der Straße von Gibraltar, aus der Karibik und dem Golf von Panama (Bernard 1953) und jetzt im Atlantik erstmals südlich des Äquators vor Westafrika nachgewiesen. Der Fund vor dem Kap der Guten Hoffnung (Bernard l.c.) stellt eine Verbindung zu den Vorkommen in der Arabischen See her. Hieran schließen sich die Funde vor Sri Lanka (Ceylon), aus dem Golf von Bengalen und der Südchinesischen, Sulu- und Celebes See bis nach Neu-Kaledonien und Neuseeland (Bernard l.c.). E. spinoculatus scheint also ein Kosmopolit zu sein. Besonders ist noch hervorzuheben, daß die hier beschriebenen Exemplare von E. spinoculatus mit Sicherheit aus Tiefen unter 250 m stammen und damit aus Wassertiefen, in denen im Arabischen Meer weniger als 0,2 ml gelöster O,/l zur Verfügung stehen. E. spinoculatus ist also in der Lage, in der Sauerstoffminimum-Schicht zu leben, obwohl keine Sonderbildungen wie vergrößerte Kiemen fest- stellbar sind (vgl. Tiefenbacher 1992). Polycheles typhlops typhlops Heller, 1862 Untersuchtes Material. “Meteor”(II), Reise 60, Abschnitt 1: Stat. 7, 38 d (Cpl: 23,5-29,0), 72 2 (Cpl: 24,2-32,4); Stat. 19,23 8 (Cpl: 32,0-37,0), 1? (Cpl: 45,2); Stat. 27,625 d (Cpl 9,2-28,2), 322? ? (Cpl: 15,3-34,0), 12x (Cpl: 15,1-22,8). “Meteor”(II), Reise 60, Abschnitt 2: Stat. 46, 15 (Cpl: 24,2), 1? (Cpl: 21,2); Stat. 47, 655 (Cpl: 17,3-24,5), 57 ? (21,0-31,6),12 ov. (Cpl: 34,2); Stat. 53,23 d (Cpl: 24,0-28,3); Stat. 58,58 d (Cpl: 13,8-15,1); Stat. 67,83 5 (Cpl: 12,3-20,2), 72% (Cpl: 18,0-32,2), 3x (nicht meßbar). “Walther Herwig”, Reise 122: Stat. 39, 15 (Cpl: 63,0). Cpl: Carapaxlänge Die vorliegenden Exemplare von Polycheles typhlops typhlops zeigen die typische Bedornung von Carapax und Abdomen, wie sie auch Bouvier (1917) so trefflich abgebildet hat. Holthuis (1952) beschreibt an Hand von 13 Exemplaren, gefangen vor Port Gentil (Gabun) und Ambrizette (Congo), hiervon abweichend die Subspecies Polycheles typhlops perarmatus, die sich u.a. durch eine auffallend höhere Anzahl der Dornen am Hinterrand des Carapax und auch an den Vorder- und Hinterrändern der Abdominalsegmente von der Nominatform offensichtlich deutlich unterscheidet. Beaubrun (1979) gibt für die Verbreitung von Polycheles typhlops typhlops an: “dans l’Atlantique oriental, depuis l’Irlande jusqu’aux iles du Cap Vert. En Mediterranee, elle a &t& r&coltee depuis les cötes espagnoles jusqu’au sud de l’Asie mineure.” Er berichtet, daß Polycheles t. typhlops längs der gesamten Marokkanischen Küste am Atlantik auftritt. Hier fügen sich auch die 33 ein, die Türkay (1976) von der Meteor- Expedition, Reise 9c, beschreibt (31°1 "N/10°16’W). De Man (1916) nennt schon Exemplare vor Bali und Balss (1925) vor Sansibar, Pemba und vor Port Nias vor Sumatra und Ramadan (1938) ergänzt diese mit Funden aus dem Golf von Aden und aus dem Gebiet der Malediven, Barnard (1950) gibt die Art vor Natal an und in jüngster Zeit konnten Chan & Yu (1989) 43 8 von Polycheles t.typhlops vor Taiwan nachweisen. Polycheles t. typhlops ist somit nicht nur, wie Türkay vermerkt “auf die gemäßigten Breiten beschränkt”, sondern ist genauso in den Subtropen und Tropen zu finden. Um zumindest vor Afrika die möglichen Grenzen zwischen der Nominatform und der Unterart feststellen zu können, wären Fänge im Golf von Guinea und vor Kamerun erforderlich. Anzumerken wäre hier noch, daß die oben angeführten Fänge von Eryoneicus durch die “Ombango” recht gut zu den Fundorten von Holthuis (1952) passen. Leider ist aber das Material zu gering, um mit einiger Berechtigung Larve und mögliches adultes Tier einander zuzuordnen. Auffallend ist, daß alle Polycheles t. typhlops bisher in Küstennähe gefangen wurden. Beaubrun (l.c.) gibt wohl daher auch an, daß die Tiere üblicherweise zwischen 300 und 400 m leben und zitiert, wie auch Chan & Yu (l.c.), Dieuzeide’s (1929) Angabe von 2055 m als tiefsten bekannten Fund. Die von F.S.Meteor(Il) im Auftriebsgebiet vor der Küste Westafrikas zwischen Marokko und der Südgrenze von Mauretanien eingebrachten Exemplare wurden aus Tiefen von 380-800 m gefangen (vgl. Tab. 3), die größte Anzahl jedoch zwischen 400 und 500 m eingebracht. Für die Annahme, diesen Tiefenbereich als bevorzugten Aufenthaltsbereich zu betrachten, ist die Anzahl der Fänge jedoch zu gering. Das größte hier (Station 19) gefangene Exemplar ist ein ? mit einer Carapaxlänge von 45,2 mm und einer Gesamtlänge von 103,5 mm aus einer Tiefe von 769-804 m. Besonders zu erwähnen ist noch das einzige mir vorliegende eiertragende Weibchen von Station 47 (Carapaxlänge 34 mm; Gesamtlänge 79,5 mm) mit zahllosen kleinen, angehefteten Eiern. Polycheles t. typhlops ist ein Benthosbewohner, der unter anderem von Aas lebt, worauf schon Santucci (1932, 1934) hingewiesen hat (“... il Polycheles [typhlops] si nutra preferibilmente di organismi morti che cadono sul fondo.”). Im Bereich des Auftriebs, einem Gebiet hoher Primärproduktion und folglich reicher Biomasse in den oberen Wasserschichten, wie hier vor der Küste Westafrikas, bringt der ständige “Regen” organischen Materials in die Tiefe auch hier günstigere Lebensbedingungen. Um einen Einblick in den Speisezettel von Polycheles t. typhlops zu erhalten, wurde ein Exemplar von Station 27 (Meteor (II), Reise 60) geöffnet und der Mageninhalt auf Speisereste untersucht. Neben den erwar- teten aus kugelig aufgetriebenen Kammern bestehenden Globigerinen-Schalen in großer Anzahl fan- den sich auch Foraminiferen mit typisch planspiralen, “nautilusartig” gekammerten, feinporigen Schalen. Hierzu kommen Spiculae (zum Teil vierstrahlig), die eindeutig auf den Verzehr von Schwäm- men (Porifera) schließen lassen. Ob es sich dabei wirklich nur um abgestorbene Exemplare handelte, bleibt offen. Einzelne kleine Bruchstücke von Mollusken-Schalen gelangten wohl mehr zufällig mit dem Sediment in den Magendarm. Daß Polycheles t. typhlops offensichtlich auch tote Fische verzehrt, zeigte sich an Kieferteilen und mehreren Wirbelkörpern in ursprünglicher Anordnung mit ansitzen- den Neural- und Haemalbögen, sowie an mehreren vollständig erhaltenen Schuppen. Aas gehört also zum Speiseplan, deckt aber wohl nicht den Nahrungsbedarf (Abb. 1, 2). Polycheles t. typhlops ist wohl vordringlich Sedimentfresser, der bei Gelegenheit auch Aas verzehrt. Die mit dichten Haarsäumen versehenen Mundwerkzeuge und die zwar bezahnten, aber doch breit schaufelartig ausgebildeten, Mandibeln sprechen dafür. Daß Polycheles t. typhlops auch noch weiter seewärts, als durch diese Fänge belegt, auftreten und nicht nur im küstennahen Bereich leben kann, zeigt das von F.F.S. “Walther Herwig” nördlich der Seine- Bank gefangene Exemplar. Ob an der Seine-Bank das Phänomen des Auftriebs wenigstens zeitweise während des Jahreslaufes auftritt, entzieht sich leider meiner Kenntnis. Doch selbst wenn dies der Fall wäre, haben wir in der Rekordtiefe von 4260 m nur noch äußerst kümmerliche Lebensbedingungen zu erwarten. Thiel (1972) schreibt hierzu: “Quantitative Untersuchungen der Macrofauna liegen aus verschiedenen Tiefseegebieten vor. Sie zeigen die Verringerung der Biomasse mit der Tiefe deutlich”, und er gibt für das Makrobenthos der “küstenfernen Regionen” an, daß hier die Werte der Biomasse “unter 1 g/m? liegen.” Er zitiert darüber hinaus: “Vinogradova (1962) gibt als mittlere Biomasse 0,2 g/m? für das Tiefseemakrobenthos an.” Der Fang des d von Polycheles t. typhlops aus der genannten Tiefe muß also wohl als ein besonderer Glücksfall angesehen werden. Das Exemplar ist mit einer Carapaxlänge von 63,0 mm und einer Gesamtlänge von 136 mm zudem meines Wissens nach das größte bisher bekannte der Art. Abb. 1. Wirbelkörper mit ansitzenden Neural- und Haemalbögen eines Fisches aus dem Mageninhalt von Polycheles t. typhlops. Abb. 2. Stücke der Kiefer eines Fisches aus dem Mageninhalt von Polycheles t. typhlops. Stereomastis sculpta (Smith, 1880) Untersuchtes Material. ‘“Meteor”(II), Reise 60, Abschnitt 2: Stat. 70,52 ? (Cpl: 25,2-38,0); Stat. 74,143 d (22,2-26,3), 1822 (22,3-44,2). Die Exemplare von Stereomastis sculpta sind nach Selbie (1914) und Bouvier (1917) allein aufgrund der Bedornung von Carapax und Abdomen eindeutig zu bestimmen. Das größte Exemplar ist ein Weibchen von Station 74 (Carapaxlänge 44,2; Gesamtlänge 110,5 mm). Die beiden Fänge wurden vor dem Süden Mauretaniens aus Tiefen zwischen 807 m und 1205 m eingeholt. Sivertsen & Holthuis (1956) geben Fundtiefen zwischen 380m und 2865 m an. Auffallend ist bei den vorliegenden Fängen, daß sie an Polycheliden ausschließlich Stereomastis sculpta enthielten, obwohl in unmittelbarer Nähe auf Station 67, die geographisch zwischen den Stationen 70 und 74, nur etwas näher zur Küste, liegt (siehe Tab. 3), eine Reihe von Polycheles typhlops typhlops gefangen wurden. Letztere stammen aber aus Tiefen von 376-395 m. Dies würde darauf hindeuten, daß Polycheles t. typhlops geringere Tiefen bevor- zugt, wenn nicht die oben erwähnten Fänge einzelner Exemplare dieser Art aus erheblich größeren Tiefen heraufgeholt worden wären. Ob letztere extreme Ausnahmen sind, müssen künftige Fänge zeigen. Daß Stereomastis sculpta schon von Sund (1915) für das adulte Stadium von Eryoneicus faxoni gehalten wurde, wurde bereits oben erwähnt. Stereomastis sculpta ist von mehreren Stellen des Nord- und Südatlantik, aus dem Mittelmeer, vor Ostafrika, aus der Arabischen See und aus dem Malaiischen Archipel bekannt (Sivertsen & Holthuis 1956). Wie bei Polycheles t. typhlops wurde auch von Stereomastis sculpta ein Exemplar auf seinen Magenin- halt untersucht (Station 74, Meteor(l]), Reise 60). Die Hauptmasse des Mageninhalts bestand hier aus angedauter Muskulatur nicht zu bestimmender Herkunft. Dazwischen fanden sich einzelne Forami- nifera zu den Textulariidae und Nonionidae gehörig, sowie einzelne Globigerinen vom Orbulina-Typ. In großer Menge fanden sich kleine Kotpillen, die in der Form an Ameisenpuppen erinnerten, jedoch nur eine Länge von etwa 1 mm erreichten (Abb. 3). An größeren geformten Teilen fanden sich mehrere Stücke von Antennengeiseln offensichtlich eines Penaeiden, die noch nicht angedaut waren. Steroma- stis sculpta hat also wohl einen Polycheles t. typhlops vergleichbaren Speiseplan. Abb. 3. Kotpillen unbekannter Herkunft (X) und Globigerinen-Schalen (+) aus dem Mageninhalt von Stereomastis sculpta. Literatur Alcock, A. & A. R. S. Anderson 1899. An Account of the Deep-sea Crustacea dredged during the Surveying-season of 1897-98. In: Natural History Notes from H.M. Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship ‘Investigator’, Commander T. H. Heming, R. N., commanding. Ser. III, No. 2. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3, ser. 3: 278-292 Balss, H. 1925. Macrura der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition (Valdivia). 1. Palinura, Astacura, und Thalassinidea. - Ergebn. Dtsch. Tiefsee-Exp. 20: 189-216 -- 1957. Decapoda. VIII. Systematik. - In Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs 5, Abt. I, Buch 7, Lief. 12: 1505-1672 Barnard, K. H. 1950. Descriptive catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. - Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 38: 1-837 Bate, C. Sp. 1882. Eryoneicus, a new genus allied to Willemoesia. - Ann. Mag. nat. Hist 10, (5): 456-458 -- 1888. Report on Crustacea Macrura dredged by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. - Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zool. 24: I-XC, 1-942 Beaubrun, P. 1979 (1978). Crustaces decapodes marcheurs des cötes marocaines (sections des Astacidea, Eryonidea, Palinura, Thalassinidea). - Bull. Inst. Sci. Rabat 3: 1-110 Bernard, F 1953. Decapoda Eryonidae (Eryoneicus et Willemoesia). - “"Dana-Rep.” 37: 1-93 Bouvier, E.-L. 1905. Sur les Palinurides et les Eryonides recueillies dans l’Atlantique oriental par les expeditions francaises et mon6gasques. - C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 140, (8): 479-482 -- 1917. Crustaces Decapodes (Macroures Marcheurs) provenant des campagnes des yachts Hirondelle et Princesse Alice (1885-1915). - Result. Camp. sci. Monaco 50: 1-140 Calman, W. T. 1925. On Macrurous Decapod Crustacea collected in South African Waters by the S.S.”Pickle”. With a note on specimens of the genus Sergestes by H. J. Hansen. - Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. Rep. 4, Special Rep 3, Cape Town: 1-26 Dieuzeide, R. 1929. Sur un crustace abyssal, Polycheles typhlops C. Heller. - Bull. Stn. Agric. Peche Castiglione 1: 105-108 Holthuis, L. B. 1952. Crustaces Decapodes, Macrures. - Exp. oc&anogr. Belge. Eaux cöt. afric. Atl. Sud, Res. sci. 3, (2): 1-88 Lenz, H. & K. Strunck 1914. Die Decapoden der Deutschen Südpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. I. Brachyuren und Macruren mit Ausschluß der Sergestiden. - Deutsche Südpolar-Exp. 15, Zool. 6: 259-345 Man, J. G. de 1916. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition. Part III. Families Eryonidae, Palinuridae, Scyllaridae and Nephropsidae. - Siboga-Exp. 39a, (Lief. 76): 1-122 Ramadan, M. 1938. The Astacura and Palinura. - John Murray Exp. 1933-34. Sci. Rep. 5: 123-145 Santucci, R. 1932. La biologia del Fondo a “Scampi” nel Mare Ligure.-7.Per la conoscenza del Polycheles typhlops Heller del Mediterraneo. - Boll. Mus. Lab. Zool. Anat. Comp. Genova 12, (56): 1-3 -- 1934. Un crostaceo abissale cieco sui fondi a “Scampi” del Mare Ligure. - Il Corriere della Pesca, Genova 8, (2): 1-8 Selbie, C. M. 1914. The Decapoda Reptantia of the Coast of Ireland. Part I. Palinura, Astacura and Anomura (except. Paguridea). - Fish Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1914/I: 1-116 Sivertsen, E. &L. B. Holthuis 1956. Crustacea Decapoda (The Penaeidea and Stenopodidea excepted). - Rep. sci. Res. “Michael Sars” North Atlant. Deep-Sea Exp. 1910, 5, (12): 1-54 Stephensen, K. 1923. Decapoda-Macrura excl. Sergestidae. - Rep. Dan. Oceanogr. Exp. 1908-10 to the Mediterranean and adjacent Seas, 2 Biol., D. 3.: 1-85 Sund, 0. 1915. Eryoneicus - Polycheles. - Nature, London, 95: 372 Thiel, H. 1972. Meiofauna und Struktur der benthischen Lebensgemeinschaft des Iberischen Beckens. - “Meteor” Forsch.-Ergebnisse, Reihe D, 12: 36-51 Tiefenbacher, L. 1982. Eryoneicus aus Fängen von F.S.”Meteor” im mittleren äquatorialen Atlantik (Decapoda, Rep- tantia, Polychelidae). - Spixiana 5, (1): 47-50 -- 1992. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Natantia des Arabischen Meeres und zu ihrer horizontalen und vertikalen Verbreitung unter Berücksichtigung der Sauerstoffminimum-Schicht (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia). - Spixia- na 15, (2): 113-136 Türkay, M. 1976. Decapoda Reptantia von der portugiesischen und marokkanischen Küste. Auswertung der Fahrten 8, 9c (1967), 19 (1970), 23 (1971) und 36 (1975) von F.S.”’Meteor”. - “Meteor” Forsch.-Ergebnisse, Reihe D, 23: 23-44 Buchbesprechungen 1. Ruttner, F.: Naturgeschichte der Honigbienen. - Ehrenwirth Verlag München. 1992. ISBN 3-431-03184-6. 360 S., 500 z.T. farbige Abb. Unser Wissen über das Leben der Bienen hat sich seit Karl von Frisch mit Hilfe moderner Technik wie der Fotografie, der computerisierten Meßtechnik, der Elektronenmikroskopie und Biochemie umfassend erweitert. So wird dem Leser in diesem Buch das Leben der Bienen in aller Welt auf der Grundlage exakter Forschung mittels vieler Farbbilder und eines leicht lesbaren, allgemein verständlichen Textes in anschaulicher Form nahegebracht. Alle Honigbienenarten und -unterarten und die meisten Bienenrassen sind farbig dargestellt - ein Novum in der Literatur. In 14 Kapiteln werden alle Taxa abgehandelt, auch die in ihrem Verhalten sehr unterschiedlichen Rassen. Der Autor beschreibt das interessante Sozialleben der Honigbienen, ihre Biologie, Herkunft und Verbreitung, die Besie- delung neuer Gebiete, geschichtliche Aspekte und natürlich die Bedeutung für den Imker. Ein wichtiger Abschnitt in diesem Buch ist der wissenschaftlichen Erforschung der Honigbienen gewidmet. Systematische und taxonomische Probleme werden erklärt, so z.B. auch, warum die Art nicht Apis mellifica L. sondern Apis mellifera L. heißen muß. Die Evolution der Bienen wird auch aus biochemischer und molekulargenetischer Sicht beleuchtet, um ein umfassende- res Bild der Abstammung zu erhalten. Den geographischen Rassen sind mehrere Kapitel gewidmet, in denen u.a. erläutert wird, wie sie sich in den unterschiedlichsten klimatischen Gebieten halten und verhalten. Diese Angaben sind besonders für den Imker eine Fundgrube, da sie helfen können, eine effektivere Honigproduktion zu erzielen. Sehr nützlich sind in diesem Zusammenhang auch die Informationen zu Parasitismus und Krankheiten der Bienen. Die Monographie gehört zu den umfangreichsten Werken, die bisher über Honigbienen veröffentlicht wurden. Sie ist sehr schön und größtenteils farbig illustriert und mit vielen textbegleitenden Detailabbildungen versehen, die den interessierten Leser, den Imker, Biologen und Studierenden auf leicht begreifliche Weise informieren. E. Diller 2. Dumpert, K.: Das Sozialleben der Ameisen. - Pareys Studientexte Nr. 18. 2., neubearbeitete Auflage. Verlag Paul Parey, Berlin und Hamburg. 1994. ISBN 3-489-63636-8. 258 S., 94 Abb. Vor mehr als 15 Jahren erschien die 1. Auflage über diese interessante und biologisch sensible Insektengruppe. In der Zwischenzeit wurden viele neue Einzelheiten über das Leben der Ameisen veröffentlicht. Das mehrere Seiten umfassende Literaturverzeichnis zeigt, daß der Autor über viele Jahre umfangreiche Studien betrieben hat, um in seine Arbeit die modernsten Forschungsergebnisse einzubringen. So wird auch deutlich, daß man sich von den früher angewandten konservativen Experimentiermethoden gelöst hat und heute hauptsächlich nach chemischen, etholo- gischen, physiologischen und ökologischen Erklärungen für die Sozialstrukturen der Ameisen sucht. Die wichtigsten Themen werden in 11 Kapiteln abgehandelt: Besonderheiten der Ameisen, Einteilung und Stam- mesgeschichte, Orientierung, Kommunikation, Kastenunterschiede und Arbeitsteilung, Koloniegründung, Zusam- menleben mit anderen Ameisenarten, Zusammenleben mit anderen Athropoden, Nester der Ameisen, Ernährung sowie Verteidigungsmechanismen und Wehrverhalten. Der Band informiert nicht nur über eine einzelne Ameisen- gattung, wie sonst meist üblich, sondern behandelt die Formicidae der ganzen Welt. Er vermittelt eine breite Wissensgrundlage, die weit über das Interesse des Hymenopterologen hinausgeht und ist daher auch für den weniger spezialisierten Leser attraktiv. E. Diller 3. Masuda, H. & Allen, G.: Meeresfische der Welt. - Groß-Indopazifische-Region. - Tetra Verlag Melle. 1993. ISBN 3- 89356-170-6. 528 S., 137 Taf., über 1700 Abb. Weltweit sind bisher etwa 25 000 Fischarten beschrieben. So war es für die Autoren dieses Buches, das ursprünglich in Japan erschien, natürlich unerläßlich, sich auf eine bestimmte, allerdings besonders artenreiche Faunenregion zu beschränken, um die dort im Salzwasser vorkommenden Fischarten möglichst ausführlich darstellen zu können. Das mit über 1700 farbigen Abbildungen versehene Werk wendet sich an einen breiten Leserkreis, da es sowohl meeres- biologisch interessante Fischgruppen wie auch die im Meeresaquarium häufig gehaltenen Arten berücksichtigt. Ziel der Autoren ist es, für Taucher, Aquarianer und Biologen eine Bestimmungsgrundlage für ihr Interessensgebiet zu schaffen. Eine sehr kurze Einführung verschafft einen Überblick über Lebensraum, Lebenszyklus und Verbreitung der Meeresfische, wirtschaftlich bedeutende Arten und wichtigste morphologische Merkmale eines Fisches, abgerun- det durch eine detaillierte Karte der berücksichtigten biogeographischen Region. Der Hauptteil des Buches ist der systematischen Abhandlung der einzelnen Fischarten gewidmet. In 43 Kapiteln werden etwa 2000 Spezies darge- stellt. Das Buch lebt von den oft superben Fotos, während der begleitende Text auf den Umfang von Abbildungsun- terschriften konzentriert ist. Trotzdem enthält er für jede Art neben dem wissenschaftlichen und, falls bekannt, auch dem deutschen Namen, Angaben zu Größe, Vorkommen und Nahrungswahl. Die Tiere sind meist gestochen scharf aufgenommen und daher leicht nach den Bildern zu bestimmen. Sehr nahverwandte oder nicht gut unterscheidbare Arten sind auf Tafeln zusammengestellt, um die Bestimmung zu erleichtern. Dieser informative Prachtband ist jedem, der sich für die behandelte Faunenregion und für Meeresfische interessiert, wärmstens zu empfehlen - und dazu noch erstaunlich preiswert. J. Diller 10 SPIXIANA 11-14 München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Parahestiasula obscura, gen. nov., spec. nov. from Nepal (Insecta, Mantodea, Hymenopodidae) By Francesco Lombardo Lombardo, F. (1995): Parahestiasula obscura, gen. nov., spec. nov. from Nepal (Insecta, Mantodea, Hymenopodidae). - Spixiana 18/1: 11-14 Parahestiasula obscura, a new species of anew genus belonging to the family Hyme- nopodidae is described. It is characterized by the presence of three strong processes on the fastigium of the vertex and has markedly lobed median and expecially posterior femurs. Dr. F. Lombardo, Dipartimento di Biologia Animale, Universitä di Catania, via Androne 81, I-95124 Catania, Sicily, Italy. Introduction Continuing the study of Mantodea of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München I have identified a small series of Mantodea, formed by one d and five 2 ?, belonging to the family Hymenopodidae, which, due to their peculiar features, are to be ascribed to a new species of a new genus. Parahestiasula, gen. nov. A small-sized genus in which both sexes are winged. Head big, the forehead has three strong tuber- cules, a sinuous carina is present between them and the basis of the ocelli. The fastigium of the vertex bents forward, with a bulky cone-shaped pointed tubercule placed in the middle of each eye. A trans- verse frontal pentagonal scutellum with a tiny tooth on its apex can be observed. The pronotum is short, its length and width are identical, and it is strongly compressed posteriorly; the prozone has two big humps, a large supracoxal dilatation and a medially carinated metazone. The hind legs have strongly dilated femurs provided with 4 external spines, with the two basal ones closer to each other, and 4 discoidal spines. The mid femurs are short, their external margin is slightly lobed at the basis; the posterior femurs are longer than the median ones, with a small but clearly distinguished lobe placed at the basis of the lower margin. The flight organs are well developed and extend well beyond the apex of the abdomen. The abdomen is moderately dilated, the supragenital lamina has a markedly rounded apex. This genus is very similar to Hestiasula, but it differs from it in 1. the presence of the three big tubercules on the forehead (in Hestiasula the forehead is either muticate or it has only one more or less developed tubercule); 2. the presence of two big cone-shaped tubercules on the fastigium of the ver- tex, medially placed vis-a-vis the eyes (in Hestiasula these tubercules are never so much developed); and also in that the hind legs have a clearly distinguishable lobe on their lower margin (in Hestiasula this character has never been observed). The copulatory apparatus, though maintaining the same morphological model, shows as well sub- stantial differences as shown in figs. 6-11. 11 Figs 1-3. Parahestiasula obscura, spec. nov. 1. Anterior view of head; 2. posterior view of head; 3. pronotum. Parahestiasula obscura, spec. nov. Types. Holotype: Nepal, 13, Rapti Tal Monahari Kola, Belwa 350 m, 7-12.5.1967 (ZSM) (leg. Dierl-Forster-Sch- acht). - Paratypes: 5? ?, same data (ZSM). Description Male. Head (fig. 1) 1.44 times larger than the pronotum, brown with small black spots which tend to merge, forming wide blackish areas. The eyes big, subspherical and protruding; the forehead, along the medial margin of the eyes, is markedly grooved and bears three strong processes, the middle one is clearly more developed and has a pyramidal shape (fig. 2). The fastigium of the vertex is bent forward, with two big cone-shaped pointed tubercules placed close to the medial margin of the eyes. Ocelli wide, fairly sharp and placed on a prominent basis. A sinuous carina is placed above them, this carina fades away and becomes undistinguishable as it approaches the median margin of the eyes. The antennae are long with a brown scape and the flagellum is initially ochre and then becomes darker. One can observe a transverse frontal pentagonal scutellum with a concave upper margin at the basis of the antennae, while the apex is slightly bent forward to form a tiny tooth, the discoidal area shows a fossette delimited by two lateral carinae. Pronotum (fig. 3) short, almost as long as large, brown, scattered with thin and long hairs, markedly constrained posteriorly and with a well-visible longitudinal median carina; the front margin is mark- edly rounded, while the lateral margins are finely denticulate. One can observe a wide sharp-cornered supercoxal dilatation with a small marginal tooth. Prozone almost as long as the metazone and sep- arated from it by a deep supercoxal groove. Two big humps protrude on the two sides of the median carina. The metazone bears a median carina, with 4 scarcely protruding humps, 2 of which are placed in front of the posterior margin of the pronotum, while the other two are placed on the two sides of the supercoxal groove. 12 Figs 4-5. Parahestiasula obscura, spec. nov. 4. Middle femur; 5. posterior femur. Figs 6-7. Ventral phallomere. 6. Parahestiasula obscura, nov. spec.; 7. Hestiasula pictipes (Wood-Mason). Fore legs strong, coxae extend well beyond the posterior margin of the pronotum; they are prism- shaped with a triangular section, they are all brown but for the inner face which is reddish-brown. Out of the three margins, the mid and the external ones have a series of small black tubercules that become visible only under high magnification and from which a setula arises; the internal genital lobes diverge. The femurs are markedly dilated, their length is twice their width; the outer face is brown with many black spots tending to merge. A series of lined black tubercules are observed in the non-dilated portion; they are bright black inside, but for a yellowish round spot placed in front of the talon groove and many small black spots on an ochre background placed at the apex of the tubercules; the upper margin is irregularly rounded and provided with small black tubercules. Both the external and the discoidal spines have only a black apex, while the internal ones are totally black. Tibias darkish on the outside and black on the inside; they are provided with 12 ochre-coloured external spines with black apex and 10 internal black spines. Tarsi brown with black spots on the outside, and black on the inside. Mid and posterior legs rather short, their colour is ochre with dark veins; both mid and posterior coxae have a pyramidal shape. Mid femurs cylindrical, they are slightly larger at their basis and bear many hairs of different lengths; a carina follows the lateral margin throughout its length, with two undistinguished lobes at the basis of the femur (fig. 4). The posterior femurs have an expanded basis as well, a longi- tudinal carina is placed on the lower margin and expands into a small but clearly visible lobe just before the basis (fig. 5). Mid and posteror tibiae pubescent, expanded for / of their basal portion. Posterior tarsi short with the metatarsal joint shorter than the others taken together. Abdomen dilated with shiny black tergites, with the exception of the lateral portions where they are light brown. Sterna brown with black spots; a carina is placed medially and it protrudes in the posterior portion of each segment. Supranal plate small, trapezoidal, it leaves most of the underlying genital lamina uncovered. Cerci short and pubescent; all joints cylindrical with the exception of the last one which is cone-shaped. Flight organs well developed; tegmens narrow and with a rounded apex; the costal area is opaque and brown, the discoidal and anal areas are transparent; both in the main venations and in the second- ary ones darker areas alternate with lighter ones. 13 Figs 8-11. Left phallomere. 8-9. Parahestiasula obscura. spec. nov.; 10-11. Hestiasula pictipes (Wood-Mason). The ventral phallomere of the copulatory apparatus is twice as long as large and the distal process is limited to a tiny tooth (fig. 6). The left phallomere has a well developed dorsal lamina (fig. 8) with a large groove at the apex of the right margin; the ventral lamina (fig. 9) is smaller than the former one, it has the shape of a stumpy club deeply grooved on its left margin; the phalloid apophysis is well developed and has a rod-like appearance, with a markedly rounded and knurled distal margin (fig. 9). Measurements. Width of head 3.8 mm; length of pronotum 2.8 mm; length of metazone 1.4 mm; width of supra-coxal dilatation 1.4 mm; length of anterior coxa 3.6 mm; length of anterior femur 5.3 mm; width of anterior femur 2.7 mm; length of tegmina 16 mm. Female. Both shape and chromatic model are very similar to those of the male. The only differences worth noticing concern the size, which is slightly larger; in one specimen the tooth of the frontal scutellum shows a shallow groove in the middle. Measurements. Width of head 4.3 mm; length of pronotum 3.4-3.6 mm; length of metazone 1.6- 1.7 mm; width of supra-coxal dilatation 3.4-3.5 mm; length of anterior coxae 4.7-4.9 mm; length of anterior femora 6.3-6.8 mm; width of anterior femora 2.9-3.5 mm; length of tegminae 18-19 mm. 14 SPIXIANA 15-43 München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 New species and new records of the genera Fortagonum Darlington and Collagonum, gen. nov. from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Agoninae)* By Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (1995): New species and new records of the genera Fortagonum Darlington and Collagonum, gen. nov. from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Agoni- nae). - Spixiana 18/1: 15-43 The genus Fortagonum Darlington from New Guinea is newly delimited. The follow- ing 7 new species are being described: Fortagonum acuticolle, spec. nov., F. bisetosiceps, spec. nov., F. denticulatum, spec. nov., F. depressum, spec. nov., F. latum, spec. nov., F. spinosum, spec. nov., and F. unipunctatum, spec. nov. A complete new key to all known species of this genus is given. Following species are transferred from Fortago- num to anew genus Collagonum, gen. nov.: Fortagonum limum Darlington, F. hornabrooki Darlington, F. distortum Darlington, F. laticolle Baehr, and F. ophthalmicum Baehr. Ad- ditional 4 species and 1 subspecies of this genus are newly described: Collagonum convexum, spec. nov., C. riedeli, spec. nov., C. robustum, spec. nov., C. violaceum, spec. nov., and C. laticolle macrops, subspec. nov. New records of C. laticolle laticolle (Baehr) are dealt with and the male genitalia of this species are for the first time described. Both genera of odd-shaped, mountain-living agonine beetles are widely distributed throughout New Guinea, but most species have apparently very restricted ranges. Even in its restricted sense Fortagonum is a genus of convenience that may be further divided in certain species-groups of very uniform structure. However, further splitting in new genera is at present not advisible in view of the weak generic concepts within the New Guinean Agoninae, especially those related to Fortagonum in its new sense. The high degree of similarity in body shape as well as in structure of the male genitalia within both genera and in the different species-groups of Fortagonum is evidence of a rather recent evolution of the numerous species. In most species, however, chetotaxy is highly characteristic. There are several morphological trends, mostly reductions, within both genera, the evolutionary significance of which is largely unknown due to the extremely poor knowledge about habits and life history of the species. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. Introduction The genus Fortagonum Darlington comprises at present 16 species from both political divisions of New Guinea. The genus was originally erected for five rather differently shaped species (Darlington 1952) that are characterized at the same time by a reduced number of fixed setae on head, pronotum, and elytra and by reduced wings. Later Darlington (1971) described additional species some of them possess an even more irregular body shape. Recently I described three additional new species, two of them winged, discussed the definition of the genus on the basis of these new species, and included two * Results of the entomological explorations of A. Riedel in New Guinea in 1992, 1993, and 1994. 15 winged species originally described by Darlington as species of the related genus Altagonum Darling- ton (Baehr 1992). Unfortunately, Darlington’s (1952, 1971) treatments suffer from the failure to investigate the male genitalia that are rather differently shaped and are in some species highly modified. Moreover most species are so far known from single or few specimens only, therefore the male genitalia of only five species have been described and at present they are not very useful for the identification of the species. With respect to body shape the genus Fortagonum in its old sense can be divided into two fairly clear- cut groups: The first group includes species of rather oodine shape with more or less fusiform, anteriorly markedly narrowed pronotum, but also some rather narrow species with laterally convex, anteriorly and posteriorly about equally narrowed pronotum. This group contains winged and wing- less species and has generally a reduced number of supraorbital, pronotal, and elytral setiferous punctures. However, body shape, form of the mandibles, shape of aedeagus, as well as the wing-and- seta formula (Darlington 1952, 1971, Baehr 1992) are rather varied in this group, so it could perhaps be further divided into subgroups of closer relationships. The second group includes species with distorted, very wide, and laterally evenly rounded pronotum with wide, explanate lateral margins, but with rather elongate, parallel elytra, with full or reduced set of fixed setae, and with or without wings. The species of this rather homogeneous group are very similar in external structure and all species of which males are known possess a highly characteristic and specialized aedeagus. On the basis of these striking external and genitalic features the species of this latter group are herewith excluded from Fortagonum and a new genus Collagonum, gen. nov. is erected for them. Although the species of this genus are externally highly similar and the male genitalia (as far as they are known) are also very similar, chetotaxy of head, pronotum, and elytra, however, expressed in the wing-and-seta formula, is generally different between species and allows the identification. Some species of the genus Fortagonum in its restricted sense are also rather similar and are mainly distinguished by their chetotaxy. Unfortunately male genitalia are described from very few species only, hence their significance for species distinction is still uncertain, but may be very useful according to the striking differences seen in the few examined species. In view of the division of the genus in the mentioned species-groups the question arises, whether it should be divided in even more genera. Such further subdivision might prove to be the appropriate way in the future, but at the present state of knowledge of the Agonine fauna of New Guinea as a whole, and especially of the generic limits within the genera related to Fortagonum, I think it useful not to create new genera apart from the very peculiar Collagonum, but for the present to accept Darlington’s genera, even when some of these seem to be rather genera of convenience than well etablished taxonomic units. Measurements Measurements were made under a stereo microscope using an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from tip of labrum to apex of elytra, hence, measurements may slightly differ from those of Darlington. Length of pronotum for width/length ratio has been measured from middle of apex to base. Characters The main differentiating characters are in the chetotaxy that is expressed in a wing-and-seta formula first used by Darlington (1952, 1971) and followed by Baehr (1992), further in body shape, and in shape and structure of the aedeagus when this is known. Shape of aedeagus, as well as presence and number of sclerotized teeth inside the internal sac, seem to yield very useful differentiating characters. Because in almost all of Darlington’s species the male genitalia have not been examined or males are still unknown, comparison is at present possible only for most species described herein or in my previous paper (Baehr 1992), and it is generally possible in more species of Collagonum than of Fortagonum proper. 16 Deposition of types The holotypes of the new species are presented to the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM), but some are deposited as permanent loan in the collection of the author (ZSM-CBM). Genus Fortagonum Darlington Darlington, 1952, p. 247, figs 14, 64-66. Darlington 1971, p. 316, figs 70-76. Baehr 1992, p. 74, figs 1-6. This genus is characterized by the rather heavy build of most species and by the following wing-and- seta formula in which presence/absence of wings (+w/-w), of supraorbital setae, pronotal setae, and discal elytral setae (+/-) are expressed in the above order. () means that the usual state is sometimes varied, +- means that within the genus both states are present to about the same ratio: +w-w (-)+) -4- + 4-4 This formula clearly indicates a considerable variation of states within this genus that is, in this respect, not well founded. Moreover, the most closely related genus Altagonum Darlington has basical- ly the same wing-and-seta formula, when all exceptions that occur within both genera are considered: +w (+)+ -(@+) +-(+) @). Hence, contrary to Darlington’s opinion, both genera are not unequivocal- ly differentiated by the wing-and-seta formula alone, but rather by body shape in combination with some genitalic characters. Updated key to the species of the genus Fortagonum Darlington (partly adapted from Darlington 1971) Since the generic limits of Fortagonum Darlington are newly defined, acomplete new key is presented that replaces the previous key in Baehr (1992). BERVNINSSFPLESENtrm Are ee eneeeeetnaenner nennen nee ee ER 2%, ae Winss’absent it... sn RA edle. 6. 2. Both pairs of supraocular setae absent; elytra bisetose, apex spined, striae slightly crenulate, intervals depressed. Vogelkop, extreme western Irian Jaya ............neeeeee depressum, spec. nov. Ze NuleasBposterionisupraoeulansetarpresent en ©% Ss Bothesupraorbitalksetaespresent-Easternelriamyjayasr een en bisetosiceps, spec. NOV. ze Snteuorzsupraorbitalgsetagabsente ern en en 4. 4. Elytra unisetose (only median seta present); prothorax narrower, little wider than long. Central EASTERN Many] ayar...e. een snseereennenesneensesserenessenteresenrartessegerssersrtse starren ee denticulatum, spec. nov. - Elytra bisetose (median and posterior setae present); prothorax wider, distinctly wider than long. Distributfont.different...e. nee ee ee &% 5. Pronotum wider, sides more straight, anterior angles more protruding. Extreme western Irian Jaya BEN RR N En ee eh subconicolle (Darlington) - Pronotum narrower, sides more convex, anterior angles less protruding. Central Papua New GUImeane na se kecessnssenesgenaesgnhetenehernscnntpennnensetnanaengererehnagdensnn Feat isn ene denne bigemum (Darlington) 6. Both supraocular setae absent; anterior angle of pronotum laterally slightly produced. Short, wide, CONYErgSpeciesa@entral ana aa bufo Darlington - Posterior supraocular seta present; anterior angle of pronotum different. Variously shaped species 17 23: 14. 118 16. 17% 18 Elytra usually trisetose, rarely unilaterally unisetose or bisetose; mandibles never straight and very elongate. Species from central Papua New Guinea ........esesesenensnsenenenenensnssnensnenenssnensnensnsenensnensenennnenne 8. Elytra asetose, or unisetose, or bisetose; either mandibles straight and very elongate, or more or less fusiform species. Species from central and eastern Irian Jaya ...............nsesseensescssrnsnsnsensnenenenacnen il; Posterior pronotal seta present .......ueesesesesenesesesesesnenenesenennenenenennanenenenssnsnsnensnestsnsnensnesssesnensnenssnsssnsnsnene 9: Posterior pronotal seta absent..................2.2222222ennuenecnnenenannsrarnenenensnseenenenenanannapannaene aeonnanabaananeaeasenee 10. Margin of pronotum wide; wide, fusiform species. ..........ueoecscsenesnsnscssnssenensenenen oodinum Darlington Margin of pronotum narrow; rather narrow, barely fusiform species ........... antecessor Darlington . Pronotum wider, but less conical; elytra weakly iridescent ............ee: fortellum Darlington Pronotum narrower, but rather conical; elytra markedly iridescent ................... okapa Darlington . Posterior pronotal seta present; elytra unisetose or bisetose ........unesnenseeesensenennensenensensnnennenennensene 12. Posterior pronotal seta absent; elytra asetose ........nusesesensenenensenensnnenensenenennenensnnenenenensonensnsnnensnneneneen 14. . Pronotum laterally regularly convex, base as wide as apex, basal angles rounded off, apex very protruding (Fig. 2); elytra bisetose, anterior seta absent. Eastern central Irian Jaya ................... a ER La BR RÜBER Eee Bes acuticolle, spec. nov. Pronotum laterally feebly convex, base much wider than apex, basal angles rectangular and obtuse, apex less protruding (Figs 9, 10); elytra unisetose, only median seta present. Eastern Irian Jaya N eh uesnajcoaoshooo00o0coesonscvarccese 1% Apex of elytra not spinose, though sutural angle faintly denticulate, elytra slightly wider; prono- tum barely narrowed towards base (Fig. 9). Area east of mountain range to the west of valley of BormeiRiver sn N er unipunctatum, spec. noV. Apex of elytra elongately spinose opposite 3rd interval, sutural angle not denticulate, elytra slightly narrower; pronotum distinctly narrowed towards base (Fig. 10). Area west of mountain range to the west of valley of Borme River................seensesssnscscsecoenenenensnacnrnnnsnnne spinosum, spec. NOV. Mandibles not unusually elongate; apex of elytra distinctly spinose opposite 3rd interval; short and wide, markedly fusiform species. Central Irian Jaya ...........uesneessesesennsesesneneeenenn curtum Baehr Mandibles straight and markedly elongate; apex of elytra not spinose; either rather elongate, not markedly fusiform species, or short and wide species with almost parallel lateral borders of PLONOLUNE een eneennesnenaneeuneenenans urn nn oe Lo nn ee Re = 18% Basal margin of elytra not interrupted at 3rd interval; prothorax <1.8 x as wide as head ........ 16. Basal margin of elytra interrupted at 3rd interval; prothorax >2 x as wide as head ................. 172 Rather wide, almost parallel species; pronotum >1.25 x as wide as long. Central Irian Jaya ........ Be nn forceps Darlington Narrow, fusiform species with evenly rounded lateral margins of pronotum; pronotum c. 1.1 x as widesas’lons2@entrallinianJayarmar nn. nn nee er formiceps Darlington Pronotum wider at base, ratio width of base/width of apex c. 1.8, sides more curved; elytra rather elongate@entral aan layae nennen ann nenne cychriceps Darlington Pronotum narrower at base, ratio width of base/width of apex c. 1.65, sides more parallel; elytra katherishortg@entraleasternaluan Jayan a. en en ne latum, spec. nov. Figs 1-3. Habitus. 1. Fortagonum bisetosiceps, spec. nov. ? holotype. 2. F.acuticolle, spec. nov. d holotype. 3. F. latum, spec. nov. ? holotype. Lengths: 10.3 mm, 13.2 mm, 11.2 mm. The species Fortagonum bisetosiceps, spec. nov. Figs 1, 4, 30 Types. Holotype: ?, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Bommela 1750 m, 30.8.-1.9.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished by the conical, dorsally evenly convex pronotum without any trace of a marginal channel, by presence of wings, presence of both supraorbital setae, absence of both pronotal setae, absence of the anterior discal seta, and by the distinctly spined elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 10.3 mm; width: 4.35 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.47; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.78; width pronotum/head: 2.12; width elytra/pronotum: 1.23; length/width of elytra: 1.56. Wing-and-seta formula: tw ++ — -++. Colour. Black, elytra with faint violaceous lustre. Lateral margins of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tibiae and tarsi dark reddish-piceous, 3rd antennomere dark in middle. Lower surface black. Head. Narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather wide, somewhat imbedded in prothorax. Eyes fairly large, laterally not much projecting, orbits distinct, evenly curved. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum rectangular, apex feebly concave. Mandibles elongate, straight, but not porrect. Antenna very elongate, delicate, surpassing base of pronotum by about three segments, median antennomeres c. 5 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. No furrow medially of eyes, though a shallow furrow above antennal base present. Both supraocular setae present, posterior seta 19 in front of posterior margin of eye. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with short, shallow, parallel furrows, frons evenly convex, absolutely smooth. Microreticulation isodiametric, superficial. Surface glossy. Prothorax. Wide, dorsally evenly convex, markedly conical, widest in posterior third, laterally evenly convex, strongly narrowed to apex, slightly narrowed to base. Anterior angles feebly projecting, widely rounded off. Apex moderately excised. Lateral margin convex throughout, not bordered, without any trace of a marginal channel. Basal angles rounded off. Base almost straight. Disk with shallow, v-shaped sulcus in apical third, base near basal margin with a shallow, circular impression on either side. Median line incomplete, in middle rather distinct, ending far from apex and base. Apex markedly bordered, base not bordered. Both marginal setae absent. Disk impunctate, with some fine transverse wrinkles. Microreticulation superficial, near apex and base isodiametric and more conspic- uous than on disk, laterally consisting of very fine longitudinal meshes, on disk almost wanting. Surface on disk glossy. Elytra. Moderately elongate, dorsal surface rather convex, lateral borders faintly rounded, in middle almost parallel. Preapical sinuosity almost absent. Widest diameter slightly in front of middle. Shoul- ders wide, angulate but not dentate, apex with distinct triangular spine opposite 3rd interval. Striae deep, impunctate, intervals slightly convex. Anterior discal seta absent, median and posterior setae situated at 2nd stria. 16 marginal setae and 1 preapical seta at 7th stria present. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation almost wanting. Surface glossy, rather iridescent. Wings present. Lower surface. Prosternal process short, rounded behind coxae, posteriorly depressed, laterally bordered. Proepisternum smooth. Mesepisternum very sparsely punctate. Metepisternum elongate, c.2 x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleurae anteriorly moderately wide, smooth. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with numerous fine wrinkles and shallow impressions. Microreticulation dense, isodiametric. ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex regularly curved. Legs. Thin and elongate. 4th tarsomere medially faintly excised. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. Vestiture of d anterior tarsus unknown. ö genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 elongate, little curved, with obtuse apex, with 3 ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow moderately close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with 6-7 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with c. 10 setae at or near margin. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. This species is certainly closely related to those species that were originally included in the genus Altagonum, namely F. bigemum (Darlington) and F. subconicolle (Darlington). The crucial point would be the aedeagus that is hitherto unknown in all three species. Etymology. The name refers to the presence of both supraorbital setae. Fortagonum acuticolle, spec. nov. Figs 2, 5, 30 Types. Holotype: 3, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr. Diuremna, 1900-2100 m, 9.-11.1X.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished by absence of wings, rather narrow, elliptic pronotum with deep marginal channel and rounded basal angles that is at base as wide as at apex, fairly elongate elytra with depressed disk behind shoulders, rounded apex, and convex intervals, and by absence of the anterior supraocular seta and the anterior pronotal seta. Description Measurements. Length: 13.2 mm; width: 5.2 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.18; width base/apex of pronotum: c. 1.10; width pronotum/head: 1.75; width elytra/pronotum: 1.30; length/ width of elytra: 1.63. 20 Fi Figs 4,5. Genitalia. 4. Fortagonum bisetosiceps, spec. nov. ? stylomeres. 5. F. acuticolle, spec. nov. d aedeagus, apex of aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Wing-and-seta formula: -w —+ —+ +++. Colour. Black. Mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark piceous, tibiae piceous, 1st-3rd antennomeres black. Lower surface black. Head. Rather wide compared with prothorax. Neck rather wide, barely imbedded in prothorax. Eyes rather small, laterally little projecting, orbits indistinct, slightly oblique. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum rectangular, apex feebly concave. Mandibles elongate, straight, but not porrect. Antenna elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about two segments, median antennomeres c. 3 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. No furrow medially of eyes, though a shallow furrow above antennal base present. Only the posterior supraocular seta present, far removed from posterior margin of eye. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with short, shallow, somewhat irregular furrows, surface of clypeus irregular. Frons in middle with a somewhat trifold impression, laterally with another shallow depression that bears some sharp, oblique-transverse strioles. Inside of eyes with few short, sharp lines. Whole surface of head rather irregular. Microretic- ulation posteriorly highly superficial, almost wanting, anteriorly more distinct, about isodiametric, surface around the depressions with sparse and fine puncturation, moderately glossy. Prothorax. Rather narrow and elongate, about elliptic, laterally evenly convex, base as wide as apex, widest diameter in middle. Disk convex, lateral margins somewhat explanate, upturned, lateral channel deep. Anterior angles markedly projecting, obtuse at apex. Apex deeply excised, in middle straight. Basal angles widely rounded off, somewhat projecting over middle of base. Base in middle straight. Disk convex with very shallow, rather transverse sulcus in apical fourth, base near basal margin with a deep, circular impression on either side and with a very shallow transverse impression. Median line incomplete, fine, ending far from apex and base, situated in a weak impression. Apex distinctly bordered, lateral margin bordered in anterior half, base not bordered. Anterior marginal seta absent, posterior seta apparently situated near lateral margin far removed from basal angle (though setae absent, only vague traces of the pore present!). Disk impunctate, microreticulation barely visible. Surface glossy. Elytra. Moderately narrow and elongate, dorsal surface moderately convex, distinctly impressed behind shoulders. Lateral borders in middle almost straight. Apex regularly rounded. Widest diameter about in middle. Shoulders wide, angulate but not dentate, though basal border deeply concave. Apex without any spine or denticle. Striae deep, intervals convex. All discal setae present, anterior seta situated at 3rd stria, median and posterior setae at 2nd stria. 19-20 marginal setae present. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation highly superficial, consisting of extremely fine, transverse lines. Surface moderately glossy, not iridescent. Wings absent. Lower surface. Prosternal process short, evenly rounded behind coxae, posteriorly moderately depressed, triangular, ventrolaterally bordered. All episterna irregularly and superficially punctate, with very fine microreticulation, rather dull. Metepisternum fairly shortened, c. 1.3 x as long as wide 21 at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly moderately wide, rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with several fine, elongate wrinkles and shallow impressions. Microreticulation fine, dense, isodiametric. d sternum bisetose, apex regularly curved. Legs. Rather thin and elongate. 4th tarsomere medially faintly excised. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. 1st-3rd tarsomeres of d anterior tarsus biseriately squamose. d genitalia. Genital ring rather narrow and parallel, symmetric, with very elongate apex. Aedeagus narrow, very strongly curved, lower surface markedly concave. Apex short, widely rounded off. Internal sac in holotype almost invisible, apparently no sclerotized pieces present. Both parameres elongate, left paramere with angulate apex, right paramere with attenuate, on lower surface excised apex. ? genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. Rather isolated species, perhaps next related with species like F. formiceps Darlington, but without possessing porrect mandibles. Etymology. The name refers to the acute anterior angles of the pronotum. Fortagonum latum, spec. nov. Figs 3, 6, 30 Types. Holotype: 2, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr. Langda, 2100-2300 m, 27.-28.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished by absence of wings, short and wide body shape, wide, posteriorly parallel pronotum with wide marginal channel, elongate, straight, porrect mandibles, and absence of anterior supraocular seta, both pronotal seta, and all discal setae. Description Measurements. Length: 11.2 mm; width: 4.95 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.38; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.62; width pronotum/head: 2.09; width elytra/pronotum: 1.16; length/width of elytra: 1.37. Wing-and-seta formula: -w —+ — -——. Colour. Black. Lateral margins of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tibiae and tarsi dark reddish-piceous, femora dark piceous. Lower surface black. Head. Narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather wide, somewhat imbedded in prothorax. Eyes small, laterally barely projecting, orbits elongate, distinctly longer than eyes, evenly curved. Clypeal suture moderately distinct. Labrum rectangular, apex feebly biconcave. Mandibles very elon- gate, straight, porrect. Antenna moderately elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about two segments, median antennomeres <3x as long as wide. Both palpi very elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. No furrow medially of eyes, though a shallow furrow above antennal base present. Only posterior supraocular seta present, far removed from posterior margin of eye. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with several short, shallow, parallel furrows, frons anteriorly with two circular impressions, in middle evenly convex, absolutely smooth. Microreticulation isodiametric, very fine, rather superficial. Surface glossy. Prothorax. Wide, square, at apex very wide, posterior half parallel, slightly narrowed to apex. Disk evenly convex, lateral margins widely explanate. Anterior angles markedly projecting, obtuse at apex. Apex deeply excised, in middle convex. Lateral margin anteriorly weakly convex, with wide, shallow marginal sulcus. Basal angles rectangular, at apex obtusely rounded. Base laterally straight, in middle very faintly produced. Disk convex with extremely shallow, v-shaped sulcus in apical fourth, base near basal margin with a deep, circular impression on either side and with a very shallow transverse impression. Median line incomplete, fine, ending far from apex and base. Apex and lateral margins distinctly bordered, base not bordered. Both marginal setae absent. Disk impunctate. Microreticulation very fine, on disk highly superficial, near apex and base isodiametric and more conspicuous, on disk consisting of fine transverse lines. Surface glossy. 22 6 7 8 Figs 6-8. ? stylomeres. 6. Fortagonum latum, spec. nov. 7. F. unipunctatum, spec. nov. 8. F. spinosum, spec. nov. Elytra. Short and wide, dorsal surface rather convex though depressed on disk, lateral borders in anterior half almost straight. Preapical sinuosity absent, lateral margin in posterior half evenly convex. Widest diameter about in middle. Shoulders wide, angulate but not dentate, apex rounded off. Striae deep, impunctate, intervals faintly convex. Discal setae absent. 18 marginal setae and 1 preapical seta at 7th stria present. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation almost wanting. Surface highly glossy, rather iridescent. Wings absent. Lower surface. Prosternal process very short, straight, posteriorly depressed, ventrolaterally bor- dered. Proepisternum smooth. Mesepisternum impunctate. Metepisternum short, shorter than wide at anterior border. Whole epipleura wide, almost smooth. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with some fine, elongate wrinkles and shallow impressions. Microreticulation dense, isodiametric, very superficial. ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex regularly curved. Legs. Thin and elongate. 4th tarsomere medially faintly excised. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. Vestiture of d anterior tarsus unknown. ö genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 elongate, almost straight, with obtuse apex, with 2 ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow moderately close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with 6 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with 5-6 setae at or near margin. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. This species is certainly very closely related to the rather similarly shaped F. cychri- ceps Darlington that has the same wide, quadrate pronotum and similarly porrect mandibles. Etymology. The name refers to the wide body shape. Fortagonum unipunctatum, spec. nov. Figs 7, 9, 30 Types. Holotype: 2, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr. Borme, 1500-2000 m, 4.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM). - Paratype: 1?, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished by absence of wings, conical pronotum with wide marginal channel, short and convex elytra, and absence of anterior supraocular seta, anterior pronotal seta, and anterior and posterior discal setae. Further distinguished from most closely related F. spinosum, spec. nov. by not spinose elytra, denticulate sutural angles, narrower though basally comparatively wider pronotum, and slightly shorter and wider elytra. 23 Description Measurements. Length: 12.5 mm; width: 5.5 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.34-1.37; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.65-1.70; width pronotum/head: 1.82-1.85; width elytra/pronotum: 1.35-1.38; length/width of elytra: 1.47-1.50. Wing-and-seta formula: -w —+ —+ -+-. Colour. Black. Lateral margins of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark reddish-piceous, 1st-3rd antennomeres mostly dark. Lower surface black. Head. Narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather wide, somewhat imbedded in prothorax. Eyes fairly large, laterally moderately projecting, orbits distinct, evenly curved. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum rectangular, apex feebly concave. Mandibles elongate, straight, but not porrect. Antenna elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about three segments, median antennomeres slightly <4 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. No furrow medially of eyes, though a shallow furrow above antennal base present. Only posterior supraocular seta present, in front of posterior margin of eye. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with short, shallow, parallel furrows, frons evenly convex, absolutely smooth. Microreticulation isodiametric, distinct. Surface moderately glossy. Prothorax. Wide, conical, widest in posterior third, laterally evenly though feebly convex, strongly narrowed to apex, very slightly narrowed to base. Disk evenly convex, lateral margins widely ex- planate. Anterior angles rather projecting, obtuse at apex. Apex regularly and deeply excised. Lateral margin convex throughout, not bordered, with wide, shallow marginal channel. Basal angles rectan- gular, obtuse only at the very apex. Base laterally straight, in middle somewhat produced. Disk convex with extremely shallow, v-shaped sulcus in apical fourth, base near basal margin with a deep, circular impression on either side and with a shallow transverse impression. Median line incomplete, fine, ending far from apex and base. Apex distinctly bordered, base not bordered. Posterior marginal seta present, situated on disk of lateral explanation far removed from posterior and lateral margins. Disk impunctate. Microreticulation very fine, though rather distinct, near apex and base isodiametric and more conspicuous than on disk, on disk consisting of fine transverse lines. Surface moderately glossy. Elytra. Rather short and wide, dorsal surface markedly convex, lateral borders evenly rounded. Preapical sinuosity extremely feeble. Widest diameter about in middle. Shoulders wide, angulate but not dentate, apex with extremly faint, obtuse denticle opposite 3rd interval. Sutural angle with minute denticle. Striae deep, impunctate, intervals slightly convex. Anterior and posterior discal setae absent, median seta situated at 2nd stria. 18-19 marginal setae and 1 preapical seta at 7th stria present. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation almost wanting. Surface glossy, rather iridescent. Wings absent. Lower surface. Prosternal process short, angulate behind coxae, posteriorly markedly depressed, triangular, ventrolaterally and posterolaterally bordered. Proepisternum smooth. Mesepisternum impunctate. Metepisternum short, c. 1.2 x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly very wide, rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with numerous fine, elongate wrinkles and shallow impressions. Microreticulation dense, isodiametric. ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex regular- ly curved. Legs. Thin and elongate. 4th tarsomere medially faintly excised. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. Vestiture of d anterior tarsus unknown. d genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 elongate, little curved, with obtuse apex, with 4 rather spaced ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow moderately close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with c. 7 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with 8-10 setae at or near margin. Variation. Little variation noted due to limited material. In paratype pronotum slightly more narrowed towards base and elytra more distinctly denticulate. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya east of the mountain ridge on the western margin of the valley of the Borme River. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the presence of the median discal elytral puncture only. Relationships. Certainly very closely related to F. spinosum, spec. nov. but slightly more plesiomor- phic. 24 Figs 9-11. Habitus. 9. Fortagonum unipunctatum, spec. nov. ? holotype. 10. F. spinosum, spec. nov. $ holotype. 11. F. denticulatum, spec. nov. d holotype. Lengths: 12.5 mm, 12.8 mm, 11.2 mm. Fortagonum spinosum, spec. nov. Figs 8, 10, 30 Types. Holotype: ?, IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Pr., N. Bime 2000-2070 m, 21.1IX.1993, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished by absence of wings, conical pronotum with wide marginal channel, short and convex elytra, and absence of anterior supraocular seta, anterior pronotal seta, and anterior and posterior discal setae. Further distinguished from most closely related F. unipunctatum, spec. nov. by spinose elytra, not denticulate sutural angle, wider though basally comparatively narrower pronotum, and slightly longer and narrower elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 12.8 mm; width: 5.4 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.41; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.54; width pronotum/head: 1.92; width elytra/pronotum: 1.28; length/width of elytra: 1.54. Wing-and-seta formula: -w —+ —+ —+-. Colour. Black. Lateral margins of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark reddish-piceous, 1st-3rd antennomeres faintly infuscate. Lower surface black. Head. Very narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather wide, somewhat imbedded in prothorax. Eyes fairly large, laterally moderately projecting, orbits distinct, evenly curved. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum rectangular,:apex feebly concave. Mandibles elongate, straight, but not porrect. Antenna elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about three segments, median antennomeres slightly >4 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. No furrow medially of eyes, though a shallow furrow above antennal base present. Only posterior supraocular seta present, on same level with posterior margin of eye. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with short, shallow, parallel 25 furrows, frons evenly convex, absolutely smooth. anteriomedially of eyes with some longitudinal strioles. Microreticulation isodiametric, distinct. Surface moderately glossy. Prothorax. Wide, rather conical, widest in posterior two fifth, laterally evenly though feebly convex, strongly narrowed to apex, fairly narrowed to base. Disk evenly convex, lateral margins widely explanate. Anterior angles rather projecting, obtuse at apex. Apex regularly and deeply excised. Lateral margin convex throughout, not bordered, with wide, shallow marginal channel. Basal angles about rectangular, obtuse only at the very apex. Base laterally straight, in middle somewhat produced. Disk convex with extremely shallow, v-shaped sulcus in apical fourth, base near basal margin with a deep, circular impression on either side and with a shallow transverse impression. Median line incomplete, fine, ending far from apex and base. Apex distinctly bordered, base not bordered. Posterior marginal seta present, situated on disk of lateral explanation far removed from posterior and lateral margins. Disk impunctate. Microreticulation very fine, though rather distinct, near apex and base isodiametric and more conspicuous than on disk, on disk consisting of fine transverse lines. Surface moderately glossy. Elytra. Rather short and wide, dorsal surface markedly convex, lateral borders evenly rounded. Preapical sinuosity extremely feeble. Widest diameter about in middle. Shoulders wide, angulate but not dentate, apex with rather elongate, acute, slightly upturned spine opposite 3rd interval. Sutural angle without denticle. Striae deep, impunctate, intervals slightly convex. Anterior and posterior discal setae absent, median seta situated at 2nd stria. 18-19 marginal setae and 1 preapical seta at 7th stria present. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation almost wanting. Surface glossy, rather iridescent. Wings absent. Lower surface. Prosternal process short, angulate behind coxae, posteriorly markedly depressed, triangular, ventrolaterally and posterolaterally bordered. Proepisternum smooth. Mesepisternum coarse- ly but superficially punctate. Metepisternum rather short, c. 1.3 x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly very wide, rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with numerous fine, elongate wrinkles and shallow impressions. Microreticulation dense, isodiametric. ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex regularly curved. Legs. Thin and elongate. 4th tarsomere medially faintly excised. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. Vestiture of d anterior tarsus unknown. ö genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 elongate, little curved, with obtuse apex, with 3 rather spaced ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow moderately close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with c. 8 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with 7-8 setae at or near margin. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya west of the mountain ridge on the western margin of the valley of the Borme River. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the markedly spinose apex of the elytra. Relationships. Certainly very closely related to F. unipunctatum, spec. nov., but slightly more apo- morphic. The decision, whether this is actually a separate species or merely a subspecies of F. unipunc- tatum will not be solved until males of both taxa are available. Fortagonum denticulatum, spec. nov. Figs 11-13, 30 Types. Holotype: d, IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Pr., Bime 1600-1900 m, 11.1IX.1993, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). - Paratype: 17, IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Pr., Galbok (w. Nalca), 1700-1800 m, 3.X.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished by presence of wings, rather narrow, conical pronotum with wide margin- al channel, fairly elongate, convex elytra, and absence of anterior supraocular seta, both pronotal seta, and anterior and posterior discal setae. 26 ee N Ran) E73 En 12 = =: 13 Figs 12, 13. Fortagonum denticulatum, spec. nov. 12. 8 aedeagus, apex of aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. 13. 2 stylomeres. Description Measurements. Length: 11.2-11.5 mm; width: 4.6-4.7 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.32- 1.34; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.53-1.60; width pronotum/head: 1.76-1.89; width elytra/prono- tum: 1.31-1.32; length/width of elytra: 1.58-1.59. Wing-and-seta formula: +w —+ — -+-. Colour. Glossy black. Lateral margins of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark reddish-piceous, 1st-3rd antennomeres more or less infuscate. Lower surface black. Head. Moderately narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather wide, somewhat imbedded in prothorax. Eyes fairly large, laterally moderately projecting, orbits distinct, evenly curved. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum rectangular, apex feebly concave. Mandibles elongate, straight, but not porrect. Antenna elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about three segments, median antennomeres c.3-3.5 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. No furrow medially of eyes, though a shallow furrow above antennal base present. Only posterior supraocular seta present, at posterior margin of eye. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with short, shallow, parallel furrows, frons evenly convex, absolutely smooth. Microreticulation isodiametric, somewhat superfi- cial. Surface glossy. Prothorax. Moderately wide, conical, widest in posterior third, laterally evenly though feebly convex, strongly narrowed to apex, moderately narrowed to base. Disk evenly convex, lateral margins widely explanate. Anterior angles rather projecting, obtuse at apex. Apex regularly and deeply excised. Lateral margin convex throughout, not bordered, with wide, shallow marginal channel. Basal angles rectangular, at apex obtusely rounded. Base laterally straight, in middle very faintly produced. Disk convex with extremely shallow, v-shaped sulcus in apical fourth, base near basal margin with a deep, circular impression on either side and with a very shallow transverse impression. Median line incom- plete, fine, ending far from apex and base. Apex distinctly bordered, base not bordered. Both marginal setae absent. Disk impunctate. Microreticulation very fine, on disk highly superficial, near apex and base isodiametric and more conspicuous, on disk consisting of very fine transverse lines. Surface glossy. Elytra. Rather narrow and elongate, dorsal surface markedly convex, lateral borders in middle almost straight. Preapical sinuosity extremely feeble. Widest diameter about in middle. Shoulders wide, angulate but not dentate, apex with short triangular spine opposite 3rd interval. Sutural angle with minute denticle. Striae deep, impunctate, intervals slightly convex. Anterior and posterior discal setae absent, median seta situated at 2nd stria. 18 marginal setae and 1 preapical seta at 7th stria present. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation almost wanting. Surface highly glossy, rather irides- cent. Wings present. Lower surface. Prosternal process short, obtusely dentate behind coxae, posteriorly markedly de- pressed, triangular, ventrolaterally and posterolaterally bordered. Proepisternum smooth. Mesepister- 2 num coarsely punctate. Metepisternum moderately elongate, c. 1.5 x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly moderately wide, rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with several fine, elongate wrinkles and shallow impressions. Microreticulation dense, isodiametric, very superfi- cial. & sternum bisetose, in middle excised, ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex regularly curved. Legs. Thin and elongate. 4th tarsomere medially faintly excised. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. 1st- 3rd tarsomeres of & anterior tarsus biseriately squamose. d genitalia. Genital ring rather parallel, at apex asymmetric. Aedeagus stout, slightly curved, lower surface almost straight. Apex short and acute, with very small terminal hook. Lower surface near apex with a short carina. Internal sac in middle at top on either side with a small, odd-shaped, sclerotized plate. Left paramere very wide, almost circular. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 elongate, little curved, with obtuse apex, with 3 large ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow moderately close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with c. 6 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with 3-4 setae at or near margin. Variation. Little variation noted due to limited material, though pronotum varies slightly in shape and relative width. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. This species is rather closely related to F. unipunctatum, spec. nov. and F. spinosum, spec. nov., but is slightly more apomorphic than both species. Etymology. The name refers to the denticulate apex of the elytra. Fortagonum depressum, spec. nov. Figs 14, 17, 31 Types. Holotype: d, IRIAN JAYA, Manokwari-Prov. Testega-Meydoudga, 1000-1350 m, 10.1V.1993, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). - Paratype: 1%, Irian Jaya, Pr. Manokwari, Iba, 1300 m, 7.-8.4.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished by presence of wings, rather narrow, faintly conical pronotum with wide marginal channel, fairly elongate, convex elytra with slightly crenulate striae and depressed intervals, presence of a short spine opposite 3rd interval, and absence of both supraocular setae, both pronotal setae, and the anterior discal seta. Description Measurements. Length: 10.7-11.4 mm; width: 4.35-4.60 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.44-1.48; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.63; width pronotum/head: 1.87-1.91; width elytra /prono- tum: 1.28-1.32; length/width of elytra: 1.62-1.65. Wing-and-seta formula: +w — -—- -++. Colour. Iridescent black. Lateral margins of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark reddish-piceous, tibiae piceous, 1st-3rd antennomeres more or less infuscate. Lower surface black. Head. Moderately narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather wide, somewhat imbedded in prothorax. Eyes fairly large, laterally moderately projecting, orbits distinct, evenly curved. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum rectangular, apex feebly concave. Mandibles elongate, straight, but not porrect. Antenna elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about three segments, median antennomeres c. 4 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. No furrow medially of eyes, though a shallow furrow above antennal base present. No supraocular setae present. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with short, shallow, parallel furrows, inside of eyes with few elongate, fine though sharp lines, frons evenly convex. Microreticulation isodiametric, highly superficial, surface with sparse and extremely fine puncturation, glossy. Prothorax. Moderately wide, conical, widest in posterior third, laterally evenly though feebly convex, strongly narrowed to apex, moderately narrowed to base. Disk evenly convex, lateral margins widely explanate. Anterior angles markedly projecting, obtuse at apex. Apex regularly and deeply 28 14 Fig. 14. Fortagonum depressum, spec. nov. d aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. excised. Lateral margin convex throughout, not bordered, with wide, shallow marginal channel. Basal angles rectangular, at apex obtusely rounded. Base laterally straight, in middle very faintly produced. Disk convex with shallow, v-shaped sulcus in apical fourth, base near basal margin with a deep, circular impression on either side and with a very shallow transverse impression. Median line incom- plete, fine, ending far from apex and base. Apex distinctly bordered, base not bordered. Both marginal setae absent. Disk impunctate, though with some fine, transverse wrinkles, in marginal channel and especially around basal grooves with irregular, rugose wrinkles. Microreticulation very fine, on disk highly superficial, near apex and base isodiametric and more conspicuous. Surface glossy apart from the rugose parts. Elytra. Rather narrow and elongate, dorsal surface markedly convex, lateral borders in middle almost straight. Preapical sinuosity extremely feeble. Widest diameter about in middle. Shoulders wide, angulate but not dentate, apex with short triangular spine opposite 3rd interval that is slightly curved inwards. Sutural angle without denticle. Striae deep, faintly crenulate, intervals markedly depressed. Anterior discal seta absent, median seta situated on 3rd interval, posterior seta at 2nd stria. 17-19 marginal setae and 1 preapical seta at 7th stria present. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation absent. Surface highly glossy, rather iridescent. Wings present. Lower surface. Prosternal process short, evenly rounded behind coxae, posteriorly markedly de- pressed, triangular, ventrolaterally and posterolaterally bordered. Proepisternum finely, transversely striolate, distinctly microreticulate, dull. Mesepisternum densely and coarsely punctate. Metepister- num moderately elongate, c. 1.5 x as long as wide at anterior border, coarsely punctate. Epipleura anteriorly moderately wide, very rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with several fine, elongate wrinkles and shallow impressions. Microreticulation strong, dense, isodiametric. d sternum bisetose, apex in middle excised, ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex regularly curved. Legs. Thin and elongate. 4th tarsomere medially faintly excised. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. 1st- 3rd tarsomeres of d anterior tarsus biseriately squamose. d genitalia. Genital ring narrow, rather parallel, at apex asymmetric. Aedeagus moderately elon- gate, rather curved, lower surface gently bisinuate, with elongate median carina on upper surface and a lateral carina on either margin, surface in cross-section triangular. Apex rather elongate, acute, with extremely small terminal knob. Internal sac on left side at bottom with two strongly sclerotized, denticulate plates or groups of plates, respectively, one tridentate plate in front, two closely adjacent unidentate plates behind middle. Left paramere very wide, almost circular. ? genitalia. Unknown, since in the single ? the apex of the abdomen is damaged. Variation. Little variation noted due to limited material. Distribution (Fig. 31). Vogelkop, extreme western Irian Jaya. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. This species is rather remotely related to the three preceding species. Etymology. The name refers to the markedly depressed elytral intervals. 29 Genus Collagonum, gen. nov. Fortagonum Darlington, 1952 (part), p. 247. Fortagonum, Darlington 1971 (part), p. 316, figs 75-76. Fortagonum, Baehr 1992 (part), p. 74, figs 2, 3, 5, 6. Diagnosis. The genus is characterized by the presence of a deep sulcus medially of the eyes, the wide, distorted pronotum with wide, explanate lateral margins, rather elongate, parallel, apically not spined or dentate elytra, the characteristic aedeagus with elongate, markedly sclerotized, curved, rod- like apex, the comparatively short ? stylomere, and the following wing-and-seta formula: +W-W -++- -(+) +- +4- +4- Description Genus of Agoninae, delimited by the following character states: Colour black, almost always with bluish or purplish hue on the elytra. Head rather elongate with long, wide neck, moderately large, usually distinctly protruding eyes, a deep sulcus medially of eyes that completely divides the eye from frons, and elongate, though not porrect mandibles. Mentum with very elongate, acute median tooth. Other mouthparts like in related genera, but penultimate segments of both palpi shorter than in Fortagonum. Antenna moderately elongate, median segments usually <3 x as long as wide. Prothorax wide, distorted, laterally evenly rounded, with wide, markedly explanate lateral margins, shortly angulate or obtuse basal angles, and deeply excised apex. Elytra usually rather elongate, parallel, with evenly rounded shoulders, rounded, not denticulate nor spinose apex, and weak preapical sinuosity. Elytral striae deep, smooth, intervals convex. Marginal channel with 20-21 lateral setae, two apical setae and one preapical seta near 7th stria, disk with 3 or O setae, in latter case very rarely the median seta unilaterally present. Fully winged or wings shortened. In winged species metepisternum c. 2.5 x as long as wide, in species with reduced wings <2 x as long as wide. Prosternal process very short, rounded, behind procoxae depressed. Legs elongate, 5th tarsomeres asetose beneath, claws large, smooth. d sternum VII evenly rounded at apex, bisetose. Aedeagus elongate, markedly curved, apex extended in an elongate, curved, strongly sclerotized rod with acute apex. Orificium very elongate, without sclerotized teeth within. ? stylomere 1 with some elongate setae at apex, stylomere 2 mod- erately elongate, dentiform, slightly curved, with 2-3 ventro-lateral ensiform setae, a dorsomedian ensiform seta, and an apical nematiform seta originating in a groove. Distribution. Central Papua New Guinea, eastern central Irian Jaya, both New Guinea. The species inhabit montane rain forest in median altitudes and are mainly collected under logs and by sieving leaf litter. Type species: Fortagonum laticolle Baehr, 1992, by present designation. Etymology. From latin collum = neck, and Agonum. The name refers to the conspicuous shape of the pronotum. The genus includes thus far the following species: Collagonum limum (Darlington, 1952), C. horna- brooki (Darlington, 1971), C. distortum (Darlington, 1971), C. laticolle (Baehr, 1992), and C. ophthalmicum (Baehr, 1992), as well as the four new species and one new subspecies described below. Key to the species of the genus Collagonum, gen. nov. IS \Wingsspresent.. ern eeeeeressnssseen en ereneeneee N TSEREREEEE BELLE DR u Winestabsent ee NEE EE BER 7 2. Both pairs of supraocular setaelabsent.........c een ee EEE 3: — Atleast posterionsupraoeularisetanpresent ..... nenne a 9 3. Eyes laterally abruptly produced; pronotum at apex much narrower than at base. Central Irian Jaya essennasnahehbeh ran susn reteneene ernennen ee ERREN ophthalmicum (Baehr) - Eyes laterally not as abruptly produced; pronotum at apex only slightly narrower than at base 30 SE BoEhrpronotalisetaerabsentEasternaluiann]ayamer een robustum, spec. nov. ss Rosterionpronotallsetatpresent Easternlnian Jayakn. ee riedeli, spec. nov. 5. Wider species; pronotum wider, laterally more rounded, with shorter, more convex anterior angles. @entraliBapuar\ewz Guinea... ern. ne een aaa sau neacn seen ee violaceum, spec. nov. -— Narrower species; pronotum narrower, laterally less rounded, with longer, more acute anterior anolesg@entrallkandleasterne|niann]ayarsee laticolle (Baehr) 6. 6. Eyes smaller, laterally more abruptly protruding, almost devoid of distinct orbits (Fig. 15). Area west of mountain range to the west of valley of Borme River .................. laticolle laticolle (Baehr) - Eyes larger, laterally less abruptly protruding, with distinct, oblique orbits (Fig. 16). Area east of mountain range to the west of valley of Borme River ................... laticolle macrops, subspec. nov. 7. Eyes laterally abruptly produced; elytra asetose, or (rarely) unilaterally unisetose ..................... 8. Er yesjlaterallysnotassabruptlyzpredueedelytrattrisetose rn % 8. Both supraocular setae present; posterior pronotal seta present; frons conspicuously swollen. GentralZapua@NewiGumean. en... ee distortum (Darlington) - Anterior supraocular seta absent; posterior pronotal seta absent; frons not swollen. Central Papua INEOsulChi See N IE ER NE limum (Darlington) 9. Both supraocular setae present; prothorax narrower, <1.5 x as wide as long. Central eastern Irian ayazeı er a ee lieseacalessactodastensachessnennnneseiesrieese enge fernen reraenerene convexum, Spec. NOV. - Anterior supraocular seta absent; prothorax wider, c. 1.7 x as wide as long. Central Papua New SUN a Be gen Drnenn akt skaltir rare RR ee hornabrooki (Darlington) Collagonum laticolle (Baehr) (comb. nov.) Fortagonum laticolle Baehr, 1992, p. 77, figs 2, 5. Diagnosis. Elongate, violaceous species with wide, laterally markedly convex, distorted pronotum. Distinguished from related species by presence of wings and absence of anterior supraorbital seta and anterior pronotal seta, and from the most closely related C. violaceum, spec. nov. by narrower pronotum with longer, more acute anterior angles, and longer and narrower elytra. This species was described from a single female from central Irian Jaya. Because males have been now discovered, the d genitalia are herewith described. Newly collected material reveals that the species includes two slightly different subspecies in two closely adjacent areas, divided only by a mountain range west to the Borme river. They are mainly distinguished by the larger, though laterally less abruptly protruding eyes, the slightly more rounded anterior angles of the pronotum, and the slightly wider elytra in the new subspecies C. laticolle macrops. Collagonum laticolle laticolle (Baehr) (comb. nov.) Figs 15, 19, 30 Fortagonum laticolle Baehr, 1992, p. 77, figs 2, 5. New records: 14, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Prov., Diuremna, 1900-2100 m, 9.-11.9.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 15, IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Pr., Bime 1600-1900 m, 11.1IX.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 13, IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Pr., Gabok (W. Nalca) 1700-1800 m, 3.X.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 14, IRIAN JAYA, Panai-Prov., Mulia (n) to Dowome, 2200-2250 m, 8.VII.1994, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Description of some additional characters Measurements. Length: 11.2-12.1 mm; width: 4.15-4.70 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.50-1.57; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.49-1.55; width pronotum/head: 1.80-1.86; width elytra/ pronotum: 1.15-1.19; length/width of elytra: 1.62-1.69. 31 Figs 15, 16. Head. 15. Collagonum laticolle laticolle (Baehr). 16. C. laticolle macrops, subspec. nov. Figs 17,18. Habitus. 17. Fortagonum depressum, spec. nov. d holotype. 18. Collagonum violaceum, spec.nov. Lengths: 10.7 mm, 12.3 mm. d genitalia. Sternum VII bisetose and at apex regularly rounded. Genital ring fairly wide, moder- ately asymmetric, apex narrow, fairly short. Aedeagus slightly curved, apical part extended to an elongate, strongly sclerotized rod that is down-turned in a very weak though still visible angle. Apex with acute, lancet-shaped tip without lateral hooks. Internal sac without sclerotized plates or teeth. Both parameres rather elongate, right paramere at apex rather convex. Variation. Some sexual variation noted within the nominate subspecies, because the males are comparatively longer and narrower, especially concerning their elytra. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya west of the mountain ridge on the western margin of the valley of the Borme River. The new records enlarge the recorded range of this species slightly eastwards and westwards through the central highlands of Irian Jaya. Note. In the original description of this species the wing-and-seta formula must be read +w instead of erroneous -w (misprint!), because the species is fully winged as mentioned in the key and the description. Collagonum laticolle macrops, subspec. nov. Figs 16, 20, 30 Types. Holotype: 3, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Prov., Borme, 1500-2000 m, 14.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM). - Paratypes: 33 d,1?,same data (CBM); 2? ?, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Prov., Taramlu, 1700 m, 6.IX.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished from the nominate subspecies by larger, though laterally less abruptly protruding eyes, slightly more rounded anterior angles of the pronotum, and slightly wider elytra. 32 N AT, 19 20 Figs 19,20. Genitalia. 19. Collagonum laticolle laticolle (Baehr). d aedeagus, apex of aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. 20. C. laticolle macrops, subspec. nov. ? stylomeres. Description Measurements. Length: 11.5-12.5 mm; width: 4.4-4.7 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.46-1.55; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.52-1.56; width pronotum/head: 1.73-1.83; width elytra/ pronotum: 1.15-1.22; length/width of elytra: 1.65-1.70. Wing-and-seta formula: tw —+ —+ +++. Colour. Similar to nominate subspecies. Head. Largely similar to nominate subspecies, though eyes larger, but not so abruptly projecting, and sulcus medially of eyes less deep. Prothorax. Largely similar to nominate subspecies, though generally slightly narrower and with slightly less protruding anterior angles. Elytra. Largely similar to nominate subspecies, though generally slightly wider and shorter. Lower surface. Similar to nominate subspecies. Legs. Similar to nominate subspecies. ö genitalia. Similar to nominate subspecies. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 moderately elongate, slightly curved, with obtuse apex, with 2 ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow rather close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with c. 9 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with c. 4 setae at or near margin. Variation. Little variation noted. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya east of the mountain ridge on the western margin of the valley of the Borme River. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the larger, though less abruptly projecting eyes of this subspecies. Collagonum violaceum, spec. nov. Eigsn18,21,22,531 Types. Holotype: d, PNG, MorobePr. Aseki, 1500-1650 m, 14.9.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM). - Paratypes:25 8,222, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Elongate, violaceous species with wide, laterally markedly convex, distorted pronotum. Distinguished from related species by presence of wings and absence of anterior supraorbital seta and anterior pronotal seta, and from the most closely related C. laticolle (Baehr) by wider pronotum with shorter, more rounded anterior angles, and shorter and wider elytra. 33 Figs 21, 22. Collagonum violaceum, spec. nov. 21. d aedeagus, apex of aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. 22. ? stylomeres. Description Measurements. Length: 12.1-12.7 mm; width: 4.6-4.8 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.68-1.75; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.61-1.68; width pronotum/head: 2.0-2.03; width elytra/ pronotum: 1.06-1.09; length/width of elytra: 1.60-1.62. Wing-and-seta formula: +w —+ —+ +++. Colour. Black with a distinct violet-blue iridescence on the elytra. Lateral borders of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark piceous. 1st-3rd antennomeres more or less distinctly infuscate. Lower surface black. Head. Narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather narrow, elongate behind eyes. Eyes rather large, strongly, though not abruptly protruding, orbits almost absent. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum moderately elongate, apex straight. Mandibles moderately elongate, straight. Antenna moderately elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about two segments, median antennomeres <3 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. Furrow above antennal base and inside of eyes deep, conspicuous. Anterior supraocular seta absent, posterior seta situated slightly behind posterior margin of eye. Frons rather evenly convex, impunctate, laterally with a shallow groove that is crossed by some oblique wrinkles. Microreticulation extremely superficial, isodiametric. Surface glossy. Prothorax. Very wide, laterally very broadly deplanate, evenly curved, much more evenly nar- rowed to apex than to base. Widest diameter about in middle. Anterior angles remarkably projecting, at apex widely rounded off. Apex deeply excised, excision almost straight. Lateral margin convex to basal angles which bear a very small denticle. Base laterally straight, in middle feebly produced. Disk fairly convex, lateral parts broadly deplanate, slightly upturned. In anterior third with a shallow, slightly v-shaped depression, median line distinct, attaining neither apex nor base, base with a shallow transverse depression. Basal grooves deep, large, about circular. Apex bordered, lateral margins not bordered, base bordered in middle. Anterior marginal seta absent, posterior marginal seta situated right on posterior angle. Lateral channel and basal grooves coarsely and irregularly punctate-vermic- ulate, though punctures rather superficial. Disk impunctate, almost smooth. Microreticulation near apex and base about isodiametric, in middle extremely superficial, barely visible, consisting of ex- tremely fine transverse lines. Surface on disk glossy, rather iridescent. Elytra. Elongate, moderately wide, rather parallel, dorsal surface convex, lateral borders almost straight in anterior , behind shoulders even faintly concave, towards apex evenly rounded. Widest diameter well behind middle. Preapical sinuosity rather shallow. Shoulders wide, rounded. Apex with a short, rounded projection opposite 3rd interval. Sutural angle with a very small denticle. Striae deep, impunctate, intervals convex. Discal setae short, inconspicuous, anterior seta near 3rd stria, median and posterior setae near 2nd stria. 20-21 marginal setae and 3 apical setae present, two of the latter situated on apical border, one near 7th stria. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation very superficial, consisting of extremely fine, dense, transverse lines. Surface markedly iridescent. Fully winged. 34 23 25 Figs 23-25. Habitus. 23. Collagonum riedeli,spec.nov. 24. C. robustum, spec.nov. 25. C. convexum,spec.nov. Lengths: 11.5 mm, 12.0 mm, 11.5 mm. Lower surface. Prosternum very short, not surpassing procoxae, rounded off, posteriorly depressed, ventrally bordered. Proepisternum almost impunctate, with dense microreticulation. Mesepisternum rather densely, though somewhat superficially punctate. Metepisternum elongate, c. 2.5 x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly moderately wide, posteriorly very narrow, moderately rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with some fine wrinkles. Microreticulation very dis- tinct, isodiametric. d sternum VII bisetose, ? sternum VII quadrisetose, inone ? even asymmetrically 6-setose, apex evenly rounded in both sexes. Legs. Rather thin and elongate. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. 4th tarsomere medially slightly excised. 1st-3rd tarsomeres of d anterior tarsus biseriately squamose. d genitalia. Genital ring moderately narrow, fairly symmetric, apex narrow, rather short. Aedeagus slightly curved, apical part extended to an elongate, strongly sclerotized rod that is downcurved without a distinct angle. Apex with obtusely convex, lancet-shaped tip with small lateral hooks. Internal sac without sclerotized plates or teeth. Both parameres rather elongate. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 moderately elongate, slightly curved, with obtuse apex, with 3 ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow moderately close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with c. 8 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with c. 4 setae at or near margin. Variation. Little variation noted. Distribution (Fig. 31). Eastern central Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. This species is certainly most closely related to the western C. laticolle (Baehr), though it is in some respects slightly less apomorphic. Etymology. The name refers to the distinct violaceous tint of the elytra. 35 um 26 27 Figs 26, 27. ? stylomeres. 26. Collagonum riedeli, spec. nov. 27. C. convexum, spec. nov. Collagonum riedeli, spec. nov. Figs 23, 26, 30 Types. Holotype: ®, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Bommela, 1750 m, 30.8.-1.9.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM). - Paratype: 1?, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Elongate, violaceous species with wide, laterally markedly convex, distorted pronotum. Distinguished from related species by presence of wings and absence of both supraorbital seta and the anterior pronotal seta. Description Measurements. Length: 11.5-11.9 mm; width: 4.3-4.5 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.55; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.53-1.56; width pronotum/head: 1.79-1.88; width elytra/pronotum: 1.16-1.19; length/width of elytra: 1.60-1.63. Wing-and-seta formula: +w — -+ +++. Colour. Black with slight violet-blue iridescence on the elytra. Lateral borders of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark piceous. 1st-3rd antennomeres more or less distinctly infuscate. Lower surface black. Head. Rather narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather narrow, elongate behind eyes. Eyes rather large, strongly, though not abruptly protruding, orbits almost absent. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum moderately elongate, apex straight. Mandibles moderately elongate, straight. Antenna mod- erately elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about one segment, median antennomeres c. 2.5 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. Furrow above antennal base and inside of eyes deep, conspicuous. Both supraocular setae absent. Frons rather evenly convex, impunctate, in middle with a very slight, triangular impression, laterally with a very shallow groove. Microreticulation distinct, isodiametric. Surface moderately glossy. Prothorax. Wide, laterally broadly deplanate, laterally evenly curved, much more narrowed to apex than to base. Widest diameter about in middle. Anterior angles remarkably projecting, at apex rounded off. Apex deeply excised, excision almost straight. Lateral margin convex to basal angles which bear a very small denticle. Base laterally straight, in middle feebly produced. Disk fairly convex, lateral parts broadly deplanate, slightly upturned. In anterior fourth with a shallow, slightly v-shaped depression, median line distinct, attaining neither apex nor base, base with a shallow transverse depression. Basal grooves deep, large, about circular. Apex bordered, lateral margins not bordered, base bordered in middle. Anterior marginal seta absent, posterior marginal seta situated right on posterior angle. Lateral channel and basal grooves coarsely and irregularly punctate-vermiculate, though punctures superfi- cial. Disk impunctate, almost smooth. Microreticulation near apex and base about isodiametric, in middle rather superficial, consisting of very fine transverse lines. Surface on disk glossy, rather iridescent. Elytra. Elongate, moderately wide, almost parallel, dorsal surface convex, lateral borders almost straight in anterior , behind shoulders even faintly concave, towards apex evenly rounded. Widest diameter well behind middle. Preapical sinuosity rather shallow. Shoulders wide, rounded. Apex with 36 28 29 Figs 28, 29. Collagonum robustum, spec. nov. 28. d aedeagus, apex of aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. 29. 2 stylomeres. a short, rounded projection opposite 3rd interval. Sutural angle without denticle. Striae deep, impunc- tate, intervals convex. Discal setae short, inconspicuous, anterior seta near 3rd stria, median and posterior setae near 2nd stria. 20 marginal setae and 3 apical setae present, two of the latter situated on apical border, one near 7th stria. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation highly superficial, consist- ing of extremely fine, dense, transverse lines. Surface rather iridescent. Fully winged. Lower surface. Prosternum very short, not surpassing procoxae, rounded off, posteriorly depressed, ventrally bordered. Proepisternum almost impunctate, with dense microreticulation and with some longitudinal strioles. Mesepisternum rather densely, though somewhat superficially punctate. Me- tepisternum elongate, c. 2.5 x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly moderately wide, posteriorly very narrow, moderately rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with some fine wrinkles. Microreticulation very distinct, isodiametric. ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex evenly rounded. Legs. Rather thin and elongate. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. 4th tarsomere medially slightly excised. Vestiture of d anterior tarsus unknown. d genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 moderately elongate, fairly curved, with obtuse apex, with 3 ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow rather close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with 6-7 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with 7-8 setae at or near margin. Variation. Some variation noted in relative shape of pronotum. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. This species is most closely related to C. laticolle (Baehr) and C. violaceum, spec. nov., and C. robustum, spec. nov., respectively, and takes an intermediate position between both groups of species. Etymology. The name is a patronym in honour of the collector of all species mentioned in this paper. Collagonum robustum, spec. nov. Figs 24, 28-30 Types. Holotype: 3, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Langda, 2100-2300 m, 27.-28.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM). - Para- types: 15, 1?, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Elongate, violaceous species with wide, laterally markedly convex, distorted pronotum. Distinguished from related species by presence of wings and absence of both supraorbital setae and both pronotal setae. 37 Description Measurements. Length: 11.9-12.4 mm; width: 4.45-4.75 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.54-1.58; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.44-1.51; width pronotum/head: 1.83-1.94; width elytra/ pronotum: 1.09-1.14; length/width of elytra: 1.60-1.63. Wing-and-seta formula: +w — -- +++. Colour. Black with slight violet-blue iridescence on the elytra. Lateral borders of pronotum reddish translucent, labrum, mouth parts, antenna, and tarsi dark piceous. 1st-3rd antennomeres more or less distinctly infuscate. Lower surface black. Head. Narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather narrow, elongate behind eyes. Eyes rather large, strongly, though not abruptly protruding, orbits almost absent. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum moderately elongate, apex straight. Mandibles moderately elongate, straight. Antenna moderately elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about one segment, median antennomeres c. 2.5 x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. Furrow above antennal base and inside of eyes deep, conspicuous. Both supraocular setae absent. Frons rather evenly convex, impunc- tate, in middle with a very slight, triangular impression, laterally with a very shallow groove. Micro- reticulation distinct, isodiametric. Surface moderately glossy. Prothorax. Wide, laterally broadly deplanate, evenly curved, much more narrowed to apex than to base. Widest diameter about in middle. Anterior angles remarkably projecting, at apex rounded off. Apex deeply excised, excision almost straight. Lateral margin convex to basal angles which bear a very small denticle. Base laterally straight, in middle feebly produced. Disk fairly convex, lateral parts broadly deplanate, slightly upturned. In anterior fourth with a shallow, slightly v-shaped depression, median line distinct, attaining neither apex nor base, base with a shallow transverse depression. Basal grooves deep, large, about circular. Apex bordered, lateral margins not bordered, base bordered in middle. Both marginal setae absent. Lateral channel and basal grooves coarsely and irregularly punctate-vermiculate, though punctures superficial. Disk impunctate, almost smooth. Microreticula- tion near apex and base about isodiametric, in middle rather superficial, consisting of very fine transverse lines. Surface on disk glossy, rather iridescent. Elytra. Elongate, moderately wide, almost parallel, dorsal surface convex, lateral borders almost straight in anterior %, behind shoulders even faintly concave, towards apex evenly rounded. Widest diameter well behind middle. Preapical sinuosity rather shallow. Shoulders wide, rounded. Apex with a short, rounded projection opposite 3rd interval. Sutural angle without denticle. Striae deep, impunc- tate, intervals convex. Discal setae short, inconspicuous, anterior seta near 3rd stria, median and posterior setae near 2nd stria. 20 marginal setae and 3 apical setae present, two of the latter situated on apical border, one near 7th stria. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation rather distinct, consisting of fine, dense, transverse lines. Surface slightly iridescent. Fully winged. Lower surface. Prosternum very short, not surpassing procoxae, rounded off, posteriorly depressed, ventrally bordered. Proepisternum almost impunctate, with dense microreticulation. Mesepisternum rather densely, though superficially punctate. Metepisternum elongate, c. 2.5x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly moderately wide, posteriorly very narrow, moderately rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with some fine wrinkles. Microreticulation distinct, isodiamet- ric. d sternum VII bisetose, ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex evenly rounded in both sexes. Legs. Rather thin and elongate. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. 4th tarsomere medially slightly excised. 1st-3rd tarsomeres of d anterior tarsus biseriately squamose. d genitalia. Genital ring rather narrow, symmetric, apex narrow, fairly short. Aedeagus slightly curved, apical part extended to an elongate, strongly sclerotized rod that is downcurved in a weak though distinct angle. Apex obtusely angulate with a somewhat lancet-shaped tip but without lateral hooks. Internal sac without sclerotized plates or teeth. Both parameres rather elongate. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 moderately elongate, fairly curved, with obtuse apex, with 2 ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow rather close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with 6-7 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with c. 6 setae at or near margin. Variation. There is some variation in shape, because the holotype has slightly wider pronotum and wider and shorter elytra. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. 38 Relationships. This species is probably most closely related to C. riedeli, spec. nov. Etymology. The name refers to the robust build of prothorax and elytra. Collagonum convexum, spec. nov. Figs 25, 27, 30 Types. Holotype: ?, IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Pr., N. Bime 2000-2070 m, 21.1X.1993, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Moderately elongate, black species with wide, laterally markedly convex, distorted pronotum. Distinguished from related species by absence of wings, comparatively short and markedly convex elytra, presence of both supraorbital setae, and absence of anterior pronotal seta. Description Measurements. Length: 11.5 mm; width: 4.35 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.45; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.38; width pronotum/head: 1.90; width elytra/pronotum: 1.18; length/ width of elytra: 1.5. Wing-and-seta formula: -w ++ —+ +++. Colour. Black, labrum, mouth parts, and tarsi reddish-piceous, antenna piceous. Lower surface black. Head. Narrow compared with prothorax. Neck rather narrow, elongate behind eyes. Eyes moder- ately large, strongly, though not abruptly protruding, orbits short, obliquely convex. Clypeal suture distinct. Labrum moderately elongate, apex straight. Mandibles moderately elongate, straight. Anten- na moderately elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about one segment, median antennomeres <2.5x as long as wide. Both palpi elongate, basal maxillary palpomere thickened. Furrow above antennal base and inside of eyes rather deep, conspicuous. Both supraocular setae present, posterior setae situated shortly behind posterior margin of eye. Frons rather evenly convex, impunctate, in middle with a very slight, transverse impression. Microreticulation distinct, isodiametric. Surface moderately glossy. Prothorax. Rather wide, laterally broadly deplanate, evenly curved, slightly more narrowed to apex than to base. Widest diameter about in middle. Anterior angles remarkably projecting, at apex rounded off. Apex deeply excised, excision narrow, almost straight. Lateral margin markedly convex, hence apex and base both rather narrow. Basal angles with a very small concavity, but without denticle. Base laterally straight, in middle feebly produced. Disk fairly convex, lateral parts broadly deplanate, slightly upturned. In anterior fourth with a shallow, slightly v-shaped depression, median line distinct, almost attaining apex, but not base, base with a shallow transverse depression. Basal grooves deep, large, about circular. Apex bordered, lateral margins not bordered, base bordered in middle. Anterior marginal seta absent, posterior seta situated right on basal angle. Lateral channel and basal grooves irregularly and rather superficially punctate-vermiculate. Disk impunctate, almost smooth. Microretic- ulation near apex and base about isodiametric, in middle rather superficial, consisting of fine trans- verse lines and meshes. Surface on disk moderately glossy, but not iridescent. Elytra. Rather short and fairly wide, posteriorly distinctly widened, dorsal surface markedly con- vex, lateral borders slightly oblique in anterior half, towards apex evenly rounded. Widest diameter well behind middle. Preapical sinuosity rather shallow. Shoulders wide, evenly rounded. Apex with a short, rounded projection opposite 3rd interval. Sutural angle with an obtuse denticle. Striae deep, impunctate, intervals convex. Discal setae short, inconspicuous, anterior seta near 3rd stria, median and posterior setae near 2nd stria. 20 marginal setae and 2 apical setae present, one of the latter situated on apical border, the other near 7th stria. Intervals impunctate. Microreticulation rather distinct, consisting of fine, dense, transverse lines and meshes. Surface modserately glossy, not iridescent. Wingless. Lower surface. Prosternum very short, not surpassing procoxae, rounded off, posteriorly depressed, ventrally bordered. Proepisternum impunctate, with dense microreticulation. Mesepisternum rather sparsely, superficially punctate. Metepisternum moderately elongate, <2 x as long as wide at anterior border. Epipleura anteriorly rather wide, posteriorly moderately narrow, rather rugose. Abdomen impunctate, though laterally with some fine wrinkles. Microreticulation distinct, isodiametric. ? sternum VII quadrisetose, apex evenly rounded. 39 Fig. 30. Localities of recently collected Fortagonum and Collagonum material in central and eastern central Irian Jaya, including the species mentioned in Baehr (1992). Eastern (right) margin is the PNG/IJ border, western (left) margin lies slightly west of Gn. Trikora (Wilhelmina Top), upper (northern) margin is crossed by the Idenburg River, lower (southern) margin meets at the right border about the former Papua/New Guinea border. Triangels denote the highest mountains. For position of cut within New Guinea see fig. 31. Localities: 1. Borme area (F. unipunctatum, C. laticolle macrops); 2. Bime area (F. spinosum, F. denticulatum, C. laticolle laticolle, C. convexum); 3. Langda area (F. latum, C. robustum); 4. Bommela area (F. bisetosiceps, C. riedeli); 5. Diuremna area (F. acuticolle, C. laticolle laticolle); 6. Nalca area (F. denticulatum, C. laticolle laticolle); 7. Ilugwa area (F. bufo, C. laticolle laticolle); 8. Baliem area, pass Valley (F. curtum, C. ophthalmicum). Legs. Rather thin and elongate. 5th tarsomere asetose beneath. 4th tarsomere medially slightly excised. Vestiture of d anterior tarsus unknown. ö genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 moderately elongate, slightly curved, with obtuse apex, with 2 ventral ensiform setae, a dorsal ensiform seta and one nematiform seta in a deep furrow moderately close to apex. Apex of stylomere 1 ventrally with c. 6 setae near base of stylomere 2. Lateral plate with c. 15 setae at or near margin. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 30). Eastern central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Collected in rain forest in median altitude. Relationships. This is a very isolated species and altogether perhaps the most plesiomorphic species within the genus. Etymology. The name refers to the short, convex shape of the elytra. Discussion The present descriptions of several new species and subspecies of the previous genus Fortagonum Darlington from both political divisions of New Guinea demonstrate once more the inadequate knowledge of the carabid fauna of the mountains of New Guinea. This extremely montaneous island is apparently inhabited by large numbers of locally distributed, generally closely related, to some extent wingless species that mainly populate the montane forests in median altitude throughout the whole island. This statement is not only true for the highly evloved genera Fortagonum and Collagonum, 40 | | | | x - ? 31 Fig. 31. Distributions. Fortagonum depressum, spec. nov.:@; Collagonum violaceum, spec. nov.:M. Therectangle denotes ' the outline of the area enlarged in fig. 30. | but also for related agonine genera, some of which are perhaps even more diverse in terms of species, but the numerous species are likewise very locally distributed. It is also true for other, non-agonine genera, e.g. the lebiine genus Demetrida (Darlington 1968, 1971) or the pentagonicine genus Scopodes (Baehr 1994). The agonine fauna of New Guinea is very rich and diverse, as stated by Darlington (1971), and due to better exploration it appears to be even considerably richer than Darlington imagined. Although several highly peculiar genera live in New Guinea, the generic limits are rather weak and become even weaker, as the fauna is being better studied. In the future, when the fauna is more adequately recorded, revisors will have to decide, in which way they will accomplish the large number and high diversity of the agonine fauna. Certainly the present generic concept of the New Guinean agonines is not really satisfying, because it includes too many genera of convenience the true generic limits and relationships of which are not yet known. A future revisor therefore must decide for either a very wide generic concept, in which, for example, the genera Altagonum Darlington, Iridagonum Darlington, Montagonum Darlington, Nebriagonum Darlington, and Fortagonum Darlington should be included in a single genus, and a more limited concept in which even more genera should be distinguished than at present. I do not know, however, which concept will be preferable. For the present I think it the best to keep most of the present genera without any change or subdivision in subgenera, even when this would seem advisible. Concerning the genus Fortagonum such subdivision is made in the case of the species with a wide, distorted pronotum that also differ clearly from the remaining species in some other characters: e.g. the deep cleft inside of the eyes that divides the eyes from the frons; the elongate, parallel elytra with rounded shoulders; the peculiar aedeagus. Within the genera Fortagonum and Collagonum several trends exist that are to a large part reductions: e.g. reduction of wings that is accompanied by shortening of the hind body; reduction of the fixed setae of head, pronotum, and elytra that may eventually lead to the total loss of all supraorbital, pronotal and discal setae; reduction of the microreticulation that leads to a glossy, rather iridescent surface. Other trends in both genera or the one or the other genus only are: lengthening of the mandibles that is commonly connected with a rather small and narrow head; enlargement of eyes that may eventually lead to markedly protruding eyes; reduction of eyes to such extent that they eventually barely project over the lateral margins of the head; development of spinose elytral apex. Distribution of most of these trends, however, within the genus Fortagonum is remarkably hetero- bathmic. For example, reduction of wings is not always connected with reduction of fixed setae, but both states have been certainly evolved several times within the genus. Perhaps the predisposition for these reductions is generally present, but whether and to what extent they will be realized in the single species is different. Unfortunately the evolutionary significance of most trends is obscure, because very little is known about the habits and life histories of the species. The only knowledge we have about the biology of Fortagonum and Collagonum species are the poor collecting records of the recently captured species. All 41 have been collected under logs or in the leaf litter of montane rain forests in median altitude. Virtually nothing, however, is known about the time of daily activity, feeding habits, diet, reproduction etc. And we do not even posses the slightest idea about the population density. Certainly one would assume that a small head and long, porrect mandibles, or else a small head together with a markedly fusiform prothorax would be adaptations to the habits of eating snails in view of the cychriform shape of head and prothorax. Because virtually nothing is known about diet and feeding habits, however, the significance of this body shape is at present absolutely unknown. What significance the reduction of the fixed setae, or the laterally extremely protruding eyes, or the spinose elytra, or the wide, distorted pronotum have, is likewise completely obscure. With regard to the characteristic shape and structure of many species, however, investigation of the habits and life histories should be a very rewarding task. The high similarity in external and genitalic characters of many species of both mentioned genera is certainly due to close relationships of the respective species, and it is the consequence of rather recent evolution or differentiation of most species that may be caused by the recent orogenetic events in New Guinea. Recent uplift in terms of geological time of the central mountains and increased erosion caused a marked dismembering of the highlands and so reinforced separation of beetle populations and eventually evolution of new taxa. Examples for these events are seen in the F. unipunctatum-spinosum- lineage and in the differentiation of C. laticolle in two subspecies. Both pairs of taxa have their bound in the valley of the Borme River or the mountain ridge to the west of this rather small, but deeply cut river. The rather feebly taxonomic differentiation of both pairs of taxa points to a fairly recent speciation that may be occurred as late as in or even after the last glaciation period. References Baehr, M. 1992. On some agonine beetles of the genus Fortagonum DARLINGTON from New Guinea (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Agoninae). - Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 82: 73-81 -- 1994. Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonic- inae). - Spixiana 17: 97-155 Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1952. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part 2. The Agonini. - Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 107: 89-252 -- 1968. The Carabid Beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae (Continued): Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. - Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 -- 1971. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part IV. General considerations; analysis and history of fauna; taxonomic supplement. - Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 142: 129-337 Alphabetical checklist of the species of the genus Fortagonum ACUHIEOENSPECSNOVEL.. een nee een ne ee Ro eräenenne rennen steuer. EEE RE 20 antecesson Darlington, 97T ..............00r2caennenesnenneseneeaeeneeeensnesuenennensneennenenrengerauaaretsnctee nen eseee rereeee ren 18 bigemumyDarlington, 1I7)Ez........22.0. 2200 eeteraeeeneeneneetnnnnenenenensnrecasanenensroranesnnrna sonne reebeneeee 17 bisetosieeps},SPeELNON. ne. en eenene sn nen lerne anne anne evenenenenee teuer nee ee 19 bufoyBarlimotongl9B2r en. een en eren en eaeran nen run np nee EB EEE EEE 117 eürtum:Baehe 31 992 nn er ee een ee ee RE 18 eyichrieeps Darlinston, 1952%.............neconenesensseszeeseeeeneranenenenentnenensnenenenenennae aensncneosnen nase een 18 dentieulatum, spee3mova.. anna senesenesarree nennen en snentnlehenkntner ao sone ne onne nern oe re BEE 26 depressum, SPeC. NOV. ...eesenesnencenenneneneenenesnensenenesnenesnenesensnnsnrnsnennnnenrsnsnnsnenennsnsnrsnsnnnrsnrnnsnsssscentenennennnnerentee 28 forceps Darlıineton, 1952 rn en ne eereeseesenae neueren nenne nun onen ne 18 formiceps®Darlınston al 9Alese en ee nennen ne aan En Bere ner EEE 18 fortellum) Darlıngton, 219m nennen kenseneaeeeenensenenen en cenere en nennen ee nn 18 latum 1SpeCan Oval een nee Een een DR. okapasD arlineton, 197] rn een ans une nene Ber LEERE EEE ee un 18 podın um Darlınston 1er een seen nannte EL ELLE RER LEREEENG EL TEE Een 18 SYINOSUM)SPeC.NOVEL nennen nennen auenedekeneneneheeeneneareeebeensaeare euren esse sesesebeBeBeBe 25 subeonieolleiDarlinston 197 Dre nn een neneeeteen OEL TEE Lene TEE een 17 UNIDUNCtALUM)KSPEC. MOVE. een teresenneeeneuenehenensnnnenenenene nennt epautncnrerenensssaebrarsenau zer ee ee 23 42 ni Alphabetical checklist of the species of the genus Collagonum EONGERUNDISPES.MONR nee eos een enter ne ee ee 39 dıstortum(Darlinston 197 Mar. BRITEN N N 31 honnabrookis Warlinston A171) ren a NIMM 31 latieolleMBachn 1992 ee er AN HIRR 31 latieolleslatieolle (Bach 9921 HE NN 31 latieollesmaerops, subspee- Nov. mes ee 32 mu Warınston, 1952)... 0... 2 31 ophthalmeums(Bachr 1992)... u... rer ne ee esse ee ern run Mas 30 Hledeli,ssSBECHNOVA Re. ee: ee See rege ee eaeree Bere er lerne ra 36 KODUSEUNYESPECHNO VERS Has a nr ee 37 DIOlAeeUMINISPECHNOVM. EN NE ER NL ARE ER A 33 43 Buchbesprechungen 4. Nicolai, B.: Atlas der Brutvögel Ostdeutschlands. Mecklenburg/Vorpommern, Brandenburg, Sachsen-Anhalt, Sachsen, Thüringen. - Gustav Fischer Verlag, Jena - Stuttgart, 1993. ISBN 3-334-60440-3. 314 S., 249 Abb., davon 208 Verbreitungskarten. Der vorliegende Atlas enthält die Ergebnisse der Brutvogelkartierung Ostdeutschlands von 1978 bis 1982, die von mehr als 780 Mitarbeitern zusammengetragen wurden. Für das Gebiet der ehemaligen DDR fehlte bisher ein aktuelles, flächendeckendes Verbreitungsbild der Brutvögel, und nur für wenige ausgewählte Arten gab es umfas- sendere Angaben. Ziel dieses Buches ist es nicht nur, Verbreitungskarten, -muster und -grenzen aufzuzeigen, sondern außerdem durch eine Analyse der Struktur der Avifauna einen Beitrag zum Naturschutz und eine fundierte Grundlage für weitere faunistische Untersuchungen zu leisten. Der Atlas enthält für über 200 Brutvogelarten Verbreitungsbilder, Häufigkeitskarten und kurze Texte mit Angaben zu Faunentyp, Status und Brutbestandssitua- tion (bei vielen Arten sogar bis 1990/91). Diese Informationen werden durch eine Bewertung der Vogelarten hinsichtlich Gefährdungsgrad und Schutzwürdigkeit ergänzt. Das Buch bietet dem Leser einen guten Überblick über die Vogelwelt einer großen Region. Als Basis-Information für den praktischen Natur- und Artenschutz, die Bewertung von Lebensräumen und für landschaftsplanerische Maßnahmen kann es nicht hoch genug eingeschätzt werden. Hoffentlich ist es nicht eines Tages traurige Dokumen- tation einer Vogelvielfalt vergangener Zeiten. J. Diller 5. Geisel, ©.: Die Krankheiten von Steinmarder Martes foina (Erxleben, 1777) und Baummarder Martes martes (Linne, 1758),- unter besonderer Berücksichtigung pathologischer Organbefunde. - Advances in Veterinary Medicine - Fortschritte der Veterinärmedizin, Nr. 43. 1992. Paul Parey, Berlin - Hamburg. ISSN 0931-4229, ISBN 3-489-52516-7. 134 Seiten, 78 Abbildungen, 11 Tabellen. In dieser Monographie werden die bisher publizierten Kenntnisse über die Krankheiten der Marder zusammen- gefaßt und durch Untersuchungsergebnisse des Verfassers an umfangreichem Sektionsmaterial ergänzt. Neben Angaben zu Krankheitsverlauf, Diagnostik und Bekämpfung sind besonders die pathologischen Organveränderun- gen berücksichtigt. Zudem werden die Todes- und Krankheitsursachen bei Mardern aus Bayern an Hand eigener Erhebungen des Autors dargestellt. Dem veterinärmedizinischen Teil ist ein allgemeines Kapitel vorangestellt, das über Systematik, Lebens- und Verhaltensweisen der Marder, Morphologie, Anatomie und jagdliche Bedeutung informiert. Das Buch dürfte nicht nur für Tierärzte und Pelztierzüchter, sondern auch für Zoologen und Jäger von Nutzen sein. J. Diller 6. Goulet, H. & J. T. Huber (Eds.): Hymenoptera of the world: An identification guide to families. - Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Publication 1894/E. Ottawa, Ontario 1993. VII und 668 S. (Großsformat). An diesem umfassenden, großzügigen Buch haben neben den beiden Herausgebern neun weitere ausgezeichnete Spezialisten bestimmter Hymenopteren-Gruppen mitgearbeitet. Dem Andenken an einen von ihnen, dem verstorbe- nen W.R. M. Mason, ist das Werk gewidmet. Es umfaßt 16 Kapitel, jeweils mit eigenem Literatur-Verzeichnis. Auf vier einleitende Kapitel 1.”Introduction”, 2. “Order Hymenoptera”, 3. “Structure” (mit illustriertem “Glossary” der einzelnen Merkmale) und 4. “Use of keys” folgt ein Schlüssel zu den Superfamilien der Hymenoptera und anschlie- ßend (6-16) die Kapitel zu den einzelnen Superfamilien. Jedes hiervon umfaßt Schlüssel zu den Familien und Subfamilien (in denen zahllose Textfiguren auf die entscheidenden Merkmale hinweisen), Diagnosen und weitere Angaben zu den Taxa und großzügige ganzseitige Habituszeichnungen je eines Vertreters, oder Taxons. Das Buch ist überaus bequem zu benutzen, und die Kompetenz der Verfasser garantiert höchste Genauigkeit. So wird es für viele Jahre grundlegend für einen Überblick über die Vielfalt der Hautflügler und hilfreich für deren Bestimmung sein. E. Haeselbarth 7. Burke, T., Dolf, G. Jeffreys, A.J. Wolff, R.: DNA Fingerprinting: Approaches and Applications. - Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel, 1991. 400 S. Kaum ein Zweig der Molekularbiologie hat so rasende Fortschritte und Erfolge vorzuweisen, wie das erst vor etwa acht Jahren entwickelte DNA fingerprinting. Der Erfolg liegt sicher an den enormen Einsatzmöglichkeiten, sei es in der molekulargenetischen Grundlagenforschung, in der Medizin, in Taxonomie, Evolution und Populationsökologie, bis hin zur Aufklärung von Verbrechen. Die 29 Originalarbeiten dieses Bandes sind in folgende Sektionen gegliedert: “Molecular genetics of hypervariable DNA”, “Population genetics and evolutionary biology”, “Economically im- portant animals and plants” und “Implementation of DNA typing”, wobei für den Zoologen vor allem die Sektionen 2 und 3 von Interesse sind. Dieses empfehlenswerte Fachbuch spiegelt den aktuellen Wissensstand auf diem modernen Gebiet wider; ein Folgeband über spezielle Einsatzmöglichkeiten in der zoologischen Forschung wäre wünschenswert. R. Gerstmeier 44 | SPIXIANA 45-48 München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 A new genus of Odacanthinae from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae)* By Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (1995): A new genus of Odacanthinae from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleo- ptera, Carabidae). - Spixiana 18/1: 45-48 Crassacantha bidens, gen. nov., spec. nov. from the Vogelkop, Irian Jaya, western New Guinea is described. The genus Crassacantha, gen. nov. is presumably next related to the Oriental-Australian genus Dicraspeda Chaudboir. Dr. M. Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 Mün- chen, Germany. Introduction Within a sample of Carabid beetles, collected by A. Riedel on different occasions and in different parts of Irian Jaya (New Guinea), a specimen of Odacanthinae was found that could not be identified by use of any of the current generic tables of the Oriental-Australian Odacanthinae (Sloane 1917, 1923, Liebke 1938, Jedlicka 1963, Darlington 1968). Hence it belongs to a new genus. Since I have seen examples of almost all Australian and New Guinean and of most Oriental Odacanthine genera, the mentioned new genus is being described, although it is based on this unique specimen. The Australian-New Guinean Odacanthine fauna is very rich in structurally rather plesiomorphic genera (for lists of genera and species see Darlington 1968, Moore et al. 1987) that exhibit at the same time certain apomorphic characters, e. g. the spinose elytral apices in several species of different genera, or the loss of the elytral striation in certain species. In particular spinose elytra seem a rather common character in the Odacanthinae from New Guinea (Darlington 1968) and may represent an adaptation to arboricolous habits. However, the fauna of the Australian region presumably comprises a larger amount of plesiomor- phic genera and species than the faunas of the other regions, and with the genus Porocara it includes even the most primitive odacanthine genus at all, both in morphology and ecology (Baehr 1986, in press). Highly evolved genera like Colliuris, Casnoidea and others, however, so common in the other regions, are comparatively rarer in the Australian region. Measurements Measurements have been made with a stereo microscope by use of an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from apex of labrum to tip of elytra including the elytral spines. Hence, measurements may slightly differ from those of other authors, especially Darlington (1968). * Results of the entomological explorations of A. Riedel in New Guinea 1991. 45 Location of type The holotype of the new species is presented to the Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, but is retained as permanent loan in the working collection of the author (ZSM-CBM). Genus Crassacantha, gen nov. Diagnosis. Genus of Odacanthinae, characterized by following characters: head large with very large eyes; distinct carina medially of the eyes present; mental tooth large, acute, triangular, of almost same length as wings of mentum; glossa elongate, apically slightly incised, bisetose; paraglossae narrow, apically free and much surpassing the glossa; lacinia large, at apex dentate; mandible elongate; antenna with 3rd and 4th antennomeres of equal length; prothorax short and wide, rather globular, with indistinct and posteriorly interrupted lateral margin; no deep and wide lateral channel on prothorax present; elytra short and wide, dorsally very convex; 4th tarsomere barely excised. Etymology. The name is a combination of latin crassa (= thick, stout) and the genus name Odacantha and refers to the stout build of the single known species. Type species: Crassacantha bidens, spec. nov. by monotypy. Relationships. This new genus is presumably closely related to the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir and is distinguished from the latter only by the more robust build, the even larger head, the dorsally convex, laterally not channeled prothorax, and the more convex elytra. It is more plesiomorphic with respect to the absence of the lateral channel of the prothorax, but more apomorphic with regard to the reduction of the lateral margin of the prothorax. It may be an offspring of an common ancestor of both, Dicraspeda and Crassacantha. Crassacantha bidens, spec. nov. Figs 1,2 Types. Holotype: 2, Irian Jaya, Manokwari-Pr., Membey, 800-1200 m, 31.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. With characters of the genus. Further characterized by completely black colour, glossy surface, dark appendages, and highly convex elytra with punctate though not impressed striae, dentate external apices, and a pair of dehiscent spines at the sutural angle. Description Measurements. Length: 7.0 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.09; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.13; length/width of elytra: 1.51. Colour. Upper and lower surfaces black. Mouth parts piceous. Antenna piceous, base of 3rd and 4th antennomeres dark reddish. Femora black, tibiae and tarsi piceous. Head. Large, moderately convex. Eyes very large, laterally markedly projecting, orbits considerably less than half as long as eyes, fairly convex, forming an angle of c. 125° with the neck. Clypeus separated by a fine suture, labrum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Palpi of average size. Mandibles elongate, at apex curved. Medially of eye with a strong ridge, medially of this with an irregularly sinuate furrow from apex of frons to about posterior two thirds of eye, this furrow forming a deep groove near clypeal suture. Frons slightly convex, surface regular. Neck separated from vertex by a deep, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situated slightly in front of posterior margin of eye. Antenna presumably rather elongate, broken behind 2nd and 4th antennomeres, respectively. Surface of head including labrum without micrireticulation, impunctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Very convex, rather globose, slightly wider than long, surface convex. Widest part in front of middle, margin strongly rounded throughout, just in front of posterior angles faintly concave. Lateral border line fine, indistinct, posteriorly interrupted, situated well on disk, hence proepipleura and proepisternum visible from above from apex to near base. Apex almost straight, anterior angles 46 1 2 Fig. 1. Crassacantha bidens, gen. nov., spec. nov. ? stylomere 1 and 2. Scale: 0.1 mm. Fig. 2. Crassacantha bidens, gen. nov., spec. nov. Habitus. Length: 7.0 mm. rounded off, barely visible. Base faintly excised, posterior angles right, though at apex obtuse. Lateral margin without a channel. Surface with a faintly impressed median line that is abbreviated near apex and base, without well developed anterior and posterior transverse sulci. The anterior lateral seta situated slightly in front of widest part, pore slightly removed from border line, seta broken on either side. The posterior lateral seta and pore absent. Surface without microreticulation, apex, base and lateral parts with moderately sparse, coarse punctures, disk with very scattered, much finer punctures. Surface with some very weak transverse strioles, highly glossy. Elytra. Rather short and wide, posteriorly slightly widened, lateral margin in anterior third distinct- ly compressed. Surface markedly convex, behind middle with a wide, rather shallow, circular impres- sion on either side. Shoulders wide, slightly oblique, shoulder angle slightly protruding, but obtuse. Marginal channel moderately wide, becoming wider and deeply sulcate near posterior angles. Apex oblique, slightly concave, outer apical angle short, acute, slightly projecting, inner angle forming an elongate, dehiscent spine opposite the suture. Apex with coarse border line. Striae marked by rows of modetately fine punctures, barely impressed, punctures becoming slightly finer towards apex, inter- vals extremely faintly convex. Third interval with three setiferous punctures, the first in middle between 2nd and 3rd striae, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2nd stria, punctures small, inconspicuous, setae rather inconspicuous. Surface without microreticulation, impunctate and impi- lose, highly glossy. Winged. Lower surface. Proepisternum with rather sparse though coarse puncturation. Metepisternum elon- gate, almost 3x as long as wide. Abdominal sterna impunctate and impilose apart from a pair of 47 ambulatory setae on each sternite. Terminal sternum (in female) with two pairs of ambulatory setae. Legs. Fairly elongate. 5th tarsomere rather densely setose on lower surface. 4th tarsomere but little excised at apex. Male anterior tarsus unknown. ö genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 1 with a row of c. 6 slightly ensiform setae at apex. Stylomere 2 elongate, almost straight, apex obtuse, not curved, with 3 ventral ensiform setae in apical half, 1 dorsal ensiform setae below apex, and short 1 nematiform seta originating in a groove. Lateral plate densely setose at apex. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Vogelkop, western Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Largely unknown. Collected in median altitude, presumably in rain forest. Etymology. The name refers to the bidentate apex of the elytra. References Baehr, M. 1986. Revision of the Australian ground-beetle genus Porocara Sloane (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Odacanthi- nae). - Aust. J. Zool. 34: 717-731 -- (in Press). The ground beetle genus Casnoidea Castelnau. Taxonomy, phylogeny, zoogeography (Insecta, Coleo- ptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). - Invertebr. Zoology Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae continued. Perigonini to Pseudo- morphini. - Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 Jedlicka, A. 1963. Monographie der Truncatipennen aus Ostasien. Lebiinae - Odacanthinae - Brachyninae (Coleoptera, Carabidae). - Ent. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierkunde Dresden 28: 269-579 Liebke, M. 1938. Denkschrift über die Carabiden-Tribus Colliurini. - Festschrift für Prof. Dr. Embrik Strand 4: 37-141 Moore, B. P., T. A. Weir & J. E. Pyke. 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Australia, 4: 17-320. - Austr. Governm. Publ. Serv., Canberra Sloane, T. G. 1917. Carabidae from tropical Australia (New genera and species, notes and synonymy, and synoptic tables. Tribes Scaritini, Harpalini, Odacanthini, Lebiini, and Helluonini). - Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 42: 406-438 -- 1923. Studies in Australian Entomology. No. XVII. New genera and species of Carabidae. (Scaritini, Pterostich- ini, Merizodini, Bembidiini, Trechini, Odacanthini, Panagaeini, Licinini, and Lebiini). - Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 48: 17-39 48 SPIXIANA 49-64 München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Taxonomic remarks on Italian Cixidia with description of two new species* (Insecta, Homoptera, Auchenorrhyncha, Achilidae) By Vera D’Urso and Adalgisa Guglielmino D’Urso V. & A. Guglielmino (1995): Taxonomic remarks on Italian Cixidia with description of two new species (Homoptera Auchenorrhyncha, Achilidae). - Spixiana 18/1: 49-64 This paper redescribes and illustrates Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola, 1839) and recog- nizes C. italica (Wagner, 1959) as its synonym. It describes and illustrates two new species, C. sikaniae, spec. nov. from Sicily and C. pilatoi, spec. nov. from the Italian peninsula. The distinctiveness of the three species is based on the general appearance, the colour pattern, and the shape of vertex, frons, pronotum, pygofer structure, anal tube, aedeagus of dd and VII abdominal sternite of 22. Prof. Vera D’Urso, Dipartimento di Biologia animale, Universitä di Catania, via Androne 81, 95124 Catania, Italy. Dr. Adalgisa Guglielmino, Dipartimento di Protezione delle Piante, Universita della Tuscia, via. S. Camillo De Lellis, 01100 Viterbo, Italy. Introduction The achilid genus Cixidia Fieber, 1866 is considered difficult and one that is in need of revision. At present 12 species have been reported in the Palaearctic region. Two species are present in the Maritime Territory of Russia: C. kasparyani Anufriev, 1983 and C. ussuriensis (Kusnezov, 1928); one in Japan: C. okunii (Matsumura, 1914); one in North Europe: C. confinis (Zetterstedt, 1828); one in Central-North Europe and Siberian Asia: C. lapponica (Zetterstedt, 1840); one from the areas of South Europe to the Turanic region: C. parnassia (Stäl, 1858). Six species are found round the Mediterranean Sea: C. advena (Spinola, 1839) is a North Mediterranean species; C. genei (Spinola, 1839) is a West Mediterranean species; C. italica (Wagner, 1959) is an Italian species from Campania and Sicily; C. marginicollis (Spino- la, 1839) is a Central-South European-Mediterranean species; C. maroccana Anufriev, 1969 is endemic to Morocco; C. mersinica (Dlabola, 1987) is endemic to Anatolia. This paper redescribes C. marginicollis and reviews the Italian species of Cixidia related to it. C. marginicollis was described by Spinola (1839) from material from Sicily as Elidiptera marginicollis. He illustrated the general appearance of the body, head and face. Metcalf (1948) placed this species in the genus Epiptera Metcalf. Anufriev (1969) redescribed the species and illustrated the d genitalia without having seen the holotype, basing his description on specimens from Moldavia. Moreover, he stated that the genus Epiptera Metcalf, 1922 was a synonym of Cixidia Fieber, 1866. Following Anufriev’s paper, Logvinenko (1975) and Dlabola (1987) based their identification of C. marginicollis on his rede- scription. In 1959 Wagner described Epiptera italica from specimens collected on Mount Etna and reported a ? of the same species in Campania. * Financial assistance was provided by the 60 % MURST 49 Fig. 1. Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola). d holotype (Sicily). A. Face; C. head, lateral view; D. head, dorsal view. B. S (Sicily, C. da Paviglione). Head and thorax, dorsal view. We have compared the holotypes of C. marginicollis and C. italica. They did not show any significant differences, thus C. italica (Wagner, 1959) should be considered as a synonym of C. marginicollis (Spino- la, 1839). In the light of this new synonymy, the critical reevaluation of the bibliographic information on C. marginicollis and the direct examination of our specimens and others we have been seen, allow us to state that: 1. a new species, Cixidia sikaniae, is present on Mt Etna (Sicily) in addition to C. margin- icollis. The former can be easily distinguished by the shape and colour of the face and vertex, and the male and female genital morphology; 2. the specimens from peninsular Italy belong to a new species, Cixidia pilatoi. It can be readily identified by the external morphology and both male and female gen- italia; 3. the descriptions and figures of non-Italian specimens of C. marginicollis published by Anu- friev (1969), Logvinenko (1975), and Dlabola (1987), cannot be attributed to this species, but to one or more taxa which have not been defined as yet. They resemble C. pilatoi very closely but direct exam- ination is required before they can be assigned to this or other species. Confirmation of all records of C. marginicollis outside Italy is required since none of the authors have given illustrations that allow certain identification. Abbreviations of museums, institutions and collections where the material examined is deposited: DG: D’Urso and Guglielmino’s collection, Catania; IZ: Istituto di Zoologia, Sezione Museo, Entomo- logia, Roma; MCSN: Servadei’s collection c/o Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona; MCZ: Lui- gioni’s collection c/o Museo Civico di Zoologia, Roma; MRSN: Spinola’s collection c/o Museo Region- ale di Scienze Naturali, Torino; ZSM: Zoologische Staatssammlung, München. Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola, 1839) (Figs 1-6) Elidiptera marginicollis Spinola, 1839: 309. Epiptera italica Wagner, 1959: 70-72 (D’Urso & Guglielmino, 1993: 18). Types. Holotype: 3 , Sicile, D. Grohmann, Elidiptera marginicollis Spin. (MRSN). - Italy, Sicily, 18, 12, Mt. Etna: Ragala (Pedara), 800 m, 2.6.49, leg. Hartig, det. Wagner as Epiptera italica, on Quercus cerris, (IZ); 148 d, 172 2,Mt. Etna: Contrada Paviglione (Maletto), 1200 m, U.T.M. VB 9183, 16.6.92, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; 98 8,12, 3.7.92, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; 338 8,3? 2, 20.7.92, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; 18,2? ?, 20.10.92, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; 18, 12, 14.7.93, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; on Pinus pinaster, Quercus gr. pubescens, Q. ilex, (DG, ZSM); 28 8, Mt. Etna: Contrada Giarrita (S. Alfio), 1350 m, U.T.M. WB 0880, 15.7.92, leg. D’Urso, on Quercus cerris (DG). 50 Fig. 2. Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola). d holotype. A-B. Pygofer. A. Anterior, B. posterior view; C-E. Genital block. C. Dorsal, D. ventral, E. lateral view. imm Fig. 3. Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola). d holotype. A-C. Anal tube. A. Dorsal, B. ventral, C. lateral view. D-F. d (Sicily, C. da Paviglione). D-F. Anal tube. D. Dorsal, E. ventral, F. lateral view. Description Measurements. Males. Total body length (including tegmina): 6.16-7.80 mm; length of vertex: 0.45- 0.52 mm; width of vertex: 0.38-0.45 mm; width of head: 0.77-0.92 mm; lenght of pronotum: 0.32- 0.37 mm; width of pronotum:1.47-1.82 mm; length of mesonotum: 1.22-1.47 mm; width of mesonotum (including tegulae): 1.77-2.17 mm. - Females. Total body length (including tegmina): 8.60-9.90 mm; length of vertex: 0.55-0.67 mm; width of vertex: 0.45-0.65 mm; width of head: 0.92-1.12 mm; length of pronotum: 0.38-0.50 mm; width of pronotum: 1.87-2.07 mm; length of mesonotum: 1.50-1.65 mm; width of mesonotum (including tegulae): 2.20-2.25 mm. Body rather flattened. All specimens observed macropterous. Fore wings much longer than the abdomen and as long as the hind wings. Both sexes dark brownish black, mottled with yellow specks. 51 imm Fig. 4. Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola). d holotype. A-D. Leftstylus. A. Ventral, B. dorsal, C. lateral, D. inner view. Fig. 5. Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola). d holotype. A-C. Aedeagus. A. Dorsal, B. ventral, C. lateral view. D. < (Sicily, C. da Paviglione). Penis left rod, lateral view. Vertex (Figs 1B-D) trapezoidal, its median length greater than the width on the level of the eyes; parabolic anterior margin and distinctly carinated lateral elevated margins making the vertex mark- edly concave; longitudinal medial ridge indistinct. Frons (Figs 1A,C) elongated, forming an acute angle with the vertex; widest in the third basal and slightly narrowed near the eyes. Its lateral margins carinated with a longitudinal medial carina originating just below the frons apex. This carina very distinct in the upper half (wide, jutting out and rounded at its source), becoming gradually less evident and disappearing near the basal margin. Clypeus (Fig. 1A) with carinated lateral margins which are less pronounced than those on frons. In lateral view, head (Fig. 1C) narrow and very elongated. Ocelli small, situated about half way between the eyes and the lateral margin of frons. Pronotum (Fig. 1B) short and wide with carinated margins. Median portion protruding anteriorly, subtriangular, narrow with rounded apex. Median carina evident in the posterior ”/ı. Lateral carinae prominent, arcuate, diverging, and bent laterally, not reaching the posterior margin of pronotum. 52 Fig. 6. Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola). ? (Sicily, C. da Paviglione). A-B. Genital block. A. Ventral, B. dorsal view. Mesonotum (Fig. 1B) broad, slightly concave in the third portion between the lateral carinae; median carina distinct only in the anterior % and smoothing out caudally. Lateral carinae slightly arcuate with convexity directed towards the exterior, evident in the anterior and just perceptible in the posterior half. Head yellowish with dark brown, almost black bands (Figs 1A-D). A broad transversal band running along the base of the frons; another band present at the base of the postelypeus and extending laterally over the whole width of the lorae. A third band extending to the edges of the head; as broad as the eye, originating at the apex of the head, reaching the eye and then extending onto the pronotal laterodorsal and lateroventral portions (where it is very wide), and until the tegula. Vertex presenting two dark brown longitudinal stripes which merge anteriorly with the lateral face bands, sometimes reaching the posterior margin. Pronotum mainly yellowish with some brown dorsal mottling in addition to the previously described lateral bands. Mesonotum brown and densely spotted with yellow between the lateral carinae, while mottled in the lateral portions. Posterior mesonotal extremity yellow, with a yellow spot on the distal end of each lateral carina. Fore wings with few accessory transverse veins in the apical portion of the corium, brown flecked with yellow; the same colour present on the nerves which become progressively yellowish towards the corial apex. One yellow spot on the claval apex. Hind wing membrane and veins uniformly darkish brown. Legs uniformly brownish. Abdominal segments brown dorsally and yellowish-brown ventral- ly; with a more or less broad pale border. g genitalia. Pygofer ring-shaped (Figs 2A-E). In dorsal view (Fig. 2C) its posterior margin with a deep medial elliptical notch, varying in width, extending almost to the anterior margin. This notch in articular contact with the anal tube. Anterior margin prominent and very convex at this notch. Ven- trally (Fig. 2D), pygofer with a prominent, subrectangular median lobe; at the distal extremity mark- edly forked with rounded apices. Anterior margin of the pygofer with a medial, obtuse-angled notch. Anal tube (Figs 3A-F) slightly flattened, long and thin, narrowing immediately after the base and then gradually broadening towards the apex, with protruding and pointed posterolateral angles; ventral surface without swelling. Styli (Figs 4A-D) very complex, principally composed of a vaguely ellipsoi- dal, medially very concave portion with a characteristic convoluted extroflexion that arises from about halfway of the dorsal margin. Their proximal extremity divided in two diverging branches, the medial one being thinner and the lateral stronger and shorter. Aedeagus complex, as in all Achilidae; following Anufriev’s nomenclature (1969), made up of a periandrium with lobes (two ventral, two lateral, one dorsal) and a penis proper (made of symmetrical 53 rods) contained within the periandrium. In C. marginicollis, aedeagus (Figs 5A-C) slender with two narrowings. Lateral lobes subtrapeziodal, with a narrow base; just shorter than the ventral ones and well sclerified; a markedly swollen, sclerified mammillary process originating from their internal surface. Ventral lobes broad and fused medially, forming an elongated rectangular plate; but not fused in the apical portion where they each present distinctly rounded extremities. Ventral lobes strongly sclerified. Periandrial dorsal lobe flattened, slightly sclerified, triangular in shape with a pointed apex, and shorter than the lateral lobes. Two sclerified lateral bands on the periandrial wall at the distal narrowing; the dorsal portion of each band forming a very sclerified articular process by means of which the aedeagus articulates dorsally with the posterodorsal angles of the pygofer. Laterally and ventrally with a membrane connecting the periandrium with the pygofer walls and styli at the level of the two longitudinal bands. Styli joüined and connected with the pygofer by means of amembranous septum perpendicular to the main aedeagal axis dividing the pygofer into anterior and posterior chambers. Each rod of penis proper (Fig. 5D) markedly sclerified and divided in two branches with pointed extremities, with the ventral branch longer than the dorsal, prolonged posteriorly and only the dorsal tip slightly bent dorsally. The dorsal branch strongly bent dorsally and externally. The genital block dark brown, with more or less widespread yellow areas along the posterior margin of the py- gofer, especially in the ventral portion and in some areas of the styli. ? genitalia (Figs 6A-B). Seventh abdominal sternum subrectangular with rounded posterior angles, posteriorly with a wide, shallow medial notch. Valvifer VIII very convex, semicupped in shape. Main portion of gonapophyse VIII conspicuously sclerified, with half a dozen teeth which become longer and stronger towards the apex. Genital block more or less deep brown. Geographical distribution. At present the species has been recorded with certainty only in Sicily. In a description of C. italica, Wagner reports a $ collected in Campania shown to him by Linnavuori. We have not been able to examine this specimen and although Wagner’s description is probably correct, the presence of C. marginicollis in peninsular Italy requires further confirmation. However, all records of C. marginicollis from the Italian peninsula reported in Servadei’s catalogue (1967) are C. pilatoi. Confirmation is needed for all records outside the Italian peninsula. Biological and ecological remarks. Adults, larvae and nymphs were collected on Mt Etna under the bark of felled trunks of Pinus pinaster, Quercus gr. pubescens, Q. cerris, and Q. ilex, in presence of hypha of club fungi (Trichaptum fusco-violaceum (Ehrenb. ex Fr.) Ryv. on Pinus). Eggs are laid in this environ- ment in the summer and larvae hatch in summer and at the beginning of autumn (end of September - October). They overwinter mainly as 3rd and 4th instar nymphs. C. marginicollis cohabitates with C. sikaniae. Cixidia sikaniae, spec.nov. (Figs 7-12) Types. Holotype: d, Italy, Sicily, Mt. Etna: Contrada Paviglione (Maletto), 1200 m, U.T.M. VB 9183, 3.7.92, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino (DG). - Allotype: 1?, same data (DG). - Paratypes: 198 8, 132 2, same data; 145 5,132 2, 16.6.92, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; 335 8, 32 2, 20.7.92, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; 45 8, 32 2, 14.7.93, leg. D’Urso, Guglielmino; on Pinus pinaster, Quercus gr. pubescens, Q. ilex (DG and ZSM); 12, Italy, Sicily, Mt. Etna: Pineta versante occidentale, 1700 m, 13.8.1949, leg. Hartig, det. Wagner as Epiptera sp. (IZ). Description Measurements. Males. Total body length (including tegmina): 9.06-10.30 mm; length of vertex: 0.65- 0.70 mm; width of vertex: 0.65-0.72 mm; width of head: 1.12-1.30 mm; lenght of pronotum: 0.50-0.55 mm; width of pronotum: 1.97-2.17 mm; length of mesonotum: 1.62-1.85 mm; width of mesonotum (including tegulae): 2.20-2.47 mm. - Females. Total body length (including tegmina): 10.40-11.40 mm; length of vertex: 0.70-0.75 mm; width of vertex: 0.70-0.80 mm; width of head: 1.25-1.35 mm; length of pronotum: 0.55-0.60 mm; width of pronotum: 2.22-2.50 mm; length of mesonotum: 1.77-2.00 mm; width of mesonotum (including tegulae): 2.37-2.75 mm. Body similar to C. marginicollis but larger and thinner. Greyish-brown in colour with light yellow speckled markings. Vertex (Fig. 7B) trapezoidal, as broad as long or little broader than long; its anterior margin parabolic, 54 Fig. 7. Cixidia sikaniae, spec. nov. d holotype (Sicily, C. da Paviglione). A. Face; B. head and thorax, dorsal view; C. head, lateral view. 6; Fig. 8. Cixidia sikaniae, spec. nov. d holotype. A-B. Pygofer. A. Anterior, B. posterior view. C-E. Genital block. C. Dorsal, D. ventral, E. lateral view. and carinated lateral margins elevated dorsally towards the base. Vertex narrower and less concave than observed in C. marginicollis, with marked longitudinal medial groove. Prolonged frons (Fig. 7A) as in C. marginicollis, but less narrow and tapered, slightly dilated near the apical portion. Medial carina thinner and sharper along the total length of the frons. Clypeus with an almost imperceptible longi- tudinal medial carina. In lateral view (Fig. 7C) head narrow, lateral margin of frons between the eye and head apex slightly concave. Large ocelli nearer to the eye than to the frons lateral margin. Protruding medial portion of pronotum (Fig. 7B) broad, trapezoidal in shape with straight anterior margin. Medial carina evident in the posterior ı; lateral carinae almost straight, somewhat diverging posteriorly, not reaching the posterior margin. Mesonotum (Fig. 7B) substantially resembling C. marginicollis, but more pointed posteriorly, with more arcuate lateral carinae. Head more or less darkish yellow, with scattered brown marks (Figs A-C). Frons, clypeus and lorae uniformly yellow ochre. Lateral carinae of frons dark brown, speckled with pale yellow, particularly in the apical portion, and in the apical portion of the frontal medial carina. Genae and temples pale 55 Fig. 9. Cixidia sikaniae, spec. nov. d holotype. A-C. Anal tube. A. Dorsal, B. ventral, C. lateral view. D imm Fig. 10. Cixidia sikaniae, spec. nov. d holotype. A-D. Left stylus. A. Ventral, B. dorsal, C. lateral, D. inner view. Fig. 11. Cixidia sikaniae, spec. nov. d holotype. A-C. Aedeagus. A. Dorsal, B. ventral, C. lateral view. d paratype (Sicily, C. da Paviglione). D-E. Penis left rod. D. Lateral, E. dorsal view. 56 | Fig. 12. Cixidia sikaniae, spec. nov. ? allotype (Sicily, C. da Paviglione). A-B. Genital block. A. Ventral, B. dorsal " view. ‚ yellow. On each side of head, a dark brown band with rare yellow spots that is just narrower than the eye diameter, steming from the apex of the head (sometimes overlapping into the vertex), reaching the posterior extremity of the head, and running along the lateroventral portions of the pronotum and of the tegula. Another much narrower, parallel band (always absent in C. marginicollis) originating about halfway the lateral margin of the vertex and reaching the eye. Lateral carina of vertex presenting two narrow, longitudinal bands which are in continuation with each of the two narrower bands on the side of the face; these bands reaching the posterior margin. Pronotum brown and totally mottled with yellow, its lateroventral margin pale yellow with previ- ously described broad, dark bands. Colouring of mesonotum similar, with indistinct yellowish marks on the posterior part and on the distal extremities of the lateral carinae. Fore wings thinner than in C. marginicollis, with a higher number of accessory transverse veins on the corium. Their brown colouring less intense than in C. marginicollis with very large merging yellow- ish spots; but more uniformly brown at the apex. As in C. marginicollis, the apical veins becoming paler distally, and bearing a yellow spot on the claval apex. The more external subapical cells generally with 1-2 brown spots, the more external apical cells with a dark brown border. Hind wings with a light brown membrane bearing slightly darker veins. Legs uniformly ochre; colour of abdomen as in C. marginicollis. 3 genitalia. Genital block (Figs 8A-E) substantially smaller than in, and pygofer rather similar to, C. marginicollis. In dorsal view (Fig. 8C) lateral pygofer margins almost straight, tending to converge posteriorly, and anterior margin more angular than in C. marginicollis. Ventral medial lobe (Fig. 8D) subtrapezoidal with faintly notched distal extremity. Anterior margin median notch narrower and more rounded than in C. marginicollis. Large, broad stunted anal tube (Figs 9A-C) without narrowing just after the base. Somewhat protruding, rather rounded posterolateral angles. Styli (Figs 10A-D) resembling those of C. marginicollis, but with narrower ellipsoidal portions and a more rounded pos- terior edge. Aedeagus (Figs 11A-C) short, stunted and less sclerified than in C. marginicollis. In dorsal view, of almost the same width along its entire length. Lateral lobes uniformly concave medially, as long as the ventral ones, subtrapezoidal in shape and with a larger base than in C. marginicollis. Ventral lobes narrow with rounded distal extremity, fused only at the base. Dorsal lobe short and very narrow, extending to the sagittal plane; in lateral view nearly quadrangular, rather axe-like in shape and very sclerified. No processes present between the dorsal and lateral lobes; aedeagus connected to the py- gofer and styli as in C. marginicollis. Penis rods (Figs 11D-E) not forked as in C. marginicollis, but with a spoon-shaped distal portion prolonged medially in a narrow, pointed protrusion. Genital block uniformly light brown. 5% imm Fig. 13. Cixidia pilatoi, spec. nov. d holotype (Calabria, Camigliatello). A. Face; B. head and thorax, dorsal view; C. head, lateral view. ? genitalia (Figs 12A-B). Genital block smaller than in C. marginicollis, with the notch on posterior margin of the VIII abdominal segment confined to the medial portion. In addition, the gonapophysis VIII differing from C. marginicollis in its lower number of sclerified teeth which are all of about the same size and shape. Geographical distribution. At present, the species is known only from Mt Etna (Sicily). Biological and ecological remarks. The biological and ecological cycle of C. sikaniae resembles that of C. marginicollis with which it was found living together. Derivatio nominis. “Sikania” is the ancient name of Sicily. Cixidia pilatoi, spec.nov. (Figs 13-18) Types. Holotype: d ‚Italy, Calabria: Camigliatello, 23.7.1950, det. Servadei as Epiptera marginicollis (MCSN). - Allotype: ?, Italy, Tuscany: Tombolo, 4.1932, leg. Nicotra, det. Luigioni as marginicollis (MCZ). - Paratypes: 12, Italy, Trentino: Castel Toblino, V. Sarca, 22.7.1963, det. Servadei as E. marginicollis (MCSN); 1%, Val Lagarina, Lizzana, 12.7.1951, det. Servadei as E. marginicollis, on Quercus (MCSN); 1%, Italy, Apulia: Foresta Umbra, 10.7.1955, leg. det. Servadei as E. marginicollis (MCSN),; 18, Italy, Abruzzi: Pescasseroli, 23.6.1927, leg. det. Luigioni as Helicoptera mar- ginicollis (MCZ); 18, Italy, Latium: Tuscolo, 5.6.1931, leg. Luigioni, det. Lallemand as marginicollis (MCZ). Description Measurements. Males. Total body length (including tegmina): 6.66-8.53 mm; length of vertex: 0.35- 0.40 mm; width of vertex: 0.47-0.55 mm; width of head: 0.87-1.05 mm; lenght of pronotum: 0.27-0.30 mm; width of pronotum: 1.60-1.37 mm; length of mesonotum: 1.25-1.55 mm; width of mesonotum (including tegulae): 1.82-2.20 mm. - Females. Total body length (including tegmina): 8.53-9.20 mm; length of vertex: 0.37-0.42 mm; width of vertex: 0.55-0.57 mm; width of head: 1.05-1.12 mm; length of pronotum: 0.32-0.35 mm; width of pronotum: 1.87-2.00 mm; length of mesonotum: 1.55-1.72 mm; width of mesonotum (including tegulae): 2.17-2.35 mm. General appearance as C. marginicollis and C. sikaniae, similar in size to the former. Reddish brown in colour with yellow specks. Vertex (Fig. 13B) trapezoidal, short, broader than long; its surface almost flat, less concave than in C. marginicollis. Parabolic anterior margin with faint medial groove. Lateral carinae less elevated than in C. marginicollis. Face (Fig. 13A) shorter than in the other two species. Shape of frons as in C. margini- collis, but with a more uniform appearance, being less flared in the basal third and narrowing progres- sively towards the apex with regular margins; lateral carinae less protruding. Medial carina of frons and clypeus resembling that of C. sikaniae. In lateral view (Fig. 13C), anterior margin of frons slightly convex. Ocelli nearer to the eye than to the lateral margin of frons. Pronotum and mesonotum (Fig. 13B) like in C. marginicollis, but the pronotal medial carina devel- 58 Fig. 14. Cixidia pilatoi, spec. nov. d holotype. A-B. Pygofer. A. Anterior, B. posterior view. C-E. Genital block. C. Dorsal, D. ventral, E. lateral view. Fig. 15. Cixidia pilatoi, spec. nov. d holotype. A-C. Anal tube. A. Dorsal, B. ventral, C. lateral view. oped along its whole length and the lateral carinae less sinuous. Colour of head ochre with a scantly evident ochre-brownish band (Fig. 13C) of about the same width as the eye diameter, running from the apex of the head to the tegula, just traced on the pronotum and tegula. Clypeus and lorae presenting faint ochre-brownish markings. Vertex of the same colour as the lateral band, with some yellowish marks. Pronotum more or less intensely ochre-brownish in colour, lighter in the dorsal portion; carinae somewhat lighter with an ochre band along the lateroventral margins. Mesonotum reddish-brown with slightly lighter carinae and ochre posterior extremity; poorly defined ochre marks at the distal extremities of lateral carinae. Fore wings very similar to those in C. marginicollis, brown, flecked with light ochre, becoming more uniformly brown towards the apex. A yellow spot present on the claval apex. Hind wings brownish- ochre with darker veins. Legs ochre-brownish. Abdominal segments more or less intensely brown in colour with lighter posterior margins. ö genitalia. Genital block (Figs 14A-E) slightly smaller than in C. marginicollis but proportionately 59 Fig. 16. Cixidia pilatoi, spec. nov. d holotype. A-D. Left stylus. A. Ventral, B. dorsal, C. lateral, D. inner view. Fig. 17. Cixidia pilatoi, spec. nov. d holotype. A-C. Aedeagus. A. Dorsal, B. ventral, C. lateral view. D. d (Lazio, Tuscolo). Penis left rod, lateral view. larger than in C. sikaniae. Pygofer resembling that ofC. marginicollis, but with subtrapezoidal, broad and short ventral medial lobe (Fig. 14D) with a broader and shallower distal notch and a less prominent notch on the ventral anterior margin. Anal tube thin (Figs 15A-C), with almost parallel lateral margins, imperceptibly broadened in the distal portion, and very long, thin, pointed posterolateral angles. Styli (Figs 16A-D) substantially similar to those of C. marginicollis but presenting a narrow ellipsoidal por- tion; posterior extremity longer and less tapered at the apex. Elongated aedeagus (Figs 17A-C) as in C. marginicollis but more slender, in dorsal view with more regular margins, slightly narrowed prox- imally, but progressively broadening distally. Articular processes of pygofer very developed and prominent dorsally. Lateral lobes as long as, or just shorter than, the ventral ones; similar to those in C. sikaniae, albeit smaller, almost quadrangular and somewhat diverging; their inner surface with a very sclerified, long, spine-like process (mammillary in C. marginicollis and absent in C. sikaniae), bear- ing a dorsally very bent distal portion and an apex pointing laterally. Ventral lobes like those in C. sikaniae, but slightly broader and fused in the proximal °%. Dorsal lobe resembling that of C. sikaniae, 60 | | | | Fig. 18. Cixidia pilatoi, spec. nov. ? allotype (Tuscany, Tombolo). A-B. Genital block. A. Ventral, B. dorsal view. but longer. Each rod of penis proper (Fig. 17D) not divided in two branches, with a posteriorally extended spine-like distal portion. ? genitalia. Genital block (Figs 18A-B) similar in size to C. sikaniae, differing from both previously described species in its proportionately longer VII abdominal sternite, without sinuous lateral margins, on the posterior margin bearing a characteristic notch that is deeper in the medial part, and two small, rounded lobes at the sides of this notch. Teeth of the gonapophysis VIII resembling those present in C. marginicollis, but the apical one stronger and more prominent. Geographical distribution. All records published by Castellani (1953) for Tuscany, Abruzzo, and Lazio as Helicoptera marginicollis, and by Servadei (1956, 1960, 1967) for Trentino, Tuscany, Latium, Abruzzo, Apulia, and Calabria as Helicoptera marginicollis and Epiptera marginicollis refer to this species. Probably, also the specimens reported by Servadei (1956, 1967) for Emilia and defined as Epiptera marginicollis refer to this species, although we have not had the opportunity to examine the specimens. As to our knowledge, C. pilatoi is present on peninsular Italy, but absent from Sicily. However, signala- tions of C. marginicollis published from South Europe might also refer to C. pilatoi, and the distribution area of this species might be much more extended. Biological and ecological remarks. We have not collected specimens of C. pilatoi but they probably share the same way of life and requirements of C. marginicollis and C. sikaniae. Derivatio nominis. We dedicate this species to Prof. Giovanni Pilato, esteemed zoologist, friend and teacher. Discussion The three species differ not only in their general appearance and size, but also in their colour and pattern, the shape of vertex, frons, and pronotum, and very clearly in the genital morphology of males (ventral lobe of pygofer, anal tube, aedeagus) and females (especially VII sternite). The main distinctive characters are summarized in table 1. It is not easy to establish relationships between the three species, and those between them and other Cixidia species in the Palaearctic region. The species found in Sicily, i.e. C. marginicollis and C. sikaniae, are very distinct. In fact, they resemble each other only in the shape of the ? VII abdominal sternite. Affinities between these two species and C. pilatoi are difficult to define, as can be seen in table 1, which shows that they display variously combined characters. Both species from Sicily do not share signif- 61 Table 1. Summary of the main distinctive characters in Cixidia marginicollis (Spinola), C. sikaniae, spec. nov., and C. pilatoi, spec. nov. General appearance of body Colour Head bands Vertex Frons Facial medial carina Pronotal medial portion Pronotal lateral carinae Male genital block size / Body size Pygofer ventral lobe Anal tube Aedeagus Periandrial lateral lobes Periandrial ventral lobes Periandrial dorsal lobe Penis rods Female seventh abdominal sternum C. marginicollis small and wide dark brown with yellowish specks blackish-brown — transverse band at base of frons — transverse band at base of clypeus extending on lorae — wide lateral band running from apex of head to tegula - 2 narrow longitudinal bands on vertex longer than broad, narrow and concave slender, wide at base very evident, protruding, rounded apically, smoothing out near clypeus subtriangular, narrow, with rounded extremity sinuous; distal extremities bent externally large subrectangular, long, with markedly notched apex long, thin, with sub-basal narrowing; protruding and pointed posterolateral angles long, with 2 narrowings (proximal and distal) in dorsal view subtrapezoidal, with a narrow base; little shorter than the ventral ones; with mammillar processes broad, fused medially for almost the entire length large, flattened, triangular; slightly sclerified forked in 2 spine-like branches wide, shallow, medial posterior notch C. sikaniae large and slender like marginicollis but less intense blackish-brown — absent — absent — 2 bands at side of head, the broader one extends to tegula — 2 narrow bands on the vertex lateral carinae as broad as long, less concave squatter due to a slight distal dilatation; base wide thin, sharper, just outlined on clypeus trapezoidal and broad straight small subtrapezoidal, long, with faintly notched apex large, broad, stunted; short, rather rounded, posterolateral angles short, stunted, without narrowings subtrapezoidal, with wide base; as long as the ventral ones; without processes narrow; fused only at the base narrow, short, extended on the sagittal plane; very sclerified not forked, spoon-shaped subdistal portion as in marginicollis but less wide C. pilatoi as in marginicollis reddish-brown with yellowish specks brown-ochre — absent absent — band at side of head which can just be perceived running to tegula — absent broader than long, flattened more regularly tapered at apex; base not so wide as in sikaniae as in marginicollis but wider as in marginicollis but less sinuous and not so bent medium subtrapezoidal, short, broad, with shallow distal notch long, thin, columnar; very long, thin, pointed, posterolateral angles long, slender; slight proximal narrowing subquadrangular, small, diverging; as long as the ventral ones or little shorter; with spine-like processes narrow; fused in the proximal % as in sikaniae but longer not forked, spine-like posterior notch, deep medially, with rounded lobes at its sides L—— nn EEE eh anüpgqda 7] zn icant characters with any of the species described from outside Italy. However, as to judge from de- scriptions and especially figures in the literature, C. pilatoi likenes the specimens from Moldavia (Anu- friev, 1969) and Ukraine (Logvinenko, 1975) which these authors erroneously attributed to C. margini- collis. Similarities mainly concern the anal tube (narrow, long, columnar with very pointed posterola- teral angles) and the aedeagus (in so far as can be deduced from the figures that only show the dorsal view of its distal portion). Generally the pygofer ventral lobe is depicted with a shallower notch than present in C. pilatoi. These authors give no information on the ? genital structure. As we were not able to examine specimens from Moldavia and Ukraine directly, at present it cannot be established whether they should be attributed to C. pilatoi. Since various authors have referred to Anufriev’s descriptions (1969) when they identified specimens found in diverse Palaearctic localities as C. marginicollis, spec- imens from those localities should be reexamined to obtain correct diagnosis. There are clear but less evident affinities between C. pilatoi and C. kasparyani Anufriev, 1983 and C. mersinica (Dlabola, 1987). The shape of the anal tube and overall morphology of pieces of the aedeagus of C. kasparyani resemble those of C. pilatoi, but these two species clearly differ in the orientation of the penis rods, the fine morphology of the periandrial lobes, and the shape of the pygofer ventral lobe. They also present differences in the vertex (shorter than in C. pilatoi) and general colour. In addition, the Anatolian species C. mersinica loosely resembles C. pilatoi in overall aedeagus and anal tube morphology, but differs in the fine structure of the rods of penis proper, lobes of aedeagus, posterolateral angles of anal tube, and median lobe of pygofer. Anufriev (1969) identifies two subgenera for the Palaearctic species of Cixidia: Cixidia s.str. (type species: Cixius confinis Zett.) and Epiptera Metcalf, 1922 (type species: Flata opaca Say). The two subgen- era are separated on the basis of the following characters: Cixidia s. str.: vertex and frons forming an almost right angle; lateral lobes of periandrium without inner processes; apices of penis rods spoon- like; anal tube with noticeable swelling on ventral surface; Epiptera: vertex and frons forming an acute angle; lateral lobes of periandrium with inner processes; penis rods at apex not broadened; anal tube without noticeable swelling on ventral surface. C. pilatoi and C. marginicollis can be included in the subgenus Epiptera on the basis of the above-mentioned characters. However, C. sikaniae cannot be included in any of the two subgenera. In fact, the angle between vertex and frons, and the anal tube without ventral swelling liken it to Epiptera, while the periandrial lobes without inner processes resem- ble Cixidia s. str. Moreover, the penis rods are broadened subapically and not apically. It must be emphasized that also C. advena (Spinola, 1839) cannot be included in either of the two subgenera as the components of its aedeagus are so different that they even raise doubts about its belonging to the genus Cixidia. These observations suggest that a review of the genus defining the characters and species attributed to it, should precede any separation of subgenera in Cixidia. Acknowledgments We would like to thank all the colleagues who sent us specimens used in this study, especially Dr. M. Daccordi (Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona), Dr. P. M. Giachino (Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali, Torino), Prof. A. Vigna Taglianti and Dr. E. Piattella (Dipartimento di Biologia Animale e dell'Uomo, Roma), Dr. V. Vomero (Museo Civico di Zoologia, Roma). We also wish to thank Prof. A. Tirrö (Istituto di Patologia Vegetale, Catania) for identi- fication of the fungus Trichaptum fusco-violaceum, Mrs Moira Macpherson for translating a former draft of the manu- script, Dr. M. Wilson (National Museum of Wales, Cardiff) and Dr. Reinhard Gerecke (Zoologische Staatssammlung, München) for critical reading a former draft of this manuscript. References Anufriev, G. A. 1969. Studies on some palearctic Achilidae (Homoptera, Auchenorrhyncha). - Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 17: 173-178 Castellani, ©. 1953. Contributo alla conoscenza della fauna emitterologica d’Italia. Hemiptera Homoptera. - Boll. Ass. Romana Ent. 8: 1-11 Dlabola, J. 1987. Neue ostmediterrane und iranische Zikadentaxone (Homoptera, Auchenorrhyncha). - Acta Ent. Bohemoslov. 84: 295-312 D’Urso, V. & A. Guglielmino 1993. Taxonomic remarks on some species of Cixidia (Homoptera, Auchenorrhyncha), p- 18 in Drosopoulos, Petrakis, Claridge, & de Vrijer (Ed.): Proceedings of the 8th Auchenorrhyncha Congress. 112 pp. Delphi 63 Logvinenko, V. N. 1975. Fulgoroidea. In Fauna Ukrainy 20: 1-287, Kyiv Metcalf, Z. P. 1948. General Catalogue of the Hemiptera. IV. Fulgoroidea. 10. Achilidae. 85 pp. Northampton Servadei, A. 1956. Gli Omotteri (Hemiptera Homoptera Auchenorhyncha) del promontorio garganico. - Mem. Bio- geogr. Adriatica 3: 196-243 -- 1960. Gli Omotteri (Hemiptera Homoptera Auchenorrhyncha) della Calabria. - Mem. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Verona 8: 301-333 -- 1967. Rhynchota (Heteroptera, Homoptera Auchenorrhyncha). Catalogo topografico e sinonimico. Fauna d’Italia 9: 1-851, Bologna Spinola, M. 1839. Essai sur les Fulgorelles, sous-tribu de la tribu des Cicadaires, ordre des Rhyngotes. - Ann. Soc. ent. Er48:0195.337 Wagner, W. 1959. Ueber neue und schon bekannte Zikadenarten aus Italien (Hemiptera-Homoptera). - Fragm. Ent. 3: 67-86 64 | SPIXIANA 65-73 München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Revision der Laena-Arten Mittelasiens (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae) Von Wolfgang Schawaller * Schawaller, W. (1995): Revision of the Laena species from Middle Asia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae). — Spixiana 18/1: 65-73 The species of the genus Laena Latreille, 1829 from Middle Asia are revised. The distribution is summarized on a map. Laena chatkalica, spec. nov. from the Kirghizian Chatkalskij Alatau is described as new, Laena edda Reitter, 1906 is considered as a new synonym of Laena alaiensis Reitter, 1906. Laena auliensis Reitter, 1902 is anew synonym of Laena hirtella Solsky, 1881, and Laena spaethi Schuster, 1916 is a new synonym of Laena leonhardi Schuster, 1916. Laena lebedevi Roubal, 1929 remained as nomen dubium. Dr. Wolfgang Schawaller, Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde, Rosenstein 1, D-70191 Stuttgart, Germany. | 1. Einleitung Die Gattung Laena Latreille, 1829 ist von Osteuropa über den Kaukasus, Mittelasien und den Himalaya bis nach Japan im Osten und bis Malaysia im Süden verbreitet. Aus Mittelasien sind schon seit längerer Zeit einige Arten beschrieben (Schuster 1916), deren Wiedererkennung aber bislang Schwierigkeiten bereitete. Neu gesammeltes Material in Kirgisien und Südost-Kasachstan gab den Anlaß, die Arten dieser Region (Karte siehe Abb. 44) zu revidieren. Dabei konnte der Status von Laena lebedevi Roubal wegen unzugänglichem Typenmaterial nicht geklärt werden, weshalb dieses Taxon als nomen dubium eingestuft werden muß. Artkriterien und die Problematik der Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen innerhalb der artenreichen Gattung wurden schon kurz behandelt (Schawaller im Druck). Die mittelasiatischen Arten bilden ‚ anhand des Aedoeagus-Baues drei Gruppen (dilutella-Gruppe, turkestanica-Gruppe, alaiensis-Gruppe), ' deren Monophylie deshalb aber noch nicht bewiesen ist. Laena dilutella ist auch ökologisch von den ' beiden anderen Artengruppen geschieden, denn sie scheint in tiefgelegenen, waldlosen Steppengebie- ten weit verbreitet vorzukommen, während alle anderen Arten offensichtlich auf kleinere Areale in montanen und subalpinen Waldformationen oder in alpinen Hochlagen beschränkt sind. In Mittelasien (Abb. 44) leben nördlich des Fergana-Beckens wesentlich mehr Laena-Arten als südlich davon, wenn man gleichen Erkundungszustand voraussetzt. Die alten Angaben Kokand, Fergana und Margelan am Talboden dieses Beckens beziehen sich wohl meist auf die angrenzenden Bergketten. Das Fergana-Becken ist der aufgefüllte Rest des Tethys-Meeres und trennt die paläozoischen Ketten des Tien-Shan im Norden von der jüngeren alpiden Faltung des Pamir im Süden. Da man annehmen kann, daß die flügellosen Laena-Arten über nur begrenzte Möglichkeiten zur Ausbreitung verfügen und daher auch heute noch im Gebiet ihrer Entstehung leben, ist es wahrscheinlich, daß die unterschied- liche Besiedlungsdichte der mittelasiatischen Gebirge in Zusammenhang steht mit deren unterschied- licher Orogenese im Norden und Süden des Fergana-Beckens. * Contribution to Tenebrionidae, no. 9. For no. 8 see: Entomofauna 15, 1994, 261-280. 65 z 1 6 nr 7 Abb. 1-9. Körperumrisse der mittelasiatischen Laena-Arten (Maßstrich 5 mm). 1. alaiensis, 8 Fergana. 2. alaiensis, & Holotypus von edda, syn.nov. 3. hirtella, 8 Holotypus vonauliensis, syn.nov. 4. hauseri, ? Holotypus. 5. dilutella, 5 Syrganak. 6. brevipennis, d Medeo. 7. chatkalica, spec. nov., d Holotypus. 8. dentitibia, 8 Syntypus Buchara. 9. hold- hausi, 8 Syntypus Wernyi. Material GFT Sammlung G. Frey, Tutzing, z.Zt. München. RGT Sammlung R. Grimm, Tübingen. SMNS Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde, Stuttgart. TMB Termeszettudomänyi Muzeum, Budapest. ZMUM Zoologisches Museum der Lomonosov Universität, Moskau. ZSM Zoologische Staatssammlung, München. 66 10 11 - 13 | ‚Abb. 10-13. Körperumrisse der mittelasiatischen Laena-Arten (Maßstrich 5 mm). 10. leonhardi, 8 Syntypus Issyk- ‚Kul. 11. leonhardi, 8 Syntypus von spaethi, syn. nov. Kuldscha. 12. robusta, d Turkestan. 13. turkestanica, 8 Ket- ‚men-Tjube. Dank Für die Ausleihe danke ich recht herzlich Dr. R. Grimm (Tübingen), Dr. ©. Merkl (Budapest), Dr. N. Nikitsky (Moskau) und Dr. G. Scherer (München). Dr. A. Kirejtshuk (St. Petersburg) suchte in der Sammlung des Zoologischen Institutes vergeblich nach Typenmaterial von Laena hirtella Solsky. Die neuen Aufsammlungen des Verfassers in Kirgisien und Kasachstan wurden mit einer Reisebeihilfe ‚der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft unterstützt. 2. Die Arten 2.1. Laena alaiensis Reitter, 1906 Laena edda Reitter, 1906, syn.nov. Material: 1 Syntypus (von alaiensis) & 8 Expl., Turkestan, Fergana (GFT); 4 Expl., Turkestan, Fergana (ZSM); ö Holotypus (von edda), Turkestan, Aulie Ata, Irkestan, 28.1V.1903 leg. C. Aris (TMB); 13 Expl., Kirgisien, Ferganskij Alatau, Yarodar, 1400-1500 m, 16.-19.V.1993 leg. W. Schawaller (SMNS). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-5facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 7-8 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum glänzend oder schwach chagriniert; Punkte etwas kleiner und zerstreuter als auf dem Kopf, Borsten etwas kürzer als auf dem Kopf; ohne Seitenrandung, aber eine Punktreihe deutet einen Rand an; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert, aber spärlicher beborstet oder ganz ohne Borsten; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 1-2. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 25-30 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 2-4fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume glänzend oder schwach chagriniert, eben, überall mit abstehen- den Borsten von 3-6facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 1-2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunkten. Schenkel ohne Auszeich- nungen, Vordertibia beim d und ? schwach s-förmig gebogen (Abb. 14-15) oder gerade (Abb. 16-17). Aedoeagus Abb. 30-32. Körperlänge 4.5-6.8 mm. 67 Anmerkung. In der größeren Serie von Yarodar befinden sich d d mit stärker s-förmig gebogener Vordertibia (Abb. 15) und andere d d mit fast gerader Tibia (Abb. 16), andere Unterschiede sind nicht feststellbar. Es spricht also alles dafür, daß es sich hierbei um eine infraspezifische Variation handelt. Der d Holotypus von edda unterscheidet sich mit gerader Tibia (Abb. 17) vom untersuchten Syntypus von alaiensis nur in diesem Merkmal, weshalb ich edda Reitter, 1906: 447 als Synonym von alaiensis Reitter, 1906: 446 betrachte. Schuster (1916) betont die starke äußere Ähnlichkeit von edda mit turkesta- nica, dort ist aber der Aedoeagus signifikant anders gebaut. Verbreitung. Alai-Kette südlich Fergana (locus typicus von alaiensis), Aulie Ata (= Dzambul) (locus typicus von edda), Ferganskij Alatau nördlich des Fergana-Beckens. Habitat. In Yarodar in der Bodenstreu des montanen Juglans-Waldes. 2.2. Laena hirtella Solsky, 1881 Laena auliensis Reitter, 1902, syn.nov. Material: ? Holotypus (von hirtella), ohne Fundort-Etikett, Nr. 26 coll. Solsky (ZMUM); d Holotypus (von , auliensis), Aulie (TMB). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-3facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 8 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum schwach chagriniert; Punkte etwas kleiner und zerstreuter als auf dem Kopf, Borsten etwas kürzer als auf dem Kopf; Seiten mit ganz schwacher Kante, nicht deutlich gerandet; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert, Borsten etwas kürzer; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 3. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 32-36 Punkten, fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 2-4fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume schwach chagriniert, eben, fast überall mit Borsten von 6-10facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunkten. Schenkel und Tibia (Abb. 18) ohne Auszeichnungen. Aedoeagus Abb. 33. Körperlänge 6.9-7.0 mm. Anmerkung. Der ? Holotypus von hirtella Solsky, 1881 unterscheidet sich in keinem Punkt signi- fikant vom d Holotypus von auliensis Reitter, 1902, weshalb auliensis als Synonym zu hirtella gestellt wird. Damit wird die Vermutung von Schuster (1916) bestätigt. Die Art ähnelt sehr turkestanica, nur sind bei hirtella die Flügeldecken etwas schlanker (Abb. 3, 13) und die Behaarung ist immer deutlich länger. Verbreitung. Locus typicus von hirtella ist nach der Beschreibung Kokand im Fergana-Becken, der Typus trägt jedoch kein Fundort-Etikett. Wahrscheinlich stammt der Typus nicht vom Talboden des Fergana-Beckens selbst, sondern von einer der umliegenden Bergketten. Locus typicus von auliensis ist Aulie-Ata (= Dzambul). Weitere Funde sind bislang nicht bekannt. 2.3. Laena brevipennis Reitter, 1901 Material: 1 Syntypus, Alatau, leg. J. Sahlberg (GFT); 1 Expl., Turkestan, Wernyi (GFT); 1 Expl., Semirjetschensk, Wjernji (GFT); 1 Expl., Turkestan, Semirjetschensk (ZSM); 1 Expl., Ala-Tau, Wernoje, V1.1907 leg. F. Hauser (ZSM); 1 Expl., Dsungarei, Karlyk-Tag (ZSM);1 Expl., Käsachstan, Transili Alatau, 30 km S Alma-Ata, Medeo, 1600-1800 m, 6.-9.VI1.1981 leg. K. Majer (RGT). 1938 Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 0.5-4facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 8 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum glänzend oder schwach chagriniert; Punkte und Beborstung wie auf dem Kopf; ohne Seitenrandung; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert und beborstet; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 6. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 26-30 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 3-4fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume glänzend oder schwach chagriniert, eben, überall mit abstehenden Borsten von etwa gleicher Länge wie die Punktborsten; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunk- ten. Schenkel und Tibia (Abb. 19) ohne Auszeichnungen. Aedoeagus Abb. 34-35. Körperlänge 4.8-6.0 mm. 68 RAD) N Abb. 14-29. Rechte Vordertibien der mittelasiatischen Laena-Arten (Maßstrich 1 mm). 14. alaiensis, d Fergana. 15. alaiensis, & Yarodar. 16. alaiensis, 8 Yarodar. 17. alaiensis, d Holotypus von edda, syn. nov. 18. hirtella, & Holotypus vonauliensis, syn.nov. 19. brevipennis, d Medeo. 20. chatkalica, spec. nov., d Holotypus. 21. chatkalica, spec. nov., $ Paratypus Sary-Celek. 22. dentitibia, d Syntypus Buchara. 23. dilutella, 8 Syrganak. 24. hauseri, ? Holotypus. 25. holdhausi, 8 Syntypus Wernyi. 26. leonhardi, 8 Syntypus Issyk-Kul. 27. leonhardi, 9 Syntypus von spaethi, syn. nov. Kuldscha. 28. robusta, 8 Turkestan. 29. turkestanica, d Ketmen-Tjube. Verbreitung. Offensichtlich nur im Transili (= Zailijskij) Alatau südlich Alma Ata (= Verni, Wernyi oder Wernoje) und nordöstlich davon im Dsungarskij Alatau. Die alte Fundangabe Alatau bedeutet nur “Bergkette” und ist daher nicht eindeutig, in diesem Fall ist die Zuordnung zum Transili Alatau aber sehr wahrscheinlich. 2.4. Laena chatkalica, spec. nov. Typen. Holotypus: d, Kirgisien, Chatkalskij Alatau, Sary-Celek Reservat, 1950 m, 28.V.1993 leg. W. Schawaller (SMNS). - Paratypen: 1%, zusammen mit Holotypus (SMNS); 22 2, Kirgisien, Chatkalskij Alatau, Sary-Celek Reser- vat, 1400-1600 m, 27.-31.V.1993 leg. W. Schawaller (SMNS). Derivatio nominis: Benannt nach der Chatkalskij Bergkette, woher die Typenserie stammt. Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-3facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 9 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum schwach chagriniert, Punkte und Beborstung wie auf dem Kopf; Seiten mit feiner Randkante; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert, aber mit viel kürzeren Borsten; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 7. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 32-36 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 3-5fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume schwach chagriniert, eben, fast überall mit Borsten von 4-6facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1-2 und vor dem Ende mit 2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunk- ten. Schenkel ohne Auszeichnungen, Vordertibia beim d innen ausgerandet und außen vorgewölbt (Abb. 20), beim 2 innen nur schwach ausgerandet und außen nur wenig vorgewölbt (Abb. 21). Aedoeagus Abb. 36. Körperlänge 4.8-6.0 mm. Anmerkung. Die Vordertibien sind auffallend sexualdimorph und ähneln beim d denen von den- titibia, allerdings ist bei dieser Art der Aedoeagus anders gebaut (Parameren gestreckter). Der Aedoea- gus von chatkalica, spec.nov. zeigt eine gewisse Ähnlichkeit mit dem von holdhausi, dort zeigt aber die Vordertibia keinen Sexualdimorphismus, die Körperlänge ist deutlich größer, die Punktreihen auf den Flügeldecken sind dichter und die Beborstung ist etwas kürzer. Auch wenn man der Ausbildung des Vordertibien-Baues eine gewisse Variabilität zubilligt (siehe Anmerkung bei alaiensis), scheinen die Unterschiede zu gravierend und rechtfertigen wohl die Zuordnung zu 2 verschiedenen Arten. 69 Verbreitung. Nur vom locus typicus im Chatkalskij Alatau bekannt. Habitat. In der Bodenstreu eines subalpinen Waldes von Picea schrenckiana. 2.5. Laena dentitibia Reitter, 1901 Material: 13 Syntypus, Buchara (GFT). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 0.5-2facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 8 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum chagriniert; Punkte etwas kleiner und zerstreuter als auf dem Kopf, Borsten etwas kürzer als auf dem Kopf; Seiten stumpf gekantet, aber ohne deutliche Randung; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert, aber ohne Borsten; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 8. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 38 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 3-4fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume schwach chagriniert, eben, überall mit abstehen- den Borsten von gleicher Länge wie die Punktborsten; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunkten. Schenkel ohne Auszeichnungen, Vordertibia beim d (? unbekannt) außen mit stumpfen Zahn (Abb. 22). Aedoeagus Abb. 37. Körperlänge 6.3 mm. Verbreitung. Nur vom locus typicus Buchara bekannt, wobei diese alte Angabe sich wohl eher auf den ganzen Bezirk Buchara bezieht und nicht auf die engere Umgebung des Ortes selbst. 2.6. Laena dilutella Solsky, 1881 Material: 2 Expl., Margelan (GFT); 1 Expl., Turkestan, Steppe Kuruk-Kel, leg. F. Hauser (GFT); 1 Expl., Taschkent (GFT); 2 Expl., Uzbekistan, Aman-Kutan, 20.V.1974 leg. Rataj (SMNS); 1 Expl., Aman-Kutan, 22.VIl.1931 leg. A. G. Lebedev (ZSM); 2 Expl., Süd-Kasachstan, Berg Syrganak, 27.V.1964 leg. N. G. Skopin (ZSM); 1 Expl., Turkmenien, Kaachra, 29.11.1977 leg. V.G. Dolin (TMB); 8 Expl., Kirgisien, Karaunkur-Tal SW Charvak, 900-1000 m, 18.V.1993 leg. W. Schawaller (SMNS). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-3facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 6 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum glänzend; Punkte und Beborstung wie auf dem Kopf; Seitenrand fein, aber vollständig; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert, aber ohne Borsten; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 5. Elytren mit 10 Punkt- reihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 30-33 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 2-3fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume glänzend, eben, überall mit abstehenden Borsten von 4-6facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum ohne Porenpunkte. Schenkel ohne oder mit sehr schwachem Zahn, Vordertibia bei d und 2 innen mit deutlicher Ausrandung (Abb. 23). Aedoeagus Abb. 38. Körperlänge 3.5-4.5 mm. Verbreitung. Die Art besiedelt ein größeres Arael in Mittelasien von Turkmenien im Westen bis nach Kirgisien und Uzbekistan im Osten, dort aber wohl nur in den tieferen Tälern (wie z.B. im Fergana-Becken); locus typicus ist “Turkestan”. Die Angabe Afghanistan bei Schuster (1916) erscheint mir zweifelhaft, vielleicht handelt es sich dabei um eine andere Art. Habitat. Im Karaunkur-Tal südwestlich Charvak in der Steppenzone mit vereinzelten Büschen von Pistacia vera unter Steinen. 2.7. Laena hauseri Reitter, 1906 Material: ? Holotypus, Turkestan, Mts. Ghissar, 1898 leg. F. Hauser (TMB). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-3facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 8 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum glänzend; Punkte und Beborstung wie auf dem Kopf; Seiten mit ganz schwacher Kante, aber nicht deutlich gerandet; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert, aber mit kürzeren Borsten; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 4. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 40 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 1-2fachen Punktdurchmessers; 70 33 35 37 0 30 f 32 31 ( 4 39 Abb. 30-43. Aedoeagi der mittelasiatischen Laena-Arten (Maßstrich 1 mm). 30. alaiensis, Fergana. 31. alaiensis, Yarodar. 32. alaiensis, Holotypus von edda, syn. nov. 33. hirtella, Holotypus von auliensis, syn. nov. 34 brevipennis, Syntypus Alatau. 35. brevipennis, Medeo. 36. chatkalica, spec. nov., Holotypus. 37. dentitibia, Syntypus Buchara. 38. dilutella, Syrganak. 39. leonhardi, Syntypus Issyk-Kul. 40. leonhardi, Syntypus von spaethi, syn. nov. Kuldscha. 41. holdhausi, Syntypus Wernyi. 42. robusta, Turkestan. 43. turkestanica, Ketmen-Tjube. Zwischenräume glänzend, eben, nur an den Seiten und am Spitzenabfall mit Borsten von 3-4facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 2-3 und vor dem Ende mit 5-6 nicht vorragenden Porenpunkten. Schenkel und Tibia (Abb. 24) ohne Auszeichnun- gen. Aedoeagus unbekannt. Körperlänge 5.0 mm. Verbreitung. Nur vom locus typicus, dem Ghissar (= Hissar) Alai bekannt. 2.8. Laena holdhausi Schuster, 1916 Material: 2 Syntypen, Turkestan, Wernyi (GFT); 1 Expl., Turkestan, Wernyi (ZSM); 2 Expl., Kasachstan, Zailijskij (= Transili) Alatau, Almatinka Reservat S Alma-Ata, 2700-2800 m, 7.-8.V1.1993 leg. W. Schawaller (SMNS). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-4facher Punktduchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 9 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum chagriniert, Punkte etwas kleiner und zerstreuter als auf dem Kopf, Borsten etwas kürzer als auf dem Kopf; Seiten verrundet; Propleuren etwas größer und zerstreuter punktiert als Pronotum, mit kurzen Borsten; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 9. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 40-44 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 3-4fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume chagriniert, eben, besonders an den Seiten und am Spitzenabfall mit Borsten von 3-4facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunk- ten. Schenkel ohne Auszeichnungen, Vordertibia beim d und 2 innen etwas ausgerandet (Abb. 25). Aedoeagus Abb. 41. Körperlänge 7.5-8.3 mm. Verbreitung. Offensichtlich auf den Transili Alatau südlich Alma-Ata (= Wernyi) beschränkt. Habitat. Im Almatinka Reservat in der Bodenstreu eines subalpinen Waldes von Picea schrenckiana. 71 2.9. Laena leonhardi Schuster, 1916 Laena spaethi Schuster, 1916 syn.nov. Material: 1 Syntypus (von leonhardi), Turkestan, leg. V. Plason (GFT); 1 Syntypus (von leonhardi), Turkestan, Issyk- Kul, 17.1V.1901 leg. Rikbeil (GFT); 2 Syntypen (von spaethi), Ostturkestan, Kuldscha, Juldus (GFT); 4 Expl., Kirgisien, Terskej Alatau, Ak-Su bei Przewalsk, 2100-2600 m, 14.-18.V1.1993 leg. W. Schawaller (SMNS). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-5facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus 9-10 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum glänzend, Punkte etwas größer und zerstreuter als auf dem Kopf, Borsten wesentlich kürzer als auf dem Kopf oder ganz fehlend (? abgerieben); Seiten verrundet; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert und beborstet; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 10-11. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 36-39 Punkten; Punkte ohne oder höchstens mit Mikroborsten, die nicht länger als die Punktdurchmesser sind; Zwischenräume glänzend, eben, vereinzelt mit Mikrobor- sten; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunkten. Schenkel und Tibia (Abb. 26-27) ohne Auszeichnungen. Aedoeagus Abb. 39-40. Körper- länge 5.0-7.0 mm. Anmerkung. Die untersuchten Typen von leonhardi und spaethi unterscheiden sich nicht spezifisch. Schuster (1916) trennte beide wegen angeblich unterschiedlicher Form des Pronotum und der Elytren, was nicht nachvollziehbar ist (Abb. 10-11). Auch die Aedoeagi unterscheiden sich nicht (Abb. 39-40). Zudem liegt der locus typicus von spaethi (Kuldscha) nicht sehr entfernt von den Fundstellen der leonhardi (Aksu, Issyk-Kul). Ich betrachte daher spaethi Schuster, 1916: 613 als Synonym von leonhardi Schuster, 1916: 612. Laena lebedevi Roubal, 1929 (locus typicus: Syr Darja, Ala-Tau) soll leonhardi und spaethi ähneln und sich nur durch die Form und die Beborstung unterscheiden, über den Aedoeagus ist nichts mitgeteilt. Leider war der Typus nicht verfügbar (keine Antwort aus dem Slowakischen Museum in Bratislava), so daß lebedevi als nomen dubium einzustufen ist. Verbreitung. Locus typicus von leonhardi ist die Umgebung des Issyk-Kul und das ostturkestanische Aksu, von spaethi das ostturkestanische Kuldscha am Juldus. Der neue Nachweis aus dem östlichen Kirgisien von Ak-Su bei Przewalsk (nicht das ostturkestanische Aksu!) liegt ebenfalls in der Umgebung des Issyk-Kul. Die Art ist also offensichtlich auf die Grenzregion Kirgisien/Sinkiang beschränkt. Habitat. In Ak-Su bei Przewalsk in der Bodenstreu eines montanen, forstlich beeinflussten Misch- waldes. 2.10. Laena robusta Reitter, 1906 Material: 2 Expl., Turkestan (GFT); 1 Expl., Turkestan (ZSM). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 0.5-2facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 10 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum chagriniert, Punkte und Beborstung wie auf dem Kopf; Seiten verrundet; Propleuren etwas gröber als Pronotum punktiert, mit kurzen Borsten; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 12. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte etwas kleiner als auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 40-42 Punkten; Punkte mit Mikroborsten, die selten länger sind als die Punktdurchmesser; Zwischenräume chagriniert, eben, besonders an den Seiten und am Spitzenabfall mit Borsten von 3facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 2 wenig vorragen- den Porenpunkten. Schenkel ohne Auszeichnungen, Vordertibia beim d und ? außen am Ende verbreitert (Abb. 28). Aedoeagus Abb. 42. Körperlänge 7.0-7.8 mm. Verbreitung. Samarkand (locus typicus) und Dongus-Tau (Schuster 1916). 2.11. Laena turkestanica Reitter, 1897 Material: 1 Expl., Turkestan, Fergana (GFT); 2 Expl., Turkestan, Sussamyr-Gebirge, Ketmen-Tjube, V1.1906 leg. F. Hauser (GFT), 1 Expl. (ZSM); 1 Expl., Kirgisien, Kirgisischer Alatau, 60 km S. Frunze (= Bishkek), Ala-Archa Tal, 72 Abb. 44. Fundorte von Laena-Arten in Mittelasien. 1. Buchara (dentitibia). 2. Samarkand (robusta). 3. Ghissar Alai (hauseri). 4. Taschkent (dilutella). 5. Dzambul (= Aulie Ata) (alaiensis, hirtella). 6. Sary-Celek (chatkalica, spec. nov.). 7. Kokand (hirtella). 8. Margelan (dilutella). 9. Fergana (alaiensis, turkestanica). 10. Alai (alaiensis). 11. Yarodar (alaiensis). 12. Charvak (dilutella). 13. Susamyr-Tal (turkestanica). 14. Bishkek (= Frunze) (furkestanica). 15. Alma- Ata (= Wernyi) (brevipennis, holdhausi). 16. Issyk-Kul(leonhardi). 17. Ak-Su bei Przewalsk (leonhardi). 18. Dsungarskij Alatau (brevipennis). 19. Yining (= Kuldscha) (leonhardi). 20. Aksu (leonhardı). 1800-2500 m, 30.V1.-3.V11.1981 leg. K. Majer (RGT); 1 Expl., Kirgisien, S Talasskij Alatau, oberes Susamyr-Tal, 2500 m, 2.V1.1993 leg. W. Schawaller (SMNS). Beschreibung. Kopfscheitel punktiert, Punkteabstand 1-3facher Punktdurchmesser, fast alle Punkte mit langer Borste. Augendurchmesser aus etwa 8 Facetten bestehend. Pronotum glänzend oder schwach chagriniert, Punkte etwas kleiner und zerstreuter als auf dem Kopf, Borsten etwas kürzer als auf dem Kopf; Seiten verrundet; Propleuren wie Pronotum punktiert und beborstet; Vorder- und Hinterrand ungerandet; Pronotumform Abb. 13. Elytren mit 10 Punktreihen, Punkte so groß wie auf Pronotum; 2. Punktreihe mit 34-36 Punkten; fast jeder Punkt mit einer Borste von der Länge des 3-4fachen Punktdurchmessers; Zwischenräume glänzend oder schwach chagriniert, eben, fast überall mit Bor- sten von 3-4facher Länge wie die Durchmesser der Reihenpunkte; 9. Zwischenraum hinter den Schultern mit 1 und vor dem Ende mit 1-2 wenig vorragenden Porenpunkten. Schenkel und Tibia (Abb. 29) ohne Auszeichnungen. Aedoeagus Abb. 43. Körperlänge 5.5-6.8 mm. Verbreitung. Die bisherigen Funde stammen aus einem Areal nördlich des Fergana-Beckens (Susa- myr-Tal) und südlich davon (Alai, Angabe bei Schuster 1916). Habitat. Im oberen Susamyr-Tal unter Steinen in alpiner Caragana-Steppe oberhalb der Waldzone. 3. Literatur Schawaller, W. im Druck. Neue Laena-Arten (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) aus Malaysia. - Stuttgarter Beitr. Naturk. (A) Schuster, A. 1916. Monographie der Coleopterengattung Laena Latreille. - Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 66: 495-629 73 Buchbesprechungen 8. Gerstberger, M.& W. Mey (Hrsg.): Fauna in Berlin und Brandenburg, Schmetterlinge & Köcherfliegen. - Fördererkreis der naturwissenschaftlichen Museen Berlins e.V., 1993. 160 S., 12 ganzseitige farbige Abb. ISBN 3-926579-04-8. Diese nach modernsten Gesichtspunkten konzipierte Neuerscheinung stellt eine vorbildliche Bereicherung auf dem Markt deutscher Faunen-Veröffentlichungen dar. Das Werk ist in drei Hauptteile untergliedert: Macrolepido- ptera (“Großschmetterlinge”), Microlepidoptera (“Kleinschmetterlinge”) und Trichoptera (Köcherfliegen). In den Artenverzeichnissen wird für jede Art neben dem gültigen wissenschaftlichen Artnamen auch die Gefährdungsdis- position nach den Roten Listen Berlins und Brandenburgs angegeben. Alle seit 1900 nachgewiesene Arten sind berücksichtigt. Zusätzlich zur 1004 Arten umfassenden Liste der ‘“Macrolepidoptera” findet der Leser bei 189 Arten besondere faunistische Hinweise, v.a. Erst- und Letztnachweise. Es folgt als Anhang eine Diskussion unsicherer bzw. alter Funde vor 1900, sowie ein arbeitserleichternder alphabetischer Artenindex. Das Bild wird durch eine auf das Untersuchungsgebiet zugeschnittene “Literaturauswahl” abgerundet. Die “Microlepidoptera” (1374 Arten) werden wie die Macrolepidopteren behandelt, die zahlreichen Anmerkungen finden sich hier in das Artenverzeichnis eingearbeitet, z.B. “Erstfund” oder “Keine aktuellen Funde” (Zäsurjahr 1950). Die Darstellung der faunistischen Informationen zu den 152 Köcherfliegenarten erfolgt wie bei den Schmetterlin- gen. Sie werden von den sehr wertvollen Angaben über bevorzugte Gewässertypen sowie bei 27 Arten von speziellen faunistischen Kommentaren begleitet. In einem Anhang wird dem Leser in 12 ganzseitigen Farbfotos ein Überblick über die wichtigsten im Untersuchungsgebiet vorhandenen Biotoptypen an die Hand gegeben. Eine lobenswerte Veröffentlichung, die wegen ihrer Vorbildhaftigkeit viele Leser finden sollte, zumal auch der Preis (Selbstkostenpreis; Bezug am besten direkt beim Förderkreis, Schloßstr. 69A, 14059 Berlin) erstaunlich niedrig liegt. A. Hausmann 9. Smith, D. S., Miller, L. D. & J. Y. Miller: The butterflies of the West Indies and South Florida. - Oxford University Press, Oxford, New York, Tokyo, 1994. 264 S., 32 Farbtaf., Leinen. ISBN 0-19-857199-2. Den Autoren ist es gelungen, in bibliographisch ansprechender Aufmachung eine umfassende Übersicht über die Tagfalter (incl. Hesperiidae) der Karibik an die Hand zu geben. Der Preis erscheint durchaus gerechtfertigt. Das behandelte Gebiet umfaßt die “westindischen Inseln” der Karibik, wobei allerdings einige periphere Inseln ausge- klammert wurden; so auch Trinidad und Tobago, deren Tagfalterfauna sich mit 650 Arten nahe an die Reichhaltigkeit der südamerikanischen Fauna anlehnt. Im behandelten Gebiet dagegen nimmt sich die Tagfalterfauna mit ca. 350 Arten und zahlreichen Unterarten etwas bescheidener aus. Diese werden im Text Art für Art nach den Kriterien “Description, Range, Natural History, Subspecies, Discussion” ausführlich charakterisiert. Schwerpunkte hierbei Flügelfärbung, Verbreitungsmuster und Zuchten. Morphologische Details fehlen gänzlich. Exzellent die 33 Farbtafeln mit 662 abgebildeten Faltern, die meisten mit abgebildeter Flügelunterseite. Diese erlauben in fast allen Fällen eine problemlose und einwandfreie Artbestimmung. A. Hausmann 10. Kuchlein, J. H.: De kleine vlinders, handboek voor de faunistiek van de Nederlandse Microlepidoptera. - Pudok, Wageningen, 1993. 715 S. (Holländisch mit englischem Summary), ca. 1400 Verbreitungskarten, 168 Farbfotos auf 8 Farbtafeln, Großformat, gebunden (Karton). ISBN 90-220-1038-4. Eine Neuerscheinung, deren Lektüre für alle europäischen Microlepidopterologen nicht nur ein Muß, sonder auch ein Genuß sein wird! Es werden die in den Niederlanden vorkommenden 1370 Arten von “Microlepidoptera im klassischen Sinne” behandelt, also entgegen den systematischen Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen ohne die Familien Hepialidae, Cossidae, Psychidae u.a. Dies ist aber durchaus sinnvoll, lag es doch in der Grundintention des Autors, die in den faunistischen Werken Lempke’s (1936-1970) nicht abgehandelten Gruppen abzudecken. Dem Autor gelingt es, in den einleitenden Kapiteln einen ebenso übersichtlichen wie auch tiefen Einblick in die Microlepidopterologie zu gewähren: Auf 140 engbedruckten Seiten werden die Kapitel “Morphologie, Ökologie, Taxonomie und Tiergeographie, Synökologie Mensch/Kleinschmetterlinge, Faunistik” so informativ behandelt, daß dies alleine schon publikationswerter Buchstoff wäre. Der nun folgende Bestimmungsschlüssel zu den Familien setzt eine relativ gute morphologische Übung voraus. Eine ganze Reihe von Arten ist auf den in Qualität kaum zu überbietenden Farbfotos dargestellt. Eine lückenlose Artbestimmung erlaubt das Werk allerdings nicht. Dies lag auch nicht in der Absicht des Verfassers, welcher gerade aus diesem Grund eine äußerst umfangreiche Liste weiterführen- der Literatur an die Hand gibt. Den Kern des Werkes stellt die Faunenliste dar. Etwas irreführend hier die Rubrik “Ökologischer Status”, worunter der Autor “Bodenständigkeit” bzw. “Seltenheit” versteht. Wertvoll vor allem die darauf folgenden ca. 60 Seiten mit faunistischen Anmerkungen zu den meisten Arten. Nicht zuletzt sind auch die instruktiven und optisch hervorra- gend erfaßbaren Verbreitungskarten (mit Flugzeitdiagrammen!) positiv hervorzuheben. Für den nicht sprachge- wandten Entomologen dürfte die holländische Sprache ein bedeutendes Hindernis darstellen, das nur teilweise durch das lange englische Summary ausgeglichen wird. Literatur: Lempke, B. J. (1936-1970): Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera: I-XI, Suppl. I-XVI. - Tijdschr. Ent. 79-113, 2196 pp. A. Hausmann 74 SPIXIANA München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Life history of the parasitic ant, Epimyrma bernardi Espadaler, 1982 (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Formicidae) By Alfred Buschinger Buschinger, A. (1995): Life history of the parasitic ant, Epimyrma bernardi Espadaler, 1982 (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Formicidae). - Spixiana 18/1: 75-81 The ant genus Epimyrma comprises both actively dulotic species and “degenerate” slave-makers with reduced worker number, or lacking this caste completely. The sexuals of some species conduct mating flights, directly followed by colony foundation of the young queens, others mate inside the mother nests, the females hibernate there, and invade new host colonies in spring. The latter species usually produce rapid brood sexuals within the year of colony foundation. Epimyrma bernardi exhibits a novel blend of life history features: Sexuals mate in the nest where they remain until colony foundation in the following spring, but the first adult offspring emerges only after the next hibernation. It then comprises both sexuals and workers. Worker numbers are highly variably, suggesting that slave raids, though observed in the laboratory, are rare in the field and probably not obligatory. In contrast to the first report on this species (Espadaler 1982) the newly collected colonies of 1992 contained no dealate regular queens of the host species Leptothorax gredosi. Prof. Dr. Alfred Buschinger, Institut für Zoologie, Fachbereich Biologie der Tech- nischen Hochschule Darmstadt, Schnittspahnstraße 3, D-64287 Darmstadt, Germany. Introduction The ant genus Epimyrma is distributed around the Mediterranean with about ten species. They are social parasites of various Leptothorax (Myrafant) species, one (E. kraussei) coexists with L. (Temnothorax) recedens. Their life histories represent an unusually wide range of variation including the evolutionary transition from active slavery to a “degenerate” dulosis, and finally the loss of the Epimyrma worker caste (for a review see Buschinger 1989a). Young mated queens of all species singly penetrate colonies of the respective host species, and eliminate the host queen(s) by slowly throttling them to death. They are accepted by the host colony workers. This may happen in summer or fall, immediately after a mating flight (E. ravouxi, E. stumperi), or mating and dealation take place during fall within the mother colony, which the young queens then leave in early spring, after hibernation, searching for new host colonies to invade (E. adlerzi, E. algeriana, E. corsica, E. kraussei). If an Epimyrma queen is successful, the host workers may rear her eggs and larvae to become Epimyrma workers in comparatively high numbers (E. ravouxi, E. stumperi), during the first and following years after colony foundation. The Epimyrma workers then conduct slave raids on neighboring, independent host colonies, thus replenishing the slave stock in the Epimyrma colony. Epimyrma sexuals appear from the second or third year on and for up to 8-10 years. In the degenerate slave-makers, the first sexuals, sometimes together with a few workers (E. kraussei), emerge from rapid brood already in the year of colony foundation, and again in the second year, after which most colonies decline due to slave depletion. Workerless species (E. adlerzi, E. corsica, an undescribed species from Tenerife) have a comparable life history. E. algeriana is exceptional in that it combines intranidal mating with active slavery, and a marked polygyny. 75 For Epimyrma bernardi, Espadaler (1982) claims the unusual feature of coexistence of host and parasite queens, derived from a census of four field-collected colonies. Its as yet only known host species is Leptothorax (Myrafant) gredosi Espadaler & Collingwood, 1982. Buschinger (1989a) briefly reports that sexuals of E. bernardi mate in the mother colonies, and that colony foundation occurs after hibernation, with Epimyrma queens throttling and eliminating the functional host queens in the usual way. E. bernardi produces workers which in laboratory experiments were able to conduct normal slave raids. These data were obtained from three colonies collected by X. Espadaler in 1982 and handed over to the author alive. Due to the very low number of available colonies, however, it was as yet impossible to assess whether slave raiding in this species is obligatory. Epimyrma workers were few or none in the first seven colonies collected in the field (Table 1). In September 1992 we collected another 12 colonies in the type locality of E. bernardi, Sierra de Gredos (Avila, Spain), the only loacality from which this species is known as yet. Dissectioning of Epimyrma and host species dealate females, and laboratory rearing of some colonies revealed that this species exhibits a particular blend of life history features not yet found in the other species investigated. Materials and methods For this paper all extant material of E. bernardi has been used and evaluated: 4 colonies collected on 22/23 July 1979 (Espadaler 1982); 3 colonies collected on 14 August 1982 (leg. Espadaler), handed over to the author in September 1982; 12 colonies collected on 20 September 1992 (leg. Buschinger and Douwes). Tab. 1. Composition of field colonies of Epimyrma bernardi. #1-4: Data from Espadaler (1982); #5-7: Composition on 18 Sept. 1982 when the colonies were handed over to the author. Col.# Epimyrma adults Leptothorax gredosi date of coll. collectors deal. alate dd 98 92 22 08 u 1 2 manyal. many — 22/23 July 79 Espadaler 2 1 = — = Ideal. many - 22/23 July 79 Espadaler 3 3 = = 4 “queens” many + 22/23 July 79 Espadaler 4 - - - 3 z many — 22/23 July 79 Espadaler 5 ca25 2 = - 60 - 14 Aug 32 Espadaler 6 1 = = = = 87 = 14 Aug 82 Espadaler 7 1 - - = 2 deal. 100 - 14 Aug 82 Espadaler 8 2 - 2 4 — 40 = 20 Sept 92 DBuschinger & Douwes ©) 1 - = — = 74 — 20 Sept 92 DBuschinger & Douwes 10 6 13 4 22 3 273 — 20 Sept 92 _Buschinger & Douwes Ja 1 = = = — 208 - 20 Sept 92 Buschinger & Douwes 12 = - - 15 - 111 — 20 Sept92 Buschinger & Douwes 13 1 - = = - 51 - 20 Sept 92 _Buschinger & Douwes 14 1 = = — = 199 = 20 Sept 92 _Buschinger & Douwes 15 1 e = - = 128 - 20 Sept 92 _Buschinger & Douwes 16 H 12 9 24 = 148 z 20 Sept 92 _Buschinger & Douwes 17 2 4 15 2 - 88 = 20 Sept 92 _Buschinger & Douwes 18 1 — - _ — 382 — 20 Sept 92 _DBuschinger & Douwes 19 1 - = - 15% ca300 = 20 Sept 92 Buschinger & Douwes * 3 microgynes of L. gredosi ** mixture of an Epimyrma- and a free-living L. gredosi colony. 76 j Fig. 1. Microgyne (top) and normal-sized macrogyne of Leptothorax gredosi, host species of Epimyrma bernardi. The size difference is not only due to the distended gaster of the macrogyne. The microgyne thorax is dorsally more vaulted, the mesonotum less prominent above the pronotum. Division of scale: 1 mm. All colonies were aspirated as completely as possible, however, certain losses were inevitable because the nests are located beneath rocks in leaf litter and partially in the soil. Host colony density is locally high, sometimes two or even three discrete nests and colonies share one covering rock of 30-50 cm diameter. At least in one instance in 1992 an Epimyrma colony by chance was mixed with a neighboring but not parasitized host colony, and in one colony (not included in Table 1) an Epimyrma queen was seen in the field, but later lacked in the sample. Living colonies were reared according to Buschinger (1974) in 3-chambered plastic formicaries with a plaster floor, and in artificial nests made from a plastic frame between two microscopic slides. Food (honey and water 1:1, insect pieces) was provided ad libitum three times a week. Colonies were hibernated for 4-5 months in constant 10 °C. Spring was simulated during 2 weeks in a temperature rhythm of 10/20 °C (12:12 h), summer for about 4 months in 15/25 °C (10:14 h) with weak illumination during the warm hours. When the development of new pupae decreases the colonies go through another 2 weeks at 10/20 °C (12:12 h) into the next hibernation. j Dissectioning of females was done as described in Buschinger (1968) and Alloway et al. (1982). “A” denotes a fully fertile queen with long ovarioles and corpora lutea in their bases, and with a receptacle containing sperm; “b” isa newly mated young gyne with still short ovarioles and lacking corpora lutea; “d” are dealate or alate, not inseminated young gynes (“c” would be older, dealate but not inseminated specimens). Results 1. The composition of field colonies of Epimyrma bernardi Most colonies were censused soon after collecting (Table 1). Eleven out of the 16 colonies containing Epimyrma gynes at all had but one female, and none of these single-queen samples comprised Epimyrma workers, though one colony (#5) had produced a high number of alates already. Most colonies having Epimyrma workers also contained alate young sexuals and/or multiple dealate gynes #3, 8, 10, 16, 17). Dissectioning of a representative sample of gynes (Table 2) revealed that the sole dealate females of colonies lacking both workers and young sexuals (#9, 11, 18, 19) were inseminated and had long, well- developed ovaries containing corpora lutea in their bases. The ovaries appeared inactive and lacked white, growing oocytes, indicating that oviposition at the time of dissectioning (1st October 1992) had HU ceased already, the queens preparing for hibernation. Rearing of these colonies after hibernation (see section 2) revealed that their brood had comprised Epimyrma larvae. Most probably these queens had penetrated their host colonies in the spring, 1992, and had laid eggs during the summer, but no workers or sexuals had developed until the fall of this year. Colonies with multiple dealate gynes (# 8, 10, 16) contained both inseminated young females with short, inactive ovarioles (“b”) and young virgins with ovaries in the same condition (“d”). In col. #8 and # 10 the original queen (“A”) either was lost during collecting, or had died before. The dealate, inseminated gynes suggest that intranidal mating had occurred, and that these gynes prepared to stay with the mother colonies until the following spring. Since males were still present in the colonies with alate and/or dealate d-females these virgins probably would have mated also before the winter. Colony # 10 in addition to mated and virgin Epimyrma gynes contained three microgynes of the host species, Leptothorax gredosi (Fig. 1). Dissectioning revealed that these specimens were newly inseminat- ed (“b”). Microgynes are sometimes produced in low number in L. gredosi nests, and apparently most or all gynes of this species, too, mate inside or in close vicinity of the nest, but later leave for independent colony foundation; functionally the gredosi colonies thus are monogynous. Colony # 19, evidently a mixture of an Epimyrma and a free-living L. gredosi colony, contained a fully reproductive host species queen. The workers soon executed the Epimyrma queen, but reared its brood (see section 2). Functional host species queens thus were not found in normal E. bernardi colonies, though dealate L. gredosi females had been recorded in the colonies # 2, 3, and 7. Unfortunately they were not dissected, and I assume they were not reproductive. Host worker numbers in the E. bernardi colonies varied considerably, as in other Epimyrma species (Buschinger & Winter, 1983). There was, however, no evidence of higher slave numbers in colonies containing Epimyrma workers (mean host workers: 132; range 40-273, n = 5) as compared to the newly founded ones without Epimyrma workers (mean host workers: 143; range 51-382, n = 9 colonies, # 19 excluded). Slave raiding, if it occurs at all, apparently does not markedly increase the slave number. 2. Production of workers and sexuals in Epimyrma bernardi colonies The production of colonies with a sole Epimyrma queen was particularly interesting: Were Epimyrma larvae in their brood? What would be reared from these once-hibernated, first larvae of the queens? All colonies produced males, gynes and workers (Table 3) except for colony # 13 which reared only workers and one male but no gynes. Probably the lack of gyne production in this nest was due to its low number of only 51 host workers. Colonies having an Epimyrma queen yielded Epimyrma workers in numbers which would be suffi- cient for slave raiding (mean 37.6; range 13-54, n = 3 colonies), and also some males and gynes. Three colonies whose queens had been scarificed for dissectioning or (# 15) had died before the hibernation, produced gynes and males in comparable numbers, whereas only few workers were reared (males: 2-5; gynes; 5-27; workers: 4-5). These specimens evidently originated from hibernated larvae, whereas in the queenright colonies additional workers probably developed as rapid brood from eggs laid after the hibernation. Colony # 19 (the mixture of an Epimyrma- and a queenrightL. gredosi colony) during brood rearing still contained the host species queen, whereas the E. bernardi queen had been executed before Tab. 2. Results of dissectioning of dealate Epimyrma bernardi females. Colony numbers as in table 1. Col.# ndeal.?2 2 ndiss.?? statusof? Comments 8 2 2 b,d Queen (A) lacks 9 1 1 Ovaries of queen inactive, with corpora lutea 10 6 6 2b, 4d Queen (A) lacks, 2 newly inseminated females 11 1 1 A Queen (A) asin col. 9 16 7 7 A,3b, 3d Queen (A) with mated und unmated daughters 18 1 1 A Queen (A) as in col. 9 19 fl 1 A Queen (A) as in col. 9 the hibernation. The colony reared five males and gynes each, and 25 workers from the Epimyrma brood, and numerous sexuals and workers of the host species. Probably the L. gredosi queen had an influence on caste formation of the Epimyrma brood, causing worker development of most of the female larvae. Most of the about 50 L. gredosi gynes in this colony were inseminated when a sample of them was dissected at the end of the rearing season. Sexual production in the Epimyrma colonies was markedly gyne-biased, as far as can be deduced from the comparatively small number of colonies (0.36 d/2,n=77 colonies). Little can be said as yet on the production of E. bernardi colonies in their third and following years. Rearing of colony #5 and #7, and of a number of laboratory-founded colonies with mated gynes from colony # 5, was not very successful despite host worker pupae were regularly added. The Epimyrma queens died in the first, second or third “summer”. A few males, gynes and workers appeared in these colonies up to the summer following the queen’s death, i. e. up to the fourth year. Discussion The parasitic ant genus Epimyrma with about ten species distributed around the Mediterranean, exhibits a stunning variety of life histories. Among the most intersting features is a reduction of worker number, combinded with a transition from the original slave-making to a derived, completely work- erless condition, though the parasite queens still eliminate the host colony queens by throttling them to death (Buschinger 1989a). A second variable feature is mating behavior, which may be a mating flight (in most of the actively dulotic species), or intranidal mating and hence adelphogamy among the progeny of the usually only one mother queen. One slave-raiding speices, E. algeriana, combines intranidal mating with polygyny (Buschinger et al. 1990). Epimyrma bernardi Espadaler, 1982 exhibits an as yet unknown blend of features. The sexuals mate during summer und fall within their mother colonies, which contain but one Epimyrma queen (mono- gyny). The markedly gyne-biased numerical sex ratio (0.36 &/®) corroborates the observations. It corresponds to sex ratios in other adelphogamous Epimyrma species (E. adlerzi: 0.19; E. algeriana: 0.16-0.22; E. corsica: 0.08; E. kraussei: 0.3), whereas in the swarming E. ravouxi it is 1.5 8 /? (Buschinger 1989a). Dealate mated females most probably spend the winter within the mother colonies which they leave on foot in early spring, in search of suitable host colonies to invade: In the fall, 1992, we had found mated young gynes within the Epimyrma colonies, but no young queen just taking over a host colony. This process usually lasts for several weeks so that the chance is high in the right season to find a Epimyrma queen throttling the host colony queen in her nest. The observations on E. bernardi corre- spond well to those on other “degenerate slave-makers” of the genus which also invade host colonies after the hibernation (E. adlerzi, E. corsica, E. kraussei). Having penetrated a L. gredosi colony the Tab. 3. Production of presumably newly founded Epimyrma bernardi colonies lacking Epimyrma workers. Three colonies contained an Epimyrma queen, in four colonies the queen was absent during brood rearing. Queenright colonies Queenless colonies Col.# production of Col.# production of Seen see 13 1 - 13 I 3 7 4 14 6 10 54 11 5 22H 5 18 6 24 46 15 2 5 4 19 5 5 25 > 18) 34 118 & 160 > 15 44 38 297 2 / ratio queenright: 1:3.32; queenless: 1:0.86 &/? ratio queenright: 1:2.6; queenless: 1:2.9 &/*® ratio total: 1:2.78 79 E. bernardi queen eliminates the host queen, and begins to lay eggs. In the year of colony foundation, however, no adult Epimyrma progeny is reared, which is different from the “degenerate slave-makers” mentioned above. The latter produce a first batch of sexuals as rapid brood until late summer of the very year of colony foundation. E. bernardi instead hibernates again with her first brood of larvae, from which adults emerge in the following year, as the rearing experiments have revealed (Table 3). This first brood comprises both sexuals and a few workers, as is the case with most populations of the “degenerate slave-maker”, E. kraussei (Buschinger 1989b). Worker numbers in field colonies of E. bernardi, however, are rarely sufficient for effective slave-raiding (Table 1). I presume therefore that the higher worker numbers produced in queenright laboratory colonies (Table 3) are an artifact. Due to good laboratory conditions with respect to food and temperature regime a batch of rapid brood workers was reared, whereas in the field, according to our observations in a number of Mediterranean Leptothoracini, brood rearing decreases during the hot and dry summer season. I suggest that E. bernardi, as E. kraussei, is a “degenerate slavemaker” which in the field will conduct slave raids only occasionally, if at all. The fact that colonies with E. workers have not more slaves than colonies lacking E. workers support this assumption. In the “degenerate slavemaker”, E. kraussei, slave numbers decrease with increasing numbers of E. workers, whereas in the actively dulotic E. ravouxi colonies with more slavemaker workers usually also have more slaves (Buschinger & Winter 1983). Another correspondence to E. kraussei refers to population structure: Most of the 19 E. bernardi colonies, i.e. at least 10, were in their first year, containing no young sexuals or workers when collected between end of July and 20. September (Table 1). Some of the colonies comprising sexuals and workers probably were in their second year, and a few which already lacked the Epimyrma queen perhaps were in the third year. Life expectancy of E. bernardi colonies thus is low, two or three years, as in the other “degenerate slavemakers” or workerless species (Buschinger 1989a). A final problem refers to the presence of dealate host species females in some of the E. bernardi colonies (Table 1). Espadaler (1982) observed one “dealated queen” in colony # 2, and “many queens of Leptothorax” in colony # 3. He suggested therefore that E. bernardi might not kill the host colony queens. Also colony # 7 originally comprised two dealate L. gredosi females. All these “queens”, however, were not dissected and their reproductive status thus is unknown. Most of the colonies listed in Table 1 contained no dealate or alate host species females, and laboratory observations have revealed that E. bernardi is able to throttle and to eliminate the host colony queens as do all other Epimyrma species. The host species, L. gredosi, however, exhibits a feature which is unusual in other free-living Leptothorax (Myrafant) species, and which may explain the presence of dealate host females in some of the Epimyrma colonies: L. gredosi sexuals mate within or near to the mother nest, and at least some of the mated females remain there over winter. In spring they fight each other and try to leave from the colony (unpubl. observations). In four out of six unparasitized L. gredosi colonies collected together with the E. bernardi colonies in September, 1992, I found several dealate, recently mated gredosi females alongside always one fully fertile queen. Also alate females and gredosi males were still present. If the E. bernardi queen in the year of colony foundation does not completely inhibit the rearing of gynes and males from the remaining host species brood in the nest, some L. gredosi sexuals may eclose and mate there in the presence of an Epimyrma queen. The throttling behavior of the latter apparently is directed only against fully reproductive host queens. Furthermore, L. gredosi colonies sometimes produce microgynes in low numbers, alate females or specimens with reduced wings, which are smaller than ordinary gynes. Epimyrma colony # 10 (Table 1) contained three such microgynes which were insem- inated but not egg-laying. I presume they would have left the Epimyrma colony after the winter. Coexistence of Epimyrma bernardi with reproductive host species queens thus appears improbable. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Xavier Espadaler, Barcelona, for providing his Epimyrma colonies of 1982, and for precise informations on the E. bernardi site. Thanks are due to Per Douwes, Lund, who helped to collect the new material during a joint research trip to Spain. 80 References Alloway, T. M., A. Buschinger, M. Talbot, R. Stuart & C. Thomas 1982. Polygyny and polydomy in three North American species of the ant genus Leptothorax Mayr (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). - Psyche 89: 249-274 Buschinger, A. 1968. Mono- und Polygynie bei Arten der Gattung Leptothorax Mayr (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). - Ins. Soc. 15: 217-226 -- 1974. Experimente und Beobachtungen zur Gründung und Entwicklung neuer Sozietäten der sklavenhaltenden Ameise Harpagoxenus sublaevis (Nyl.). - Ins. Soc. 21: 381-406 -- 1989a. Evolution, speciation, and inbreeding in the parasitic ant genus Epimyrma (Hymenoptera; Formicidae). - J. evol. biol. 2: 265-283 -- 1989b. Workerless Epimyrma kraussei Emery 1915, the first parasitic ant of Crete. - Psyche 96: 69-74 -- ,„K. Jessen & H. Cagniant 1990. The life history of Epimyrma algeriana, a slavemaking ant with facultative polygyny (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). - Zool. Beitr. N. F. 33: 23-49 -- &U. Winter. Population studies of the dulotic ant, Epimyrma ravouxi, and the degenerate slavemaker, E. kraussei (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). - Entomol. Gener. 8: 251-266 Espadaler, X. 1982. Epimyrma bernardi n. sp., anew parasitic ant (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). - Spixiana 5: 1-6 81 Buchbesprechungen 11. Ciba Foundation Symposium 182, Germ Line Development, 1994. - John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, New York, Brisbane, Toronto, Singapore. Dieses Buch ist eine Zusammenfassung der Vorträge, die anläßlich eines viertägigen wissenschaftlichen Sympo- siums gehalten wurden. Das Thema ist die Entwicklung der Keimbahn. Die Keimbahn ist die Zellinie im Körper eines vielzelligen Organismus, die die Fortpflanzung sichert und die Verbindung zwischen den Generationen herstellt. Sie sind potentiell unsterblich. Bei sich sexuell fortpflanzenden Organismen findet in den Keimzellen Differenzierung in Ei bzw. Samen statt und die Rekombination der Erbmaterials. Die Artikel behandeln Keimbahnentwicklung in solchen Exoten wie der Grünalge Volvox sowie klassischen Versuchstierchen der Entwicklungsbiologie wie dem Fadenwurm Caenorhabditis, der Fruchtfliege Drosphila und der Maus. Veranstalter des Kongresses war die Ciba Foundation, eine von der Schweizer pharmazeutischen Firma CIBA- Geigy 1947 gegründete Stiftung, deren erklärtes Ziel es ist, wissenschaftliche Zusammenarbeit in Biologie, Medizin und Chemie zu fördern. Eine der Aktivitäten dieser Stiftung ist das Organisieren von Symposien mit wenigen erlesenen Teilnehmern, die die gemeinsame Zeit zu intensivem Erfahrungsaustausch nutzen. Dieser Zweck der Symposien spiegelt sich natürlich auch in dem zusammenfassenden Buch wider. Es handelt sich um Aufsätze, die knapp und präzise die Ergebnisse wissenschaflicher Forschung zusammenfassen, geschrieben von Spezialisten für ein eingeweihtes Publikum. Wer hier eine leicht verständliche allgemeine Einführung in das Forschungsgebiet sucht, wird wohl enttäuscht werden. Ohne ein Lehrbuch an der Seite, um einige basale Fakten nachzuschlagen, bin ich nicht ausgekommen. Und wie meistens bei solchen Büchern, deren einzelne Kapitel von unterschiedlichen Autoren geschrieben werden, variiert die Qualität der Artikel und das Vergnügen beim Lesen. Die Stärken des Buches liegen in einem anderen Bereich: es werden nicht nur die Zusammenfassungen der Vorträge selbst, sondern auch die anschließenden Diskussionen dokumentiert. Dies hat einen interessanten Effekt: geschriebene wissenschaftliche Artikel sind in der Regel Detail-orientiert, sie werden hieb-und-stichfest formuliert. Außerdem verstecken sich oft ganze Gedankengebäude hinter knappen Formulierungen. In den Diskussionen dagegen werden Probleme und ungelöste Fragen angesprochen, Spekulationen sind erlaubt und werden sogar gefragt. Dies gibt viel direkter den Blick frei auf mögliche Entwicklungen in der Zukunft und die Denkweise des Forschungsfeldes. Gerade die Teile, in denen allgemeine Konzepte oder die Evolution der Differenzierung von Soma und Keimbahn diskutiert werden, sind mit Gewinn zu lesen. B. Wetterauer 12. Riedmann, M.: The Pinnipeds. Seals, Sea Lions, and Walruses. - University of Chicago Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1990. 439 S., zahlr. Abb. u. Tab. Das Buch ist eine ausführliche und aktuelle Naturgeschichte der gesamten Ordnung bzw. Unterordnung Pinni- pedia. Nach zwei einleitenden Kapiteln über Anpassungen an Schwimmen und Tauchen sowie über Evolution und Systematik werden alle biologischen Themen wie Physiologie, Ökologie, Fortpflanzung, Verhalten, Nahrungserwerb, Feinde und Wanderungen ausführlich und auf den neuesten Forschungsergebnissen basierend abgehandelt. Sogar die Verwendung von Seelöwen für strategische Aufgaben in der U.S.-Marine - z.B. bei der Bergung von Seeminen - wird erwähnt. Der trotz seiner wissenschaftlichen Seriosität anschaulich abgefaßte Text wird durch zahlreiche Zeichnungen und Fotos ergänzt. Das Buch vermittelt eine Fülle an faszinierender Information. Darüberhinaus ist es der Autorin gelungen, durch ihren fesselnden und engagierten Schreibstil etwas von dem Enthusiasmus, den sie selbst für diese Tiere empfindet, auf den Leser zu übertragen. R. Kraft 13. Corbet, G. B. &]. E. Hill: The mammals of the Indomalayan region: a systematic review. - Oxford University Press, Oxford, New York, Toronto usw. (Natural History Museum Publications), 1992. - 488 S., 45 Abb., 273 Tab., 177 Verbreitungskarten. Die Säugetiere der Indomalayschen Region wurden bisher nur in Checklists erfaßt, eine zusammenfassende Darstellung mit detaillierten Beschreibungen und Bestimmungsschlüsseln fehlte. Mit dem vorliegenden Buch wird diese Lücke geschlossen. Das behandelte Gebiet reicht vom Indusbecken im Westen über die Indonesischen Inseln bis zu den Philippinen, Molukken und Ryukyu-Inseln im Osten. Im Norden schließt es den Himalaya und S-China bis zum 35° N ein. In diesem Gebiet leben über 1000 Säugetierarten, deren Merkmale, Verbreitung und taxonomische Stellung ausführlich beschrieben werden, wobei auch die Wale und Seekühe berücksichtigt werden. Bestimmungs- schlüssel, Synonymielisten, Verbreitungskarten, Tabellen mit Körper- und Schädelmaßen sowie Habitus- und Schä- delzeichnungen machen das Werk zu einem wertvollen Handbuch für die behandelte Region. Alle Informationen stammen sozusagen aus erster Hand, denn die Autoren haben nicht nur die gesamte einschlä- gige Literatur kritisch revidiert (das Literaturverzeichnis enthält über 3000 Zitate!), sondern durch ihre eigene, jahrzehntelange Forschungsarbeit wesentlich zur Kenntnis der indomalayschen Säugetierfauna beigetragen. Der Spezialist wird zwar feststellen, daß viele taxonomische Fragen noch auf Klärung warten, was auch die Autoren nicht verschweigen. Das Buch ist jedoch eine umfassende Darstellung des aktuellen Kenntnisstandes und will gleichzeitig zu weiterer Forschung anregen. R. Kraft 82 SPIXIANA 83-103 München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Einige Neubeschreibungen und Wiederbeschreibungen von Opiinae (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Braconidae) Von Maximilian Fischer Fischer, M. (1995): Some new descriptions and redescriptions of Opiinae (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Braconidae). — Spixiana 18/1: 83-103 The following species from Africa, New Guinea, Australia, Tasmania, and Argentina are described as new or are redescribed: Opius (Baeocentrum ?) africanus (Szepligeti) (Tansania), ©. (Baeocentrum) kuruandensis, spec. nov. (Queensland), ©. (Baeocentrum) minutus (Szepligeti) (Kenya), ©. (Baeocentrum) salmossi, spec. nov. (Queensland), O. (Aulonotus) bogianus, spec. nov. (New Guinea), O. (Utetes) curtilosus, spec. nov. (New Guinea), O. (Utetes) traventatus, spec. nov. (New Guinea), O. (Utetes) wauanicus, spec. nov. (New Guinea), ©. (Rhogadopsis) miniaceus (Brethes) (Argentina), Diachasma tasma- niae, spec. nov. (Tasmania). Their taxonomic position is discussed. Morphological de- tails are figured. A key for identification of the Old World species of the subgenus Baeocentrum Schulz of the genus Opius Wesmael is proposed. Following Wharton (1987) the subgeneric name Baeocentrum Schulz is used instead of Phlebosema Fischer, 1972, and Rhogadopsis Brethes instead of Lissosema Fischer, 1972. Hofrat Univ.-Doz. Mag. Dr. Maximilian Fischer, Naturhistorisches Museum, Burg- ring 7, A-1014 Wien, Österreich Einleitung Im folgenden Beitrag werden einerseits mehrere Arten auf der Grundlage von Material aus dem American Entomological Institute in Gainesville, Florida, neu beschrieben; andererseits konnten Opius (Baeocentrum) minutus (Szepligeti) und Opius (Rhogadopsis) miniaceus (Brethes) wiederbeschrieben und ins System eingeordnet werden. Auch eine Redeskription von Opius (Baeocentrum?) africanus (Szepli- geti) wird versucht. Ein exaktes Einordnen dieser Art in ein System erscheint derzeit allerdings nicht möglich. Die Grundlage für die taxonomische Arbeit an den Opiinae der Welt bilden die drei Beiträge des Autors (Fischer 1972, 1977, 1987). Der vorliegende Beitrag betrifft überwiegend Opiinae der Alten Welt außerhalb der paläarktischen Region. Gegenstand von Opiinen aus solchen Gebieten, vor allem indo- australische Formen, sind die Publikationen von Fischer (1971a, 1971b, 1972, 1978, 1987, 1988, 1989 1990a, 1990b, 1991). Auch Papp (1985) hat einen Beitrag zur Kenntnis gebracht. Die Artikel von Fischer (1982, 1984) bringen Vorschläge zur subgenerischen Gliederung von Teilgruppen der Gattung Opius Wesmael s.l. Danksagung Ich danke allen Kollegen, die durch Bereitstellen von Exemplaren zum Gelingen dieses Artikels beigetragen haben, so Mme. J. Casevitz-Weulersse (Paris) und den Herren T. Kronestedt (Stockholm), D. Wahl (Gainesville), A. Roig Alsina (Buenos Aires). Danken will ich auch R. Wharton, der durch seinen Beitrag (1987) wesentlich zum Gewinnen wichtiger Erkenntnisse zum System der Opiinae beigetragen hat. 83 Methoden Die Beschreibungen werden ähnlich wie in anderen Publikationen des Autors abgefaßt, und es werden in etwa auch die gleichen Abkürzungen verwendet: Kopf: G1, G2 usw. = 1., 2. usw. Geißelglied; Gm = ein mittleres, Gv = das vorletzte Geißelglied. - Vorderflügel: rl, r2, r3 = die 3 Abschnitte des Radius (r), cql, cq2 = 1. und 2. Cubitalquerader, nr = rücklaufende Ader (vielfach bezeichnet “m-cu”); d = Discoideus; nv = Nervulus; np = Parallelnerv; R = Radialzelle; Cu2 = 2. Cubitalzelle; B= Brachialzelle. - Hinterflügel: r’ = Radius; b’ = Basalader; cu’ = Cubitus; nr’ = rücklaufender Nerv. - Metasoma: T1 = 1. Metasomaltergit; T2+3 = die beiden verschmolzenen folgenden Tergite. 84 Abkürzungen der im Text erwähnten Sammlungen AEIG American Entomological Institute, Gainesville, Fla. MACN Museo Argentino Ciencias Naturales (Museo “Bernardino Rivadavia”) MNHP Museum National de /’Histoire Naturelle, Paris NHRS Naturhistoriska Risksmuseet, Stockholm Subgenus Baeocentrum Schulz Brachycentrus Sz6pligeti 1907: 35. - Species typica: “M. minutus nov. spec.” (präokkupiert). Baeocentrum Schulz 1911: 1-220. Opius Subgenus Phlebosema Fischer 1972: 350. - Species typica: Opius discreparius Fischer. Schlüssel zu den Arten der Alten Welt Thorax 1.5-2'x sollangswie/hochr...........eseussenensneneeenseosensnenenenenenneenen rar ecrer ann renenenreen nn ee 2. Ihorax1.33.x sorlangswielhoch...............eneeaneneesnsaekeneacanhenenenennneenanarennnerenaneannsceneneabsnnaenee Er Eerererspee 8. Augenränder nach unten divergierend, nahe den Fühlerbasen eingedellt, Thorax 1.9 x so lang wie hoch 4 AmmaNeu-@uin ea sinocis Fischer, 2 Augenränder parallel oder gebogen, nicht eingedellt, Thorax 1.5 x so lang wie hoch ................. 3 T2+3 stark sklerotisiert, T2 unregelmäßig längsgestreift. Bohrer nicht vorstehend. 2.1 mm. Zaire EIN RRRSERINE EEE ER I EEE EN TRERSILSTEHERNEE, scleroticus Fischer, ? 8 T2+3 nur lederig, nicht besonders stark sklerotisiert. Bohrer in der Regel wenigstens halb so lang wieldas"Metasoman N ern ee NE IERELEREEREEREREE 4. Fühler etwa 40gliedrig. Bohrer so lang wie das Metasoma oder nur d bekannt... 3. Fühler 26-29gliedrig. Bohrer nur halb so lang wie das Metasoma oder überhaupt nicht vorstehend T2 vorn fein längsstreifig, nur hinten und seitlich fein retikuliert. Hierher vielleicht..................... a RR TEE ET LS rocherhckberoetlc africanus (Szepligeti), ? Thorax 1.5 x so lang wie hoch. Vordere Furche der Seite des Pronotums breit quergestreift. Hintere Randfurche des Mesopleurums gekerbt. 3.6 mm. Südafrika ...............e: colombina Fischer, ? Thorax 1.8 x so lang wie hoch. Seite des Pronotums fein lederig, ohne gekerbte Furchen. Hintere Randfurche des Mesopleurums einfach. 2.4 mm. Kenia .............essesesesesessnenesesnenenenennenenesesosnsnsnenenn a Pe N minutus (Szepligeti), d (nec. minutus Granger 1949!) SEENTEINtETStIilale NE NER RE 9. Eenısanteturkale:.e en ee ee ee nee NE N N EN N 13. 9. Propodeum fein runzelig, mit einer darüber gelagerten, netzartigen Skulptur. Bohrer so lang wie ES A Rn RR OR a RER Eich 10. - Propodeum mit gegabeltem Mittelkiel. Bohrer fast so lang wie das Metasoma ..............neeee 11 10. Thorax 1.25 x so lang wie hoch. Taster, Hüften und Trochanteren weiß. Fühler mehr als 30gliedrig. POEmm Queenslander. rm Dt LE la salmossi spec. nov., & - Thorax 1.4 x solang wie hoch. Taster, Hüften und Trochanteren nicht weißs. Fühler etwa 23gliedrig. 13 mm Nepal... essen ne ensnrsn esse rennen Mena ees nes enske scene sabhayanus Fischer, % 11. Adern im Schnittfeld von nr und cql verdickt. 4 mm. Madagaskar ... distinguendus Granger, ? & er NderntdesiVorderflügelsranrdieseristellefniehewerdiekten men een 112, 12. Augen nehmen die ganzen Kopfseiten ein, Schläfen fast fehlend. Bohrerklappen nur wenig vorste- kendg33n ma NEO ueens an kuruandensis spec. nov., -— Augen nehmen nicht die ganzen Kopfseiten ein, wenn auch ziemlich groß. Bohrer so lang wie das Metasom asa mm Kamerun EEE cf. inguirendus Silvestri, 2 IB2Kopf schwarz. oder nur Gesicht, Schlafen und Ausentänderrote... nee 14. ZERopLLOHBIssgelbunundasi®eellärfeldeschwarzen. er en 15. 14. Metasoma gelbrot. Kopf ganz schwarz. 5.2 mm. TogO .............neneeeee bisulcatus Szepligeti, ? — Metasoma überwiegend schwarz, nur die Nähte hell. Gesicht, Schläfen und Augenränder gelb. Salkmmaalansania,. Kenia. ee een ee efoveolatus Szepligeti, 2 5 oa \Neniestensidiejbasalerklältterdesul2steinslederisern. rn 16. me Metasomafhınter/demTilsvollkommentelatt nme a 17%, 16. Propodeum tief runzelig, mit weit hinter der Mitte gegabeltem Mittelkiel. r3 1.8 x so lang wie r2. 9-8.9:mm. Senegalk...n rer ontasteeseehes sasasnenenenr ser snenssreange erregte ereeie dexter Silvestri, 2 & - Propodeum nur fein runzelig, ohne Mittelkiel. r3 2.7 x so lang wie r2. 1.8 mm. Philippinen ........ RE a tun DS A ee RN Ne sapamoroanus Fischer, & WZERlüeelmembranihyalınzsrmm= Kamerun en inquirendus Silvestri, 2 SE lueelmembranybraunge,mmaNigeriarar ee palpalis Szepligeti, ? Opius (Baeocentrum ?) africanus (Szepligeti) Abb. 1-4 Atoreuteus africanus Szepligeti, 1908: 36 (2). Coeloreuteus africanus, Roman 1910: 112; Brues 1926: 377; Shenefelt 1975: 1193 (lit.). Opius africanus, Wharton 1987: 64, nov. comb. (nec. Opius africanus Szepligeti 1910). Typen. Holotypus: ?, Kilimandjaro, Sjöstedt, 1905-6, sept., Kibonoto 1300-1900 m, 2 Atoreuteus africanus Szepl. C. van Achterberg, 1978. Holotype. Dazu “39 78” (NHRS). Das Exemplar ist stark beschädigt. Es fehlen Fühler, mehrere Beine und die Flügel fast vollständig. Durch das Mesoscutum dringt die Insektennadel. Da wichtige Merkmale nicht festgestellt werden können, ist eine sichere Be- urteilung nicht möglich. Außer Zweifel steht, daß es sich um eine Art der Gattung Opius Wesmael s.l. handelt. Am ehesten ist sie der Untergattung Baeocentrum Schulz zuzuordnen, wenn die Dorsalgrube des Mesoscutums fehlt und der nr antefurkal ist. Auf einen antefurkalen nr kann geschlossen werden, weil die Gattung Coeloreuteus mit Exothecus verglichen wird. Im Falle eines postfurkalen nr käme Gastrosema Fischer in Frage. Sollte auf dem Mesoscutum eine Dorsalgrube sein, dann müßte die Form zur Untergattung Utetes gestellt werden, was dem Autor eher weniger wahrscheinlich erscheint. 85 Abb. 1-4. Opius (Baeocentrum ?) africanus Szepligeti. 1. Kopf, Thorax und Hinterbein lateral. 2. Kopf dorsal und frontal. 3. Mandibel und Umgebung. 4. Metasoma dorsal. Bei Einordnung in Baeocentrum kämen als Vergleichsarten Opius minutus (Szepligeti) und colombina Fischer in Betracht. Beschreibung. Der vorhandene Rest des ? Exemplares kann wie folgt beschrieben werden. Körperlänge. 3.6 mm. Kopf. 1.7 x so breit wie lang, 1.9 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.25 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum; Augen kaum vorstehend, 1.5 x so lang wie die Schläfen, an den Schläfen fast so breit wie an den Augen, Abstand der Toruli von den Augen so groß wie ihr Durchmesser, der Abstand voneinander etwas kleiner; Hinterhaupt kaum gebuchtet; Stirn vor den Augen mit einem rundlichen Eindruck fast von der Breite des Ocellarfeldes, davor eine schwache Längsfurche, Oberseite kahl; Ocellen kaum vortretend, der Abstand zwischen ihnen wenig größter als ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Abstand eines äußeren Ocellus vom Augenrand wenig größer als das Ocellarfeld breit. Gesicht 1.5 x so breit wie hoch, Mittelkiel stumpf, schwach behaart, Haarpunkte nicht erkennbar, Augenränder parallel. Cly- peus 2.5 x so breit wie hoch, stark gewölbt, Epistomalnaht gleichmäßig gebogen und einfach, unten deutlich eingezogen, keine erkennbaren Haarpunkte. Tentorialgruben voneinander 2 x so weit ent- fernt wie von den Augen. Subokularnaht schwach. Mund weit offen, Mandibeln an ihren Basen nicht erweitert, aber von der Spitze zur Basis stark und gleichmäßig verbreitert. Wangen so lang wie die basale Mandibelbreite. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 2 x so hoch wie lang, so lang wie die Schläfe unten breit, letztere unten wenig breiter als oben. Thorax. 1.5 x so lang wie hoch, wenig höher als der Kopf, Oberseite nur schwach gewölbt. Meso- scutum 1.2 x so breit wie lang, vor den Tegulae ziemlich gleichmäßig gerundet, Mittellappen kaum heraustretend, Notauli vorn ausgebildet, reichen auf die Scheibe, erlöschen hier, die schwachen Rand- furchen entfernen sich vor den Tegulae wenig vom Seitenrand und ziehen zu den Notauli. Vorderek- ken runzelig punktiert und behaart. Existenz der Dorsalgrube und Beschaffenheit der Praescutellarfur- che wegen der Nadelung nicht untersuchbar. Postaxillae glatt. Seitenfelder des Metanotums innen runzelig. Propodeum und Metapleurum ziemlich gleichmäßig, dicht runzelig, matt. Seite des Prono- tums oben glatt, unten fein retikuliert, vordere Furche schwach skulptiert, unten stärker. Sternaulus schmal, fein gekerbt, beiderseits verkürzt, die übrigen Furchen einfach. Hinterschenkel 4.5 x so lang wie breit, Hintertarsus so lang wie die Hinterschiene, deren längerer Enddorn gekrümmt, ein Drittel so lang wie der Basitarsus. Flügel. Nur der Rest eines Vorderflügels vorhanden. Stigma keilförmig, r entspringt weit vor der Mitte, rl halb so lang wie das Stigma breit, r2 1.75 x so lang wie cql (?), r3 nach außen geschwungen. 2 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze. Metasoma. T1 so lang wie hinten breit, hinten 1.8 x so breit wie vorn, Seiten konvergieren nach vorn fast geradlinig, das mediane Feld dicht längsstreifig bis netzartig, Dorsalkiele reichen zur Mitte und 86 wwL Abb. 5-7. Opius (Baeocentrum) kuruandensis, spec. nov. 5. Körper lateral. 6. Kopf frontal. 7. Spitze eines Fühlers. verschwinden in der Skulptur, die lateralen Felder überwiegend glatt, Spirakel nur auf kleinen Hök- kern. T2 vorn fein längsstreifig, hinten und seitlich wie auch der Rest des Metasoma glatt. Der vorste- hende Teil der Bohrerklappen fast so lang wie das Metasoma, das distale Viertel ohne Haare, Bohrer- spitze ohne deutliche präapikale Kerbe. Färbung. Bräunlichgelb. Dunkler sind: Oberseite des Kopfes verschwommen, Mesoscutum überwie- gend, Propodeum, Mesopleurum über dem Sternaulus, Metasternum, Metapleurum, Tl und die hin- teren Ränder der T3 bis T5. Gelb: Clypeus, Wangen, Mundwerkzeuge, Propleuren, Beine, Tegulae und wahrscheinlich die ganze Flügelnervatur. Flügelmembran wahrscheinlich hyalin. Opius (Baeocentrum) kuruandensis, spec. nov. Abb. 5-7 Typen. Holotypus: d, Australia, N. Qld., Kuruanda 300 m. Jan.-Feb. 1984, J. Sedlacek, Holotype (AEIG). Taxonomische Stellung. Die Art ist in das Subgenus Baeocentrum Schulz einzuordnen. Der Schlüssel nach Fischer (1987) führt sie bei Gabel 7 zu cf. inguirendus Silvestri. Die Arten sind wie folgt zu unter- scheiden: kuruandensis, spec. nov. Augen nehmen die ganzen Kopfseiten ein, Schläfen fast fehlend; Bohrerklap- pen nur wenig vorstehend; 5.3 mm; N. Queensland. inquirendus Silvestri. Augen zwar ziemlich groß, nehmen jedoch nicht die ganzen Kopfseiten ein; Bohrer so lang wie das Metasoma; 5 mm; Kamerun. 87 Von distinguendus Granger von Madagaskar unterscheidet sich die neue Art u.a. durch das Flügel- geäder, das keine verdickten Aderabschnitte aufweist. O. inquirendus Silvestri ist überhaupt nur unsicher einzuordnen, da es offensichtlich kein Original- material mehr gibt und die Originalbeschreibung ungenügend ist. Namenserklärung. Es wurde eine Benennung nach dem Locus typicus gewählt. Beschreibung. ?. Körperlänge. 5.3 mm. Kopf. 2.2 x so breit wie lang, 2.5 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.33 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 2 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen groß, nehmen fast die ganzen Kopfseiten ein, stark vorstehend, 7x so lang wie die Schläfen, diese also fast fehlend, Abstand der Toruli voneinander und von den Augen kleiner als ihr Durchmesser, Hinterhaupt fast gerade; Oberseite seitlich und am Hinterhaupt mit feinsten, kaum merklichen, kurzen Haaren ohne erkennbare Haarpunkte; Ocellen vortretend, der Abstand zwischen ihnen bedeutend kleiner als ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Abstand eines seitlichen Ocellus vom Augenrand kleiner als das Ocellarfeld breit. Gesicht so breit wie hoch, schütter und fein, aber deutlich haarpunktiert, Mittelkiel oben scharf, unten verschwommen, Augenränder nur schwach gebogen, parallel, nahe den Fühlerbasen eingedellt. Clypeus 3 x so breit wie hoch, quergewölbt, un- terer Rand schwach eingezogen, schütter, deutlich lang haarpunktiert, Epistomalnaht ziemlich gleich- mäßig gebogen, ausgenommen in der Mitte gekerbt. Tentorialgruben klein, nahe bei den Augen, von diesen nur um den eigenen Durchmesser entfernt. Wangen fast fehlend. Mund offen, Labrum kahl, Mandibeln an den Basen nicht erweitert, gegen die Basis nur schwach verbreitert, Maxillartaster so lang wie die Kopfhöhe. Fühler 1.5 x so lang wie der Körper, gegen die Spitze dünner werdend, 5öglied- rig; Geißelglieder kurz und eng aneinanderschließend, Endglied mündet in eine Spitze, Gl 1.3 x, G2 1.3x,G3 1.2 x, G4 1.2 x Gm 1.3 x, Gv 2.5 x so lang wie breit; G1-G4, Gm, Gv = 13, 13, 12, 12, 9, 10; jedes Geißelglied nur nahe der Spitze und nahe der Basis mit einem Borstenkranz, die Borsten länger als die Geißelglieder breit, in Seitenansicht 4 bis 6 Sensillen sichtbar. Thorax. 1.25 x so lang wie hoch, 1.4 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite stark gewölbt. Mesoscutum 1.2 x so breit wie lang, Seitenlappen gerundet, vorn schwach gerundet, Mittellappen nicht heraustre- tend, Notauli nur als unscheinbare Grübchen ausgebildet, also fast ganz fehlend, Dorsalgrube wegen der Nadelung nicht untersuchbar, jedoch mit hoher Wahrscheinlichkeit fehlend, Seiten nur an den Tegulae gerandet, nur unscheinbare Haare ohne erkennbare Haarpunkte am Absturz, an den gedach- ten Notauli und an den Seiten. Praescutellarfurche kurz, mit 3 Falten, schmäler als das Scutellum breit. Scutellum so breit wie lang. Postaxillae nur hinten schwach gekerbt. Metanotum glatt. Propodeum glatt, Seiten gerandet, Spirakel außerhalb des Randes, mit starkem, gegabeltem Mittelkiel. Sternaulus schmal, schwach gekerbt, beiderseits stark verkürzt, alle übrigen Furchen der Thoraxseite einfach, nur die vordere Furche des Metapleurums schmal gekerbt. Metapleurum gleichmäßig gewölbt, glatt, kein Stigmaleindruck. Hinterschenkel 4 x so lang wie breit, Hintertarsus so lang wie die Hinterschiene. Flügel. Stigma breit, schief dreieckig, r entspringt vor der Mitte, rl zweidrittel so lang wie das Stigma breit, r2 1.75 x so lang wie cql, r3 schwach nach außen geschwungen, 1.9 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, cql 1.5 x so lang wie cq2, nr interstitial, Cu2 fast parallelseitig, d 2.2 x so lang wie nr, nr um die halbe eigene Länge postfurkal, B geschlossen, 2.5 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt unter der Mitte von B; r’ und nr’ fehlen, cu’ über b’ hinaus stark verlängert. Metasoma. T1 1.25 x so lang wie hinten breit, hinten 2 x so breit wie vorn, nach vorn geradlinig verjüngt, glatt, Seiten gerandet, Dorsalkiele reichen an den Hinterrand, das mediane Feld etwas erha- ben. T2 so lang wie T3, unscheinbare Haare über das T2 schütter verteilt, die restlichen Tergite einrei- hig behaart, Hypopygium reicht nicht über die Metasomaspitze hinaus, Bohrerklappen nur eine Spur vorstehend, in Seitenansicht so lang wie das TI. Färbung. Schwarz: Fühler, Kopf, Mandibelspitzen, Hinterschienen, Hintertarsen und Metasoma hinter dem Tl. Gesicht braun untermischt. Rötlichgelb: Anellus, Mundwerkzeuge, Thorax, Tegulae, alle Beine und das T1. Weiß: Hinterränder der T3 und T4 und Unterseite des Metasoma an der Basis. Braun: T4-T6 an den Basen; Flügelnervatur und Flügelmembran. d&. Unbekannt. 88 Abb. 8-13. Opius (Baeocentrum) minutus (Szepligeti). 8. Kopf, Thorax und Metasoma lateral. 9. Basis, Mitte und Spitze eines Fühlers. 10. Hinterbein. 11. Hintertarsus. 12. Vorderflügel. 13. Teil des Thorax und des Metasoma dorsal. Opius (Baeocentrum) minutus (Szepligeti) Abb. 8-13 Brachycentrus minutus Szepligeti, 1907: 35, 8 (nec. 2!). - Terra typica: “Riviere Dobi (Afrique orientale anglaise)” (Typus: MNHP). Baeocentrum minutum, Schulz 1911. Opius minutus (Szepligeti), Wharton 1987: 61, 62 (comb. nov.) Typen, darunter Holotypus. ?, Kenia, wie folgt bezeichnet: Museum Paris, Riv. Dobi, Maurice de Rothschild 1905. - Mai. - Type. - Brachycentrus minutus Szep. Type V. Szepligeti det. 1907. - & Brachycentrus minutus Szepl. C. van Achterberg, 1978, Holotype. - Lectotype. Brachycentrus minutus Szepligeti designated by Wharton 1986 (MNHP). Anmerkung. Wie bereits früher erkannt, handelt es sich um eine Angehörige der Opiinae, und Wharton (1987) stellte richtig fest, daß die Art dem Subgenus Phlebosema Fischer zuzuordnen ist. Dieser Name ist aus Prioritätsgründen ein Synonym von Baeocentrum Schulz. Taxonomische Stellung. Der Schlüssel für die Arten der afro-indo-australischen Regionen nach Fi- scher (1987) führt die Art in die Nähe von Opius colombina Fischer, von dem sie sich durch folgende Merkmale unterscheidet: minutus (Szepligeti). Thorax 1.8 x so lang wie hoch. Seite des Pronotums und Mesopleurums feinst lederig, Furchen der Seite des Pronotums und hintere Randfurche des Mesopleurums einfach. Hinter- schenkel 4 x so lang wie breit. Körper rötlichgelb, nur ein Feld um die Ocellen dunkel. 2.4 mm. Kenia. colombina Fischer. Thorax 1.5 x so lang wie hoch. Seite des Pronotums und Mesopleurums glatt. Vordere Furche der Seite des Pronotums breit und verworren gekerbt, hintere Randfurche des Meso- pleurums gekerbt. Hinterschenkel 3 x so lang wie breit. Thorax und Metasoma hinten dunkelbraun, vordere Hälfte des Metasomas rötlichbraun, Kopf und Propodeum gelb. 3.6 mm. Südafrika. Beschreibung. 4. Körperlänge. 2.4 mm. Kopf. 1.8 x so breit wie lang, 1.8 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.3 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 2 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen 1.5 x so lang wie die Schläfen wenig vorstehend, an den Schläfen 89 gerundet, Abstand der Toruli voneinander und von den Augen so groß wie ihr Durchmesser, Hinter- haupt nur sehr schwach gebuchtet, Oberseite feinst retikuliert, glänzend, feinste, kurze, schütter ver- teilte Härchen ohne erkennbare Haarpunkte seitlich und am Scheitel; Ocellen wenig vortretend, der Abstand zwischen den Ocellen so groß wie ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Abstand eines seitlichen Ocellus vom Auge so groß wie das Ocellarfeld breit. Gesicht 1.1 x so breit wie hoch, fein lederig, unscheinbar behaart, Mittelkiel glänzend, nach unten schwach verbreitert, Augenränder parallel. Cly- peus 3 x so breit wie hoch, nur schwach gewölbt und mit unscheinbaren längeren Haaren, Epistomal- naht gleichmäßig gebogen, einfach, unterer Rand eingezogen. Tentorialgruben voneinander 2 x so weit entfernt wie von den Augen. Wange so lang wie die Mandibel an ihrer Basis breit. Subokularnaht schwach. Mund offen, Mandibeln an der Basis nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster so lang wie die Kopfhöhe. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 2 x so hoch wie lang, so lang wie die Schläfe breit, letztere parallel. Fühler 1.4 x so lang wie der Körper, 35gliedrig, Geißelglieder langgestreckt, gegen das Ende wenig schmäler; G14x,G2 und G3 3.5 x, G43 x, G15 2.5 x, Gv 3 x so lang wie breit; G1-G4, G12, Gv = 18, 15, 15, 13, 11, 9; in Seitenansicht 2 oder 3 Sensillen sichtbar, die gleichmäßig verteilten Haare überwiegend kürzer als die Geißelglieder breit. Thorax. 1.8 x so lang wie hoch, 1.3 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite flach. Mesoscutum 1.3 x so breit wie lang, feinst lederig bis glänzend, Notauli vorn tief, glatt, vorn gerandet, reichen auf die Scheibe, Dorsalgrube wahrscheinlich fehlend (wegen der Nadelung nicht untersuchbar), Seiten überall gerandet, Randfurchen gehen in die Notauli über, nur der Verlauf der Notauli und die Seiten mit feinen Haaren. Praescutellarfurche kurz, nicht tief, mit 3 Leistchen. Scutellum so breit wie lang, hinten breit an das Metanotum stoßend. Postaxillae hinten und Seitenfelder des Metanotums mit einigen Kerben. Propodeum dicht runzelig, Mittelkiel äußerst fein angedeutet, hinten mit einigen Längsfalten und jederseits mit 2 glatten Zellen, Seiten schwach gerandet, Spirakel unauffällig, Seite des Pronotums fein lederig, ohne gekerbte Furchen. Mesopleurum feiner lederig, Sternaulus schmal, gekerbt, beider- seits verkürzt, vordere und hintere Mesopleuralfurche einfach. Metapleurum schwach runzelig, vordere Furche gekerbt, kurz und schütter behaart. Hinterschenkel 4 x so lang wie breit, Hintertarsus so lang wie die Hinterschiene. Flügel. Stigma schmal, keilförmig, r entspringt aus dem basalen Drittel, rl einviertel so lang wie das Stigma breit, eine gerade Linie mit r2 bildend, r2 1.7 x so lang wie cql, r3 nach außen geschwungen, 2.5 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, cq1 2 x so lang wie cq2, Cu2 distad schwach verjüngt, nr antefurkal, d so lang wie nr, nv um die eigene Breite postfurkal, B geschlossen, 3 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt aus der Mitte von B; r’ und nr’ fehlen, cu’ über b’ hinaus verlängert. Metasoma. Tl 1.2 x so lang wie hinten breit, vorn halb so breit wie hinten, nach vorn geradlinig verjüngt, gewölbt, nur ganz seitlich flach, dicht runzelig, Dorsalkiele vorn entwickelt, Stigmen un- scheinbar. T2 ungefähr so lang wie T3, T2+3 fein, dicht körnig skulptiert, hinten und das T3 feinst lederig, die folgenden Tersgite glatt; feine, kurze unauffällige Haare über die ganze Oberfläche verteilt. Färbung. Rötlichgelb. Dunkel: Fühlergeißeln und ein Fleck um das Ocellarfeld. Gelb: Taster, alle Beine und die Flügelnervatur. Flügelmembran hyalin. ®. Vom d& kaum verschieden. Bohrer kurz. Opius (Baeocentrum) salmossi, spec. nov. Abb. 14, 15 Typen. Holotypus: d, Australia: Qld. Mossman Gorge, 30 m. Feb. 23, 1984, L. Masner SS. Rain forest undergrowth, Holotype (AEIG). Taxonomische Stellung. Die Art ist dem Subgenus Baeocentrum Schulz zuzuordnen. Der Schlüssel nach Fischer (1987) führt sie zu sabhayanus Fischer, und sie kann von dieser wie folgt unterschieden werden: salmossi, spec. nov. Thorax 1.25 x so lang wie hoch. Taster, Hüften und Trochanteren weiß. Fühler mehr als 30gliedrig. 2.2 mm. Queensland. sabhayanus Fischer. Thorax 1.4 x so lang wie hoch. Taster, Hüften und Trochanteren nicht weiß. Fühler etwa 23gliederig. 1.3 mm. Nepal. Anmerkung. O. sabhayanus Fischer ist an dieser Stelle bei Baeocentrum vielleicht unrichtig eingeord- net. Der Sachverhalt müßte noch überprüft werden. 90 —o 0,5mm Abb. 14, 15. Opius (Baeocentrum) salmossi, spec. nov. 14. Kopf, Thorax, T1 und Hinterbein lateral. 15. Vorderflügel. Namenserklärung. Der Name salmossi ist als Abkürzung für Saltus mossmani (saltus/lat. = Schlucht) zu verstehen und zeigt den Locus typicus an. Beschreibung. d. Körperlänge. 2.2 mm. Kopf. 2 x so breit wie lang, 1.9 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.33 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 2 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen vorstehend, 2 x so lang wie die Schläfen, Augen und Schläfen in gemeinsamer Flucht gerundet, Abstand der Toruli voneinander und von den Augen so groß wie ihr Durchmesser, Hinterhaupt nur schwach gebuchtet, Oberseite höchstens mit wenigen unschein- baren Haaren; Ocellen vorstehend, der Abstand zwischen ihnen so groß wie ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Abstand eines seitlichen Ocellus vom Augenrand so groß wie das Ocellarfeld breit. Gesicht 1.1 x so breit wie hoch, Mittelkiel oben schärfer, unten wenig breiter und verflachend, unscheinbar behaart, keine Haarpunkte erkennbar, Augenränder parallel. Clypeus 3 x so breit wie hoch, quer gewölbt, unterer Rand gerade, einige unscheinbare Haare, Epistomalfurche ungleichmäßig gebogen und einfach. Tentorialgruben voneinander 3 x so weit entfernt wie von den Augen. Wange etwas kürzer als die Mandibel an der Basis breit, mit schwacher Subokularnaht. Mund offen, Labrum uneben, Mandibeln an ihren Basen nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster so lang wie die Kopfhöhe. Ein Auge in Sei- tenansicht 2 x so hoch wie lang, 1.5 x so lang wie die Schläfe breit, letztere parallelseitig. Fühler an dem vorliegenden Exemplar beschädigt, 29 Glieder sichtbar, es dürften wenigstens 5 Glieder fehlen, mindestens 1.5 x so lang wie der Körper; G1 4 x, G2-G4 3.5 x, G10 3 x, G27 2.5 x so lang wie breit; G1-G4, G10, G27 = 16, 14, 14, 14, 12, 9; in Seitenansicht 3 Sensillen sichtbar, Haare so lang wie die Geißelglieder breit. Thorax. 1.25 x so lang wie hoch, 1.5 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite stark gewölbt. Notauli nur als unscheinbare Eindrücke ausgebildet, im übrigen fehlend, vom Rand entfernt, Dorsalgrube fehlt, Seiten nur an den Tegulae gerandet, Randfurchen entfernen sich in der Mitte vom Rand und ziehen nur andeutungsweise zu den Notauli; feine Haare entlang der gedachten N otauli, am Absturz und an den Rändern. Praescutellarfurche kurz, gekerbt. Scutellum breiter als lang. Postaxillae hinten und innen gekerbt. Seitenfelder des Metanotums gekerbt. Propodeum fast zur Gänze unregelmäßig runzelig, eine gebogene quere Runzelreihe schwach abgehoben. Vordere Furche der Seite des Pronotums gekerbt, hintere nicht. Sternaulus schmal gekerbt, beiderseits verkürzt, vordere Randfurche des Metapleurums gekerbt, alle übrigen Furchen der Thoraxseite einfach. Metapleurum glänzend, Coxalrand mit einigen Querfalten, lang, hell behaart. Hinterschenkel 5 x so lang wie breit, Hintertarsus so lang wie die Hin- terschiene. Flügel. Stigma keilförmig, r entspringt aus dem basalen Viertel, rl ein Drittel der Stigmabreite, geht im Bogen in r2 über, r2 1.5 x so lang wie cql, r3 nach außen geschwungen, 2.8 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, nr interstitial, Cu2 distad wenig verjüngt, cql 2 x so lang wie cq2, d 1.1 x so lang wie nr, nv postfurkal, B 2.5 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt aus der Mitte von B; r’ und nr’ fehlen ganz, cu’ höchstens als Falte angedeutet. Metasoma. Tl so lang wie hinten breit, vorn halb so breit wie hinten, nach vorn geradlinig verjüngt, Dorsalkiele stark, weit getrennt, reichen an den Hinterrand, das mediane Feld schwach rungzelig, die lateralen Felder uneben. T2 äußerst schwach und dicht retikuliert, diese Skulptur verliert sich auf dem T3, T2 so lang wie T3. 91 O,5mm Abb. 16-20. Opius (Aulonotus) bogianus, spec. nov. 16. Basis und Spitze eines Fühlers. 17. Meso- und Metapleurum und Ti lateral. 18. Hinterbein. 19. Vorder- und Hinterflügel. 20. Metanotum, Propodeum und Metasoma dorsal. Färbung. Kopf wenig heller rotbraun, Thorax und Metasoma wenig dunkler rotbraun. Dunkel: Fühlergeißeln, 3 verwaschene Flecke auf dem Mesoscutum, Hintertarsen und das Metasoma vom Endrand des T3 angefangen. Gelb: Scapus, Pedicuellus, Anellus, Mandibeln, alle Beine, Tegulae und die Flügelnervatur. Weiß: Taster, Hüften und die Trochanteren. Flügelmembran hyalin. ®. Unbekannt. Subgenus Aulonotus Ashmead Opius (Aulonotus) bogianus, spec. nov. Abb. 16-20 Typen. Holotypus: d, 50 km E. of Bogia, Om. New Guinea, 11.18-22.1979, J. Sedlacek, Holotype (AEIG). Taxonomische Stellung. Die Art ist in das Subgenus Aulonotus Ashmead zu stellen. Die Tabelle nach Fischer (1988) führt sie zu Opius compremur Fischer (Gabel 20), dem sie recht ähnlich ist und von dem sie sich wie folgt unterscheiden läßt: bogianus, spec. nov. Oberfläche des T2+3, abgesehen von einer schütteren Querreihe von Haaren, kahl; auch die folgenden nur einreihig behaart. Propodeum zur Gänze stark, weitmaschig genetzt. Ferner T2 äußerst fein, kaum sichtbar längsstreifig und durch eine vollständige, teilweise feinst skulp- tierte Naht gegen das T2 abgegrenzt. 2,3 mm. Neu Guinea. compremur Fischer. T2+3 mit zahlreichen, über die ganze Oberfläche verteilten Haaren; die folgenden mit mehrfachen Haarreihen vor ihren Endrändern. Propodeum in der Mitte grob runzelig, mit Basal- kiel, angedeuteter Areola und Querkiel. 2.8 mm. Neu Guinea. Namenserklärung. Der Name wurde nach dem Originalfundort gewählt. Beschreibung. d. Körperlänge. 2.1 x so breit wie lang, 2 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.3 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 2.1 x so breit wie das T1 hinten. Augen vorstehend, 2.5 x so lang wie die Schläfen, Augen und Schläfen in gemeinsamer Flucht gerundet. Toruli kaum vortretend, voneinander wenig weiter entfernt als von den Augen; Hinterhaupt schwach gebuchtet, Oberseite seitlich, das Hinterhaupt und besonders die Stirn feinst, zerstreut behaart, Haarpunkte kaum sichtbar. Ocellen vortretend, der Abstand zwischen 92 ihnen so groß wie ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Abstand eines seitlichen Ocellus vom Augenrand so groß wie das Ocellarfeld breit, zwischen den Ocellen und am Scheitel ein Längseindruck. Gesicht 1.2 x so breit wie hoch, Mittelkiel sehr deutlich, dicht und deutlich haarpunktiert, Augenränder gebo- gen. Clypeus 4 x so breit wie hoch, quergewölbt, Epistomalnaht gleichmäßig gebogen und einfach, unterer Rand gerade, fein behaart und mit deutlichen Haarpunkten. Wangen so lang wie die basale Mandibelbreite, Subokularnaht vorhanden. Mund offen, Mandibeln an der Basis nicht breit und nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster so lang wie die Kopfhöhe. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 1.9 x so hoch wie lang, 2 x so lang wie die Schläfe breit. Fühler 1.5 x so lang wie der Körper, 28gliedrig, Endglied in eine Spitze ausgezogen, alle Geißelglieder gleich breit; G13 x, G2 2.5 x, G12 2.5 x, Gv 2 x so lang wie breit; G1-G3, G12, Gv = 12, 11, 11,10, 8; Glieder des apikalen Drittels deutlich voneinander getrennt, Haare kürzer als die Geißelglieder breit, in Seitenansicht 2 oder 3 Sensillen sichtbar. Thorax. 1.3 x so lang wie hoch, 1.4 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite gewölbt. Mesoscutum 1.2 x so breit wie lang, vor den Tegulae trapezförmig, Mittellappen heraustretend, Notauli vollständig, reichen zur tiefen, bis zur Mitte reichenden Dorsalgrube, vorn gekerbt, auf der Scheibe einfach, Seiten überall gerandet und gekerbt, gehen in die Notauli über, fein behaart sind der Absturz, die Notauli, die Sei- tenränder und ein Streifen vorn in der Mitte des Mittellappens. Praescutellarfurche gekerbt. Postaxillae nur ganz innen mit Kerben. Seitenfelder des Metanotums nur mit 2 Längsfalten. Propodeum weitma- schig genetzt, ein gebogener Querkiel nur undeutlich, nur an den Ecken unebene, glänzende Stellen. Hintere Furche der Seite des Pronotums gekerbt, vordere nur oben. Sternaulus breit oval, unten von einer Kante begrenzt, mit unregelmäßigen queren Falten, reicht an den Vorderrand, nicht ganz jedoch an die Mittelhüfte, Epicnemialfurche der Länge nach gekerbt, hintere Randfurche einfach. Metapleu- rum in der Mitte glatt, vordere Furche gekerbt, am Coxalrand einige Zellen, Propodealrand hinten gekerbt, vorn mit einigen Zellen, mit längeren Haaren. Hinterschenkel 3 x so lang wie breit, Hinter- schiene etwas unregelmäßig geformt, an der Basis schwach eingeschnürt, Hintertarsus kürzer als die Hinterschiene. Flügel. Stigma mäßig breit, dreieckig, r entspringt aus dem basalen Drittel, rl eindrittel so lang wie das Stigma breit, r2 1.5 x so lang wie cql, r3 nach außen geschwungen, 1.66 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, Cu2 distad nur schwach verjüngt, cql 1.8 x so lang wie cq2, nr postfurkal, d 1.8 x so lang wie nr, nv um die eigene Breite postfurkal, B geschlossen, distad erweitert, 2 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt aus der Mitte von B; r’ und nr’ fehlen, cu’ über b’ hinaus wenig verlängert. Metasoma. T1 1.25 x so lang wie hinten breit, hinten 1.8 x so breit wie vorn, nach vorn geradlinig verjüngt, quer gewölbt, uneben, glänzend, Dorsalkiele reichen an den Hinterrand. T2 fast bis ans Ende, T3 nur an der Basis längsgestreift, nur seitlich nahezu ohne Skulptur. Färbung. Schwarz. Braun: Scapus, Pedicellus, Anellus, Clypeus, Mundwerkzeuge, alle Beine, Tegu- lae und die Flügelnervatur. Die beiden letzten Glieder der Maxillartaster weiß. Flügelmembran hyalin. ®. Unbekannt. Subgenus Utetes Foerster Opius (Utetes) curtilosus, spec. nov. Abb. 21, 22 Typen. Holotypus: 2, Baiyer R(iver), N. Guinea, 11.25-1I1.9.1979, Holotype (AEIG). Taxonomische Stellung. Die Art ist in die bianchii-Gruppe des Subgenus Ultetes Foerster einzuordnen und läuft im Schlüssel nach Fischer (1987) zur Gabel 5. Sie unterscheidet sich von wauanicus, spec. nov. und den beiden dort folgenden Arten wie folgt: curtilosus, spec. nov. Propodeum ohne Querkiel und mit nur sehr undeutlichem Längskiel. T2+3 dicht, kurz, hell über die ganze Oberfläche behaart. Bohrerklappen nicht vorstehend. 3.8 mm. Neu Guinea. wauanicus, spec. nov., wamenaensis Fischer und cf. perkinsi Fullaway. Propodeum entweder mit Querkiel oder Bohrerklappen so lang wie das Metasoma oder nur wenig kürzer. T2+3 ohne solche Behaarung. Namenserklärung. Der Name curtilosus ist als Abkürzung für “curtipilosus” zu verstehen und bezieht sich auf die Behaarung des Mittellappens des Mesoscutums und des T2+3. 93 Abb. 21,22. Opius (Utetes) curtilosus, spec. nov. 21. Körper lateral. 22. Kopf, Mesoscutum, Praescutellarfurche und Scutellum dorsal. Beschreibung. ?. Körperlänge. 3.8 mm. Kopf. 2.2 x so breit wie lang, 1.8 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.25 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 1.9 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen vorstehend, 2 x so lang wie die Schläfen, an den Schläfen gerundet und deutlich schmäler als an den Augen, Abstand der Toruli voneinander und von den Augen so groß wie ihr Durchmesser, Hinterhaupt schwach gebuchtet, Oberseite mit unscheinbaren, ganz kurzen, unauffälligen Haaren und unauffälligen Haarpunkten; Ocellen vortretend, der Abstand zwischen ihnen fast kleiner als ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Abstand eines Ocellus vom Auge fast größer als das Ocellarfeld breit; je ein ovaler Eindruck neben den hinteren Ocellen. Gesicht so breit wie hoch, schwach gewölbt, Mittelkiel stark vortretend, unten breiter und parallel, schütter haarpunktiert, die Punkte fein, Augenränder parallel. Clypeus 2.5 x so breit wie hoch, schwach quergewölbt, Mittel- kiel stark vortretend, unten breiter und parallel, schütter haarpunktiert, die Punkte fein. Augenränder parallel. Epistomalnaht einfach, unterer Rand in Frontalansicht gerade, wenige Borstenpunkte nahe dem unteren Rand. Tentorialgruben voneinander 1.8 x so weit entfernt wie von den Augen. Mund offen, Labrum mit einem queren Eindruck und wenigen deutlichen Haarpunkten, Mandibeln nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster so lang wie die Kopfhöhe. Wange so lang wie die Mandibel an der Basis breit. Subokularnaht vorhanden. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 1.8 x so hoch wie lang, 1.33 x so lang wie die Schläfe unten breit. Fühler an dem Exemlar beschädigt, 17 Glieder sichtbar, dürfte vielgliedrig und länger als der Körper sein; G1 2.5 x, G22 x, G3 1.9 x, G15 1.6 x so lang wie breit, G1-G5, G15 = 12, 10, 94 9,9, 8, 7; Geißelglieder dicht behaart, Haare eher kürzer als die Geißelglieder breit, in Seitenansicht 4 Sensillen sichtbar. Thorax. 1.3 x so lang wie hoch, 1.5 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite gewölbt, nur in der Mitte eher flach. Mesoscutum 1.2 x so breit wie lang, Mittellappen wenig heraustretend; dieser, der Absturz und die Ränder der Seitenlappen ziemlich dicht, gleichmäßig, kurz, wenig auffällig behaart; Notauli vorn tief und gekerbt, erlöschen auf der Scheibe, reichen nicht an den Rand, Seiten nur an den Tegulae gerandet, Dorsalgrube verlängert. Praescutellarfurche gekerbt. Scutellum so breit wie lang. Postaxillae hinten gekerbt. Seitenfelder des Metanotums innen mit wenigen Leisten. Propodeum schwach, eng genetzt, Vorderecken fast glatt, kein Mittelkiel, nur hinten zwei nach außen biegende Kiele, Spirakel klein. Hintere Furche der Seite des Pronotums ganz, vordere nur oben gekerbt. Sternaulus gekerbt, beiderseits etwas verkürzt, die anderen Furchen des Mesopleurums einfach. Metapleurum nur be- haart, vordere Furche gekerbt, hinten mit einigen Querfalten. Hinterschenkel 4 x so lang wie breit. Flügel. Stigma keilförmig, r entspringt vor der Mitte, rl halb so lang wie die Stigmabreite, einen stumpfen Winkel mit r2 bildend, r2 1.5 x so lang wie cql, r3 nach außen geschwungen, 1.66 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, Cu2 distad nur schwach verjüngt, cql 2x so lang wie cq2, „hr postfurkal, d 1.7 x so lang wie nr, nv fast interstitial, B geschlossen, 2.5 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt aus der Mitte von B; r’ und nr’ fehlen, cu’ über b’ hinaus weit verlängert. Metasoma. T1 1.2 x so lang wie breit, hinten 2 x so breit wie vorn, basad geradlinig verjüngt, seitlich gerandet, Dorsalkiele deutlich, reichen an den Hinterrand, begrenzen ein erhabenes, gestreiftes Feld, Seitenfelder glatt, Spirakel unscheinbar, T2 länger als T3, T2+3 dicht, kurz, hell über die ganze Ober- fläche behaart. Bohrerklappen nicht vorstehend. Färbung. Körper rötlichgelb, nur Propodeum, Metanotum, Metapleurum, T1 und die Hüften mehr oder weniger weißlich. Fühlergeißeln braun. Flügelnervatur braun, Flügelmembran stark gebräunt. &. Unbekannt. Opius (Utetes) traventatus, spec. nov. Abb. 23-28 Typen. Holotypus: ?, Baiyer R(iver), N. Guinea, 11.6.-25.1979, 110 m. J. Sedlacek, Holotype (AEIG). Taxonomische Stellung. Die Art ist in das Subgenus LUltetes Foerster zu stellen. Im Schlüssel nach Fischer (1987) läuft sie zur Gabel 11 und ist von den dort folgenden Arten wie folgt zu unterscheiden: bianchii Fullaway und tephritivorus Wharton (früher als africanus Szepligeti). Kopf höchstens 2.2 x so breit wie lang. Der mediane Raum des T1 längsgestreift oder runzelig. Entweder Bohrerklappen so lang wie das Metasoma, Propodeum mit Querkiel und T2+3 mit schwachen Längsstreifen (bianchii), oder Notauli nur ganz vorn als kleine, einfache Grübchen ausgebildet (tephritivorus). traventatus, spec. nov. Kopf außergewöhnlich stark quer, 2.5 x so breit wie lang. Der mediane Raum des T1 mit einzelnem Längskiel. Notauli vorn tief eingedrückt und sogar spurenhaft gekerbt, Bohrer- klappen kaum vorstehend, T2+3 glatt. Namenserklärung. Der Name traventatus ist als Abkürzung von “transversicapitatus” zu verstehen und bezieht sich auf den stark quer geformten Kopf. Beschreibung. ?. Körperlänge. 3.5 mm. Kopf. 2.5 x so breit wie lang, 1.9 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.2 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 1.66 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen stark vorstehend, 3 x so lang wie die Schläfen, Augen und Schläfen in gemeinsamer Flucht gerundet, Toruli kaum vortretend, ihr Abstand voneinander so groß wie ihr Durchmesser, der Abstand von den Augen deutlich geringer, Hinterhaupt nur schwach ge- buchtet; Ocellen vortretend, ihr Abstand voneinander so groß wie ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Ab- stand eines seitlichen Ocellus vom Augenrand wenig größer als das Ocellarfeld breit, an den seitlichen Ocellen außen je ein kleiner Eindruck. Gesicht so breit wie hoch, Mittelkiel deutlich nach unten etwas verbreitert, mäßig dicht und deutlich haarpunktiert, Augenränder parallel. Clypeus 2.5 x so breit wie hoch, Epistomalnaht gleichmäßig gebogen und einfach, unterer Rand fast gerade, mit feinen, längeren Haaren und schwachen, schütteren Haarpunkten. Tentorialgruben mäßig groß, voneinander 2 x so 95 28 05mm Abb. 23-28. Opius (Utetes) traventatus, spec. nov. 23. Kopf und vorderer Teil des Thorax dorsal. 24. Kopf, Thorax und Tl lateral. 25. Hinterbein. 26. Vorder- und Hinterflügel. 27. T1 bis T3 dorsal. 28. Metasomaspitze lateral. weit entfernt wie von den Augen. Mund offen, Labrum glatt, Mandibeln an ihren Basen nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster so lang wie der Kopf hoch. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 2 x so hoch wie lang, fast 2 x so lang wie die Schläfe breit, letztere parallelseitig. Fühler an dem Exemplar verkürzt, 18 Glieder sichtbar, wahrscheinlich ungefähr so lang wie der Körper; G1 2.4 x, G22 x, G3 1.75 x, G14 1.25 x so lang wie breit; die sichtbaren Geißelglieder gleich breit und eng aneinander schließend, G1-G5, G16 = 19, 15, 14, 13, 13, 10; in Seitenansicht 5 Sensillen sichtbar, Haare kürzer als die Geißelglieder breit. Thorax. 1.25 x so lang wie hoch, 1.5 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite gewölbt. Mesoscutum 1.3 x so breit wie lang, an den Seitenlappen gerundet, Mittellappen heraustretend, Notauli vorn tief, gekerbt, reichen auf die Scheibe, erlöschen hier, Dorsalgrube bis zur Mitte des Mittellappens reichend, Seiten überall gerandet, die Randfurchen stoßen vorn an die Notauli; Absturz, Notauli und Seitenränder kaum merklich behaart. Praescutellarfurche mit 5 Leisten. Scutellum breiter als lang. Postaxillae innen gekerbt. Seitenfelder des Metanotums median mit einigen Leisten. Propodeum genetzt, ein undeutli- cher Mittelkiel schon an der Basis gegabelt. Hintere Randfurche der Seite des Pronotums gekerbt, vordere nur oben gekerbt. Sternaulus breit, scharf gerippt, reicht nahe an den Vorderrand, endet vor der Mittelhüfte, die anderen Furchen einfach. Metapleuren am Propodealrand mit zwei eingedrückten Feldern, in der Mitte glatt, vordere Furche gekerbt, nahe der Coxa runzelig, schwach behaart. Hinter- schenkel 4 x so lang wie breit, Hintertarsus wenig kürzer als die Hinterschiene. Flügel. Stigma mäßig breit, keilförmig, r entspringt wenig vor der Mitte, rl halb so lang wie das Stigma breit, r2 1.75 x so lang wie cql, r3 nach außen geschwungen, 1.5 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, Cu2 distad verjüngt, cql 1.8 x so lang wie cq2, nr postfurkal, B geschlossen, distad erweitert, 2 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt aus der Mitte von B; r’ und nr’ fehlen, cu’ über b’ hinaus stark verlängert. Metasoma. Tl so lang wie hinten breit, hinten 1.75 x so breit wie vorn, nach vorn geradlinig verjüngt, Dorsalkiele geschwungen, reichen an den Hinterrand, das mediane Feld erhaben und mit Mittelkiel, glatt. T2 und T3 kaum voneinander abgegrenzt. Bohrer nicht vorstehend, Hypopygium endet bedeu- tend vor der Metasomaspitze. Färbung. Rötlichgelb. Fühlergeißel schwarz. Taster und Beine eher gelb. Flügelgeäder braun. Flügel- membran hyalin. &. Unbekannt. 96 4mm Abb. 29-34. Opius (Utetes) wauanicus, spec. nov. 29. Kopf frontal. 30. Kopf lateral. 31. Fühlerbasis. 32. Hinterbein. 33. Vorder- und Hinterflügel. 34. Metasoma lateral. Opius (Utetes) wauanicus, spec. nov. Abb. 29-34 Typen. Holotypus: ?, Wau, N. Guinea, 1.250 m, 11.13-111.13.1979, J. Sedlacek, Holotype (AEIG). Taxonomische Stellung. Die Art ist dem Subgenus Lltetes Foerster zuzuordnen. Der Schlüssel nach Fischer (1987) führt sie zur Gabel 5. Von O. curtilosus, spec. nov. unterscheidet die neue Art u.a. das Fehlen der Behaarung auf dem T2+3 und der vorstehende Bohrer. Die beiden nachgeordneten Arten wamenaensis und perkinsi lassen sich wie folgt unterscheiden: wauanicus, spec. nov. Praescutellarfurche schmal, dicht gekerbt. Epicnemialfurche gekerbt. Gesicht so breit wie hoch, Augenränder gebogen, unten divergierend. 4.2 mm. wamenaensis Fischer und cf. perkinsi Fullaway. Praescutellarfurche länger, nur mit 3 Längsleistchen. Epicnemialfurche einfach. Gesicht 1.25 x so breit wie hoch, Augenränder unten nicht divergierend. Namenserklärung. Die Art wird nach dem Originalfundort benannt. Beschreibung. ?. Körperlänge. 4.2 mm. Kopf. 2.25 x so breit wie lang, 2.2 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.4 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 2.2 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen vorstehend, nehmen den größten Teil der Kopfseite ein, 4 x so lang wie die Schläfen, an den Schläfen stark verengt, Abstand der Toruli voneinander und besonders von den Augen kleiner als ihr Durchmesser, Hinterhaupt fast gerade, Oberseite nur mit einzelnen feinsten, unscheinbaren Haaren; Ocellen vortretend, ihr Abstand voneinander kleiner als ein Ocellen- durchmesser, Abstand eines äußeren Ocellus vom Augenrand so groß wie das Ocellarfeld breit. Ge- sicht so breit wie hoch, der nach unten verbreiterte Mittelkiel oben scharf, glänzend, schwach und schütter haarpunktiert, Augenränder gebogen, nach unten divergierend. Clypeus 2.5 x so breit wie hoch, schwach gewölbt, die ziemlich gleichmäßig gebogene Epistomalnaht einfach, unterer Rand gerade. Tentorialgruben groß, rund, voneinander 1.8 x so weit entfernt wie von den Augen. Wangen so lang wie die basale Mandibelbreite, Subokularnaht deutlich. Mund offen, Labrum gerandet und ohne deutliche Punkte, Mandibeln an ihren Basen nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster so lang wie die Kopf- höhe. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 1,8 x so hoch wie lang, 1.25 x so lang wie die Schläfe unten breit, Schläfe oben merklich schmäler als unten. Fühler kaum länger als der Körper, 37gliedrig; G1 1.9 x. G2 1.7 x, G3 1.6 x, G20 1.2 x, Gv 1.5 x so lang wie breit, nur die Glieder des Enddrittels etwas schmäler werdend; G1-G5, G20, Gv = 17, 15, 14, 13, 13, 13, 10; in Seitenansicht 5 Sensillen sichtbar, Geißelglieder eng aneinanderschließend, dicht behaart, die Haare kürzer als die Breite der Geißelglieder. Thorax. 1.4 x so lang wie hoch, 1.4 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite schwach gewölbt. Mesoscutum 1.2 x so breit wie lang, Seitenlappen gerundet, Mittellappen wenig heraustretend, Notauli vorn tief, reichen auf die Scheibe, erlöschen hier, Dorsalgrube wenig verlängert, Seiten überall gerandet, einfach. Praescutellarfurche schmal, gekerbt. Scutellum breiter als lang. Postaxillae und Seitenfelder des Me- tanotums gekerbt. Propodeum glatt, mit starkem Mittelkiel, dieser mit einigen kurzen Querfalten, vor der Mitte ein unterbrochener Querkiel, Seiten deutlich gerandet. Hintere Furche der Seite des Prono- tums schmal gekerbt, die vordere nur spurenhaft. Sternaulus schmal, gekerbt, beiderseits verkürzt, Epicnemialfurche gekerbt, hintere Randfurche einfach. Metapleurum mit längeren Haaren schütter bestanden, die vordere Furche gekerbt. Hinterschenkel 4 x so lang wie breit, Hintertarsus kürzer als die Hinterschiene. Flügel. Stigma ziemlich breit, fast dreieckig, r entspringt nur wenig vor der Mitte, rl ein Drittel so lang wie das Stigma breit, r2 1.7 x so lang wie cql, r3 nach außen geschwungen, 1.3 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, Cu2 groß, distad verjüngt, nr stark (um zwei Drittel der eigenen Länge) posfurkal, d 2.2 x so lang wie nr, nv um die eigene Breite postfurkal, B geschlossen, 3 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt aus der Mitte von B; r’ fehlt, nr’ nur kurz, cu’ weit über b’ hinaus als sklerotisierte Ader verlängert. Metasoma. T1 1.1 x so lang wie hinten breit, nach vorn stark verjüngt, vorn kaum halb so breit wie vorn, seitlich gerandet, uneben glänzend, Dorsalkiele vorn stark, reichen weit nach hinten, auf der Scheibe parallel, das mediane Feld etwas erhaben, Stigmen klein. T2 länger als T3, glatt und kahl. Bohrerklappen zweidrittel so lang wie das Metasoma. Hypopygium endet vor der Metasomaspitze. Färbung. Rötlichgelb. Fühlergeißeln, Hintertarsen und Bohrerklappen schwarz. Taster und Beine eher ganz gelb. Flügelnervatur und Flügelmembran braun. d. Unbekannt. Subgenus Rhogadopsis Brethes Rhogadopsis Brethes 1913: 44. - Species typica: Rhogadopsis miniacea Brethes (Monotypie); de Santis 1967: 8, “(Rho- gadopsis Brethes, 1913) = Opius Wesmael, 1835.” Subgenus Lissosema Fischer, 1972: 32. - Species typica: Opius parvungula Thomson (Originalbezeichnung); Fischer 1972: 359 (Diagnose); Fischer 1987: 458. Subgenus Rhogadopsis, Wharton 1987: 66, stat. nov. Opius (Rhogadopsis) miniaceus (Brethes) Abb. 35-37 Rhogadopsis miniacea Brethes, 1913: 45, ?; Wharton 1987: 66. Opius miniaceus, de Santis 1967: 9, 34, comb. nov. Typen. Holotypus: ®, Lectotype: Rhogadopsis miniacea Brethes det. Wharton 1986 (MACN), ohne Fundortsetikett, mit einem mit Bleistift handgeschriebenen Etikett von Brethes mit dem Namen, nach der Originalbeschreibung Buenos Aires (A. Zotta) (Col. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires). - Terra typica: “Algunos ejemplares de Buenos Aires (A. Zotta). Taxonomische Stellung. Die Art ist in das Subgenus Rhogadopsis Brethes zu stellen. Im Bestimmungs- schlüssel des Subgenus Lissosema Fischer für die amerikanischen Formen nach Fischer (1977) läuft die Art zur ftucumanus-Gruppe und dort zu Opius roveretoi Fischer, von dem sie sich wie folgt unterschei- den läßt: Opius miniaceus (Brethes): Vordere Furche des Metapleurums gekerbt. Seiten des T1 nach vorn ge- radlinig konvergierend. Thorax 1.33 x so lang wie hoch, Propodeum gewölbt, im Bogen abfallend (in Seitenansicht zu sehen). Opius roveretoi Fischer: Vordere Furche des Metapleurums einfach. Seiten des T1 hinten parallel, vorn konvergierend. Thorax 1.25 x so lang wie hoch. Propodeum hinten steil abfallend. 98 Abb. 35-37. Opius (Rhogadopsis) miniaceus (Brethes). 35. Körper lateral. 36. Basis der Fühlergeißel. 37. Basis des Metasoma dorsal. Beschreibung. ?. Körperlänge. 2.2 mm. Kopf. 2x so breit wie lang, 1.9 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.33 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 2.6 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen wenig vortretend, 1.7 x so lang wie die Schläfen, Augen und Schläfen in gemeinsamer Flucht gerundet, Oberseite nur mit wenigen unscheinbaren Haaren, keine Haarpunkte erkennbar, Abstand der Toruli voneinander und von den Augen eher kleiner als ihr Durchmesser, Hinterhaupt wenig gebuchtet; Ocellen etwas vortretend, der Abstand zwischen ihnen so groß wie ein Ocellendurchmesser, Abstand eines äußeren Ocellus vom Augenrand so groß wie das Ocellarfeld breit. Gesicht 1.4 x so breit wie hoch, nur schwach gewölbt, spärlich behaart, Haarpunkte schwach erkennbar, Mittelkiel flach und nach unten ziemlich breit, Augenränder fast parallel. Clypeus 3x so breit wie hoch, durch eine flach gebogene, einfache Furche gegen das Gesicht abgegrenzt, ge- wölbt, unterer Rand frontal gesehen gerade, in ventraler Ansicht gebogen, mit längeren Haaren, Haarpunkte kaum erkennbar. Tentorialgruben ziemlich groß, voneinander 2 x so weit entfernt wie von den Augen. Mund offen, Mandibeln an ihren Basen nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster wahrscheinlich so lang wie die Kopfhöhe. Wangen so lang wie die basale Mandibelbreite. Subokularnaht deutlich. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 1.8 x so hoch wie lang, 1.25 x so lang wie die Schläfe breit, letztere parallelseitig. Fühler an dem Exemplar beschädigt, 21 Glieder vorhanden, mindestens so lang wie der Körper; Gl und G2 2.2 x, G3, G4, G18 und G192 x so lang wie breit, G1 bis G7 ungefähr gleich lang, die folgenden nur sehr wenig kürzer werdend; die Haare kürzer als die Geißelglieder breit, in Seitenansicht 3 oder 4 Sensillen sichtbar. 99 Thorax. 1.33 x so lang wie hoch, 1.25 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite gewölbt. Mesoscutum 1.15 x so breit wie lang, kahl, vor den Tegulae fast gleichmäßig gerundet, Mittellappen kaum heraus- tretend, Notauli nur vorn eingedrückt, einfach, fehlen auf der Scheibe, Dorsalgrube fehlt, Seiten an den Tegulae gerandet, Randfurche entfernt sich vom Seitenrand und geht in den Notaulus über. Praescu- tellarfurche gekerbt. Postaxillae und Metanotum glatt. Propodeum mit zahlreichen, kleinen, unregel- mäßigen Zellen, ein Mittelkiel und eine Areola schwach angedeutet, die posterolateralen Felder glatt, Spirakel klein. Vordere Furche der Seite des Pronotums undeutlich, hintere deutlich gekerbt, oben glatt, in der Mitte mit einigen schwachen Streifen. Sternaulus ziemlich breit, unregelmäßig gekerbt, reicht weder an den Vorderrand noch an die Mittelhüfte, vordere Mesosternalfurche gekerbt, die übrigen Furchen einfach, Coxalfeld fein behaart. Metapleurum auf der Scheibe glatt, mit feinen länge- ren Haaren, vordere Ecke niedergedrückt, vordere Furche breit und mit wenigen Querrippen, hinterer Rand aufgebogen und mit einigen Feldern, am Propodealrand eine breite, glatte Furche mit einigen Querrippen vorn. Hinterschenkel 5 x so lang wie breit. Flügel. Stigma keilförmig, r entspringt aus dem basalen Drittel, rl halb so lang wie das Stigma breit, r2 1.75 x so lang wie cql, r3 nach außen geschwungen, 1.75 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspit- ze, nr postfurkal, Cu2 distad nur eine Spur verjüngt, cql 2 x so lang wie cq2, d 1.8 x so lang wie nr, nv schwach postfurkal, B geschlossen, 2.5 x so lang wie breit, distad schwach erweitert, np entspringt aus der Mitte von B; nr’ nur als Falte angedeutet. Metasoma. T1 1.25 x so lang wie hinten breit. Seiten nach vorn ziemlich geradlinig konvergierend, hinten 1.7 x so breit wie vorn, Dorsalkiele deutlich, parallel, reichen an den Hinterrand, das erhabene mediane Feld dicht runzelig, die lateralen Felder glatt, nur median gekerbt. Der Rest des Metasoma ohne Skulptur. Bohrerklappen so lang wie das Tl, gerade. Färbung. Gelb: Kopf, Scapus, Pedicellus, Mundwerkzeuge, Tegulae, Flügelnervatur und alle Beine. Thorax und Metasoma gelb mit rotbraunem Stich. Fühlergeißeln und Propodeum dunkel. Flügelmem- bran schwach gebräunt. d&. Unbekannt. Genus Diachasma Foerster Diachasma tasmaniae, spec. nov. Abb. 38-42 Typen. Holotypus: ?, Australia: Tas(mania), Mt. Field N.P. 200 m Russell Falls Creek 1.6.84 L. Masner (AEIG); - Paratypen: 12, mit den gleichen Angaben wie die Holotype; 23 d, wie Holotypus, Jan. 7, 1984 (AEIG); 15, Togari, Tasmania 11.12-11.12; 19, Frenchmans Cap Tr. at Franklin River, Tasmania, Feb. 22 - March 26; 43 Ö,, Australia: NSW, Monga State For. 1.000 m 1.21.1984, Lubomir Masner. Taxonomische Stellung. Der Schlüssel nach Fischer (1988) zur Beurteilung der indo-australischen Arten führt die Form bei Gabel 2 zu kaltenbachi Fischer. Dort sind neben tasmaniae, spec. nov. auch extasis Fischer, 1988 einzufügen, welch letztere Art infolge eines bedauerlichen Versehens ausgelassen wurde. Die Gabel 2 kann wie folgt ergänzt werden: 2. T13x so lang wie breit. Notauli nur an den Vorderecken ausgebildet, hier mit je einer Kante, auf der Scheibe erloschen. (Gesicht so breit wie hoch, fein und schütter behaart, keine Haarpunkte.) 2:3:mm> Neu@unear te De RER extasis Fischer, 2 2a. Kopf 2 x so breit wie lang, Augen nehmen fast die ganzen Kopfseiten ein, in Seitenansicht 5 x so lang wie die Schläfe breit. T1 2 x so lang wie breit, schwach längsgestreift. Thorax ganz schwarz, Hinterhüften geschwärzt. (Gesicht 1.2 x so breit wie hoch, deutlich und ziemlich dicht haarpunk- Ger) mm NEUE En Ca kaltenbachi Fischer, 2 9 - Kopf 1.8 x so breit wie lang, Augen groß, nehmen aber nicht die ganzen Kopfseiten ein, in Seiten- ansicht 2 x so lang wie die Schläfen breit. T1 1.5 x so lang wie breit, stark längsgestreift. Thorax mit reicher roter Zeichnung, Hinterhüften gelb. (Gesicht so breit wie hoch, feinst lederartig, ohne auffällige Haarpunkte.) 2.3 mm. Tasmanien, Queensland ...................... tasmaniae, spec. nov., ?& 100 41 k——— 0,5mm 05mm \ Abb. 38-42. Diachasma tasmaniae, spec. nov. 38. Kopf mit Basis und Spitze eines Fühlers lateral. 39. Kopf dorsal. 40. Hinterbein. 41. Vorder- und Hinterflügel. 42. Propodeum und Metasoma dorsal. Namenserklärung. Die Art wird nach der Terra typica benannt. Beschreibung. ?. Körperlänge. 2.8 mm. Kopf. 1.8 x so breit wie lang 2 x so breit wie das Gesicht, 1.25 x so breit wie das Mesoscutum, 2 x so breit wie das T1 hinten; Augen vorstehend, 2 x so lang wie die Schläfen, diese gerundet und hier schmäler als an den Augen, Abstand der Toruli voneinander und von den Augen fast kleiner als ihr Durchmesser, Hinterhaupt schwach gebuchtet; Oberseite feinst lederig, glänzend, zahlreiche kurze Haare seitlich auf der Stirn, bedeutend längere Haare seitlich auf dem Scheitel und dem Hinterhaupt, Haarpunkte nicht erkennbar; Ocellen wenig vortretend, der Abstand zwischen ihnen so groß wie ein Ocellendurchmesser, der Abstand eines seitlichen Ocellus vom Auge so groß wie das Ocellarfeld breit. Gesicht so breit wie hoch, fein lederig und mit unscheinbaren Haaren ohne erkennbare Haarpunkte, nur der verschwommene, nach unten verbreiterte Mittelkiel glatt und kahl, Augenränder parallel. Clypeus 3 x so breit wie hoch, quer gewölbt, glatt, mit längeren Haaren, Epistomalnaht gleichmäßig gebogen und einfach. Tentorialgruben voneinander 3 x so weit entfernt wie von den Augen. Wangen so lang wie die basale Mandibelbreite. Subokularnaht vorhanden. Mund offen, Labrum uneben, Man- dibeln an ihren Basen nicht erweitert, Maxillartaster länger als die Kopfhöhe. Ein Auge in Seitenansicht 1.5 x so hoch wie lang, 2 x so lang wie die Schläfe oben, letztere nach unten deutlich verbreitert. Fühler 1.4 x so lang wie der Körper, 30gliedrig; alle Geißelglieder langgestreckt, G1 4 x, G2 4 x, G33.8 x, G4 3.8 x, G15 3 x, Gv 2.5 x so lang wie breit, G1-G4, G15, Gv = 16, 16, 14, 14, 12, 9; in Seitenansicht 2 oder höchstens 3 Sensillen sichtbar, Haare schütter über die Oberfläche verteilt, länger als die Geißelglieder breit. Thorax. 1.7 x so lang wie hoch, 1.5 x so hoch wie der Kopf, Oberseite nur sehr schwach gewölbt. Mesoscutum 1.1 x so breit wie lang, Seitenlappen gerundet, Mittellappen heraustretend, Notauli tief, gerade, vollständig gekerbt, treffen einander in einem vertieften Feld nahe der Basis der gekerbten, fast an den Vorderrand reichenden Dorsalfurche, Seiten überall breit gerandet und stark gekerbt, gehen im Bogen in die Notauli über, Mittellappen, Absturz und Seitenränder mit zahlreichen langen Haaren. Praescutellarfurche mit 3 Längsfalten. Scutellum so breit wie lang. Postaxillae hinten und Seitenfelder 101 des Metanotums schwach gekerbt. Propodeum vorn ziemlich flach, mit Mittelkiel, hinten und seitlich dicht genetzt, vordere Felder glatt, Seiten schwach gerandet, Spirakel klein und innerhalb der Seiten- ränder, mit einigen langen Haaren. Beide Furchen der Seite des Pronotums gekerbt. Sternaulus ge- kerbt, reicht an den Vorderrand, endet unterhalb der Hinterhüfte, vordere Mesosternalfurche und Epicnemialfurche unten gekerbt, hintere Randfurche einfach. Metapleurum vorn glänzend, hinten runzelig, mit langen hellen Haaren, ein tiefer Stigmaleindruck vor der Mitte und ein weiterer am oberen Propodealrand. Hinterschenkel 5 x so lang wie breit, Hintertarsus so lang wie die Hinterschie- ne. Flügel. Stigma ziemlich breit, halbeiförmig, r entspringt hinter der Mitte, rl halb so lang wie das Stigma breit, einen stumpfen Winkel mit r2 bildend, r2 eine Spur kürzer als cql, r3 nach außen ge- schwungen, 2.2 x so lang wie r2, R reicht an die Flügelspitze, nr postfurkal, Cu2 distad deutlich ver- jüngt, cql 2 x so lang wie cq2, d so lang wie nr, nv postfurkal, B geschlossen, 5 x so lang wie breit, np entspringt über der Mitte von B; r’ als Falte ausgebildet, cu’ reicht nahe an den Rand, nr’ kurz, aber deutlich ausgebildet. Metasoma. T1 1.6 x so lang wie hinten breit, nach vorn geradlinig und schwach verjüngt, regelmä- Big, dicht längsgestreift, Dorsalkiele konvergieren, erreichen einander, verschwinden in der Streifung, Stigmen auf schwachen Höckern in der Mitte. Bohrerklappen nur eine Spur vorstehend, in Seitenan- sicht so lang wie das Tl. Färbung. Rotgelb. Schwarz: Propodeum hinten, Seiten des Pronotums, Mesopleurum oben, Me- tapleurum, T1 und die Ränder der Tergite von T3 an. Geißelglieder an den Spitzen und apikale Hälfte der Fühler dunkel. Weiß: Schläfen unten, Wangen, Mundwerkzeuge, vordere Hüften und Trochante- ren. Tegulae und Flügelnervatur gelb. Flügelmembran nahezu hyalin. &. Fühler etwa 37gliedrig. T1 wenig länger als beim ?. Randfurchen des Mesoscutums mitunter schmäler und kaum gekerbt. Mittelfurche des Mesoscutums oft kürzer. Literatur Brethes, J. 1913. Himenöpteros de la America meridional. - An. Mus. nac. Hist. nat. Buenos Aires 24: 35-160 Fischer, M. 1971. Die Opiinae der Noona Dan Expedition nach den Philippinen und den Bismarck-Inseln und Rede- skription von Opius dissitus aus Hawai. - Steenstrupia 1: 1-25 -- 1971. Opiinae aus Neu-Guinea und von den Bismarck-Inseln. - Pacific Insects 13: 487-512 -- 1972. Über die äthiopischen Arten der Gattungen Opius Wesmael, Biosteres Foerster und Gnaptodon Haliday aus den Sammlungen Haeselbarth (München) und dem British Museum (London). - Boll. Lab. ent. agr. Portici 39 (pro 1971): 120-148 -- 1972. Hymenoptera. Braconidae, Opiinae. - Das Tierreich 91 (pro 1973), XII + 620 pp, Verlag W. de Gruyter (Teil I, paläarktische Region) -- 1977. Hymenoptera, Braconidae (Opiinae II - Amerika). - Das Tierreich 96, XXVII + 1001 pp, Verlag W. de Gruyter -- 1978. Neue Opiinae (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) von der australischen Region, besonders aus Tasmanien. - Polskie Pismo ent. 48: 371-412 -- 1982. Die paläarktischen Arten der Subgenera Misophthora Foerster und Agnopius n. des Opius Wesmael sowie über andere Opiinae. - Fol. ent. hung. 43: 21-37 -- 1984. Aufteilung des Formenkreises um das Subgenus Cryptonastes Foerster des Genus Opius Wesmael sowie Ergänzungen zum Subgenus Tolbia Cameron. - Z. Arbeitsgem. öst. Ent. 36: 33-40 -- 1987. Hymenoptera, Opiinae III - äthiopische, orientalische, australische und ozeanische Region. - Das Tierreich 104: XV + 734 pp, Verlag W. de Gruyter -- 1987. Neue Bestimmungsschlüssel für paläarktische Opiinae, neue Subgenera, Redeskriptionen und eine neue Art. - Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, 88/89B: 607-662 (1986) -- 1988. Beschreibungen von Opiinen-Wespen, besonders aus Neu Guinea. - Linzer biol. Beitr. 20: 847-917 -- 1989. Neues von der australischen Opiinen-Fauna. - Stapfia, Linz 17: 239-272 -- 1990. Opiinae aus Neu Guinea. - Linzer biol. Beitr. 22: 29-58 -- 1990. Zwei neue südostasiatische Opiinae aus den Sammlungen in Honolulu beziehungsweise Budapest. - Z. Arbeitsgem. Ost. Ent. 42: 105-109 -- 1991. Wiederbeschreibungen und Neubeschreibungen von Opiinae aus der Alten Welt. - Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 92B: 139-203 Papp, J. 1985. Taxonomical and faunistical novelties of the Opiinae from the Old World tropics. - Acta zool. hung. 31: 185-216 102 Roman, A. 1910. Notizen zur Schlupfwespensammlung des schwedischen Reichsmuseums. - Ent. Tidskr. 31: 109-196 Schulz, W. A. 1911. Zweihundert alte Hymenopteren. - Zool. Ann. 4: 1-220 Santis, L. de 1967. Catalogo de los Himenöpteros argentinos de la serie Parasitica, incluyendo Bethyloidea. - Com. Invest. Cient. Prov. Buenos Aires, La Plata: 33-34 Shenefelt, R. D. 1975. Hymenopterorum Catalogus (nova editio), 12 Braconidae 8 (Exothecinae, Rogadinae): 1115-1262 Wharton, R. A. 1987. Changes in nomenclature and classification of some Opiine Braconidae (Hymenoptera). - Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 89: 61-73 Szöpligeti, G. V. 1907. Collections faites par M. le Baron Maurice de Rothschild dans l’Afrique Orientale. - Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 1907: 34-36 -- 1908. in: Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der deutschen Zentral-Afrika-Expedition, 88): 36. -- 1911. Braconidae der I. Zentral-Afrika-Expedition. - Wiss. Ergebn. dtsch. Zentr. Afr. Exped. 3: 393-418 103 Buchbesprechungen 14. Haller, H.: Zur Ökologie des LuchsesLynx Iynxim Verlaufseiner Wiederansiedlung in den Walliser Alpen. - Verlag Paul Parey, Hamburg, Berlin (Mammalia depicta; 15), 1992. 62 S., 24 Abb., 11 Tab. Die Wiederansiedlung des Luchses in der Schweiz, die seit ungefähr 20 Jahren betrieben wird, hat zu kontroversen Diskussionen zwischen Jägern, Viehhaltern und Natürschützern geführt. Ziel der vorliegenden Studie war es, Daten zur Bestandsdichte, zum Lebensraum und zur Ernährung des Luchses zu sammeln, um die Diskussion auf eine sachliche Grundlage zu stellen. Von der aus etwa 10 Tieren bestehenden Population des Wallis, die auf heimliche Aussetzungen in den 70er Jahren zurückgeht, wurden 6 Exemplare mit Halsbandsendern versehen und radioteleme- trisch überwacht. Außerdem wurden 114 Beutetiere bzw. deren Reste sichergestellt, diesich einzelnen Luchsindividu- en zuordnen liefen. Hauptbeutetiere mit über 90 % der aufgenommenen Biomasse waren Rehe und Gemsen. Zu drastischen Rückgängen dieser beiden Arten durch den Luchs kam es nur dort, wo deren Bestände aufgrund von Hegemaßnahmen vor Auftreten des Luchses überhöht waren. Der Autor kommt zu dem Schluß, daß eine Koexistenz von Luchs und ökologisch vertretbaren Schalenwildbeständen durch wechselseitige Anpassungsmechanismen mög- lich ist. Die vorliegende Publikation isteine der gründlichsten und umfasendsten Untersuchungen zur Populationsöko- logie des Luchses. R. Kraft 15. Redford, K.H. &]J.F. Eisenberg: Mammals ofthe Neotropics. The Southern Cone. Vol. 2.- The University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London, 1992. 430 S., zahlreiche Abb. und Verbreitungskarten im Text, 18 Tafeln, davon 8 farbig. Ein Handbuch oder Feldführer über die Säugetierfauna Südamerikas fehlte bisher, wenn man von einigen regional bzw. nationalstaatlich gegliederten Werken absieht. In den zurückliegenden Jahren haben jedoch verschiedene nordamerikanische “Schulen” durch intensive Forschungstätigkeit die Kenntnisse über die südamerikanische Säuge- tierfauna wesentlich erweitert, so daß die Zeit für ein zusammenfassendes Werk reif schien. Dieses bringt nun der bekannte Südamerikaforscher John F. Eisenberg mit einer dreibändigen Handbuchreihe auf den Markt, wovon dem Rezensenten der 2. Band vorliegt, der die Säugetiere der südlichen Staaten Paraguay, Uruguay, Chile und Argenti- nien behandelt. Die nördlichen Staaten der Neotropis wurden im ersten Band (Eisenberg 1989) behandelt, ein dritter Band mit den zentralen Staaten Südamerikas Brasilien, Bolivien, Peru und Ecuador soll folgen. Text und Ausstattung sind so, wieman essich bei einem Handbuch nur wünschen kann: konsequent gegliedertnach Ordnungen, Familien, Gattungen und Arten, enthält das Buch klare und ausführliche Merkmalsbeschreibungen, Tabellen mit Körpermaßen, detaillierte Punktverbreitungskarten, informative und gleichzeitigansprechende Habitus- zeichnungen, für einige Arten auch Schädel- und Gebißzeichnungen. Auch allgemeine Zusammenhänge der Biogeo- graphie, der Klimatologie, der Landschafts- und Vegetationskunde und des Naturschutzes werden angesprochen. Das Buch ist ein ausführliches Kompendium aller Säugetierarten des Geltungsbereiches. Die kenntnisreiche Darlegung phylogenetischer und ökologischer Zusammenhänge macht es darüberhinaus zu einer spannenden und anregenden Lektüre. R. Kraft 16. Szalay, F. S.; Novacek, M. J.; Mc Kenna M. C. (Hrsg.): Mammal Phylogeny. Band 1: Mesozoic Differentiation, Multituberculates, Monotremes, Early Therians, and Marsupials. 2. Band: Placentals. - Springer-Verlag, New York, Berlin u.a., 1993. 249 5.,115 Abbildungen mit 288 Einzeldarstellungen (Band 1) bzw. 321 S., 137 Abbildungen mit 284 Einzeldarstellungen (Band 2). Die beiden Bände enthalten eine Reihe zusammenfassender Übersichtsartikel international bekannter Paläontolo- gen und Anatomen, die die neuesten Erkenntnisse zur Großgruppensystematik fossiler und rezenter Säugetiere zusammenfassend darstellen. Im ersten Band wird den ausgestorbenen Säugetieren des Mesozoikums, ihren ver- wandtschaftlichen Beziehungen zu den Synapsiden einerseits sowie zu den Monotremen und Marsupialiern ande- rerseits breiter Raum gewidmet. Besondere Aktualität gewinnt dieser Teil durch die Einbeziehung neuer, teilweise aufsehenerregender Fossilfunde aus jüngerer Zeit, z.B. neue Morganucodontidae aus dem Lias der Lufeng-Formation von Yunnan oder ein miozänes Schnabeltier aus Queensland, das als Ahnform des rezenten Schnabeltieres gilt. Doch nicht nur neuentdeckte Fossilformen, sondern auch verbesserte Analysenmethoden haben der phylogenetischen Forschung entscheidende Impulse gegeben. So arbeiten die meisten Autoren des ersten Bandes mit computergestütz- ten Clusteranalysen zur Rekonstruktion von Dendrogrammen. Der zweite Band beschäftigt sich mit der Großsystematik verschiedener plazentaler Säugetierordnungen. Themen, die von mehreren “Schulen” mit verschiedenen methodischen Ansätzen bearbeitet werden - wobei hier neben morphologischen auch molekularbiologische Merkmale herangezogen werden - sind unter anderem die in letzter Zeit häufig und kontrovers diskutierten Beziehungen zwischen Flughunden, Primaten und Pelzflatterern oder diejenigen zwischen Nebengelenktieren und Schuppentieren. Auch die neuesten Erkenntnisse über Systematik und Umfang der Paenungulata, Lipotyphla, Carnivora und Artiodactyla und anderer Gruppen werden dargestellt. Die Beiträge überzeugen durch die präzise Darstellung morphologischer Merkmale und ihrer phylogenetischen Entwicklung. Darüberhinaus bietet der zweite Band einen grundlegenden Überblick über den Wert und die Anwend- barkeit verschiedener“moderner” Untersuchungsmethoden wie DNA-Hybridisierung, Sequenzanalysen der Augen- linsenproteine oder Vergleich der Immunreaktion der Serum-Albumine. Die beiden Bände belegen in eindrucksvoller Weise, daß gerade in jüngerer Zeit die Kenntnisse über Abstammung und Radiation der Säugetiere wesentlich zugenommen haben. R. Kraft 104 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Franzö- sisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplement- bänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet 120,- DM oder 60 US-$. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von 50,- DM beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts willbe accepted in German, English or French. A volume ofthree issues willbe published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is 60 US-$ or any internationally convertible currency in the value of 120,- DM. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members ofthe “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal atthe reduced rate of 50,- DM. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library ofthe Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cmbreitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen denallgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Beitrages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und d sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" und 5,25" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblem Computern mit MS-DOS, eingereicht werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mitihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung sollte bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must betyped on one side ofthe paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstractshould precedetthe paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations mustbe enclosed separately. Thetotal text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processordiscs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) andtabs (only fortables!). Instead of 2? and 3 use ‘#f’ and ‘#m’orany othercombinations ofsigns which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" or 5.25" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles with MS-DOS. The publication ofthis journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishersreceivenopayment. The authors willreceive 1 copy ofthepartofthevolumeinwhichtheirpaper appears. Reprintscanbeorderedwhen the proofs are returned. 1. DM 178.-; 2. DM 42.-; 3. DM 48.-; 4. DM 48.-; 5. DM 48.-; 6. USD 63.35; 7. ?; 8. ?; 9. USD 85.-; 10. DFL 150.-; 11. GBP 47.50; 12. USD 16.95; 13. GBP 60.-; 14. DM 58.-; 15. USD39,50; 16. DM 290.-. SPIXIANA 1-104 München, 01. März 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 TIEFENBACHER,L.: LOMBARDO, F.: BAEHR, M.: BAEHR, M.: INHALT - CONTENTS Polychelidae from the Eastern Atlantic and the Arabian Sea (Crust- acea, Decapoda, Reptantia, Polychelidae) ......................--.244nn2 242200. Parahestiasula obscura, gen. nov., spec. nov. from Nepal (Insecta, Mantodea, Hymenopodidae)..................-.....2.-222020 22 New species and new records of the genera Fortagonum Darlington and Collagonum, gen. nov. from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae; Agoninae). ..............22.-4.--erasaneenesnn nee ER A new genus of Odacanthinae from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae).....aseseeeesssseastee sense ae IB D’URSO V. & A. GUGLIELMINO: Taxonomic remarks on Italian Cixidia with description of SCHAWALLER, W.: BUSCHINGER, A.: FISCHER, M.: Buchbesprechungen two new species (Homoptera Auchenorrhyncha, Achilidae) ............. Revision ofthe Laena species from Middle Asia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae) ii... u.a NENEEEHEDE Life history of the parasitic ant, Epimyrma bernardi Espadaler, 1982 (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Formicidae) ......................222244444400ennennnne Some new descriptions and redescriptions of Opiinae (Insecta, Hyme- noptera,/Braconidae)=...... se SEE Seite 11-14 15-43 45-48 49-64 65-73 75-81 83-103 & staar,, % wolog,, Rünche® PIAIANA Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA « Band 18 » Heft2 » 105-200 «e München, 01. Juli 1995 + ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion - Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung- Managing Editor G. HASZPRUNAR M. BAEHR Redaktionsbeirat- Editorial board M. BAEHR J. DILLER G. HASZPRUNAR F. REISS E.-G. BURMEISTER H. FECHTER A. HAUSMANN K. SCHÖNITZER W.DIERL R. FECHTER R. KRAFT L. TIEFENBACHER U. GRUBER J. REICHHOLF Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungsexem- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and plare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana: Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. —- München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 1995 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — Allrights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, Germany. Satz: Desktop Publishing mit PageMaker® Druck: Druckerei Braunstein, München ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, FRG Tel. (089) 742827-0 - Fax (089) 7242772 SPIXIANA 105-109 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Ein neuer Graecophalangium Roewer aus Mazedonien (Arachnida, Opiliones, Phalangiidae) von Plamen Mitov Mitov, P. (1995): A new Graecophalangium Roewer from Mäckdbnia (Arachnida, Opiliones, Phalangiidae). — Spixiana 18/2: 105-109 Graecophalangium drenskii, spec. nov. from Macedonia is described. Plamen Mitov, Department of Zoology, Biological Faculty, University of Sofia, 8 Dragan Zankov Boul., 1421 Sofia, Bulgaria. Einleitung Von dem Genus Graecophalangium Roewer sind bisher 4 Arten (Roewer 1923, Martens 1966, Starega 1973) beschrieben worden, wovon aus Mazedonien (Martens 1966) nur eine Art, nämlich Graecophalan- gium atticum Roewer, bekannt ist. Bei der Bearbeitung des Opiliones-Materiales aus der Sammlung des Zoologischen Instituts, Sofia wurde ein Exemplar eines neuen Graecophalangium aus Mazedonien festgestellt. Graecophalangium drenskii, spec. nov. Typen. Holotypus: d, Mazedonien, Bitolia, 1248 m ü. NN, V-VII. 1918, Leg. P. Drenski (Zool. Inst. Sofia). Derivatio nominis. Trägt den Namen des berühmten bulgarischen Zoologen Dr. Pentscho Drenski, der das vorliegende Material gesammelt hat. Diagnose. 2. Chelicerenglied frontal mit einer keilförmigen Apophyse und auf der Basis des Fingers mit einer hornartig nach innen gekrümmten Apophyse. 3. Chelicerenglied mit einer hornartig ge- krümmten Apophyse. Femur, Patella und Tibia des 1. Beines stark keulig verdickt. Tuber oculorum relativ flach, jederseits mit 6-8 kräftigen kegelförmigen Höckern. Abdominale Tergite mit querreihigen Dörnchen. Beschreibung Maße: Länge: 6.7 mm; Breite des Prosoma: 3.8 mm; Breite des Opisthosoma: 4.4 mm. Färbung und Zeichnung (nach 75-jähriger Lagerung in Alkohol). Dorsalseite (Abb. 1) gelb-grün mit Reihen von dunkleren gelb-grünen Fleckchen. Der Sattel hat eine dunkel gelb-grüne Färbung und die Sattelzeichnung ist schwarz umrissen. Bauchfläche gelb, grau-gelb mit braunen Fleckchen an den Vorderkanten der Sternite. Supracheliceral-Lamellen. Nur eine mit 1 Dörnchen versehen. Tuber oculorum (Abb. 5) relativ flach, beiderseits mit 6-8 kräftigen kegelförmigen Höckern besetzt; gelb gefärbt. Höhe (einschl. Höcker): 0.42 mm, Breite: 0.68 mm, Länge: 0.63 mm. Cheliceren (Abb. 2). 1. Glied (2.25 mm) dorsal und ventral mit Dornen mit Börstchen. Färbung hellbraun, dorsal gelb. 2. Glied (3.30 mm) apo-artig mit Börstchen, frontal mit einer keilförmiger Apophyse (in Profil etwa rechteckig oder beilblattähnlich) deren Ventralspitze mit schwarzen Körn- chen versehen ist. Basal auf dem Fixfinger eine hornartige Apophyse mit einer abgestumpften nach 105 En ,\ S NS NN \ a UN. I EN \y EN ADEN ERTL N Ir SS 2 Abb. 1.-5. Graecophalangium drenskii, spec. nov., Holotypus d. 1. Habitus von dorsal. Skala: 1 mm. 2. Rechte Chelicere: a. medial, b. lateral, c. frontal (punktierte Felder des 1. und 2. Glieds, ausschließlich der Finger braun). 3. Rechter Pedipalpus von medial (punktierte Felder an Femur, Patella und Tibia hellbraun). 4. Rechtes Laufbein I von lateral (punktierte Felder an Femur und Tibia braun). 5. Tuber oculorum. a. vonrechts, b. von links (Pfeil weist nach frontal). Skalen: 1 mm. 106 6. Graecophalangium drenskii, spec. nov., Holotypus d. Penis: a. dorsal, x 30, REM-Aufnahme; b. dorso-lateral, x 30, REM-Aufnahme; c. lateral, (nach REM-Aufnahme). Skalen: 1 mm. innen orientierten konischen Spitze. Mit einer nach innen (gegen die Mediane) gekrümmten Apophy- se. Über dieser Apophyse eine Reihe Börstchen. Grundfärbung hellbraun mit braunen Flecken. 2. Glied frontal gelb gefärbt. Scherenspitze und Zähne schwarz. 3. Glied (1.25 mm) mit hornartiger Apophyse mit einer auf die Apophyse des Fixfingers orientierten konischen Spitze. Apophyse frontal mit kleinem Höcker in der Basis. Färbung hellbraun, Scherenspitze und Zähne schwarz. Pedipalpen (Abb. 3). Trochanter (1.0 mm) dorsal und ventral kräftig bedornt, lateral mit Einzelbor- sten. Färbung gelb-braun. Femur (2.2 mm) dorsal und ventral kräftig bedornt (dorsale Dörnchen in zwei Reihen), lateral und medial mit Borsten; mit kaum angedeuteter Apophyse. Färbung medial gelb- braun, lateral gelb. Patella (1.1 mm) behaart, dorsal mit Dörnchen in zwei Reihen; mit deutlicher distaler Apophyse. Färbung: medial gelb-braun, lateral gelb. Tibia (1.25 mm) behaart, ventral mit Einzelkörnchen; mit angedeuteter Apophyse. Färbung gelb. Tarsus (2.9 mm) behaart, ventral mit einem Körnchenfeld, es folgt ein von Härchen umgebenes, kahles Band. Färbung gelb. Beinmaße (in mm): Fe Pt Ti Mt Ta Gesamt I 4.60 1.90 3.30 3.85 5.65 19.30 II 5.00 1.50 3.75 4.50 10.65 25.40 III 2.75 1.30 2.25 3.95 5.60 15.85 IV 4.50 1.50 3.25 5.55 7.85 22.65 107 7. Graecophalangium drenskii, spec. nov., Holotypus d. Glans penis, REM-Aufnahmen: a. lateral, x 203 (Pfeile: Börstchen); b. lateral, x 252; c. dorsal, x 500. Skalen: 100 um 108 Beine. Alle Coxen behaart, gelb gefärbt und braun gefleckt. Coxa I und II dorsal und hinten mit je einem spitzigen Dorn. Coxa III dorsal mit einem Dorn und Coxa IV vorn mit einigen Dornen. Alle Trochanter bedornt, gelb gefärbt und braun gefleckt. Bein I (Abb. 4). Femur, Patella und Tibia keulig verdickt. Femur medial, lateral und ventral gezäh- nelt, dorsal mit 2 Reihen Dornen. Patella ventral und lateral gezähnelt, dorsal mit 2 Reihen Dornen; gelb, medial mit hellbraunen Flecken. Tibia medio-lateral platt, lateral und ventral gezähnelt; gelb mit hellbraunen Flecken. Metatarsus und Tarsus gelb gefärbt und behaart, Metatarsus ventral mit schwar- zen Tuberkeln. Bein II. Femur etwa zylindrisch, schlank mit 5 Reihen Dornchen. Patella etwa 5-kantig, mit 5 Reihen Zähnchen. Tibia 5-kantig, ventral an den Kanten mit 3 Längsbändern aus Börstchen und kleinen Zähnchen, dorsal mit 2 Bändern nur aus Börstchen. Femur, Patella und Tibia gelb, braun gefleckt. Metatarsus und Tarsus gelb, nur behaart. Bein III. Femur kegelförmig, mit etwa 5 Reihen Dornen. Patella zylindrisch, leicht behaart, mit 3 Reihen Dornen. Tibia 5-kantig, mit 5 Bändern aus Börstchen und Zähnchen an den Kanten. Femur, Patella und Tibia gelb mit braunen Flecken. Metatarsus und Tarsus gelb, behaart. Bein IV. Stärker bedornt als Bein III. Femur kegelförmig mit 5 Reihen Dornen. Patella 5-kantig mit 5 Reihen Dornen, die 3 Dorsalreihen mit stärker entwickelten Dornen. Tibia 5-kantig, mit 5 Bändern aus Borsten und Zähnen an den Kanten. Metatarsus behaart und gezähnelt. Tarsus nur behaart. Färbung von Bein IV wie die von Bein II. Penis (Abb. 6-7). Corpuslänge: 3.3 mm; Eichel 0.3 mm lang, mit 4 Börstchen (Abb. 7); Stylus 0.15 mm lang. Grundfarbe des Penis braun. Das mittlere Drittel des Corpus penis verdunkelt. Stylus dunkel- braun bis schwarz. Weibchen unbekannt. Verwandtschaft Graecophalangium drenskii, spec. nov. kann auf Grund der starken Chelicerenbewehrung in dieselbe Gruppe wie Graecophalangium atticum Roewer und Graecophalangium militare (C. L. Koch) aufgenom- men werden. Die Penisstruktur hat gemeinsame Merkmale mit der von Graecophalangium cretaeum Martens. Es verdient Erwähnung, daß bei Graecophalangium drenskii, spec. nov. und Rilaena pusilla (Roewer) (s. Redikorzev 1936: ff. 18-19) sub “Zacheus hyrcanus Red.”eine gewisse Ähnlichkeit in der Cheliceren- bewehrung besteht. Danksagung Ich danke herzlich Dr. Deltschev vom Zoologischen Institut in Sofia für die freundliche Überlassug des Opilionenmateriales. Literatur Martens, J. 1966. Zoologische Aufsammlungen auf Kreta. III. Opiliones. - Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 69: 347-362 Redikorzev, V. 1936. Materialy k faune Opiliones SSSR. - Trudy zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moskva-Leningrad 3: 33-57. Roewer, C.-F. 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde. Systematische Bearbeitung der bisher bekannten Opiliones. - Jena: 1116 pp. Starega, W. 1973. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Weberknechte (Opiliones) des Nahen Ostens. - Ann. zool. Warszawa 30 (6): 129-153 109 Buchbesprechungen 17. Stubbe, M.; Krapp, F. (Hrsg.): Handbuch der Säugetiere Europas. Band 5: Raubsäuger - Carnivora (Fissipedia), Teil II: Mustelidae 2, Viverridae, Herpestidae, Felidae. - Aula-Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1993. 681 Seiten, 171 Abbildun- gen. Der 5. Band der renommierten Handbuchreihe mit den Landraubtieren mußte wegen des Umfangs der Ordnung zweigeteilt werden. Dem bereits erschienenen ersten Teil (mit den Hunden, Bären, Kleinbären sowie einem Teil der Marderartigen) istnun in relativ kurzem Abstand der zweite Halbband gefolgt, der die Marderartigen abschließt und außerdem die in Europa heimischen oder eingeführten Schleichkatzen, Mongos und Katzenartigen behandelt. Der besondere Wert der gesamten Handbuchreihe liegt auf der gründlichen und sorgfältigen Bearbeitung diagno- stischer Merkmale. So werden auch im vorliegenden Band äußere Kennzeichen und ihre geographischen und jahreszeitlichen Variationen sowie Schädel- und Gebißmerkmale ausführlich dargestellt. Ebenso werden artspezifi- sche Merkmale im postkranialen Skelett beschrieben. Daneben werden aber auch biologische Aspekte wie Lebens- und Aktionsraum, Nahrungsspektrum und Verhalten behandelt. Die Verbreitungsareale fast aller behandelten Arten haben sich in jüngerer Zeit durch menschliche Einflüsse verändert. Zu diesem Thema wurde sehr viel aktuelles Datenmaterial zusammengetragen, bei Problemarten wie Fischotter und Europäischer Nerz werden aktuelle Bestandsänderungen und ihre Ursachen detailliert für die einzel- nen europäischen Staaten bzw. die deutschen Bundesländer dargestellt. Das Buch bietet eine Fülle aktueller Informa- tionen auf hohem wissenschaftlichen Niveau. Die Handbuchreihe wird dadurch weiter an Ansehen und positiver Beurteilung gewinnen. R. Kraft 18. Carroll, R. L.: Paläontologie und Evolution der Wirbeltiere. - Stuttgart, New York: Thieme, 1993. Übersetzt und bearbeitet von W. Maier und D. Thies. 684 Seiten, 710 Abbildungen in 1762 Einzeldarstellungen. Durch Entdeckung neuer Fossilformen, darunter vollkommen neuer Taxa, aber auch durch die Neubewertung lang bekannter Fossilien, ist das Wissen über Abstammung und Evolution der Wirbeltiere in den letzten 25 Jahren enorm angewachsen. Trotz des Aufschwungs, den die Wirbeltierpaläontologie dadurch genommen hat, fehlte ein zusammenfassendes Werk, das unter Einbeziehung neuester Fossilfunde Baupläne, Abstammung und Entwick- lungslinien aller fossilen und rezenten Wirbeltierklassen zusammenfassend darstellt. Das vorliegende Buch schließt diese Lücke in hervorragender Weise. Im Vordergrund steht die Beschreibung und stammesgeschichtliche Bewer- tung von Skelett- und Gebißmerkmalen, wobei vor allem den Übergängen zwischen den verschiedenen Stammesli- nien und dem Entstehen neuer Strukturen breiter Raum gewidmet wird. Daneben werden aber auch die geologischen und klimatischen Voraussetzungen, die zum Auftreten (oder Aussterben) und zur Ausbreitung der Hauptgruppen geführt haben, ausführlich dargestellt. Hervorzuheben ist der Anhang mit einer Klassifikation aller bekannten Gattungen, von denen Fossilfunde vorliegen. Der Autor empfiehlt sein Buch zu Recht als Textgrundlage und Nachschlagewerk für Lehrveranstaltungen auf dem Gebiet der Wirbeltieranatomie und -evolution. Seit Romers Standardwerk “Vertebrate Paleontology” aus dem Jahr 1966 ist wohl kein Buch erschienen, das dieses Thema in vergleichbarer Ausführlichkeit und mit derselben wissenschaftlichen Zuverlässigkeit behandelt. R. Kraft 19. Benecke, N.: Der Mensch und seine Haustiere. Die Geschichte einer jahrtausendealten Beziehung. - Theiss Verlag, Stuttgart, 1994. 470 S., 263 Abbildungen. Das Buch beschreibt Entstehung, Bedeutung und Nutzung der Haustiere. Nach einer Einführung über das Wesen der Domestikation und das Phänomen domestikationsbedingter Formänderungen beschäftigt sich der erste Teil mit den kulturgeschichtlichen und ökonomischen Aspekten der Haustierhaltung. Unter Bezugnahme auf Knochenfunde aus archäologischen Grabungsstätten sowie auf prähistorische Tierdarstellungen beschreibt der Autor die Entste- hung der Haustiere im Zug der neolithischen Revolution im vorderen Orient und die Ausbreitung der agrarischen Wirtschaftsform mit Pflanzenanbau und Tierzucht über den europäischen Kontinent. Einen Schwerpunkt bildet die Geschichte der Haustiere und die historische Entwicklung von Haltungs- und Nutzungsformen in Europa vom Neolithikum bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter. Der zweite Teil beschäftigt sich in Einzeldarstellungen mit Abstammung, Merkmalen, Biologie und Nutzungswei- se aller Haus-, Farm- und Labortierarten. Entgegen der Verlagsankündigung ist das Buch zwar nicht die erste zusammenfassende Darstellung der Dome- stikation, aber dennoch eine lesens- und empfehlenswerte Neuerscheinung. Da es die Geschichte der Haustiere vor allem aus der Sicht des Historikers und Archäologen schildert, wird dem Leser nachdrücklich bewußt, daß die Entstehung der Haustiere in Zusammenhang mit dem Anbau von Kulturpflanzen einen der bedeutendsten Vorgänge in der Menschheitsgeschichte darstellt. R. Kraft 110 SPIXIANA 111-121 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 New taxa and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Supplement to the “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae) By Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (1995): New taxa and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Supplement to the “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae). - Spixiana 18/2: 111-121 Four new species and one new subspecies of Scopodes from New Guinea are de- scribed: $. muliae, spec. nov., S. amplipennis, spec. nov., both from central Irian Jaya, S. perfoveatus, spec. nov. from the Western Highlands in Papua New Guinea, S. chimbu viridans, subspec. nov. from the Eastern Highlands in Papua New Guinea, and S. balkei from central Irian Jaya. The first three species and the new subspecies belong to the chimbu-group ofthe New Guinean Scopodes, the last species is closely related to. violaceus and S.riedeli which are both characterized by their minute elytral foveae. S. amplipennis and S. perfoveatus differ from all known species by the wide, posteriorly markedly widened elytra, the conspicuously sinuate apex of elytra, and the deeply impressed inner striae and basally markedly convex intervals. S. perfoveatus differs also by the presence of an additional setiferous puncture at the 4th interval close to the base of the elytra. The new subspecies of S. chimbu Darlington from central Papua New Guinea differs from the nominate form by its plain green colour. New records of S. altus Darlington, S. darlingtoni Baehr, S. atricornis Baehr and S. minor Baehr are dealt with. $. cheesmanni Darlington is emendated to $. cheesmannae. Dr. M. Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. Introduction Soon after having finished my “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” I received a small sample of Scopodes from New Guinea from the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra by courtesy of Mr. Tom Weir. Apart from some additional material of species mentioned in the revision, the sample contained a single female specimen of a conspicuous new species that could be included no more in the revision. Mr. A. Riedel who collected the bulk of the new species described in the revision, recently captured additional few Scopodes in Irian Jaya, two of them proved to represent a new species each. I received also another few Scopodes from the Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, for determination that were recently collected by Mr. M. Balke in Irian Jaya, and from the Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve that were collected in 1979 by Dr. W. G. Ullrich in Papua New Guinea. These samples include another new species and a new subspecies. The new taxa are now described separately in a supplement to my revision. In the revision I had already expressed my opinion that the present knowledge of the New Guinean Scopodes is certainly very preliminary and that new species would be likely discovered in the near future. Hence these new taxa are perhaps only the beginning of a supplementary series of new species that will be discovered in future. 111 Abbreviations of Collections mentioned in the text ANIC Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra CBM Collection M. Baehr, München NHMW Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien MHNG Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve ZSM-CBM Collection M. Baehr, München (permanent loan from Zoologische Staatssammlung, München) The species Scopodes altus Darlington Darlington, 1968, p. 198; Baehr 1994, p. 104. New records: 388, 22, Irian Jaya, Trikora-Gebiet, 19.-20.10.1993 Habbema-Kali Oue Tal, ca. 138°43’E, 04°13’S, 3450 m, leg. M. Balke (39)\(NHMW); 288, Irian Jaya, Habbema-Gebiet, Paß zum lebele-Tal, ca. 138°45’E, 04°07’S, 3300 m, leg. M. Balke (40)(NHMW). Note. This high altitude inhabiting species is so far known only from a limited area around Lake Habbema in the Snow Mountains of central Irian Jaya. Scopodes darlingtoni Baehr Baehr, 1994, p. 122 New records: 284, 2??, PNG/EHProv. Umg. Kainantu Onerunka, Papua Nlle Guinee W. G. Ullrich, 22.IV., 18.VIIL, 24.IX., 23.X.79 (CBM, MHNG); 18, PAPUA N GUINEA Onerunka II 80 nr Kainantu W. G. Ullrich (MHNG). Note. This species is rather widely distributed in the central eastern part of Papua New Guinea. Scopodes cf. atricornis Baehr Baehr, 1994, p. 121 New record: 1%, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr. Holuwen, 1500 m, 30.V1.1994, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Note. The single specimen differs from a large series of S. atricornis by the generally green colour, the regular pronotal sulci, the regular frontal sulci, and the smooth frons and almost smooth clypeus. The specimen may thus likely represent a separate species or subspecies. Without knowledge of the male genitalia, however, I do not want to describe it formally as a separate taxon. Scopodes minor Baehr Baehr, 1994, p. 131 New record: 1?, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr. Holuwen, 1000 m, 30.V1.1994, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 222,9 1180, X179, PNG/EHProv. Umg. Kainantu Onerunka, Papua Nlle Guinee W. G. Ullrich (MHNG). Note. This species was so far known from 4 specimens only and it is recorded as well from central Papua New Guinea as from central Irian Jaya. 112 Scopodes chimbu viridans, subspec. nov. Fig. 9 Types. Holotype: d, 11 VI79 PNG/EHProv. Umg. Kainantu Onerunka, Papua Nlle Guinee W. G. Ullrich (MHNG). — Paratypes: 5??, same locality and collector, 8 X 79, 17 X1 79, X1 79, XIL 79 (CBM, MHNG). Diagnosis. Similar to nominate subspecies of S. chimbu, but elytra plain green, pronotum narrower with more acutely projecting lateral triangular process, and with denser, more regular transverse sulci. Description Measurements. Length: 3.5-3.7 mm; width: 1.50-1.60 mm. Ratios. Width head/pronotum: 1.17-1.20; width/length of pronotum: 1.24-1.26; width elytra/pronotum: 1.80-1.83; length/ width of elytra: 1.32-1.33. Colour. Elytra plain green, head and pronotum green with more or less extensive purplish areas. Otherwise colour similar to nominate subspecies. Head. Similar to nominate subspecies. Pronotum. Narrower than in nominate subspecies, lateral triangular process conspicuous, distinctly more projecting, transverse sulci in posterior part denser and more regular. Elytra. Similar to nominate subspecies. Lower surface. Similar to nominate subspecies. ö genitalia. Similar to nominate subspecies. ? genitalia. Similar to nominate subspecies. Variation. Some variation noted in intensity of purplish colour on head and pronotum, and in relative width of pronotum. Distribution (Fig. 9). Central eastern Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Habits. Largely unknown. Perhaps collected in median altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the plain green colour of the elytra. Relationships. This subspecies is in several respects similar to S. chimbu s. str., especially in the male genitalia. It is probably a local form, that is nevertheless easily recognized. Scopodes muliae, spec. nov. BissulaR9 Types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Mulia (n) to Dowone, 2200-2250 m, 8.VII.1994, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Rather small and fairly narrow, greenish species with large, though not contrasting elytral foveae, rather superficial striation, and transverse, sericeous microreticulation of elytra. Further distinguished from related species by completely yellowish legs, short antenna, and rather regular transverse strioles on pronotum. Description Measurements. Length: 3.6 mm; width: 1.45 mm. Ratios. Width head/pronotum: 1.21; width/length of pronotum: 1.24; width elytra/pronotum: 1.69; length/width of elytra: 1.38. Colour. Greenish, head, pronotum, and elytra with faint golden and purplish lustre. Labrum and clypeus greenish. Antenna dark piceous, 1st-4th segments dirty yellow with piceous apices. Femora dirty yellow, metafemur and tibiae slightly darker, tarsi piceous. Head. Eyes very large, space between inner border of eyes about as wide as diameter of eye. Labrum rather short and wide, gently triangular, anterior border fairly convex, 6-setose, in basal part medially impressed. Clypeus with shallow, transverse sulcus, basal part coarsely striate, rugose, rather glossy. Labrum, clypeus, and anterior part of frons with some very inconspicuous additional hairs. Anterior triangular field of frons heavily, irregularly wrinkled, moderately glossy. Frons between eyes with c.8 deep, rather straight, fairly regular sulci that reach far posteriorly. Summit and neck coarsely wrinkled, impunctate. Whole upper surface of head moderately rugose, rather glossy. Antenna short, median segments c. 1.1-1.2 x as long as wide. 113 Figs 1-4. Habitus. 1. Scopodes muliae, spec. nov. 2. S. amplipennis, spec. nov. 3. 5. perfoveatus, spec. noV. 4. S. balkei, spec. nov. Holotypes. Lengths: 3.6 mm; 3.5 mm; 3.45 mm; 3.85 mm. 114 n (er) 5 Fig. 5. Scopodes muliae, spec. nov. d genitalia. a. Lateral view of aedeagus. b. Lower surface of aedeagus. c. Right paramere. d. Left paramere. e. Genital ring. Fig. 6. Scopodes amplipennis, spec. nov. ? stylomere 2. Pronotum. Convex, wide, rather trapezoidal, widest at lateral triangular process in anterior third. Lateral border line distinct. Margin anteriorly convex, posterior of triangular process very faintly convex, in front of posterior angles not concave. Lateral triangular process distinct, though small, triangular, laterally not much projecting. Posterior marginal seta absent. Anterior margin slightly convex, posterior margin straight. Median line distinct, fairly deep, not reaching apex nor base. In apical third with extremely shallow, wide, barely visible transverse sulcus. Whole upper surface with dense, coarse, in posterior part rather regular transverse sulci. Surface with sparse puncturation, without microreticulation, moderately rugose, rather glossy. Elytra. Moderately elongate, fairly convex. Base comparatively wide, therefore elytra rather rectan- gular. Sides gently rounded, in anterior third rather deeply excised. Apex wide, apical border oblique, barely sinuate. Whole surface with fairly irregular, superficial striation. Foveae in third interval wide, though shallow, not contrasting. Surface fairly uneven. Microrecticulation conspicuous, though rather superficial, consisting of very dense, transverse meshes that are remarkably irregular around the discal foveae. Surface with conspicuous, sericeous lustre. Pilosity very sparse and extremely short. Marginal pores comparatively small, rather inconspicuous. Wings elongate. Lower surface. Metepisternum c. 1.8 x as long as wide. Sternites with sparse, short pilosity, with distinct microreticulation. d genitalia. Genital ring somewhat deformed, asymmetric, large, fairly narrow. Apex fairly wide, rectangular, arms moderately wide. Aedeagus large, fairly curved, slightly asymmetric, lower surface gently convex, near apex sinuate, apex elongate, somewhat spoon-shaped. Orificium fairly elongate. Parameres large, as in fig. 5. ? genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 9). Central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Largely unknown. Collected in median altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the type locality. Relationships. With regard to the rather similar male genitalia this species is certainly closely related to S. chimbu Darlington. It differs, however, by the narrower elytra with less distinct striation, the plain green colour, and the yellowish colour of the legs. 115 Scopodes amplipennis, spec. nov. Figs 2, 6, 9 Types. Holotype: 9, Irian Jaya, s. Mulia, 1900-2200 m, 6.-7.VII.1994, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Rather small, short and wide, bronzed-black species with greenish lustre, yellow legs, wide, posteriorly even markedly widened elytra, large, rather contrasting, blue elytral foveae, and irregularly structured surface of the elytra with the striae very deeply impressed near base. Further distinguished from related species by absence of an additional elytral pore at the basis of 5th stria, and rather regular transverse strioles on pronotum. Description Measurements. Length: 3.5 mm; width: 1.5 mm. Ratios. Width head/pronotum: 1.25; width/length of pronotum: 1.23; width elytra/pronotum: 1.86; length/width of elytra: 1.19. Colour. Bronzed-black, head with very faint, pronotum with rather distinct greenish and purplish lustre, elytra with distinct golden lustre. Labrum and clypeus black. Antenna yellow, becoming gradually darker towards apex. Legs yellow, tarsi piceous. Head. Eyes very large, space between inner border of eyes slightly wider than diameter of eye. Labrum rather short and wide, gently triangular, anterior border fairly convex, 6-setose, in basal part medially impressed. Clypeus with shallow, transverse sulcus, basal part barely striate, smooth, glossy. Labrum, clypeus, and anterior part of frons with some very inconspicuous additional hairs. Anterior triangular field of frons not wrinkled, glossy. Frons between eyes with c. 6 deep, rather straight, regular sulci that reach far posteriorly. Summit and neck coarsely wrinkled, impunctate. Whole upper surface of head rather smooth, glossy. Antenna short, median segments c. 1.1 x as long as wide. Pronotum. Convex, wide, rather trapezoidal, widest at lateral triangular process in anterior third. Lateral border line distinct. Margin anteriorly convex, posterior of triangular process almost straight, in front of posterior angles not concave. Lateral triangular process distinct, though small, triangular, laterally mderately projecting. Posterior marginal seta absent. Anterior margin slightly convex, poste- rior margin straight. Median line distinct, fairly deep, not reaching apex nor base. In apical third with extremely shallow, wide, barely visible transverse sulcus. Whole upper surface with dense, rather coarse, in posterior part regular transverse sulci. Surface almost without puncturation, without micro- reticulation, fairly smooth, rather glossy. Elytra. Very short and wide, moderately convex. Base comparatively narrow, elytra markedly widened towards apex, widest in apical third. Sides strongly rounded, in anterior third somewhat excised. Apex rather wide, apical border oblique, slightly sinuate. Surface in basal fourth deeply striate, in posterior part striation superficial. Foveae in third interval wide, moderately deep, rather contrast- ing. Surface markedly uneven. Microrecticulation conspicuous, though rather superficial, consisting of very dense, transverse meshes that are remarkably irregular around the discal foveae. Surface with conspicuous, sericeous lustre. Pilosity very sparse and short. Marginal pores comparatively large, contrasting. Wings short. Lower surface. Metepisternum c. 1.3 x as long as wide. Sternites with extremely sparse and short pilosity, without distinct microreticulation. ö genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. Stylomere 2 medium-sized, rather curved, with dorsal ensiform and nematiform seta and with a single medium-sized ventral ensiform seta. Apex of stylomere 1 with 3-4 elongate hairs. Lateral plate densely setose. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 9). Central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Habits. Largely unknown. Collected in median altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the wide and short elytra. Relationships. This species is perhaps rather closely related to the following S. perfoveatus, spec. nov. with which it shares the shape of the elytra, the deeply impressed striae in basal third, and the large, blue elytral foveae. A final decision, however, must await the discovery of the male genitalia in both species. 116 7 8 : Fig. 7. Scopodes perfoveatus, spec. nov. ? stylomere 2. Fig. 8. Scopodes balkei, spec. nov. d genitalia. For legends see fig. 5. Scopodes perfoveatus, spec. nov. Kies Types. Holotype: ?, NEW GUINEA, Western Highlands, Kandep, 8000-8500 ft. 23.12.1961-14.2.1962, W. W. Brandt (ANIC). Diagnosis. Rather small, very short and wide, cupreous species with yellow legs, wide, posteriorly markedly widened elytra, large, extremely contrasting, blue elytral foveae, presence of an additional fovea at the base of the 5th stria, and irregularly structured surface of the elytra with the striae very deeply impressed near base. Further distinguished from related species by the very irregular trans- verse strioles on pronotum and the markedly coarse microreticulation of elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 3.45 mm; width: 1.55 mm. Ratios. Width head/pronotum: 1.15; width/length of pronotum: 1.31; width elytra/pronotum: 1.81; length/width of elytra: 1.17. Colour. Vividly cupreous. Labrum and clypeus blackish, clypeus with faint cupreous lustre. Anten- na black, 1st-4th segments dirty yellow. Legs yellow, tarsi piceous. Head. Eyes large, though space between inner border of eyes distinctly wider than diameter of eye. Labrum rather short and wide, gently triangular, anterior border fairly convex, 6-setose, in basal part medially impressed. Clypeus with shallow, transverse sulcus, basal part rather densely striate, smooth, rather glossy. Labrum, clypeus, and anterior part of frons with some very inconspicuous additional hairs. Anterior triangular field of frons barely wrinkled, though with two deep, circular foveae, rather glossy. Frons between eyes with c. 7-8 deep, rather straight, though somewhat irregular sulci that reach far posteriorly. Summit and neck very coarsely wrinkled, somewhat punctate. Whole upper surface of head rather rugose, fairly glossy. Antenna short, median segments c. 1.1 x as long as wide. Pronotum. Convex, very wide, rather trapezoidal, widest at lateral triangular process in anterior third. Lateral border line distinct. Margin anteriorly convex, posterior of triangular process very faintly convex, in front of posterior angles not concave. Lateral triangular process distinct, though small, triangular, laterally not much projecting. Posterior marginal seta absent. Anterior margin slightly convex, posterior margin straight. Median line distinct, fairly deep, not reaching apex nor base. In apical third with extremely shallow, wide, barely visible transverse sulcus. Whole upper surface with dense, coarse, markedly irregular transverse sulci. Surface with sparse puncturation, without micro- reticulation, highly rugose, moderately glossy. 117 Elytra. Very short and wide, moderately convex. Base comparatively narrow, elytra markedly widened towards apex, widest in apical third. Sides strongly rounded, in anterior third faintly excised. Apex rather wide, apical border oblique, deeply sinuate. Surface in basal forth very deeply striate, striae with irregular, deep punctures, in posterior part striation more superficial and very irregular. Foveae in third interval very wide, deep, very contrasting. An additional fovea present on both elytra near base of 5th stria, und unilaterally (left) an additional median fovea inside of 3rd stria present. Surface markedly uneven. Microrecticulation very conspicuous, coarse, consisting of dense, transverse meshes that are remarkably irregular around the discal foveae. Surface with conspicuous, sericeous lustre. Pilosity very sparse and short. Marginal pores large, contrasting. Wings short. Lower surface. Metepisternum c. 1.2-1.3 x as long as wide. Sternites with comparatively dense and short pilosity, with distincet microreticulation. d genitalia. Unknown. 2 genitalia. Stylomere 2 medium-sized, rather curved, with dorsal ensiform and nematiform seta, and with two rather elongate ventral ensiform setae. Apex of stylomere 1 with 2-3 elongate hairs. Lateral plate densely setose. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 9). Western Highlands, central Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Habits. Unknown. Collected in fairly high altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the very deep elytral foveae and to the additional fovea near base. Relationships. This species is perhaps rather closely related to the foregoing S. amplipennis, spec. nov. with which it shares the shape of the elytra, the deeply impressed striae in basal third, and the large, blue elytral foveae. A final decision, however, must await the discovery of the male genitalia in both species. Certainly S. perfoveatus, spec. nov. is unique within all New Guinean Scopodes in the presence of the additional elytral fovea and this makes the relationships rather incertain. Recognition of the new taxa of the chimbu-group For recognition of the new species and subspecies of the chimbu-group the key in my revision (Baehr 1994) should be altered as following (Figs of the revision marked as Ba94 fig.): 4. Foveae in 3rd interval more or less conspicuously blue; legs always uniformly yellow or light TEASER N 5% - Foveae in 3rd interval not or but faintly blue; legs dark, or, more rarely, yellowish .................... 8. 5. Elytra very short and wide, ratio length/width <1.20, posteriorly remarkably widened (Figs 2, 3); elytral striae in basal third coarse and deep, posteriorly shallow and inconspicuous ................ 9a. - Elytra longer and less wide, ratio length/width >1.30, posteriorly barely widened, elytral striae in basal third fine and rather shallow as in posterior part .......ueeeeeseeesssnenenesnsenenenenenessnesenenesnrnenennsnn 5b. 5a. Colour cupreous; transverse strioles of pronotum very coarse and irregular; apex of elytra deeply excised; besides the foveae at 3rd stria a setiferous fovea present in basal fourth of 5th stria (Fig. 3); microreticulation of elytra very distinct. Central Papua New Guinea ......... perfoveatus, spec. nov. - Colour blackish-bronzed with greenish and purplish tinge; transverse strioles of pronotum less coarse, rather regular; apex of elytra moderately excised; no additional setiferous fovea present in basal fourth of 5th stria (Fig. 2); microreticulation of elytra superficial. Central Irian Jaya ............ MEN I ea es en ke rs green seien sg he verssiereee amplipennis, spec. nov. 5b. Smaller species (c. 3.5 mm); colour bronzed or somewhat greenish; antenna almost completely reddish, short, median segments c. as wide as long; frontal sulci fewer, c. 6; aedeagus with simple apex (Ba94 fig. 9). Eastern central Papua New Guinea ......uueeneesnesesnenesneneneneneneeenen tafa Darlington - Larger species (>4 mm); colour either bright green, or bronzed without any green reflections, or cupreous, or pronotum and head green, elytra cupreous; antenna with 4 basal segments yellow, rest more or less contrastingly dark, longer, median segments distinctly longer than wide; frontal sulci more numerous, 8-9; aedeagus either with knob-like apex or simple, in latter case either colour bright green or microreticulation of elytra almost isodiametric. ........ueeseseseseesesesnesesenenerenenernenenenn 6. 118 Fig. 9. Distribution. Scopodes chimbu viridans, subspec. nov.: MI; S. muliae, spec. nov.: ©; 5. amplipennis, spec. nov.: W; S. perfoveatus, spec. nov.: €; 5. balkei, spec. nov.: &. and Biemorasyellovzorilshureddishren men en en 8a. Dem orasdarkar nen ee een ne en I. 8a. Large, wide species with cupreous elytral suture; aedeagus with wide, spatulate, laterally hooked 10. apex (Ba94 fig. 8). Central eastern Papua New Guinea ........nssssessesenensnnnnn wei Bell & Bell Smaller, narrower, uniformly greenish species without cupreous elytral suture; aedeagus with narrow, elongate, tapering apex (Fig. 5). Central Irian Jaya ...........eeeeeee muliae, spec. nov. Smaller species, length <3.7 mm; antenna short, median antennomeres almost as wide as long; aedeagus (when known) without knob-like apex and without sharp lateral edge (BA94 fig. 3)10. Larger species, length >4.0 mm; antenna longer, median antennomeres >1.3 x as long as wide; aedeagus with knob-like apex and/or with sharp lateral edge (BA figs 4, 6, 7) ee le Eoloun sreene ern... rn enesezensbesstesneetenge team eretesgeunkerenseesree ee ee ee esse tere 10a. Colour blackish-bronzed, forebody with some greenish tinge; d genitalia see Ba94 fig. 3. Central BapuasNewaGuneake chimbu chimbu Darlington 10a. Clypeus and labrum contrastingly blackish-aeneous; frontal sulci parallel, markedly regular; 11. antenna reddish throughout, only terminal segments slightly darkened; striation of elytra almost absent except near base; d genitalia unknown. Eastern central Papua New Guinea ..........nn a regularis Baehr Clypeus and labrum greenish, not contrasting; frontal sulci less parallel, slightly irregular; anten- na from 5th antennomere contrastingly black; striation of elytra distinct throughout; d genitalia as in c. chimbu Darlington (Ba94 fig. 3). Eastern central Papua New Guinea ...........ee ERS dennaetnsvones Niere hass ehe erahnen PER re 0 chimbu viridans, subspec. nov. Colour plain green, only labrum blackish-green; elytra slightly shorter, ratio 1/w 1.36; apex of aedeagus slightly knob-like, but without sharp lateral edge (BA94 fig. 4). Northeastern Papua New NER virescens Baehr Colour cupreous, or blackish with dark greenish, bluish, or cupreous tinge; elytra more elongate, ratio 1/w >1.4; lower surface of aedeagus laterally with sharp edge, apex more or less widened (BACH HRS 0, 7) arsocosochensnch6ndoeannsneneeROReeEEeREEEE Renee 12, 119 Scopodes cheesmannae Darlington Scopodes cheesmanni Darlington, 1968, p. 201; Baehr 1994, p. 129. Note. Emendation of gender, because the species was named after Miss L. Evelyn Cheesman. Scopodes balkei, spec. nov. Figs 4, 8, 9 Types. Holotype: 4, Irian Jaya, 23.9.1993 Tanime Gebiet, Tanime, 1500 m, ca. 140°06°’E 04°27’S, leg. M. Balke (18)(NHMW). Diagnosis. Small species with greenish forebody and black elytra, dark legs, very small, not con- trasting elytral foveae, superficial elytral striation, and superficial microreticulation. Further distin- guished from related species by contrasting colour of fore body and elytra, little deformed male genital ring with square apex, and aedeagus with slightly knob-shaped apex and markedly striolate lower surface. Description Measurements. Length: 3.85 mm; width: 1.5 mm. Ratios. Width head/pronotum: 1.25; width/length of pronotum: 1.14; width elytra/pronotum: 1.82; length/width of elytra: 1.39. Colour. Head and prothorax dark green with some cupreous lustre median of eyes; elytra black with faint golden hue. Labrum black, clypeus and anterior part of frons black with some cupreous tinge. Antenna reddish throughout. Legs black, tibiae slightly lighter. Head. Eyes very large, space between inner border of eyes about as wide as diameter of eye. Labrum elongate, triangular, anterior border very convex, 6-setose, in basal part medially impressed. Clypeus with shallow, transverse sulcus, basal part slightly striate, glossy. Labrum, clypeus, and anterior part of frons with some very inconspicuous additional hairs. Anterior triangular field of frons slightly wrinkled and punctate, rather glossy. Frons between eyes with c. 8 deep, rather regular sulci that reach far posteriorly. Summit and neck slightly wrinkled, apparently impunctate. Whole upper surface of head glossy. Antenna moderately elongate, median segments c. 1.3 x as long as wide. Pronotum. Convex, rather wide, cordiform, widest at lateral triangular process in anterior third. Lateral border line distinct. Margin rather evenly rounded throughout, in front of posterior angles barely concave, hence, whole pronotum has a rather rounded appearance. Lateral triangular process distinct, though very small, obtusely triangular. Posterior marginal seta absent. Anterior margin slightly convex, posterior margin straight. Median line distinct, fairly deep, not reaching apex nor base. In apical third with distinct, though rather shallow, moderately wide, transverse sulcus. Upper surface posteriorly of sulcus with rather few, superficial, transverse sulci, apparently without puncturation, without microreticulation. Surface highly glossy. Elytra. Moderately elongate, highly convex. Base comparatively wide, therefore elytra rather rectan- gular. Sides gently rounded, in anterior third slightly sinuate. Apex wide, apical border oblique and faintly sinuate. Striation barely indicated by very superficial rows of fine punctures. Foveae in third interval small, very inconspicuous, not contrasting. Surface with faint traces of microreticulation, glossy. Pilosity very sparse and extremely short, barely visible. Marginal pores rather large and conspicuous. Wings moderately elongate. Lower surface. Metepisternum c. 1.5 x as long as wide. Sternites with extremely sparse and short pilosity, with dense and dictinct microreticulation. ö genitalia. Genital ring fairly deformed, moderately asymmetric, moderately wide. Apex rather wide, apically rounded, arms fairly slender. Aedeagus large, moderately curved, slightly asymmetric, lower surface straight, distinctly striolate, apex slightly knob-shaped, moderately wide. Orificium rather short. Parameres medium-sized, as in fig. 8. ? genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 9). Central eastern Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. 120 Habits. Unknown. Collected in median altitude. Etymology. The name is a patronym in honour of the collector. Relationships. This species is certainly closely related to S. violaceus Baehr and S. riedeli Baehr, though differs from both by colour and by shape of the apex of the aedeagus. By virtue of similar structure of pronotum and rather similar aedeagus it is perhaps more closely related to the eastern S. violaceus. Recognition For recognition of S. balkei, spec nov. the key in my revision (Baehr 1994) should be altered as following: 14. Foveae in 3rd interval small, barely visible; 3 genitalia see BA94 figs. 26, 27; fig. 8. .............. 15% - Foveae in 3rd interval always large and conspicuous; d genitalia, when known, see BA94 figs 13- VD EN EEE EEE I Re 16. 15. Colour violaceous; apex of aedeagus not knob-like (Ba94 figs 26, 27) .........uneeneeneenensennenenenennnn 15a. 15 Colour not violaceous, forebody greenish, elytra black with golden tinge; aedeagus ventrally striolate, apex slightly knob-like (Fig. 8). Central eastern Irian Jaya ................... balkei, spec. nov. a.Foveae in 3rd interval usually smaller, barely visible; elytra almost non-striate; apex of aedeagus not lancet-shaped (Fig. 26); ? sternum VII without distinct notch in middle of apical margin. Eentraläiran Jayarzınn. mn mn ee violaceus, spec. noV. Foveae in 3rd interval usually larger, well visible; elytra usually feebly striate; apex of aedeagus lancet-shaped (Fig. 27); ? sternum VII with distinct notch in middle of apical margin. Vogelkop, western;lrian Jayalss...r2. return esse ri riedeli, spec. nov. Acknowledgements My best thanks are due to Dr. I. Löbl, Geneve, Mr. A. Riedel, München, Dr. H. Schönmann, Wien, and Mr. T. Weir, Canberra, for kindly submitting the specimens for examination. Literature Baehr, M. 1994. Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae). - Spixiana 17: 97-155 Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid Beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae (Continued): Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. - Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 121 Buchbesprechungen 20. Houston, W. W. K. (ed.): Zoological Catalogue of Australia, Vol. 6: Ephemeroptera, Megaloptera, Odonata, Plecoptera, Trichoptera. - Australian Covernment Publishing Service, Canberra, 1988. 315 S. Dieser Katalog, herausgegeben vom Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Canberra unter der Federführung des Executive Editors D.W. Walton, setzt diese inzwischen sehr bekannte Reihe als 6. Band fort. Kompetente Spezialisten dokumen- tieren hier den Artenbestand der merolimnischen Insektengruppen auf dem australischen Kontinent. Die beschrie- benen Gattungen und Arten werden mit detaillierten Literaturzitaten belegt, angefügt sind großräumige Verbrei- tungsangaben und Habitatzuordnungen. Die vorangestellte Einführung in die jeweiligen Familien geht auf den äußeren Bau der Imagines wie der Larven sowie auf systematische wie zoogeographische Aspekte ein. Jede der hier behandelten Ordnungen wird abrißhaft vorgestellt, wobei der Hauptaugenmerk auf der Bearbeitung der australi- schen Arten und deren chronologische Entwicklung verständlicherweise liegt. Die diesem einführenden Kapitel angehängte Literaturliste zeigt den herausragenden Bearbeitungsstand dieser Insektengruppen. Die Suche nach taxonomischen Einheiten wird durch den Index deutlich erleichtert. Für jeden Bearbeiter, auch den, der sich nicht nur auf australische Arten der 5 hier behandelten Tiergruppen beschränkt, stellt dieser Katalog eine unentbehrliche Hilfe dar. E.-G. Burmeister 21. Humberg, B.: Unterwasserführer Europäischer Binnengewässer. - Verlag S. Nagelschmid, Stuttgart, 1994. 198 S. In die inzwischen stark angewachsene Zahl von Führern zur Fauna und Flora der Binnengewässer reiht sich dieses neu konzipierte Büchlein ein, das jedoch auf Grund des Umschlagbildes einen falschen Eindruck erweckt. Ein Gerätetaucher über einem Algenrasen in einer Seenflachwasserzone ist kaum geeignet, die Lebensgemeinschaft zu analysieren und auch das Accessoir der Unterwasserkamera ist nicht geeignet, eine Analyse mit Determination der Organismen in den möglichen Bereich zu rücken. Vielmehr wirkt dies wie ein Hobbytaucher, der sich aus dem marinen Bereich in das Süßwasser verirrt hat. Davon unbeeinflußt sind die guten makroskopischen Fotos der Mitglieder der Lebensgemeinschaft. Diese jedoch sind leider in Unkenntnis der zur Bestimmung wesentlichen Differentialdiagnose in untypischer ‘Pose’ oder nur als Detailbild wiedergegeben. Determinationen sind an Hand der guten Abbildungen nicht möglich, auch fehlen Hinweise zur Artenfülle der durch Einzeltiere vorgestellten Tier- und Pflanzengruppen und deren Verwechslungsmöglichkeiten. Auch hier wird die Sucht nach Wissenschaftlichkeit befriedigt durch die den Bildern beigefügten Artnamen, die jedoch besonders bei den Wirbellosen nicht zuzuordnen und damit überflüssig sind. Unkritisch werden bei Insekten auch Larven abgebildet (S. 141) ohne entsprechenden Kommentar. Offensichtlich sind dem Autor die taxonomischen Kriterien der abgebildeten Individuen einer Art nicht bekannt (s. Gastropoda). Den Fotos sind kurze Begleittexte zugeordnet, die Abbildungen für die Habitatangabe, ein Schema der Vegetationsgürtel von stehenden Gewässern, ist vollkommen unbrauchbar und zeugt vom Mangel an ökologischer Kenntnis, da auch Fließwasserarten hier mit Pfeilen eingegliedert werden. Hier bei den Tiefenangaben zeigt sich die Priorität des Tauchers, biologische Fakten wurden hintangestellt. Die Einführung mit den Kriterien der Gewässergüte sind erfreulich kurz gehalten ebenso wie die Beschreibungen der einzelnen Tier- und Pflanzengrup- pen. Das Buch lebt durch die Abbildungen, deren Auswahl nicht immer verständlich ist, mehr Sorgfalt bei der Textgestaltung hätten ihm gut getan. Ein Bestimmungsbuch, wie textlich herausgestellt, ist es sicher nicht. E.-G. Burmeister 22. Wolff, W.J., van der Land, J., Nienhuis, P. H.& P. A. W. J. de Wilde (ed.): Ecological Studies in the Coastal Waters of Mauretania. - Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht/Boston/London, 1993. 222 S. Dieser Symposiumsband, der vom 25.-27.März 1991 in Leiden abgehaltenen Tagung gleichen Titels, enthält neben der Einführung in das Thema durch die Herausgeber 18 Fachbeiträge zur Ökologie der Küstenbereiche Mauretaniens vor allem der Bucht zwischen Cap Blanc bei Nouadhibou und dem Cap Timiris. In dieser Bucht liegt auch die besonders interessante Flachwasserzone der Banc d’Arguin mit ihren besonderen marinbiologischen Bedingungen. So werden in den Beiträgen, die die Zusammenarbeit der Behörden Mauretaniens und den wissenschaftlichen Instituten in den Niederlanden dokumentieren, die abiotischen Faktoren , die Wachstumsbedingungen von Pflanzen und besiedelnden Krabben in der Gezeitenzone, die Verteilung der Schwammarten, die Verbreitungsbilder pelagi- scher und benthischer Flagellaten und anderer Zooplankter behandelt. Hinzu kommen ökologische Darstellungen zur Biomasse des Makrobenthos in der Niedrigwasserzone, Fangauswertungen der Schleppnetzfischerei, Nahrungs- präferenzen eines dominanten Fisches (Mugil cephalus), Verbreitung von Jungfischen im küstennahen Bereich besonders der vorgelagerten Bank, die Seevogelfauna des Gebietes und abschließend eine zusammenfassende Ökosystemstudie des gesamten Bucht. Eine umfangreiche Studie befaßt sich mit der Analyse von Schwermetallkon- zentrationen im Sediment, Zooplankton und Makrozoobenthos, vor allem Krebse und eine Muschelart in diesem wenig anthropogen beeinflußten Areal. Für jeden Fachbiologen und Ökologen enthält diese Zusammenfassung wertvolle Daten. Der überzogene Preis grenzt jedoch den Leserkreis entscheidend ein. E.-G. Burmeister 122 SPIXIANA 123-144 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 The Coccinellidae (excluding Epilachninae) collected by J. Klapperich in 1977 on Taiwan (Insecta, Coleoptera) By Yu Guoyue Yu, G. (1995): The Coccinellidae (excluding Epilachninae) collected by J. Klapperich in 1977 on Taiwan (Insecta, Coleoptera). - Spixiana 18/2: 123-144 82 species of Coccinellidae (excluding Epilachninae) are enumerated from Taiwan. Among them 9 species are new records for Taiwan and the following 10 species are described as new: Sticholotis linguiformis, Stethorus klapperichi, S. muriculatus, Scymnus grammicus, S. bifurcatus, S. phylloides, S. novenus, S. petalinus, S. bistortus, Cryptogonus robustus. Yu Guoyue, Laboratory of Insect Ecology, South China Agricultural University, Guangzhou, P. R. China Present address: Institute of Plant & Environmental Protection, Beijing Academy of Agricultural & Forestry Science, Beijing 100081, P. R. China Introduction 156 species of Coccinellidae have been recorded from Taiwan (Sasaji 1988, 1991), and recently Yu & Pang (1992a,b) described additional three new species from Taiwan, but there are still many more species undescribed or unrecorded. The present paper is a list of the specimens of the family Coccinel- lidae (excluding subfamily Epilachninae) collected in Taiwan by J. Klapperich during 1977. This collection is fairly rich and contains more than 1.500 individuals. 82 species have been identified, of which 10 are new to science (another 5 have or will be published elsewhere) and 9 (labelled with *) are new records for Taiwan. The specimens (including types) will be preserved in Zoologische Staatssa- mmlung München, Germany (ZSM) and South China Agricultural University, Guangzhou, China (SCAU). Before going further, I wish to acknowledge my gratitude to Prof. H. Fürsch of Passau University, cooperator of ZSM, who kindly gave me the opportunity to examine the valuable material, and I also wish to express my cordial thanks to Prof. Pang Xiongfei for his constant guidance and encouragement to my study. Subfamily Sticholotidinae 1. Microserangium okinawense Miyatake, 1961 Specimens examined: 18, 12, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Taiwan; Ryukyus. 2. Serangium japonicum Chapin, 1940 Specimen examined: 12, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Shaanxi, Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Guangxi, Yunnan; Japan, Korea. 123 3. Shirozuella mirabilis Sasaji, 1967 Specimens examined: 28, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 4. Shirozuella appendiculata Yu & Pang, 1992 Specimens examined: 18, 28-IV-1977; 18, 7-VI-1977, both from Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 5. Shirozuella alishanensis Yu & Pang, 1992 Specimen examined: 1d, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 6. Nesolotis shirozui Sasaji, 1967 Specimen examined: 12, 14-V-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 7. Sticholotis morimotoi Kamiya, 1965 Specimens examined: 18,22%, 15-IV-1977; 32 2, 30-IV-1977; 4 exs., 13-VI-1977; 2 exs., 8-V-1977; 12, 14-V-1977; 2 exs., 23-IV-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan; Ryukyus. 8. Sticholotis linguiformis, spec. nov. Biel Types. Holotype: d, No. 920402-1, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m), Taiwan, J. Klapperich leg. (ZSM). - Allotype: 2, 23- III-1989, Chebaling (Shixing County), Guangdong, Yu Guoyue leg. (SCAU). Description Body length: 2.0-2.26 mm, width: 1.76-1.82. Body short, oval, strongly convex with whitish pubescence. Head brown with black eyes; pronotum yellowish-brown; elytra brown with four pairs of brown spots: one pair at base, situated on calli, connected with elytral base; one pair at disc, situated at % elytral length, the diameter of the spot about as wide as its distance to suture; one pair near middle of elytral length; one pair at suture, confluent, situated at % of elytral length. Underside including legs yellowish-brown. Colouration slightly darker in female. Interocular distance of frons about % width of head; interocular margins posteriorly distinctly divergent. Dorsal surface with relatively fine punctures, separated by about their diameter. Prosternal carinae distinct, anteriorly divergent, anterior margin distinctly carinate. Postcoxal line incomplete, nearly extending to hind margin of Ist abdominal segment, with a few coarse punctures at inner corner. Hind margin of segments V and VI in male distinctly emarginate, in female rounded. Male genitalia. Sipho without inner process of siphonal capsule. Tegmen stout. Basal piece of tegmen dorsally produced in a long process, but distinctly shorter than median strut. Median piece widest at base, narrowing gently to apex in lateral aspect, distinctly longer than lateral lobes. Median piece in basal half nearly parallel, then divergent apically with a widely rounded tip in ventral aspect. Hemisternite as figured. Remarks. The new species is similar to S. vietnamicus Hoang, 1982 in colouration, but the latter has the discal spots connected with each other, its siphonal capsule is developed, and the median piece narrows gently to a pointed tip. 124 G Fig. 1. Sticholotis linguiformis, spec. nov. A. Sipho (without apex); B. Tarsus; C. Median piece, ventral aspect; D. Tegmen, lateral aspect; E. Antenna; F. Hemisternite; G. Outline of the body; H. Fifth and sixth abdominal segment of d. 9. Jauravia limbata Motschulsky, 1858 Specimens examined: 22 ?, 3-IV-1977;18,22 2, 23-IV-1977; 12, 30-IV-1977; 12, 19-V-1977; 18, 25-V-1977; 1 ex., 14-V-1977; all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Yunnan; India, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Thailand. Subfamily Scymninae * 10. Stethorus aptus Kapur, 1948 Specimens examined: 14, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m); 12, 23-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m); 12, 10-IV-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m); 22 2, 15-IV-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m); 12, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 12, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Tapei, 200 m). Distribution: Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Guangxi, Taiwan; Japan, Malaysia. 11. Stethorus klapperichi, spec. nov. Fig. 2 Types. Holotype: d, No. 920421 (10-VI-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m), Taiwan). - Allotype: ? (same data as holotype). - Paratypes: 28 d, 10-VI-1977; 28 8, 28-IV-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). All types are deposited in ZSM except one paratype in SCAU. Description Body length: 1.35-1.47, width: 1.0-1.12 mm, L/W: 1.30-1.35. 125 H Fig. 2. Stethorus klapperichi, spec. nov. A. Apex of sipho; B. Sipho; C. Tegmen, lateral aspect; D. ditto, ventral aspect; E. Outlineofthebody; F. Hemisternite; G. Receptaculum semnis; H. Fifth abdominal segment of 3; I. First abdominal segment. Body oval, with sides moderately arcuate in dorsal aspect. Dorsum moderately convex with dense yellowish-white pubescence. Body black, but eyes, antennae, mouthparts and legs brown. Interocular distance about width of head; interocular margins nearly parallel in front view, slightly divergent posteriorly. Elytral punctures similar to those of pronotum, separated by about their diameter. Post- coxal line complete, extending to a little more than half of length of Ist abdomional segment; area surrounded by the line with more than 10 coarse puntures. Hind margin of segment VI distinctly emarginate in male. Male genitalia. Sipho short and stout, siphonal capsule distinct and developed, black in colouration, consisting of a strongly flattened outer process and a very short, indistinct inner process. Apical part of sipho hook-shaped. Tegmen also stout, median piece nearly parallel at basal % in ventral aspect; apical part of the median piece curved tergally in lateral aspect. Lateral lobes distinctly shorter than median piece with very fine setae at inner surface; preapex of lateral lobes with a distinct expansion at inner surface; basal piece of tegmen longer than the main part. Female genitalia as figured. Remarks. The new species resembles S. yezoensis Miyatake, 1966 and S. binchuanensis Pang & Mao, 1975 in the structure of the sipho and the postcoxal line, but is easily separated from them by abdominal segment VI of male with distinctly emarginate hind margin and lateral lobes of the tegmen expanded preapically at their inner surface. 12. Stethorus muriculatus, spec. nov. Fig. 3 Types. Holotype: d, No. 920423, (13-VI-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m), Taiwan). - Allotype: ? (same data as holotype). - Paratypes: 18,4? 2, 13-VI-1977; 18,12, 9-IV-1977; 12, 10-IV-1977; 12, 15-IV-1977; 18, 23-IV-1977; 18, 30-IV-1977; 12, 10-V-1977;18,32 2, 14-V-1977; 12, 19-V-1977; 18,32 2, 30-V-1977; 12, 7-VI-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m); 13,12, 28-IV-1977,38 8,32 2, 10-VI-1977, both from Alishan (2.400 m), 2? 2, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m). All types are deposited in ZSM, but 8 paratypes in SCAU. 126 Fig. 3. Stethorus muriculatus,spec.nov. A. Sipho; B. Apex ofsipho; C. Antenna; D. Outlineofthebody; E. Tegmen, lateral aspect; F. ditto, ventral aspect; G. First abdominal segment; H. Sixth abdominal segment of d; I. Hemis- ternite. Description Body length: 1.32-1.52 mm, width: 0.85-1.0 mm, L/W: 1.52-1.55. Body small, elongately oval with relatively weakly arcuate sides, about 1.5 times as long as wide, dorsum moderately convex. Body overall black, but eyes, mouthparts, antennae, tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Interocular distance about '» width of head; interocular margins of head divergent posteriorly; punctures on frons sparse, finer than facets. Pronotal punctures fine on disc, coarser on lateral part; elytral punctures coarser and sparser than pronotal ones. Postcoxal line complete, rather widely rounded, extending to % of length of 1st abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line with more than 10 strong punctures, narrowly smooth along the line. Apical margin of segment VI substruncate or very slightly emarginate in male. Male genitalia. Sipho relatively short, very stout, nearly as long as tegmen including the median strut, very weakly curved through entire length; siphonal capsule undeveloped, without distinct inner and outer process. Siphonal apex with a small nodle-like projection. Tegmen fairly stout, median piece of tegmen moderately broad, widest at base, about 3 x as long as wide in middle, gently narrowing apically with a pointed tip in ventral aspect. Lateral lobes distinctly shorter than median piece, nearly parallel at basal %, then distinctly narrowing. Hemisternite of female genitalia as figured. Remarks. The new species resembles S. yezoensis Miyatake, 1966, but differs from the latter by apex of sipho without a hook-like projection and lateral lobes with sides parallel at basal half and narrowing distinctly at apical half. It also resembles $. chengi Sasaji, 1968, but the latter has a siphonal capsule with a semicircular flattened outer process and extremely slender and linear hemisternites. 127 13. Stethorus sp. Specimen examined: 1?, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m). Remarks. The species is very small (length: 0.94 mm, width: 0.79 mm), and lateral sides of body narrow distinctly to apex of elytra. * 14. Diomus brunsuturalis Pang & Gordon, 1986 Diomus brachsiphonus Pang & Huang, 1986 (syn. nov.) Specimens examined: 13,22 ?, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 12, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m). Distribution: Hainan, Fujian, Guangdong, Taiwan, Sichuan; Vietnam. Remarks. The four examined specimens are variable in colouration, from entirely brown to a black triangular marking at base of elytra, to black elytra with brown apex. I examined the holotype of brachsiphonus and found that the punctures in the median part are coarse and distinct. 15. Keiscymnus securiformis Yu & Pang, 1992 Specimen examined: 18, 10-VI-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. * 16. Nephus (Nephus) dilepismoides Pang & Pu, 1988 Specimens examined: 25 8,32 2, 4-III-1977, Taipei (30 m). Distribution: Guangxi, Taiwan. Remarks. The examined specimens have relatively wide apex of sipho, as compared with the types. * 17. Nephus (Nephus) quadrimaculatus (Herbst, 1783) Specimen examined: 1d, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Palaearctic Region. 18. Nephus (Sidis) tagiapatus (Kamiya, 1965) Specimen examined: 12, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Guangdong; Ryukyus, Thailand, Malaysia, India. 19. Nephus sp. Specimen examined: 12, 30-IV-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). 20. Axinoscymnus beneficus Kamiya, 1963 Specimen examined: 18, 15-IV-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Hainan, Guangdong, Taiwan; Japan 21. Axinoscymnus sp. Specimen examined: 12, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m). Remarks. The specimen is small in size and brown in colouration. 128 * 22. Pseudoscymnus sylvaticus (Lewis, 1896) Specimens examined: 38. 8,4% 2, 15-IV-1977; 338,22 2,23-IV-1977; 18 ,30-IV-1977;28 8,12 ,8-V-1977; 12 ,14- V-1977; 22 2, 25-V-1977; 18, 7-VI-1977; 18, 12, 13-VI-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan; Japan, Korea. 23. Pseudoscymnus nagasakiensis (Kamiya, 1961) Specimens examined: 14, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 32 2, 2-V-1977; 2? 2, 23-V-1977, both from Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Taiwan; Japan. 24. Pseudoscymnus fulvihumerus Yang & Wu, 1972 Specimens examined: 18,1%, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 25. Pseudoscymnus fuscus Yang, 1971 Specimens examined: 33. 8,1, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 26. Pseudoscymnus changi Yang, 1971 Specimen examined: 1d, 19-V-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 27. Pseudoscymnus orbiculatus Yang, 1971 Specimens examined: 14, 28-IV-1977; 18,12, 10-VI-1977, all from Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 28. Pseudoscymnus anmashanus Yang, 1971 Specimens examined: 23,1%, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 29. Pseudoscymnus quinquepunctatus (Weise, 1923) Specimens examined: 1?, 30-IV-1977; 15, 19-V-1977, 12, 3-VI-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m); 18, 6-V-1977, Yangmingshan-Gebirge (Taipei); 12, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m). Distribution: Taiwan; Ryukyus. 30. Pseudoscymnus kurohime (Miyatake, 1959) Specimens examined: 14, 30-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m); 19, 6-V-1977, Yangmingshan-Gebirge (Taipei). Distribution: Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong, Guangxi, Guizhou, Yunnan; Japan, Vietnam. 31. Pseudoscymnus hareja (Weise, 1879) Specimen examined: 12, 23-IV-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan; Japan. 129 32. Scymnus (Scymnus) grammicus, spec. nov. Fig. 4 Types. Holotype: d, No. 910515-1, Taiwan (Fenchihu), 14-V-1977, J. Klapperich (deposited in ZSM). Description Length: 2.47 mm, width: 1.53 mm. Body elongate, oval, moderately convex with yellowish-white pubescence. Head brown with grey eyes; pronotum brown; scutellum black; elytra black with apical '% brown; venter brown with black pterothorax. Interocular margins arcuate, anteriorly convergent, separated by less than '% width of head; head large, about /ı width of pronotum, with large mandible; puncturation on head irregular, coarser than facets, denser along the eyes, on median part of frons punctures separated by their diameter. Anterior margin of pronotum slightly concave, anterior corners nearly rectangular, posterior ones relatively round; punctures similar to those on head in size, separated by half their diameter. Scutellum wider than long. Elytra with distinct calli, punctures coarser and sparser than those on pronotum, separated by about their diameter. Prosternum with broad intercoxal carinae, extending to anterior margin, slightly convergent anteriorly, length about 2 x width at base. Postcoxal line incomplete, extending to %/ length of Ist abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line finely punctured, smooth along the line; punctures on the middle of segment I-III coarser than on lateral parts. Hind margins of segments V-Vi slightly and widely emarginate in male. Male genitalia. Sipho moderately stout and long, with short outer process and long inner one of siphonal capsule; basal half of sipho strongly curved, semicircular; apex of sipho long thread-like, without any appendix. Tegmen stout; lateral lobes distinctly longer than median piece, broad in lateral aspect; median piece boat-shaped, with a pointed tip, in ventral aspect widest at middle. Remarks. There are several species of Scymnus with long sipho occurring in the Oriental region, e.g. Scymnus (Scymnus) longmenicus Pang, 1986, S. (Pullus) tenuis Yang, 1978, and S. (P.) longisiphonatus Hoang, 1982. However, this new species can be easily separated from the latter two by the boat-like median piece, incomplete postcoxal line and broad separated prosternal carinae. 33. Scymnus (Scymnus) bifurcatus, spec. nov. Fig. 5 Types. Holotype: d, No. 910515-2, Taiwan (Fenchihu), 7-VI-1977 (ZSM). - Allotype: ?, same data as holotype (ZSM.). - Paratypes: 15, same data as holotype (ZSM); 32 2, 9-IV-1977 (ZSM); 15,12, 10-IV-1977 (ZSM); 18,32 2, 23-IV-1977 (ZSM); 12, 30-IV-1977 (ZSM); 38 8,5? 2, 10-V-1977 (SCAU); 58 8,6% 2, 25-V-1977 (ZSM); 18, 30-V-1977 (SCAU); 12, 3-VI-1977 (SCAU); 82 2, 13-VI-1977 (ZSM), all from Fenchihu (1.400 m); 12, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m) (SCAU). Description Length: 2.0-2.65 mm, width: 1.35-1.94 mm. Body oval, moderately convex with yellowish-white pubescence, weakly S-shaped arranged on elytra. Head brown in male, black in female, both with black eyes; pronotum brown with a large black mark at base; scutellum dark brown, elytra black with posterior 7 brown; prosternum brown; meso- and metasternum black; abdomen brown with central part of base brown; legs brown. Interocular margins slightly incurvate, separated by half of width of head; puncturation on head coarse, larger than facets, punctures separated by half their diameter. Pronotum with anterior and posterior corners round, but the latter more widely round; pronotal punctures similar to those on head in size, separated by about their diameter. Scutellum triangular, wider than long. Elytra distinctly wider than pronotum, with indistinct calli; elytral punctures coarser than those on pronotum, separat- ed by 0.5-1.0 of their diameter. Prosternal carinae narrow, distinctly constricted in basal half, almost parallel in anterior half, length about 3.5 x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, extending to % of length of 1st abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line irregulariy punctured in anterior half, smooth along the line; punctures on median part of this segment smaller than on lateral parts. Hind margin of segments V-VI straight in male, round in female. 130 Fig. 4. Scymnus (Scymnus) grammicus, spec. nov. A. Sipho; B. Tarsus; C. Tegmen, lateral aspect; D. ditto, ventral aspect; E. Ninth sternite of d; F. Antenna; G. First abdominal segment; H. Outline of the body. Male genitalia. Sipho stout with indistinct outer process and long inner one of siphonal capsule; apical '% of sipho slightly swollen; apex of sipho scleroidly bifid, surrounded by a membrane. Tegmen stout with distinctly longer lateral lobes; lateral lobes broad in lateral aspect; median piece tapering to tip in lateral view with widest part near base in ventral aspect. Remarks. This new species resembles Scymnus (Scymnus) tsushimaensis Sasaji, 1970, but the latter differs in: 1. apex of sipho with short membranous hook, without sclerotized part; 2). hind margin of V in male relatively distinctly emarginate; 3. pronotum black with narrow anterior margin and laterai portions reddish-brown; 4. median piece relatively narrow in ventral aspect. 131 Fig. 5. Scymnus (Scymnus) bifurcatus, spec. nov. A. Median part of prosternum; B. Sipho; C. Apex of sipho; D. Receptaculum seminis; E. Tegmen, lateralaspect; F. ditto, ventralaspect; G. Hemisternite; H. 9th ster- nite of d; I. Outline of body; J. Antenna; K. First abdominal segment. 34. Scymnus (Pullus) perdere Yang, 1978 Scymnus (Pullus) nepenthus Pang & Huang, 1985: 32. Specimens examined: 154 exs., 9-IV /13-VI-1977, all from Fenchilu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong, Zhejiang. 132 Fig. 6. Scymnus (Pullus) phylloides, spec. nov. A. Ninth sternite of d; B. Sipho; C. Apex ofsipho; D. First abdom- inal segment; E. Tegmen, ventral aspect; F. ditto, lateral aspect; G. Tarsus; H. Outline of the body. 35. Scymnus (Pullus) phylloides, spec. nov. Fig. 6 Types. Holotype; d, No. 910523-2, Taiwan (Fenchihu), 3-VI-1977, J. Klapperich (ZSM). Description Length: 1.53 mm, width: 1.06 mm. Body small, oval, moderately convex with yellowish-white pubescence, arranged S-shaped on elytra. Body overall reddish-brown. Puncturation on head fine, punctures smaller than facets; pronotal punctures similar to those on head, separated by 1-2 x of their diameter; elytral punctures coarse, separated by half of their diameter; elytron with distinct callus, without rows of coarse punctures. Prosternum with carinae, extending to anterior margin, parallel, length about 2x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, weakly arched, extending to % length of 1st abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line slightly less coarsely punctured, smooth along the line. Hind margin of segment V round, of segment VI straight, slightly emarginate in male. 133 Male genitalia. Sipho relatively long with short outer process and long inner process of siphonal capsule; apex of sipho simple. Tegmen slender with long trabe; median piece widest at base, tapering gradually in basal % and then distinctly to tip in lateral aspect, distinctly longer than lateral lobes; lateral lobes widest at middle, narrow at base in lateral aspect. Remarks. In China several small brown species occur, but the new species can be distinguished from others by its male genitalia, postcoxal line, and coarse facets of eyes. 36. Scymnus (Pullus) takasago Kamiya, 1965 Specimens examined: 359 exs., Fenchihu, from IV-VL, 1977. Distribution: Taiwan. 37. Scymnus (Pullus) sp. Specimens examined: 53 exs., from Fenchihu (1.400 m) during 9-V1/13-VI-1977. Remarks. This is an undescribed species that will be described elsewhere. 38. Scymnus (Pullus) pangi Fürsch, 1989 Scymnus (Nipponopullus) hoocalis Pang & Gordon, 1986: 182. Scymnus (Pullus) notus Pang & Pu, 1990: 337. Specimens examined: 53 8,82 2, 23-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Guangdong, Hainan, Guangxi. 39. Scymnus (Pullus) centralis Kamiya, 1965. Scymnus (Scymnus) prosericatus Pang, 1988: 385. Specimens examined: 94 exs., Fenchihu, J. Klapperich from 9-IV / 13-VI-1977. Distribution: Taiwan, Guangdong, Hainan. Vietnam. Remarks. Sasaji (1965) described this species as a member of Scymnus (Pullus), and Iexamined many examples, of which a few have complete postcoxal line. Moreover, I also examined additional 30 examples from Fenchihu (Taiwan, J. Klapperich, 9-IV / 13-VI-1977), which are identical with S. centralis, except for colouration (overall brown) and fine punctures on lateral part of 1st abdominal segment. These specimens are tentatively included in this species. 40. Scymnus (Pullus) novenus, spec. nov. Fig. 7 Types. Holotype: ?, No. 920402-2, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m), J. Klapperich leg. Description Body length: 2.59 mm, width: 1.65. Body elongate, oval, moderately convex with yellowish-white pubescence. Body overall brown, but median part of pterothorax dark brown and elytra with 9 black spots: one pair at calli, nearly heart- shaped, connected with basal margin; one discal spot, situated in anterior ' of elytral length, round; one pair near centre of elytra, elongately oval; one pair at lateral margin, situated at about half of length of elytra, not connected with lateral sides of elytra, rhombic; one pair situated near apex of elytra, round. Dorsal punctures nearly uniform, about the size of facets, separated by about their diameter. Prosternal carinae straight, extending to anterior margin, anteriorly moderately convergent, length 134 Fig. 7. Scymnus (Pullus) novenus, spec. nov. A. First abdominal segment; B. Receptaculum semnis, spermduct and infundibulum; C. Hemisternite; D. Outline of the body; E. Tarsus; F. Antenna. about 2.5 times of width at base. Postcoxal line complete, extending to hind margin of 1st abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line finely punctured with long setae, narrowly smooth along the line. Apical margins of segments V, VI rounded. Female genitalia as figured. Remarks. The colouration of this new species is very peculiar in the genus Scymnus, it is therefore easily separable from other species. 41. Scymnus (Pullus) posticalis Sicard, 1912 Specimens examined: 23 8,1%, Taipei, 3-IV-1977; 12, Fenchihu, 23-IV-1977; 18, 25-V-1977, Fenchihu; 25 8,1? ‚ Wulai, 5-IV-1977; 35 8,22 2, 6-V-1977, Yangmingshan-Gebirge. Distribution: Shaanxi, Taiwan, Yunnan, Fujian, Guangdong, Guangxi, Guizhou, Hubei, Sichuan; Myanmar (formerly Burma), Japan, Vietnam. 42. Scymnus (Pullus) sodalis Weise, 1923 Specimens examined: 75 exs, from Fenchihu (1400 m), Taipei (30 m), Wulai (200 m), Shanmei (600 m) during 3-VI/ 13-VI-1977. Distribution: Taiwan, Guandong, Fujian, Zhejiang, Jiangsu; Japan, India, Nepal, Vietnam. 43. Scymnus (Pullus) petalinus, spec. nov. Fig. 8 Types. Holotype: d, No. 910515-4, Fenchihu (1.400 m), 13-IV-1977, J. Klapperich leg. (ZSM). - Paratypes:2? ?,same data as holotype (SCAU, ZSM). 135 Fig. 8. Scymnus (Pullus) petalinus, spec. nov. A. Apex of sipho; B. Sipho; C. Tegmen, lateral aspect; D. ditto, ventral aspect; E. Receptaculum semnis; F. First abdominal segment; G. Hemisternite; H. Outline of the body. Description Length: 2.06-2.35 mm, width: 1.47-1.65 mm. Body oval, moderately convex with yellowish-white pubescence. Head yellowish-brown with grey eyes; pronotum yellowish-brown with a black basal mark; scutellum black; elytra black with posterior ı yellowish-brown; underside including legs brown except pterothorax black. | Interocular margins slightly arcuate, separated by about % of width of head; puncturation on head | and pronotum fine and dense, punctures separated by 0.5-1.0 x of their diameter; elytral puctures coarser than those on pronotum, separated by their diameter; elytron with indistinct rows of coarse punctures near suture. Prosternal carinae extending to anterior margin, anteriorly distinctly conver- gent, length about 2 x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, extending to % of length of Ist abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line irrgularly punctured, coarser posteriorly, narrowly smooth along the line; punctures on median part of segments I-II finer than those on lateral parts. Hind margin of segment V nearly straight, slightly rounded in male, rounded in female. | Male genitalia. Sipho moderately slender with indistinct outer process and long inner process of siphonal capsule; apex of sipho slightly curved with a thread-like appendix at outer surface. Tegmen | relatively stout; lateral lobes broad, median piece flatted in lateral aspect; median piece shorter than | lateral lobes, boat-shaped with a pointed tip in ventral view. 136 Remarks. There are many species of Scymnus that have the apex of sipho with thread-like appendix. The new species resembles S. (Pullus) sodalis (Weise, 1923), but can be easily separated from the other species by the flatted median piece of tegmen which is distinctly shorter than the lateral lobes. 44. Scymnus (Pullus) leo Yang, 1978 Specimens examined: 18, 15-IV-1977; 12, 13-VI-1977, both from Fenchihu. Distribution: Taiwan. 45. Scymnus (Pullus) bistortus, spec. nov. Fig. 9 Types. Holotype: d, No. 910522-1, Taiwan (Alishan, 2.400 m), 10-VI-1977, J. Klapperich leg. (ZSM). - Allotype: ?, same data as holotype (ZSM). - Paratypes: 18, 72 ?, same data as holotype (ZSM); 19, 2? ?, Taiwan (Alishan, 2.400 m), 28-IV-1977 (SCAU). Description Length: 1.71-2.29 mm, width: 1.18-1.41 mm. Body elongately oval, relatively weakly convex with yellowish-white pubescence. Head brown, dark towards vertex with grey eyes; or head black with brown clypeus; pronotum black with antero-lateral corners more or less widely brown, or entirely black; scutellum black; elytra black with less than posterior '/ı brown; venter black or dark-brown. Interocular margins arcuate, separated by 1.5 x width of eye; puncturation on head slightly coarser than facets, denser along eyes, punctures separated by their diameter at centre of frons. Pronotal punctures similar to those on frons in size, separated by their diameter; elytral punctures much coarser than those on pronotum, separated by half of their diameter, elytron without rows of coarse punctures. Prosternum with intercoxal carinae extending to anterior margin, distinctly convergent anteriorly, length about 2.5 x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, extending to % of length of Ist abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line irregularly punctured, coarser posteriorly, widely smooth along the line; punctures on median part of segments I-II much smaller than lateral parts. Hind margin of segments V-VI both widely emarginate in male, rounded in female. Male genitalia. Sipho moderately stout with short outer process and long inner process of siphonal capsule; sipho strongly curved at base; apex of sipho very characteristic, first hooked and then swirled. Tegmen stout with median piece longer than lateral lobes; median piece divergent at base, then convergent and gradually tapering to tip in ventral aspect. Remarks. This species is easily distinguished from the known species occurring in China by almost entirely black body, almost parallel sides of body, and characteristic male genitalia. * 46. Scymnus (Pullus) oestocraerus Pang & Huang, 1985 Specimens examined: 48 8,59 ?, 15-IV-1977;18,12,30-IV-1977; 48 8,5 2 2,14-V-1977;18,12,3-VI-1977;48 8, 23-IV-1977; 18,12, 8-V-1977; 38 8,42 2, 19-V-1977; 18,12, 25-V-1977; 18,52 2, 13-VI-1977, all from Fenchihu. Distribution: Fujian, Taiwan; Vietnam. 47. Scymnus (Pullus) yangi Yu & Pang, 1993 Scymnus (Pullus) bicolor Yang, 1978: 114 (preoccupied by Philippi, 1854). Scymnus (Pullus) endocorycus Pang & Huang, 1986: 62. Scymnus (Pullus) vinhphuensis Hoang, 1982: 152. Specimens examined: 13,22 ?, Yangmingshan-Gebirge, 6-V-1977;12, Fenchihu, 13-IV-1977; 12, 15-IV-1977; 18, Fenchihu, 23-IV-1977;32 2, Fenchihu, 30-IV-1977; 12, Fenchihu, 14-V-1977; 42 2, Fenchihu, 19-V-1977; 12, Fenchi- hu, 25-V-1977; 18, 12, Fenchihu, 7-VI-1977. Distribution: Taiwan, Zhejinag, Fujian, Guangdong, Hainan; Vietnam. 187 nı \ ieh \ ‘ Dt) t Fig. 9. Scymnus (Pullus) bistortus, spec. nov. A. Sipho; B. Apex ofsipho; C. Tegmen, lateral aspect; D. ditto, ven- tral aspect; E. Receptaculum semnis; F. Sixth abdominal segment of d; G. Hemisternite; H. Outline of the body; I. First abdominal segment; J. Ninth sternite of d. 48. Scymnus (Pullus) dorcatomoides Weise, 1879 Specimens examined: 168,112 2, Alishan, 10-VI-1977, J. Klapperich. Distribution: Taiwan, Fujian; Japan, Vietnam. Remarks. The examined specimens are variable in colouration (dark parts of the body might become light) and the length of median piece (from 3 to ”/s of length of lateral lobes). * 49. Scymnus (Pullus) klapperichi Pang & Gordon, 1986 Specimen examined: 18, 10-V-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Fujian, Guangxi. 138 50. Scymnus (Parapullus) secula Yang, 1978 Specimens examined: 53 8,92 2, Taiwan (Alishan), 10-VI-1977. Distribution: Taiwan. 51. Scymnus (Parapullus) alishanensis Pang & Yu, 1993 Specimens examined: 58 d, 12, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m), J. Klapperich. Distribution. Taiwan. 52. Scymnus (Neopullus) brunnescens Motschulsky, 1866 Specimens examined: 12, Taipei, 10-IV-1977;38 8,22 2,8-V-1977;28 8,3 2 2,10-V-1977;8 exs., 25-V-1977;2 2 2, 3-VI-1977; 18,12, 13-VI-1977, all from Fenchihu. Distribution: Guangdong, Fujian, Taiwan; Ceylon, India. Remarks. Scymnus brunnescens has been synonymized with fuscatus by Sasaji (1971: 172), but actually it is a valid species (lablokoff-Khnzorian, 1972: 172). It is separable from fuscatus by its somewhat triangular median piece in ventral aspect, which is equal in length to the lateral lobes, and by the apex of sipho with a thread-like appendix. 53. Aspidimerus esakii Sasaji, 1968 Specimens examined: 13, 19-V-1977; 258, 222, 25-V-1977; 12, 3-VI-1977; 18, 7-VL-1977; 18, 1%, 13-VI-1977 from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Guangxi. 54. Cryptogonus orbiculus (Gyllenhal, 1801) Specimens examined: 14, 2-V-1977; 33 8, 23-V-1977, both from Shanmei (600 m); 13, 6-V-1977, Yangmingshan- Gebirge (Taipei); 18, 4? 2, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 2? ?, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m). Distribution: Widely distributed in China; Japan, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Micronesia. 55. Cryptogonus postmedialis Kapur, 1948 Specimens examined: 18, 11-IV-1977; 15, 15-IV-1977, both from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Sichuan, Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong; Myanmar, India. 56. Cryptogonus angusticarinatus Sasaji, 1968 Specimens examined: 18, 5-IV-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m); 22 2, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m); 23. 8,22 2, 5-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Guangdong. 57. Cryptogonus ohtai Sasaji, 1968 Specimens examined: 48 8,6% ?, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 13, 23-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 139 58. Cryptogonus horishanus (Ohta, 1929) Specimens examined: 34 d, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m). Distribution: Gansu, Zhejiang, Sichuan, Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong; Japan. 59. Cryptogonus kurosawai Sasaji, 1968 Specimens examined: 1%, 9-IV-1977; 12, 13-VI-1977, both from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 60. Cryptogonus robustus, spec. nov. Fig. 10 Types. Holotype: d (3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m)). - Paratypes: 45 d, (same data as holotype); 13, 23-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m), J. Klapperich leg. (ZSM, one in SCAU). Description Body length: 2.29-2.53 mm, width: 1.79-1.88 mm. Body oval, dorsal surface strongly convex with whitish pubescence. Head yellowish-brown, but clypeus black and frons usually with black area, or even the black marking enlarged leaving only vertex brown; pronotum black with very narrow anterior margin reddish-brown, sometimes anterio-lateral corners yellowish-brown; elytra black with a pair of yellowish-brown discal spots, rounded, situated nearer to apex than to base of elytron; their distance to suture about ; to that of lateral margin. Underside black; legs black with dark-brown tip of femora and brown tarsi. Interocular margins of frons weakly arcuate and anteriorly slightly convergent in anterior part. Prosternum with distinct carinae which are slightly convergent in middle. Elytral punctures fine, separated by 1.5 x their diameter. Hind margin of segment VI of male rounded, but straight or very slightly emarginate in middle. Male genitalia. Sipho short, strongly curved in basal half. Siphonal capsule short and stout, nearly rectangular, outer process distinctly longer than the indistinct inner process. Apex of sipho distinctly narrowing, hook-like. Tegmen relatively stout, median piece widest at base, gently narrowed to a rounded tip in ventral aspect. Remarks. The new species resembles C. orbiculus, but is easily separable from the latter by the short sipho with nearly rectangular siphonal capsule. It also resembles C. quadrigulatus (Weise, 1895) in the structure of the male genitalia, but differs from the latter by the position of the discal spots on elytra and by the hook-like apex of sipho that narrows distinctly. Subfamily Chilocorinae 61. Platynaspidius maculosus (Weise, 1910) Specimens examined: 18,12, 3-VI-1977, Taipei (30 m); 13, Yangmingshan-Gebirge (Taipei). Distribution: Widely distributed in China. 62. Platynaspidius babai Sasaji, 1988 Specimen examined: 12, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 140 G Fig. 10. Cryptogonus robustus, spec. nov. A. Sipho; B. Apex of sipho; C. Tegmen, lateral aspect; D. ditto, ventral aspect; E. Outline of the body; F. Median part of prosternum. G. Sixth abdominal segment of d. 63. Chilocorus shirozui Sasaji, 1968 Specimen examined: 12, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. 64. Chilocorus alishanus Sasaji, 1968 Specimens examined: 14, 23-IV-1977; 18, 12, 28-IV-1977; 12, 30-IV-1977; 12, 8-V-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m); 42 2, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Yunnan. 65. Telsimia nigra (Weise, 1879) Specimens examined: 1d, 9-IV-1977; 18, 10-IV-1977; 18, 12, 11-IV-1977; 18, 15-IV-1977; 28 8, 23-IV-1977; 18, 22 2, 30-IV-1977; 18, 19-V-1977; 22 2, 13-VI-1977, all from Fechihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Fujian; Japan. * 66. Telsimia nagasakiensis Miyatake, 1978 Specimens examined: 14, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 12, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Taiwan; Japan. 141 67. Telsimia scymnoides Miyatake, 1978 Specimens examined: 18, 9-IV-1977; 18,2% ?, 10-IV-1977; 23 8, 25-V-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. Subfamily Coccinellinae 68. Coccinella septempunctata Linnaeus, 1758 Specimens examined: 3 exs. 11-IV-1977; 5 exs., 15-IV-1977; 7 exs., 23-IV-1977; 2 exs., 30-IV-1977; 2 exs., 8-V-1977; 1 ex., 14-V-1977; 1 ex., 23-V-1977; 1 ex., 3-VI-1977; 10 exs., 13-VI-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Widely distributed in China; Palaearctic Region, America. 69. Illeis koebelei Timberlake, 1943 Specimens examined: 4 exs., 2-V-1977; 4 exs., 23-V-1977, both from Shanmei (600 m); 6 exs., 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 1 ex., 30-IV-1977; 3 exs., 10-V-1977; 5 exs., 14-V-1977; 2 exs., 8-V-1977; 2 exs., 19-V-1977; 1 ex., 25-V-1977, 1 ex., 13-VI-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Fujian, Guandgdong, Guangxi, Yunnan, Taiwan; Japan. * 70. Illeis shensiensis Timberlake, 1943 Specimens examined: 2 exs., Alishan; 35 exs., from Fenchihu during 10-IV /7-VI-1977. Distribution: Shaanxi, Yunnan, Taiwan. Remarks. The above two species are co-existent at the altitude of 1.400 m (Fenchihu), but those specimens occurring in Taipei (30 m) and Shanmei (600 m) belong to the former and those from Alishan (2.400 m) to the latter. 71. Halyzia sanscrita Mulsant, 1853 Specimens examined: 28 4, 28-IV-1977; 23 8, 10-VI-1977, all from Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Kansu, Sichuan, Hebei, Shaanxi, Zhejiang, Taiwan, Fujian, Guizhou, Yunnan, Tibet; India, Yemen. 72. Macroilleis hauseri (Mader, 1930) Specimens examined: 10 exs., 10-V-1977; 4 exs., 14-V-1977; 2 exs., 25-V-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Widely distributed in China. 73. Lemnia biplagiata (Swartz, 1808) Specimens examined: 23 8,1%, 2-V-1977; 168 8,212 2, 23-V-1977, all from Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Zhejiang, Jiangxi, Sichuan, Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong, Guangxi, Yunnan, Tibet; Ja- pan, Korea, India, Myanmar, Thailand, Nepal, Vietnam, Malaysia, Philippines, Indonesia. 74. Lemnia (Synia) melanaria (Mulsant, 1850) Specimen examined: 12, 23-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Gansu, Shaanxi, Hubei, Sichuan, Taiwan, Fujian, Guangxi, Guangdong, Guizhou, Yunnan, Tibet; India, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, Philippines. 142 75. Lemnia (Artemis) circumusta (Mulsant, 1850) Specimens examined: 1 2, 5-IV-1977, Wulai (Taipei, 200 m); 12, 2-V-1977, Shanmei (600 m). Distribution: Taiwan, Guangxi, Hainan, Yunnan; Thailand, Philippines, India. 76. Harmonia dimidiata (Fabricius, 1781) Specimen examined: 1?, 6-V-1977, Yangmingshan-Gebirge (Taipei). Distribution: Sichuan, Hunan, Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong, Guangxi, Yunnan, Tibet; Japan, Nepal, India, Indonesia. 77. Harmonia sedecimnotata (Fabricius, 1801) Specimens examined: 32 2, 11-IV-1977; 2 exs., 10-IV-1977; 7 exs., 28-IV-1977; 18, 10-V-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m); 12, 10-VI-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Sichuan, Taiwan, Guangdong, Guangxi, Hainan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Tibet; Philippines, Indonesia. 78. Harmonia octomaculata (Fabricius, 1781) Specimens examined: 14, 7-VI-1977; 22 2, 13-VI-1977, both from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Widely distributed in China; Japan, India, SE Asia to Australia. 79. Propylea japonica (Thunberg, 1781) Specimens examined: 1?, 3-IV-1977, Taipei (30 m); 1?, 15-IV-1977; 12, 19-IV-1977; 42 2, 23-IV-1977; 288, 30-IV-1977; 18, 5-VI-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Widely distributed in China; India, Palaearctic region. 80. Propylea luteopustulata (Mulsant, 1850) Specimens examined: 4 exs., 11-IV-1977; 1 ex., 23-IV-1977; 1 ex., 30-IV-1977; 2 exs., 10-V-1977; 1 Q,14-V-1977; 18, 25-V-1977; 1 ex., 3-VI-1977; 1 ex., 7-VI-1977, all from Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Shaanxi, Sichuan, Taiwan, Fujian, Guangxi, Guangdong, Yunnan, Tibet; India, Nepal, Myanmar, Thailand. 81. Calvia muiri (Timberlake, 1943) Specimens examined: 3 exs., 23-IV-1977; 1 ex., 14-V-1977; 1 ex., 7-VI-1977; 12, 13-VI-1977, Fenchihu (1.400 m). Distribution: Shaanxi, Guangxi, Yunnan, Taiwan; Japan. 82. Oenopia takasago (Sasaji, 1982) Specimen examined: 12, 28-IV-1977, Alishan (2.400 m). Distribution: Taiwan. References Bielawski, R. 1961. Bemerkungen über die männlichen Genitalien von Arten der Gattung Illeis Muls. nebst Beschrei- bungen einer neuen Art und einer Unterart (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). - Ann. Zool. Warsz. 19: 353-368 Hoang, D. N. 1982. Bo Rua - Coccinellidae of Viet Nam (I). - Hanoi, 211 pp. 143 lablokoff-Khnzorian, S. M. 1982. Les Coccinelles. - Soc. Nouv. Edit. Boubee, Paris, 568 pp. Kamiya, H. 1965. Tribe Scymnini (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) from Formosa collected by Prof. T. Shirozu. - Spec. Bull. Lepidopt. Soc. Japan. 1: 75-82 Kapur, A. P. 1948. A revision of the tribe Aspidimerini Weise (Col. Cocc.). - Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 99 (2): 77-128 Miyatake, M. 1961. The East-Asian coccinellid-beetles preserved in the California Academy of Science, tribe Platy- naspini. - Mem. Ehime Univ. 6 (6): 67-86 -- 1966. Description of two new species of the genus Stethorus Weise from Japan (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). - Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc. 9: 51-54 -- 1978. The genus Telsimia Casey of Japan and Taiwan (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). - Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc. 14 (1-2): 13-19 Pang, X. & B. Huang 1985. Descriptions of twelve new species of ladybeetles from Fujian Province (Col. Cocc. Scymnini). - Wuyi Sci. J. 5: 29-46 (in Chinese with English summary) -—- & - - 1986. Six new species of Scymnus and four new species of Pseudoscymnus from Fujian (Col. Cocc. Scymnini). - Wuyi Sci. J. 6: 61-73 (in Chinese with English summary). Pang, X. & J. Mao 1979. Fauna of Economic Insects of China, Coleoptera: Coccinellidae. II. - Beijing, 170 pp. (in Chinese) Pang, X. & T. Pu 1988. Descriptions of two new species of Nephus (Scymnini) from Guangxi (Coleoptera: Coccinell- idae). - Entomotaxonomia 10 (3-4): 239-242 Pang, X. & G. Yu 1993. Validity od Scymnus (Parapullus) Yang with description of a new species (Col. Cocc.) from Taiwan. - Coleopt. Bull. 47 (3): 228-231 Sasaji, H. 1967. A revision of the Formosan Coccinellidae (I), the subfamily Sticholotinae, with an establishment of a new tribe (Coleoptera). - Etizenia, Fukui 25: 1-28 -- 1968. A revision of the Formosan Coccinellidae (II) tribes Stethorini, Aspidimerini and Chilocorini (Col.). - Etizenia, Fukui 32: 1-24 -- 1971. Fauna Japonica: Coccinellidae (Ins. Col.). - Tokyo, 340 pp. -- 1982. A revision of the Formosan Coccinellidae (II), subfamily Coccinellinae (Coleoptera). - Mem. Fac. Educ., Fukui Univ., Ser. II, 31: 1-49 -- 1986. Cucujoidea (Insecta: Coleoptera) collected by the Nagoya University Scientific Expedition to Formosa in 1984. - Mem. Fac. Educ., Fukui Univ., Ser. II, 36: 1-14 -- 1988. The Formosan Coccinellidae collected by Dr. K. Baba in 1986. - Trans. Essa. ent. Soc. Niigata 65: 37-52 -- 1991. The Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) collected from the Island of Lan Yu, Formosa, by Dr. K. Baba in 1987, with description of a new species. - Trans. Essa. ent. Niigata 71: 48-52 Yang, C. T. 1978a. A new subgenus and specis of Coccinellidae. - Bull. Soc. ent. Taichung 13 (1): 27-28 -- 1978b. Scymnus (Subgenus Pullus) (Col. Cocc.) from Taiwan. - Plant Prot. Bull. Taiwan 20 (2): 106-116 -- &R.H. Wu 1972. Notes on some Coccinellidae of Taiwan. - J. Agric. Forest, Taichung 21: 115-128 Yu, G. & X. Pang 1992a. Description of one new species of Keiscymnus (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) from Taiwan. - Coccinella 4 (1/2): 10-11 -- &-- 1992b. Description of male genitalia of Shirozuella mirabilis Sasaji with two additional new species from Taiwan (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). - J. South China Agric. Univ. 13 8): 37-41 -- ,Pang, H. & X. Pang 1993. Coccinellidae collected from Chebaling Nature Reserve. In: Xu, Y. (ed.): Collected Papers on the Investigation of National Chebaling Nature Reserve, Guangzhou, 467-511 (in Chinese with English summary) 144 SPIXIANA 145-150 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Coccinellid beetles from Fujian, China, preserved in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Germany (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinellidae) By Yu Guoyue Yu, G. (1995): Coccinellid beetles from Fujian, China, preserved in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Germany (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinellidae). — Spixiana 18/2: 145-150 21 species of Coccinellidae from Fujian, China, are enumerated, of which one, Scymnus (Pullus) tschungi, is new to science, and five are new records for Fujian. Yu Guoyue, Laboratory of Insect Ecology, South China Agricultural University, Guangzhou, P. R. China Present address: Institute of Plant & Environmental Protection, Beijing Academy of Agricultural & Forestry Science, Beijing 100081, P. R. China Introduction Fujian (formerly Fukien) in southeastern China is a mountanous province with abundant biological resources. Recently Huang & Pang (1991) gave a check-list that contains 145 species of ladybeetles occurring in Fujian. There is no doubt that there still exists a considerable number of undescribed or unrecorded species in this province. Through the kindness of Prof. Helmut Fürsch of Passau University, cooperator of Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Germany (ZSM), I was recently given the opportunity to examine the coccinellid beetles from Fujian which are preserved in that museum, and 219 specimens (among them 7 are not coccinellids) were referred to my study, which were collected in Kautun, Fujian by Tschung Sen. The present collection contains 21 species and among them one species is described as new to science here, and 5 species (labelled with *) are new records for Fujian. The types of the new taxon described in this paper are deposited in ZSM and South China Agricultural University (SCAU). Before going further, I wish to express my cordial thanks to Prof. Pang Xiongfei for his constant guidance and encouragement to my study, and to Prof. Helmut Fürsch for the privilege of examining the material of ZSM. Subfamily Scymninae *1. Pseudoscymnus dapae Hoang, 1978 Specimens examined: 18,2? 2, 12-IV-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Guangdong, Fujian), Vietnam. 145 2. Pseudoscymnus disselasmatus Pang & Huang, 1986 Specimens examined: 18,52 2, 12-IV-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Fujian, Guangdong). 3. Pseudoscymnus, sp. 1 Specimen examined: 1?, 12-IV-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Remarks. This species is closely related to P. nagasakiensis (Kamiya, 1961), but differs in the punc- turation on the 1st abdominal segment and hemisternite (the examined specimen with much finer and sparser punctures and elongately oval hemisternite). 4. Pseudoscymnus, sp. 2 Specimen examined: 12, 12-IV-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Remarks. This species resembles P. sylvaticus (Lewis, 1896), but the punctures on the lateral section ofthe Ist abdominal segment are sparser, and the hemisternite is triangular, but much shorter than that of the latter. * 5. Scymnus (Scymnus) tegminalis Hoang, 1985 Specimens examined: 1%, 12-IV-1946; 13, 12-V-1946; Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Guangdong, Fujian), Vietnam. Remarks. Hoang (1985) described it as a member of Scymnus s. str. However, the specimens from China have a complete postcoxal line, although it is laterally very weak, or sometimes the postcoxal line disappears before the basal margin of the Ist abdominal segment. 6. Scymnus (Pullus) rhamphiatus Pang & Huang, 1985 Specimens examined: 18, 21-III-1946; 8 exs., 12-IV-1946; 12, 12-V-1946; 13, 12-VII-1946; 12, 1-VIII-1946; 12, 15- IX-1946; Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Fujian, Zhejiang, Guizhou, Hubei). 7. Scymnus (Pullus) perdere Yang, 1978 Scymnus (Pullus) nepenthus Pang & Huang, 1985 Specimen examined: 1?, 12-IV-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong, Zhejiang). 8. Scymnus (Pullus) tschungi, spec. nov. Figs 1-10 Types. Holotype: d, No. 920331, 13-IV-1952, Tschung Sen leg. (ZSM). - Allotype: ?, same data (ZSM). - Paratypes: 538,6? ?, same data as holotype 338,52? paratypes deposited in ZSM, 23 8,1? in SCAU). 146 Figs 1-10. Scymnus (Pullus) tschungi, spec.nov. 1. Sipho. 2. Apex ofsipho. 3. Receptaculum seminis. 4. Hemister- nite. 5. 9th sternite of d. 6. Outline of body. 7. Tegmen, lateral aspect. 8. Tegmen, ventral aspect. 9. Antenna. 10. 1st abdominal segment. Description Body length: 1.85-2.24 mm; width: 1.35-1.64 mm. Body oval, dorsal surface moderately convex with whitish pubescence, arranged in very weakly S-form; head brown with grey eyes; pronotum reddish-brown with large, square, dark reddish-brown marking that nearly extends to anterior margin, but lateral parts widely reddish-brown; scutellum dark brown; elytra reddish-brown with anterior margin and suture dark brown; and with two pairs of obscure, dark reddish-brown spots. Sometimes the anterior spot enlarged, or the posterior one becom- ing indistinct, or even without any distinct spots. Underside including legs brown except for dark brown meso- and metasternum. Sometimes the large basal part of abdomen is dark brown. Interocular distance about 1.5 x width of eyes; maxillary palpi distinctly securiform; structure of antenna as figured; punctures on head fine and dense, separated by half of their diameter; pronotal punctures slightly finer, separated by about their diameter; elytral punctures coarser, separated by their diameter. Prosternal carinae extending to anterior margin, anteriorly moderately convergent, length about 2.2 x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, extending to about s of length of Ist abdominal segment; area surrounded by the line irregularly punctured, narrowly smooth along the line. Hind margin of segment V very slightly emarginate, nearly straight in male, slightly rounded in female. Male genitalia. Sipho moderately stout, strongly curved in basal half, with well developed, large siphonal capsule; apical Y:ı of sipho with a hook, apex of sipho with a small appendix at outer surface. Tegmen relatively stout, lateral lobes shorter, about 7 to */% of length of median piece. In ventral aspect, median piece widest at base, tapering gently to the pointed tip; in lateral view, median piece nearly parallel in basal half, distinctly narrowing in apical half. Hemisternite and receptaculum seminis as figured. Remarks. The new species is closely related to S. (P.) taiwanus (Ohta, 1929) in body form and male genitalia, but it can be separated from the latter by colouration, and by the median piece of the tegmen which is not anchor-like in ventral aspect. 147 9. Scymnus (pullus) sodalis (Weise, 1923) Specimens examined: 13, 12, 12-IV-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (widely distributed in China), Japan, India, Nepal, Vietnam. Remarks. The examined specimens are slightly different from other specimens in their postcoxal line (relatively less arched in the above two specimens). We have large series of S. sodalis which are variable in punctures on the area surrounded by the postcoxal line (widely or narrowly smooth along the line) and in length of median piece (shorter to slightly longer than the lateral lobes). 10. Scymnus (Pullus), sp. 1 Specimens examined: 32 2, 12-V-1946, Tschung sen leg. Remarks. This species is similar to S. (S.) tegminalis Hoang, 1985, but the pronotum is almost entirely black with very narrow anterior margin reddish-brown and the area surrounded by the postcoxal line is finely punctured. 11. Scymnus (Pullus), sp. 2 Specimens examined: 12, 20-VI-1946; 12, 12-VII-1946, Tschung Sen. leg. Remarks. This species is peculiar with respect to the long receptaculum seminis with a dark ringed spermduct and nearly rectangular hemisternite. 12. Scymnus (Pullus) oestocraerus Pang & Huang, 1985 Specimens examined: 22 2, 12-IV-1946; 13, 5-V-1946; 2? 2, 12-VI-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Fujian, Taiwan). * 13. Scymnus (Pullius) dorcatomoides Weise, 1879 Specimens examined: 23. 3,2? ?, 12-IV-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Taiwan, Fujian), Japan, Vietnam. Remarks. We have examined many specimens from Taiwan, and found that the length of the median piece of the tegmen is variable from 7% to 5 of length of the lateral lobes. * 14. Scymnus (Neopullus) brunnescens Motsch., 1866 Specimens examined: 9 exs., 12-V-1946; 68 4,112 ?, 12-V-1946; 15, 12, 12-VI-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong), Sri Lanka, India. Remarks: Scymnus brunnescens was synonymized with S. fuscatus by Sasaji (1971: 180), but actually it is a valid species (lablokoff-Khnzorian, 1972: 172). It is separable from S. fuscatus by its somewhat triangular median piece in ventral aspect which is equal in length to the lateral lobes. 148 Subfamily Chilocorinae 15. Cryptogonus orbiculus (Gyllenhal, 1801) Specimens examined: 56 exs., 12-IV-1946; 18 exs., 20-IV-1946; 28 exs., 12-V-1946; 13, 18-VI-1946; 10 exs., 12-VII- 1946; 13, 15-IX-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (widely distributed in China), Japan, Korea, Micronesia, Southeast Asia, India, Sri Lanka. 16. Cryptogonus postmedialis Kapur, 1948 Specimens examined: 18,42 ?,12-IV-1946; 1 8,20-VI-1946; 18,1%, 12-VII-1946; 12, 15-IX-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Taiwan, Fujian, Guangdong), Myanmar (formerly Burma). 17. Telsimia nigra (Weise, 1879) Specimens examined: 12, 12-IV-1846, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Taiwan, Fujian), Japan. Subfamily Coccinellinae 18. Propylea japonica (Thunberg, 1781) Specimen examined: 1, 12-V-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (widely occurred in China), Japan, Korea, Siberia, Sakhalin, Vietnam, Thailand, India. * 19. Micraspis allardi (Mulsant, 1850) Specimen examined: 12, 2-V-46, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (Fujian, etc.), Afghanistan, India, Sumatra, Indonesia, Borneo, Philippines. 20. Oenopia chinensis (Weise, 1912) Specimen examined: 12, 12-V-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (widely distributed in China). Remarks: Mader (1955) described Coelophora fallaciosa from Fujian, which is now a synonyme of O. chinensis. The examined specimen has much smaller spots on elytra, compared with the typical colouration of O. chinensis. 21. Harmonia aryxidis (Pallas, 1773) Specimens examined: 1 ex., 12-VII-1946, Tschung Sen leg. Distribution: China (widely occurred in China), Siberia, Mongolia, Korea, Sakhalin, Japan, Vietnam. 149 References Bielawski, R. 1973. Rhyzobiini, Stethorini, Scymnini et Pharini (Col. Cocc.) de Nouvelle Caledonie. - Ann. Zool. Warsz. 30 (4): 387-409 -- 1984. Coccinellidae (Col.) of Mongolia. - Ann. Zool. Warsz. 38 (14): 281-460 Hoang, D. N. 1978. Genre Pseudodscymnus Chapin au Vietnam. - Tap San Sinh Vat Dia Hoc 16 (4): 111-115 -- 1982. Bo Rua - Coccinellidae of Viet Nam (I). - Hanoi, 211 pp. -- 1985. On the study of Coccinellidae of Teinguen Plateau from South Vietnam, p. 30-49. In: Medvedev (ed.): Insects of Vietnam, Moscow, 182 pp. (In Russian) Huang, B. &X. Pang 1991. A check-list of ladybeetles from Fujian province (Col. Cocc.), p 218-231. In: Huang, B. (ed.): Proceedings of the Symposium on Coccinellids in China, Shanghai, 247 pp. Iablokoff-Khnzorian, S. M. 1972. Les types de Coccinellidae de la collection Motschulsky (Col. Cocc.). - Nouv. Rev. Ent. II (2): 163-184. -- 1982. Les Coccinelles. - Soc. Nouv. Edit. Boubee, Paris, 568 pp. Kapur, A. P. 1948. A revision of the tribe Aspidimerini Weise (Col. Cocc.). - Trans. R. ent. Soc. London 99 (2): 77-128 Mader, L. 1955. Neue Coleopteren aus Fukien (China). - Koleopt. Rdsch. 33: 62-78 Miyatake, M. 1959. A contribution to the coccinellid-fauna of the Ryukyu Island (Col.). - Mem. Ehime Univ. 6 (4): 121- 161 Pang, X. & B. Huang 1985. Descriptions of twelve new species of ladybeetles from Fujian Province (Col. Cocce. Scymnini). - Wuyi Sci. J. 5: 29-46 (in Chinese with English summary) -- & - - 1986. Six new species of Scymnus and four new species of Pseudoscymnus from Fujian (Col. Cocc. Scymnini). - Wuyi Sci. J. 6: 61-73 (in Chinese with English summary) -- &]J. Mao 1979. Coleoptera: Coccinellidae. II. - Beijing, 170 pp. (in Chinese) Sasaji, H. 1968. A revision of the Formosan Coccinellidae (II) tribes Stethorini, Aspidimerini and Chilocorini (Col.). - Occas. Pub. Bio. Lab., Fukui Univ. 32: 1-24 -- 1971. Fauna Japonica: Coccinellidae (Ins. Col). - Tokyo, 340 pp. Yang, C. T. 1978. Scymnus (Subgenus Pullus) (Col. Cocc.) from Taiwan. - Plant Prot. Bull. Taiwan 20 (2): 106-116 150 SPIXIANA 151-155 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Four new species of Scymnus Kugelann from China (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinellidae) By Ren Shunxiang & Pang Xiongfei Ren, 5. & X. Pang (1995): Four new species of Scymnus Kugelann from China (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinellidae). - Spixiana 18/2: 151-155 Four new species of Scymnus Kugelann from China are described: Scymnus (Pullus) fanjingicus, S. (P.) heptaspilicus, S. (P.) klinosiphonicus, S. (P.) spirosiphonicus. Ren Shunxiang, Pang Xiongfei, Laboratory of Insect Ecology, South China Agricul- tural University, Guangzhou, 510642, P. R. China The present paper gives descriptions of four new species of Scymnus Kugelann, collected at Mt. Fangjing, Guizhou Province, China, by Ren Shunxiang and Tian Mingyi (July 1990) and at Mt. Fenchihu, Taiwan, China, by Klapperich (April to June 1977). Type specimens are deposited in the South China Agricultural University, Guangzhou, China (SCAU) and in the Zoologische Staatssa- mmlung München, Germany (ZSM). Scymnus (Pullus) fanjingicus, spec. nov. Figs 1-7 Types. Holotype: &, No. 900261-1, Mt. Fanjing, Guizhou Province, China, 21-VII-1990, Ren Shunxiang leg. (SCAU). - Allotype: ?, No. 900266-8, same data as holotype (SCAU). - Paratypes: 48 8,22 2, same data as holotype; 13, same locality as holotype, Tian Mingyi leg. (SCAU); Mt. Fenchihu, Taiwan, China, 38 8,7% 2, 9-IV-1977,18,22 2, 11-IV- 1977, J. Klapperich leg. (SCAU); Mt. Fenchihu, Taiwan, China, 3? 2, 10-IV-1977, 38 8, 15-IV-1977, 18, 32 2, 23-IV- 1977,18, 22 2, 30-IV-1977, 18, 8-V-1977, 42 2, 10-V-1977, 12, 14-V-1977, 12, 19-V-1977,28 8,32 2, 25-V-1977, 18, 12, 30-V-1977, 38 8,52 2, 3-VI-1977, 18, 12, 7-VI-1977, 32 2, 13-VI-1977, J. Klapperich leg. (ZSM). Description Length: 2.29-2.55 mm; width: 1.66-1.77 mm. Form elongately oval in outline, moderately convex with dorsal pubescence yellowish-white. Head yellow with eyes greyish-brown. Mouthparts brown with tip of mandible dark brown. Pronotum, scutellum, and elytra brown (Fig. 1). Prosternum and hypomeron yellowish-brown; meso- and metaster- num dark brown. Abdomen yellowish-brown with the anterior process of 1st abdominal sternum dark brown. Legs yellowish-brown. Punctures on head fine and spare, separated by 1.5-2 x their diameter; pronotal punctures coarser than those on head, separated by 1-1.5x their diameter; elytral punctures coarser than those on pronotum, separated by about their diameter; each elytron with two rows of coarse punctures on disc. Prosternum with intercoxal carinae extending to anterior margin, slightly convergent anteriorly, length about 3x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, almost extending to hind margin of 1st abdominal sternum, the middle of external side very week; area surrounded by postcoxal line irregularly punctate, smooth along postcoxal line (Fig. 3). 151 Figs 1-7. Scymnus (Pullus) fanjingicus, spec. nov. 1. Outline of body. 2. Antenna. 3. Ist abdominal sternum. 4. Sipho. 5. Apex of sipho. 6. Tegmen, ventral aspect. 7. Tegmen, lateral aspect. Figs 8-14. Scymnus (Pullus) heptaspilicus, spec. nov. 8. Outline of body. 9. Antenna. 10. 1st abdominal sternum. 11. Sipho. 12. Apex of sipho. 13. Tegmen, ventral aspect. 14. Tegmen, lateral aspect. Male genitalia. Sipho very stout, with long inner process and indistinct outer process of siphonal capsule, about '/ of siphonal apex slightly expanded, siphonal apex curved with a thread-like appendix (Figs 4-5). Tegmen moderately stout with lateral lobes distinct shorter than median piece (Figs 6-7). Remarks: This new species is similar to S. (P.) prostylotus Pang & Huang 1985 and S. (P.) ursulus Fürsch 1975 in body colouration and sipho of male genitalia, but S. (P.) prostylotus has postcoxal line extending to about Yı length of Ist abdominal sternum; sipho with very stout outer process and relatively slender inner process of siphonal capsule, and siphonal apex with a prostyle poiting straight to outside; median piece of tegmen oval in ventral aspect, and nearly equal to lateral lobes in length. S. (P.) ursulus has tegmen of male genitalia with narrowly and strongly tapered apically lateral lobes and slightly broadened median piece in lateral aspect. Scymnus (Pullus) heptaspilicus, spec. nov. Figs 8-14 Types. Holotype: 3, No. 900264-1, Mt. Fanjing, Guizhou Province, China, 21-VII-1990, Ren Shunxiang leg. (ZSM). - Allotype: ?,No. 900264-6, same data as holotype, Tian Mingyi leg. (ZSM). - Paratypes: 53 d, same data as holotype; 13,22 2, same data as allotype (SCAU). Description Length: 2.29-3.14 mm; width: 1.71-2.34 mm. Form shortly oval in outline, moderately convex with dorsal pubescence yellowish-white. Head yellowish-brown except for black eyes and black tip of mandible. Pronotum reddish-yellow. Elytra 152 Figs 15-21. Scymnus (Pullus) klinosiphonicus, spec. nov. 15. Outline of body. 16. Antenna. 17. Ist abdominal sternum. 18. Sipho. 19. Apex of sipho. 20. Tegmen, ventral aspect. 21. Tegmen, lateral aspect. Figs 22-28. Scymnus (Pullus) spirosiphonicus, spec. nov. 22. Outline of body. 23. Antenna. 24. Ist abdominal sternum. 25. Sipho. 26. Apex of sipho. 27. Tegmen, ventral aspect. 28. Tegmen, lateral aspect. reddish-brown with 7 nearly round dark brown spots, of which a pair of anterior spots is situated at humera and hardly reaches the lateral margin; a pair of central spots situated at middle of elytron; a pair of posterior spots situated at % of elytron; a sutural spot situated at anterior '/s of suture (Fig. 8). Venter dark brown except for prosternum yellow. Legs yellow. Punctures on head fine, separated by about their diameter; pronotal punctures coarser than those on head, separated by 1-1.5 x their diameter; elytral puncture coarser than those on pronotum, separated by 0.5-1 x their diameter; each elytron with two rows of coarse punctures on disc. Prosternum with intercoxal carinae extending to anterior margin, slightly convergent anteriorly, length about 3 x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, almost extending to length of 1st abdominal sternum, the middle of external surface very week; area surrounded by postcoxal line irregularly punctate, very broadly smooth along postcoxal line (Fig. 10). Male genitalia. Sipho long and very stout, with long inner process and indistinct outer process of siphonal capsule, and apex of sipho distinctly curved with a sword-like appendix (Figs 11-12). Tegmen very stout with lateral lobes slightly shorter than median piece (Figs 13-14). Remarks. This new species is similar to 5. (P.) mongolicus Weise 1890, but the latter has characteristic lateral lobes of tegmen which are breached at base in lateral aspect, and it is very narrowly smooth along postcoxal line. 153 Scymnus (Pullus) klinosiphonicus, spec. nov. Figs 15-21 Types. Holotype: d, No. 900265-1, Mt. Fanjing, Guizhou Province, China, 21-VII-1990, Ren Shunxiang leg. (ZSM). - Allotype: 2, No. 900265-2, same data as holotype (ZSM). Description Length: 2.46-2.63 mm; width: 1.66-1.89 mm. Form elongately oval in outline, moderately convex with dorsal pubescence yellowish-white. Head yellow with eyes greyish-brown. Mouthparts brown with tip of mandible dark brown. Pronotum, scutellum and elytra brown (Fig. 15). Prosternum and hypomeron yellowish-brown; meso- and metaster- num dark brown. Abdomen yellowish-brown with the anterior process of 1st abdominal sternum dark brown. Legs yellowish-brown. Punctures on head fine, separated by 1-1.5 x their diameter; pronotal punctures coarser than those on head, separated by about their diameter; elytral punctures coarser than those on pronotum, separated by 1-1.5 x their diameter; each elytron with two rows of coarse punctures on disc. Proster- num with intercoxal carinae extending to anterior margin, slightly convergent anteriorly, length about 2.5 x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, extending to about % of length of 1st abdominal sternum, the middle of external surface very week; area surrounded by the postcoxal line irregularly punctated, smooth along postcoxal line (Fig. 17). Male genitalia. Sipho long and stout, with long inner process and indistinct outer process of siphonal capsule, siphonal apex distinctly bent outside (Figs 18-19). Tegmen moderately stout with lateral lobes slightly shorter than median piece (Figs 20-21). Remarks. This new species is similar to S. (P.) impexus Mulsant, 1850 and S. (P.) bengalicus Canepari, 1986, but it can easily be distinguished from S. (P.) impexus by siphonal apex distinctly bent outside, and by length of median piece as compared with lateral lobes relatively shorter. 5. (P.) bengalicus is more oval-shaped, the siphonal capsule is nearly shuttle-shape, and it is smaller (1.65-1.95 mm). Scymnus (Pullus) spirosiphonicus, spec. nov. Figs 22-28 Types. Holotype: 8, No. 900267-1, Mt. Fanjing, Guizhou Province, China, 21-VII-1990, Ren Shunxiang leg. (SCAU). - Allotype: ?, No. 900267-2, same data as holotype (SCAU).- Paratype: 13, same data as holotype (SCAU). Description Length: 1.66-1.94 mm; width: 1.20-1.31 mm. Form elongately oval in outline, moderately convex with dorsal pubescence yellowish-white. Head yellow with eyes greyish-brown. Mouthparts brown with tip of mandible yellowish-brown; meso- and metasternum dark brown. Abdomen yellowish-brown with the anterior process of Ist abdominal sternum dark brown. Legs yellowish-brown. Punctures on head fine, separated by 1-1.5 x their diameter; pronotal punctures coarser than those on head, separated by about their diameter; elytral puncture coarser than those on pronotum, separat- ed by about 0.5-1 x their diameter. Prosternum with intercoxal carinae extending to anterior margin, slightly convergent anteriorly, length about 3 x width at base. Postcoxal line complete, extending to % of length of Ist abdominal sternum, very curved; area surrounded by postcoxal line irregularly and sparsely punctate, broadly smooth on inner part of postcoxal line (Fig. 24). Male genitalia. Sipho very stout, with extremely expanded siphonal capsule, and with many whorls in middle of sipho (Figs 25-26). Tegmen very stout with asymmetrical median piece, lateral lobes slightly shorter than median piece (Figs 27-28). Remarks. This new species is similar to S. (P.) syoitii Sasaji, 1971, but it can be easily distinguished from the latter by the extremely expanded siphonal capsule and the asymmetrical median piece of tegmen. 154 Acknowledgement The authors wish to express their deepest thanks to Prof. Dr. H. Fürsch of Passau University, Germany for the privilege to examine the material of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Germany. References Bielawsiki, R. 1984. Coccinellidae (Col.) of Mongolia. - Ann. Zool. Warsz. 38 (14): 281-460 Canepari, C. 1986. Su alcuni Coccinellidi dell’India e Nepal Settentrionale del Museo di storia Naturale di Gineva (Col. Cocce.). - Rev. suisse Zool. 93 (1): 21-36 Fürsch H. 1975. Beschreibung einiger neuer Coccinelliden aus dem Museum Tevuren. - Rev. Zool. Afr. 83 (3): 645- 650 Gourreau, J. 1974. Systematique de la tribu des Scymnini (Cocc.). - Ann. Zool. anim. (Hors. ser), 221 pp. Pang, X. & B. Huang 1985. Descriptions of twelve new species of ladybeetles from Fujian Province (Col. Cocc. Scymnini). - Wuyi Sci. J. 5: 29-46 (in Chinese with English summary) Sasaji, H. 1971. Fauna Japonica: Coccinellidae (Ins. Col). - Tokyo, 345 pp. 155 Buchbesprechungen 23. Fott, J. (ed.): Limnology of Mountain Lakes. Developments in Hydrobiology 93. - Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht/Boston/London, 1994. 182 S. Dieser Band der bekannten Reihe zur Limnologie enthält 21 Beiträge des vom 1.-7.Juli 1991 in Stara Lesna (Slovakei) abgehaltenen Symposium mit gleichem Titel. 53 Teilnehmer aus 13 Ländern haben im Verlauf dieser Tagung 28 Einzelvorträge und 18 Poster präsentiert. Dabei ruht der Hauptaugenmerk auf den physikochemischen Bedingungen des Zooplankton, Phytoplankton, Phytobenthos und den Bakterien der Seen der Hohen Tatra, Böh- mens, der Sierra Nevada, der Südalpen und nordischen Bergseen British Columbiens und Schwedisch Lapplands. Die limnologischen und palaeolimnologischen Darstellungen sind geprägt vom Phänomen der Gewässerversaue- rung, das zum Hauptproblem ungepufferter Gewässer geworden ist. Für jeden angewandten Ökologen und beson- ders Limnologen bietet diese aktuelle Zusammenfassung wesentliche Aspekte dieses Forschungsgebietes, das welt- weit mit ähnlichen Problemen die Bearbeiter konfrontiert. Für vergleichbare Symposiumsbände so auch hier wäre ein Sachwörterverzeichnis im Anhang wünschenswert. E.-G. Burmeister 24. Ouboter, P.E. (Ed.): The Freshwater Ecosystems of Suriname. - Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht/Boston/ London, 1993. 313 S. Dieser 70. Band der bekannten Reihe ‘Monographiae Biologicae’ enthält 16 besonders detailliert dargestellte Artikel zur Ökologie und Biologie der limnischen Lebensräume dieses tropischen Landes. Neben der Einführung des Herausgebers sind diese in drei Gruppen aufgeteilt, wobei die erste als Grundlagenvermittlung die geographischen, klimatischen, physikochemischen Bedingungen des Phytoplankton, die Vegetation und Sukzession der Feuchtwie- senbereiche, die aquatischen Makrophyten, die Makroinvertebraten der in die nördliche Küstenzone einmündenden Fließgewässer und die Fischfauna behandelt. die zweite Sektion umfaßt die speziellen Fallstudien der Libellenfauna der Schwarzwassersysteme, die Biologie nestbauender Panzerwelse, die Herpetofauna der schwimmenden Wiesen und die Jahresrhythmik des Brillenkaiman. Dem dritten Abschnitt, dem wie den übrigen eine kurze aber besonders informative Zusammenfassung vorangestellt ist, ist der Einfluß des Menschen in diesem tropischen Areal gewidmed. Dabei wird auf die Problematik des Baues eines Staudammes, dem inzwischen ein riesiger See vorgelagert ist (Brokopondo Lake), auf den Wandel in Sumpfgebieten mit Verschmutzung, auf den Zusammenhang von Wasser und Gesundheit sowie auf den dringenden Schutz des Ökosystems ‘Süßwasser’ eingegangen. Der Herausgeber erwähnt ausdrücklich, daß hier die gesamte Problematik nur an Einzelbeispielen aufgezeigt werden kann und sich weitere Bearbeiter limnischer Zusammenhänge angesprochen fühlen sollten, einen oder mehrere potentielle Supple- mentbände mit entsprechenden neuen Studienergebnissen zu füllen. Die umfangreichen Indices erleichtern erheblich die Suche nach Stichworten, wissenschaftlichen Namen und damit die Beatwortung von Einzelfragen. Dieses Buch setzt die Tradition der Behandlung bedeutender Ökosysteme in herausragender Weise, wenn auch nur abrißhaft, fort. E.-G. Burmeister 25. Commission of the European Communities (ed.): Multilingual Illustrated Dictionary of Aquatic Animals and Plants. - Publishes by Fishing News Books, Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, ECSC- EEC-EAEC, Brussels, Luxembourg, 1993. 518 S. Das vorliewgende illustrierte Glossar “Wassertiere und -pflanzen” ist Teil eiiner Reihe terminologischer Werke zum Thema Fischerei. Hier sind über 1 500 Arten oder Artengruppen zusammengestellt, die weltweit gehandelt werden oder deren Schutz Ziel entsprechender Rechtsvorschriften ist. Generell angegeben werden der wissenschaft- liche Name und die geläufigen Namen in den 10 Hauptsprachen der Europäischen Gemeinschaft. Diesen beigefügt ist eine zeichnerische Darstellung, die jedoch nicht den Anspruch einer vergleichenden Bestimmungstafel erheben kann. Primär ist dieses Buch für die Kommunikation unter Fachverbänden und politisch agierenden Gremien zu verstehen. der Index in den verschiedenen Sprachen erleichtert die Findung der taxonomischen Einheit. Vorangestellt ist eine Liste der aufgeführten Organismen neben einer Einführung in den verschiedenen Sprachen. Vorwiegend werden Fische vorgestellt, daneben jedoch auch wirtschaftlich bedeutende marine Tiere wie Krebse, Weichtiere, Manteltiere, Schwämme, Korallen, Stachelhäuter und Algen. Hinzu kommen die mehr schützenswerten Meeressäu- ger, Reptilien, Amphibien, deren Auswahl nicht immer verständlich ist. Ein nüchternes Nachschlagewerk, dessen Zitierung Schwierigkeiten bereiten dürfte. E.-G. Burmeister 26. Menken, S. B. J., J. H. Visser & P. Harrewijn (Hrsg.) Proceedings of the 8th International Symposium on Insect- Plant Relationships. - Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1994. 424 S. ISBNO-7923-2099-9. In diesem Kongreßbericht sind die Kurzfassungen der Beiträge des Kongresses vom März 1992 allgemein zugäng- lich gemacht. Die einzelnen Beiträge umfassen in der Regel etwa zwei bis vier Druckseiten. Das Werk ist in folgende Kapitel gegliedert: Insekten-Pflanzen Gesellschaften, Wirtspflanzen Wahl, Genetik und Evolution, Resistenz der Wirtspflanzen, Multitrophische Interaktionen. K. Schönitzer 156 SPIXIANA 157-164 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Beschreibung und systematische Stellung von Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov. aus Zaire (Insecta, Coleoptera, Scarabaeoidea, Melolonthidae, Dynastinae, Pentodontini) Von Frank-Thorsten Krell Krell, F.-T. (1995): Description and systematic position of Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov. from Zaire (Insecta, Coleoptera, Scarabaeoidea, Melolonthidae, Dynastinae, Pentodontini). - Spixiana 18/2: 157-164 Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov. from Zaire is described. It is distiguished from other species by the combination of the following characters: broad egg-shaped epicra- nial plate with completely wrinkled puncture; lateral parts of the parameres convex, hence visible from dorsal; ocular canthus bristled; pronotum without hypertrophies, without median tubercle; apex of hind tibiae frequently with one or two bristles. The systematic position of the new species is discussed. Its sister group is not diagnosable. Dipl.-Biol. Frank-Thorsten Krell, Bayerische Julius-Maximilians-Universität, Theo- dor-Boveri-Institut, Lehrstuhl Zoologie III, Biozentrum, Am Hubland, D-97074, Ger- many. Einführung Während der abschließenden Arbeiten an der phylogenetischen Revision des ostmediterran-afrotro- pischen Genus Temnorhynchus Hope, 1837 (Krell 1993, 1994) fanden sich neun Individuen, deren Merkmalsausprägungen außerhalb der Variationsspektren der bisher beschriebenen Arten liegen und die daher als Individuen einer neuen Art, Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov., diagnostiziert und benannt werden können. Da es aus technischen Gründen nicht mehr möglich war, die neue Art in der phylogenetischen Analyse (Krell 1993) zu behandeln, wird deren systematische Stellung im Anschluß an die Beschreibung diskutiert. Verleihende Institutionen MGFT Museum G. Frey, z. Zt. München MRAC Musee Royal de l’Afrique centrale, Tervuren Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov. Typen. Holotypus: d, COLL. MUS. CONGO, Kwango: Mekwo, 3-X-1939, Vleeschonwers, R. DET. F. 5069 (MRAC.). - Paratypen: 386, MUSEE DU CONGO, Sankuru: Kondue, Coll. Ed. Luja, R. DET. F. 5069 (MRAC); 19, 12, Musee du Congo, Region de Sassa, 1895-96, Colmant, R. DET. F. 5069 (MRAC); 18, mit gleichen Daten, zusätzlich: Temnorhynchus rugatus (MGFT); 18, MUSEE DU CONGO, de Kwamouth ä Port Franqui-V-1930, R. P. Vanderyst, R. DET. F. 5069 (MRAC); 18, COLL. MUS. CONGO, Kwango: Popokabaka, III-1952, L. Pierquin (MRAC). Das Etikett “R. DET. F. 5069” bezieht sich auf die Determination von Paulian als T. rugatus (Kolbe) (cfr. die Etikettierung eines T. rugatus, wiedergegeben in Krell 1994: 139). Die Exemplare wurden bereits von Paulian (1946: 32) und Burgeon (1947: 300) unter diesem Namen aufgeführt. 157 Locus typicus: Mekwo (Mekono, Mekno) (Zaire): 3°45’S, 17°17’E [Q1]*; Ort links des Kwango (Kouango) zwi- schen den Mündungen des Leguane und des Mobousg, ca. 54 km südlich von Bandundu (Banningville). Vegetations- zone nach White (1983): Guineo-Congolian rain forest: drier types. Weitere Lokalitäten (s. Abb. 16): Ilebo (Zaire): 4°19°S, 20°35’E [Q2], Guineo-Congolian rain forest: drier types; Kondue (Zaire): 4°57’S, 23°21’E [Q3]; 4°58’S, 23°16’E [Q4], Guineo-Congolian rain forest: drier types; Kwamouth (Zaire): 3°10’S, 16°12’E [Q2], Guineo-Congolian rain forest: drier types/mosaic of Guineo-Congolian rainforest and secondary grassland; Popokabaka (Zaire): 5°42°S, 16°35’E [Q2], Guineo-Congolian rain forest: drier types; Port Francqui = Ilebo; Sassa (Zaire): 5°05’N, 25°30’E [Q5]**, Mosaic of Guineo-Congolian rainforest and secondary grass- land. Diagnosis. 14.8-19.8 mm long; dark red brown/very dark brown. Lamina epicranialis wrinkledly punctate, broadly egg-shaped, in the male deeply emarginated, lateral margins strongly convergent, dorsolateral tips acute- to obtuse-angled. Ocular canthus bristled. Outer side of mandibles three- dentate. Antennae 10-jointed without symphysocery. Pronotum strongly, confluently punctate. Puncture of small pronotal depression or cavity of male finer. Male cavity neither carinate nor tuberculate. Female without cavity. Elytra stongly punctate. Metacalcaria parallel-sided, spatula-shaped, sides at the tip more or less convergent. Metatibial apex frequently with one or two bristles. Sides of parameres convex, visible from dorsal; apex of parameres slightly broadened. Beschreibung od. Habitus. Abb. 1-2 (als Holotypus wurde ein vollständiges und wenig abgenütztes Individuum ausgewählt). Dimensionen. Körperlänge: 14.8-19.8 mm (arithmetisches Mittel x, _,=17.3 mm, Variationsbreite w=5.0 mm=29%), Holotypus: 18.5 mm; größte Breite im Bereich des Pronotum: 6.7-8.4 mm (x,_,=7.7 mm, w=1.7 mm=22 %), Holotypus: 8.4 mm; größte Breite im Bereich der Elytren: 8.3-10.0 mm (x,.,.9.] mm, w=1.7 mm=19 %), Holotypus: 9.7 mm; Relation Elytrenbreite/Pronotumbreite: 1.15-1.21 (x,.,= 1.18, w=0.06=5 %), Holotypus: 1.15; Relation Körperlänge/Elytrenbreite: 1.81-1.99 (x, _,=1.93 (w=0.18=9 %), Holotypus: 1.91. Färbung. Kopf und Pronotum dunkel rotbraun bis schwarzbraun, Pronotum seitlich heller. Elytren dunkel orangebraun bis rotbraun, so hell wie die Lateralbereiche des Pronotum. Ventralseite und Beine orangebraun, Tibiae und Tarsi dunkler. Fühler orangebraun, Scapus, Pedicellus und Funiculus oft dunkler. Mikroskulptur. Pronotum zwischen den Punkten, Elytren, Scutellum, Teile des Caput, Femora und Tibiae durch feine Risse variabler Ausrichtung gestrichelt (ähnlich wie auf Abb. 78 in Krell (1992: 346), zumeist jedoch schwächer). In glatten Bereichen der Dorsalseite, insbesondere im caudalen Bereich des Scutellum, auf den Elytren sowie auf der Ventralseite, hier besonders auf den Sterniten ist die polygonale, retikuläre Mikroskulptur zu erkennen, die wir bei den meisten chitinigen Cuticulae finden. Behaarung. Pronotum, interelytraler Bereich des Scutellum und Elytren dorsal kahl. Caput und Thorax ventral lang orangebraun behaart. Epimeren des Pronotum lang und dorsad gebogen bebor- stet. Basis des Pronotum unterhalb der Randung dicht gelbbraun behaart. Elytren am Basalrand sowie an der Unterseite des Außenrandes kurz und relativ gleichmäßig hell behaart. Diese Behaarung läuft um den Apex der Elytren herum bis auf den Apikalbereich der Interelytralsutur. Epipleuren der Elytren kahl, jedoch mit weitläufiger, mikroskopischer Punktreihe. Metasternalplatte diskal median kahl. Abdominalsternite mit je einer transversalen Borstenpunktreihe, die median kaum reduziert ist. Lateralbereiche der Sternite feiner, flächig behaart. Borstenpunktreihe des Abdominalsternits VIII rückt median bogenförmig vom Caudalrand ab. Holotypus: Lateralbereiche der cranialen Randung Quellen der geographischen Koordinaten: Q1: Service Geographique de l’Armee, Paris 1935. Croquis del’Afrique frangaise au 1.000.000°. S.A_33 Franceville. - Q2: Kümmerly + Frey & Rand McNally & Westermann (Hrsg.) 1986. Internationaler Atlas. - Q3: Lekkerkerk, R. W. & Krikken, J. 1986. Taxonomic review of the afrotropical genus Dicronorhina Hope, with notes on its relatives (Coleoptera: Cetoniidae). - Zool. Verh. Leiden 233: 46 pp. - Q4: Bamps, P. 1968. Flore du Congo du Rwanda et du Burundi. Index des lieux de recolte (cites dans les volumes 1a X). - Bruxelles: Jardin botanique national de Belgique. 191 pp.,1 Karte. - Q5: Chapin, J. P. 1954. The birds ofthe Belgian Congo. Part 4. - Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 75B: Xi + 846 pp., 27 pls. ** Esexistiertnochein Fluß gleichen Namens sowie mindestens zweiOrtenamensSasa in Zaire. Basilewski (in litt. 1993) teilte mit, welcher Ort hier besammelt wurde. 158 Abb. 1-4: Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov., Habitus. 1-2. Holotypus, d. 1. Lateralansicht, 2. Dorsalansicht. 3-4. Paratypus, ?,Sassa. 3. Dorsalansicht, 4. Lateralansicht. des Pronotum dorsal fein beborstet. Die Punkte im Basal- und Lateralbereich des Epicranium tragen feine Borsten. Beide Beborstungen sind bei allen anderen Individuen nicht (mehr) vorhanden. Lamina epicranialis (Abb. 5, 11-13). Breit eiförmig bis breit oval mit bogen- bis halbkreisförmiger dorsomedianer Ausrandung, die beiden Seitenstücke spitz zulaufend (Abb. 5, 11) bis stumpfwinklig (Abb. 12-13) abgerundet. Fläche der Lamina konvex gewölbt. Lateralrand bis oberhalb der breitesten Stelle der Lamina kielförmig (bei Abnutzung fein wulstförmig). 1.14-1.37x so breit wie hoch (x, _,=1.26x, w=0.23=18 %), Holotypus: 1.18x. Der Abstand der Spitzen der Clypealzähnchen entspricht 24 %-31 % der Maximalbreite der Lamina (x, ,=26 %, w=7 Prozentpunkte=27 %), Holotypus: 31 %. Beim größ- ten Individuum von 19.3 mm Körperlänge beträgt die Höhe der Lamina 2.3 mm und deren Breite 2.7 mm, beim kleinsten Individuum von 14.8 mm Körperlänge 1.6 mm bzw. 2.1 mm. Arithmetische Mittel (n=8): Höhe: 1.9 mm (w=0.7 mm=37 %), Breite: 2.4 mm (w=0.6 mm=25 %), Holotypus: Höhe: 2.3 mm, Breite: 2.7 mm. Skulptur kräftig querverrunzelt, bei nicht abgenutzten Individuen sind die Runzeln kielartig erhaben und netzartig verbunden, die Querrunzeln herrschen vor. Die Runzelung zieht sich bis in die Spitzen der lateralen Hörnchen und wird hier nur wenig schwächer. Die Clypeal- zähnchen sind flach und von eigentümlicher Ausprägung, die an T. overlaeti erinnert: Die Lateralran- dung der Lamina zieht kielförmig bis in den Cranialbereich, ist hier aufgebogen und fällt senkrecht zur 159 Abb. 5-16: Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov. 5-10. Holotypus, d. 5. Lamina epicranialis. 6. Apex des linken Hinterbeins. 7. Aedoeagus von lateral. 8. Spiculum gastrale von ventral. 9. Aedoeagus von dorsal. 10. Linke Ma- xille von ventral. 11. Paratypus, d, Kwamouth-Ilebo (MRAC), Lamina epicranialis. 12. Paratypus, d, Sassa (MRAC), Lamina epicranialis. 13. Paratypus, d, Sassa (MGFT), Lamina epicranialis. 14-16. Paratypus, ?, Sassa (MRAC). 14. Lamina epicranialis. 15. rechte dorsale Vaginalpalpen. 16. weibliche äußere Genitalien von ventral. Maßstäbe: 1 mm (A für 5-9, 11-16; B für 10). 160 Fläche der Lamina ab (Abb. 5, 14), so daß Clypealzähnchen entstehen. Bei den übrigen Temnorhynchus- Arten bildet die kielförmige Randung nicht die Dorsalkante der Clypealzähnchen, sondern geht breit wulstförmig in die Dentikel über oder ist lateral der Dentikel reduziert. Ocularcanthus. Ventromedian gekielt, dorsal konkav, apikal nicht verflacht, rechtwinklig bis stumpf- winklig. Am Apex mit mehreren Borsten. Maxillae (Abb. 10). Mit zwei basalen und zwei apikalen Zähnchen. Mandibulae. Apiculus außen dreilappig. Der basale Lappen ist flach und breit, der mittlere Lappen ist dem apikalen genähert. Labium. Diskal aufgewölbt, basal und breit lateral weitläufig, sehr lang beborstet. Die Borsten sind teilweise länger als die Breite des Labium. Zwischen den anterioren Lateralprocessi ein Büschel kurzer, feinerer Borsten; die Processi selbst stumpfwinklig, dazwischen flach dreieckig ausgeschnitten, medi- an zusätzlich schmal, spitzwinklig eingeschnitten. Antennae. 10-gliedrig, alle Antennomere regulär ausgeprägt. Pronotum. Punktur kräftig, zusammenfließend, verrunzelt. Lateralcallus größtenteils unpunktiert. Punktierung der Lateralränder schwächer. Craniale Absturzfläche schwächer, zur Mitte hin immer feiner werdend punktiert. Caudal der Impression zeichnet sich eine schmale, in ihrer cranialen Hälfte unpunktierte, caudad undeutlicher werdende, glatte Mittellinie ab. Die craniale Absturzfläche ist bei den kleinsten Individuen nur als schmale und kurze, noch konvexe Verflachung der Halsschild- Wölbung mit schwächerer Punktur ausgebildet. Mit stärkerer Ausprägung bildet sich die breite Medianfurche aus, bis schließlich eine konkave, dreieckige Impression von maximal 40 % der Länge des Pronotum vorliegt, die ein wenig breiter als die Lamina ist. Bei stärkster Ausprägung ist der Medianbereich der Impression völlig unpunktiert; deren Rand immer ohne Wulst oder Zähnchen. Beim größten Individuum erscheint der craniale Rand der glatten Medianlinie am Caudalrand der Impression als angedeutete, kleine Beule. Tibiae. Protibiae mit drei kräftigen Zähnen am Außenrand. Apikalsporne (Calcaria) der Protibiae regelmäßig zugespitzt, auf der Höhe zwischen dem mittleren und basalen Außenzahn eingelenkt, reicht bis zum Ende des ersten Protarsomers. Anteapikale Querleiste der Mesotibiae erreicht nicht den Apex der Tibia. Anteapikale Querleiste der Metatibiae regelmäßig gezähnelt und beborstet, in für Temnorhynchus üblicher Entfernung vom Apex (Abb. 6). Apex der Metatibiae: Holotypus (Abb. 6) und 15 aus Kwamouth: beide Tibiae mit einer kräftigen Borste ventral am distalen Ende des Apex; der ventroapikale Rand der Tibiae ist im Bereich der Borste gekerbt. 13 aus Kondue: linke Tibia mit zwei kräftigen, aber am Ende gespaltenen Borsten am distalen Ende des Apex, davon eine ventral und eine dorsal; rechte Tibia ohne Borste oder Borstenpunkt-Rudiment. 13 aus Kondue: beide Tibiae mit einer kräftigen Borste ventral am distalen Ende des Apex; der ventroapikale Rand der Tibiae ist im Bereich der Borste gekerbt; die Borsten selbst sind am Ende regelmäßig aufgefächert bzw. unregelmäßig mehrfach gespalten. 15 aus Kondue: rechte Tibia mit Borstenpunkt ventral am distalen Ende des Apex; der ventroapikale Rand der Tibiae ist im Bereich der wohl abgebrochenen Borste gekerbt; linke Tibia fehlt. 28 d aus Sassa, 13 aus Popokabaka: ohne Borste oder Borstenpunkt-Rudiment. Calcaria der Metatibiae: flach spatelförmig, zum Ende jedoch mehr (Abb. 6) oder weniger verschmälert. Interelytraler Bereich des Scutellum. Glatt, unpunktiert, 1.19x-1.35x so breit wie lang (x,_,=1.26x, w=0.16=13 %), Holotypus: 1.27x. Elytren. Relativ kräftig, ocelliert punktiert, dazwischen mit unregelmäßiger, mikroskopischer Punk- tur; kräftige Punkte teilweise in Reihen, dazwischen unregelmäßig angeordnet; Punktur caudad schwächer werdend; Humeralcallus, Anteapicalcallus und Lateralbereiche der Elytren nur mikrosko- pisch punktiert; lateral und caudal des Anteapicalcallus kräftig, unregelmäßig auf unebenem, teilweise verrunzeltem Grund punktiert. Prosternalprocessus. Ventralfläche konvex, marginal kräftig und lang beborstet, auch in der crania- len Hälfte, selten auch weiter hinten mit einigen langen Borsten, die aus körnchenartigen Borstenpunk- ten entspringen; beim wohl frisch geschlüpften Holotypus ist die gesamte Ventralfläche von mikrosko- pisch feinen, hellen Härchen weitläufig bedeckt, die bei den anderen Individuen nur noch selten vorhanden sind. Pygidium. In einem schmalen basalen Streifen glatt, in der cranialen Hälfte raspelig punktiert und behaart, in den Basalecken gedrängt runzelig; apikale Hälfte weitläufiger bis spärlich punktiert und behaart. Genitalapparat (Abb. 7-9). Parameren apikad schwach erweitert, konvexe Seitenflächen der Para- meren bis zu den Lateralzähnchen von dorsal sichtbar. 161 10°S OS 20°E 30°E Abb. 17. Karte der Fundorte von Temnorhynchus zairensis, spec. nov. Der Locus typicus ist durch einen größeren Kreis dargestellt. ?. Habitus. Abb. 3-4. Dimensionen. Körperlänge: 17.5 mm; größte Breite im Bereich des Pronotum: 7.8 mm; größte Breite im Bereich der Elytren: 9.0 mm; Relation Elytrenbreite/Pronotumbreite: 1.15; Relation Körperlänge/ Elytrenbreite: 1.94. Merkmale. Wie beim d, mit folgenden Ausnahmen: Lamina epicranialis. Ähnlich wie bei kleinen dd; 1.33 x so breit wie hoch (2.4 mm breit, 1.8 mm hoch) (Abb. 14). Der Abstand der Spitzen der Clypealzähnchen entspricht 29 % der Maximalbreite der Lamina. Pronotum. Punktur wie beim d, aber im medianen Cranialbereich ein wenig schwächer werdend. Pronotum auch hier gleichmäßig konvex, ohne Impression oder Depression. Die glatte Mittellinie zieht sich über die ganze Länge des Pronotum. Anteapikale Querleiste der Mesotibiae. Endet relativ weit vor dem Apex der Tibia. Apex der Metatibiae. Ohne Borsten, ohne Borstenpunkt-Rudiment. Interelytraler Bereich des Scutellum. Glatt, unpunktiert, 1.27 x so breit wie lang (1.9 mm breit, 1.5 mm lang). Genitalapparat (Abb. 15-16). Ventrale proximale Vaginalpalpen fein behaart, ventrale apikale Vagi- nalpalpen kräftig beborstet. Dorsalseite teilweise beschädigt. Phänologie. Nur drei Funddaten sind bekannt. Der Holotypus aus Mekwo wurde am 3.X., das d aus Popokabaka im März und das d aus der Gegend zwischen Kwamouth und Ilebo im Mai aufgefunden, d.h. in den ersten und letzten Monaten der Regenzeit. Autökologie und Biogeographie. Die Art wurde in den trockeneren Randgebieten des Guinea- Congo-Regenwaldes sowie im angrenzenden Mosaik aus Regenwald und sekundärem Grasland aufgefunden. Möglicherweise wird der feuchtere Typ des Guinea-Congo-Regenwaldes gemieden. Das Vorkommen nördlich und südlich dieses feuchteren Bereiches des Congo-Beckens weist auf Reliktpo- pulationen hin, deren Arealsystem mit der Ausbreitung des Regenwaldes nach dem letzten glazialen Maximum an die Randbereiche des Congo-Beckens gedrängt wurde. Differentialdiagnose. T. zairensis unterscheidet sich von T. coronatus durch die durchschnittlich geringere Größe, die Umrißform der Lamina epicranialis, insbesondere deren apikalwärts deutlich konvergierende Seiten, durch die von dorsal sichtbaren Seitenteile der Parameren, den fehlenden 162 stormsi overlaeti zairensis baal sjoestedti coronatus luna | Di © a c.19.69 ? in Krell (1993: 264) Bill EIER: III 65 73 III Mes, 70, 74 TE 72 a Eee Abb. 18. Phylogenetisches Argumentationsschema der Sammelgruppe 4.3. (Krell 1993: 277). Nach Krell (1993: 263: Fig. 89) verändert und aktualisiert; die Zahlen beziehen sich auf die Apomorphien, die dort diskutiert werden. Mediandentikel des männlichen Pronotum sowie durch die oft vorhandene Borste distalam Apex der Metatibiae; von T. baal, T. sjoestedti, T. burgeoni, T. raffrayi und T. zambezianus s. str. durch die Bebor- stung des Ocularcanthus; von T. rugatus durch die durchschnittlich geringere Größe, die ganzrandige Lamina und deren Umrißform (cfr. Diagnose von T. rugatus in Krell 1992: 327ff); von T. luna und T. tridentatus durch die vollständig verrunzelte Lamina epicranialis und deren Umrißform; vonT. overlaeti die nur wenig eingedrückte Pronotum-Impression und die nicht hypertrophierte Skulptur des Prono- tum beim d. Verwechslungen mit anderen Arten sind unwahrscheinlich. T. zairensis ist in der Bestim- mungstabelle in Krell (1994) enthalten. Die systematische Stellung von T. zairensis, spec. nov. Das phylogenetische System der Gattung Temnorhynchus wurde in einer vorangehenden Arbeit diskutiert (Krell 1993). T. zairensis weist die dort aufgeführte Autapomorphie 55 sowie die Apomor- phien 56 und 57 (p. 275) auf, nicht jedoch die Autapomorphien der vorläufig gleichrangigen Schwe- stertaxa. Somit befindet sich T. zairensis im Subgenus Temnorhynchus s.str. Als Autapomorphie für die Gattung Temnorhynchus wurde die Reduktion des Borstenkranzes am Apex der Metatibien postuliert (Krell 1993: 247). Diese ist zumeist als vollständige Reduktion ausge- prägt, bei T. (Temnorrhynchodes) descarpentriesi jedoch sind noch mehrere Borsten im Distalbereich vorhanden. Einzelne Borsten finden wir manchmal noch bei T. (sed. inc.) grandicornis, T. (sed. inc.) cribratus und T. (s. str.) overlaeti (l.c.). Auch bei der neuen Art T. (s. str.) zairensis konnten derartige Borsten festgestellt werden. Es bleibt offen, ob es sich bei diesen einzelnen Borsten um häufig auftre- tende Atavismen (d.h. artspezifische Autapomorphien) oder um Plesiomorphien handelt. Im letzteren Falle, für den auch die bisherige Stellung der entsprechenden Arten im System spricht, sollten wir eine frühe Abzweigung von T. zairensis von der Masse der Temnorhynchus-Arten annehmen, die keine metatibiale Apikalborste mehr aufweisen. Diese Hypothese wird unterstützt durch die Beborstung des 163 Ocularcanthus, die nach Außengruppenvergleich als Plesiomorphie für Temnorhynchus anzusehen ist und bei verwandten Arten reduziert ist. Bei Abnutzung erinnert der Vorderrand der Lamina epicranialis an T. overlaeti, von dem nur abgenutzte Laminae bekannt sind. Sollten Lateralrandung und Dentikel der Lamina bei frischen Individuen von T. overlaeti ebenso eigentümlich ausgeprägt sein wie bei T. zairensis (s.o.), handelt es sich um eine Synapomorphie (A in Abb. 18). DaT. zairensis eine ganzrandige Lamina epicranialis besitzt (Synapomorphie 59), kann er der Sam- melgruppe 4.3. zugerechnet werden, die aus den Taxa T. overlaeti, T. stormsi, {T. coronatus + T. baal + T. sjostedti} und {T. luna +T. tridentatus + T. burgeoni + T. raffrayi-Gruppe +T. zambezianus + T. kasanganus + T. clypeatus + T. elongatus + T. retusus} besteht. Im vorgeschlagenen System stehen diese Taxa gleich- rangig in der Sammelgruppe 4.3., da die Schwestergruppenverhältnisse nicht bestimmbar sind (Abb. 18). Die Lateralflächen der Parameren sind bei T. zairensis von dorsal sichtbar, weil sie nach außen gewölbt sind. Bei den größeren Species der Sammelgruppe 4.3.4. (T. luna + T. tridentatus + T. clypeatus + T. elongatus) kommt diese Sichtbarkeit durch die Verschmälerung der Dorsalflächen der Parameren zustande (Synapomorphie 72, Krell 1993: 285, 318: Abb. 101). Es kann jedoch nicht ausgeschlossen werden, daß beide Ausprägungsformen auf eine gemeinsame Ausgangsform zurückgehen. Wenn die Verschmälerung der Dorsalflächen gegenüber der bloßen Aufwölbung der Lateralflächen der Parame- ren apomorph wäre, könnte ein Schwestergruppenverhältnis zwischen T. zairensis und der Sammel- gruppe 4.3.4. bestehen. Durch die fehlende Pronotum-Impression beim ? und den reduzierten Mediandentikel des Pronot- um beim d könnte T. zairensis als Adelphotaxon von {T. baal + T. sjoestedti} betrachtet werden, was jedoch der biogeographischen Hypothese widerspricht, die eine geographische Speciation zwischen T. baal und T. coronatus postuliert (Krell, in Vorb.). Die Nähe zum Taxon {T. coronatus + T. baal + T. sjoestedti} ist aufgrund der morphologischen Merkmalsausstattung wahrscheinlich. Da kein begrün- detes Schwestergruppenverhältnis festgestellt werden kann, bleibt T. zairensis vorerst gleichrangig mit den übrigen oben aufgeführten Taxa in der Sammelgruppe 4.3. (Abb. 18). Danksagung Dank gebührt Herrn Dr. G. Scherer, Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, sowie Herrn Dr. M. Andre, Musee Royal del’Afrique Centrale, Tervuren, für die geduldige Ausleihe des hier beschriebenen Materials. Dr. P. Basilewsky, Tervuren, half bei der Lokalisierung des Fundorts Sassa. Frau M. Hohloch, Zoologisches Institut der Universität Tübingen, fertigte die Photographien an. Literatur Burgeon, L. 1947. Catalogues raisonnes de la faune entomologique du Congo Belge. Coleopteres Dynastinae, Valg- inae, Melolonthinae p. p. - Annls Mus. Congo Belge C, Zoologie, Serie III (ID), Tome 5: 277-340 Krell, F.-T. 1992. Verschmelzung von Antennomeren (Symphysocerie) als Regelfall bei Temnorhynchus repandus Bur- meister, 1847, sowie phylogenetische, taxonomische, faunistische und nomenklaturische Anmerkungen zu diversen Taxa dieser Gattung (Coleoptera. Scarabaeoidea, Melolonthidae, Dynastinae, Pentodontini). - Dt. ent. Z., N. F. 39: 295-367 -- 1993. Phylogenetisch-systematische Revision des Genus Temnorhynchus Hope, 1837 (Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea: Melolonthidae: Dynastinae: Pentodontini). 1. Teil: Phylogenetische Analyse, mit Anmerkungen zur phylogene- tisch-systematischen Methodologie. - Beitr. Ent. 43: 237-318 -- 1994. Phylogenetisch-systematische Revision des Genus Temnorhynchus Hope, 1837 (Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea: Melolonthidae: Dynastinae: Pentodontini). 2. Teil: Bestimmungstabelle, Katalog, Bibliographie, Gazetteer und Material-Listen. - Beitr. Ent. 44: 83-155 Paulian, R. 1946. Le genre Temnorrhynchus Hope (Col. Scarabaeidae). - Bull. Mus. r. Hist. nat. Belg. 22, 7: 36 pp. White, F. 1983. UNESCO/AETFAT/UNSO vegetation map of Africa. Scale 1:5000000. 3 Karten, 1 Legende. The vegetation of Africa. A descriptive memoir to accompany the Unesco/AETFAT/UNSO vegetation map of Africa. - Paris: Unesco: 356 pp. 164 SPIXIANA 165-176 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Notes on some leaf beetles from the Passam area, East Sepik Province, and Port Moresby area, Central Province, Papua New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) By T. J. Hawkeswood and G. A. Samuelson Hawkeswood, T. J. & G. A. Samuelson (1995): Notes on some leaf beetles from the Passam area, East Sepik Province, and Port Moresby area, Central Province, Papua New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). — Spixiana 18/2: 165-176 A list and notes are provided on 27 species of Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera) from primarily the Wewak-Passam area, East Sepik Province and secondarily from the Port Moresby area, Central Province, Papua New Guinea. Field observations were made from March to December 1989 by TJH. Host plants are recorded for 20 species or 74 % of all chrysomelids treated. Data on plant hosts are also reported. Trevor J. Hawkeswood, c/- North Star Caravan Resort, Hastings Point, New South Wales 2489, Australia. G. A. Samuelson, J. Linsley Gressitt Center for Research in Entomology, Bishop Museum, P. ©. Box 19000-A, Honolulu, Hawaii 96817, U.S.A. Introduction Plant host associations and the biology of New Guinean Chrysomelidae remain incompletely known. This is especially so for members of the Eumolpinae, Chrysomelinae, Galerucinae, and Altic- inae. However, the late J. L. Gressitt provided much impetus in gaining biological information on many of these beetles, particularly Hispinae. Since Gressitt’s death in 1982, further knowledge has also been forthcoming, and continued in part by one of us, GAS. Currently, rainforest canopy studies in Papua New Guinea (PNG) have produced a wealth of chrysomelids (Allison, Miller, & Samuelson, unpub- lished), and associated studies on feeding habits have been ongoing (Basset & Samuelson, unpub- lished). In 1989, opportunity arose for one of us, TJH, to spend nine months in PNG, and the results of that visit are reported here. Most of the survey was undertaken in village gardens and bordering rainforests intthe Wewak-Passam area. In addition, part of March 1989 was spent in the woodlands and gardens in the Port Moresby area, where some collections and observations were undertaken. A part of the information gained from these field studies was published elsewhere (Hawkeswood 1991). Material and Methods A. Study area, climate and vegetation. Observations and collections of chrysomelids were undertaken mostly in and around the village of Passam (3°45’S, 143°35’E) and around Wewak (3°33’S, 143°38’E) in East Sepik Province, PNG. The area receives an average monthly rainfall ranging from 128 mm to 225 mm and maximum daily tempera- tures range from 29°C to 35.5 °C, while minimum daily temperatures range from 18°C to 22 °C throughout the year. The first half of 1989 was abnormally wetter than usual, and temperatures were 165 cooler than average. The humidity of this area remains high, commonly between 70 % and 90 % throughout the year. The highest humidity readings, December to May, correspond to larger amounts of cloud cover, which varies from 65 % to 92 % daily. The average altitude of the Passam area is 960 m. According to Robbins (1968) the vegetation of the Passam-Wewak area is composed of lowland hill (rain) forest with three main tree layers. The rainforest is of a very mixed composition with more than 60 tree species having been recorded from the canopy layer alone (Robbins 1968). Some of the common and dominant tree and shrub species of the area include: Canarium indicum L. (Burseraceae), Alstonia scholaris R. Br. (Apocynaceae), Intsia bijuga (Colebr.) Kuntze (Caesalpiniaceae), Artocarpus altilis (Park) Fosberg and Ficus spp. (Moraceae), Spathodea campanulata Beauv. (Bignoniaceae), Pometia pinnata Forst. f. (Sapindaceae), Albizia falcataria L. Back. (Mimosaceae), Schizomeria serrata (Hochr.) Hochr. (Cunoniaceae), Flindersia amboinensis Poir. (Flindersiaceae), Euodia spp. (Rutaceae), Celtis sp. (Ulm- aceae), Vitex cofasus Reinw. (Verbenaceae), Terminalia kaernbachii Warb. (Combretaceae), and Macaranga quadriglandulosa Warb. (Euphorbiaceae). A large number of shrubs and herbs are to be found as the ground zone stratum and include Selaginella sp. (Selaginellaceae), Pilea spp. (Pileaceae), Pteris spp. (Pteridaceae), Pipturus argenteus (Forst.) Wedd. (Urticaceae), Piper adunca L. (Piperaceae), and Spathoglottis rivularis Schlecht. (Orchidaceae). B. Observations and collections of beetles. Field studies and collections of beetles took place from March to December 1989 by TJH during sunny periods on relatively fine days for up to 2-3 hours at a time when wide transects of the native vegetation and gardens around the villages were walked. Beetles were collected by hand, net, or by beating onto a sheet. Once captured, they were placed in bottles before being taken to the laboratory where they were curated. Later, representatives of all the species were examined by one of us, GAS. Data on beetle behaviour and host plants were also recorded during the 9-month period. In the treatment below, the subfamily arrangement follows Seeno & Wilcox (1982); arrangement of genera and species appears alphabetically. Most of the specimens were collected by the senior author, abbreviated TJH, in East Sepik Province, ESP but a few records are from Central Province, CP. Specimens are deposited in the TJH collection and in Bishop Museum. Annotated list of species Subfamily Criocerinae Lema sp. near connectens Baly Fig. 1 Lema connectens Baly, 1865: 13 (Aru Islands). - Kimoto et al. 1984: 49 (Kuk, Western Highlands Prov. on cardamom; elsewhere on wild gingers from sea level to 2.000 m altitude). Lema (Petauristes) connectens: Gressitt, 1965a: 156 (Maffin Bay). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 25.IIL., 22.VIII., 17.1X.1989, on leaves of Alpinia, TJH (6). Plant hosts. Zingiberaceae: cardamom, Elettaria cardamomum (L.) Maton; various wild gingers. Jolivet (1977: 327) discussed host affinities for Lema. Observations. This species was common on the foliage of Alpinia sp. growing at edges of rainforest around the village. Adults produced distinctive feeding marks between the parallel leaf veins of the plant hosts. The beetles were very wary, difficult to catch, and jumped rapidly away from the host plant when disturbed or closely approached. In life, the beetle was bright orange, and black but the orange colour fades to dull yellow testaceous upon death. Larvae were not found but may feed during the night on the leaf laminae and retreat into the leaf bases during the day. The material from Passam may represent an undescribed species. 166 Figs 1-3. 1. Lema sp. near L. connectens Baly, Passam, 25.11.1989, TJH, on Alpinia sp. (Zingiberaceae) (Scale: 6 mm). 2. Cadmus sp. near C. latus Gressitt, Passam, 7.V1.1989, TJH, on Macaranga quadrglandulosa Warb. (Euphorbiaceae) (Scale: 4 mm). 3. Phyllocharis apicalis Baly, Passam, 10.11.1989, TJH, on Clerodendrum sp. (Verbenaceae) (Scale: 3.5 mm). (Photos: T. J. Hawkeswood). Lilioceris doryca (Boisduval) Lema dorcya Boisduval, 1835: 533 (Dorei). Crioceris doryca: Weise 1912: 424 (Lorentz-Fluß, Bivak ]). Lilioceris doryca: Gressitt 1965a: 141 (various localities throughout New Guinea). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 22.VI1I1.1989, on foliage of unidentified vine, possibly Smilax amongst other vegetation, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Smilacaceae. Possibly Smilax. Jolivet (1977: 327) discussed host affinities for Lilioceris. Stethopachys papuana Gressitt Stethopachys papuana Gressitt, 1965a: 186 (Papua). - Hawkeswood 1991: 283-291 (biology, life-stages, host plants). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 22.VIII.1989, from flowers of Spathoglottis rivularis, TJH ®). Plant hosts. Orchidaceae. Spathoglottis rivularis Schlecter. Jolivet (1977: 328) discussed host affinities for Stethopachys. Subfamily Cryptocephalinae Cadmus sp. near latus Gressitt Fig. 2 Cadmus latus Gressitt, 1965b: 439 (NE New Guinea: Wau, Karimui; SE New Guinea: Daradae). Cadmus: Gressitt 1965b: 419-445 (key, New Guinea species). - Jolivet 1978: 177 (plant hosts listed as hosts for Australo-Papuan species). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 7.VI., 5.VII.1989, on leaves of Macaranga quadriglandulosa, TJH (2). Plant hosts. Euphorbiaceae: Acalypha, Glochidion, Homalanthus, and Macaranga. Myrtaceae: Eucalyp- tus. (Jolivet 1978). Observations. This beetle was not very common and was encountered only in cleared areas at the edges of rainforest. It was found only on Macaranga quadriglandulosa Warb. but no feeding was observed. 167 Subfamily Eumolpinae Rhyparida sp. near angulata Gressitt Rhyparida angulata Gressitt, 1967a: 310 (NE New Guinea: E Highlands). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 22.VIII.1989, on leaves of Phaseolus vulgaris, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Fabaceae: Phaseolus vulgaris L. Observations. This was an uncommon species at Passam; feeding was not observed. Rhyparida coriacea Jacoby Rhyparida coriacea Jacoby, 1895: 57 (New Guinea). - Szent-Ivany & Stevens 1966: 117 (Wau, Morobe Prov.; severe defoliation of Eucalyptus deglupta). - Gressitt 1967a: 330 (many localities, mostly NE New Guinea). - Gray 1968: 304 (Goroka, E Highlands Prov.; E. deglupta listed as a host). - Gray & Wylie 1974: 72-73 (many hosts listed). Material. PNG:ESP: Passam, 5.VIIL., 11.IX.1989, on leaves of Phaseolus vulgaris, on leaves of young plants of Tectona grandis, TJH (2). Plant hosts. Araucariaceae: Araucaria. Combretaceae: Terminalia. Fabaceae: Phaseolus vulgaris L. Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus deglupta Blume. Verbenaceae: Tectona grandis L.f. Observations. This was a moderately common species in disturbed sites and at the margins of rainforest adjoining the village. Rhyparida fasciata Baly Rhyparida fasciata Baly, 1864: 10 (Dorey, NE New Guinea); 1867: 168 (S New Guinea). - Weise 1912: | 426 (Etna-Bai). - Gressitt 1967a: 332 (many localities from NW and NE New Guinea). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 6.11.1989, on foliage of Solanum torvum, TJA ®). Plant hosts. Solanaceae: Solanum torvum Sw. Observations. This species was noted only on Solanum torvum, a prickly weed species growing commonly on the sides of roads in the study area. The pale yellow eggs measure 1.6-1.8 mm long and were laid in clusters of up to 8 eggs on the abaxial leaf surface towards the margins. Hatching occurred within 5-6 days after eggs were laid. Some young larvae, which were yellow-green with various black spines, grew to the second instar but then died of a probable bacterial attack. Adults were observed from March to September either on the adaxial leaf surfaces or more commonly on the abaxial surfaces where they were better protected by the host’s long spines and better hidden by the foliage. Adults fed on the palisade and spongy mesophyli leaf tissues between the sharp spines. Mating occurred on the main stems, petioles, or the adaxial leaf surfaces towards the margins. Feeding damage to leaves resulted in irregular-shaped holes. Younger leaves at the tops of plants were preferred by larvae and adults but older leaves were also eaten by adults. The beetles were very wary and dropped to the ground at the slightest disturbance, where they were well-camouflaged against old leaves or debris. Rhyparida huona Gressitt? Rhyparida huona Gressitt, 1967b: 552 (NE New Guinea). Material. PNG:ESP: Passam, 12. and 15.V.1989, on foliage of Phaseolus vulgaris L., TJH (2). Plant hosts. Fabaceae: Phaseolus vulgaris L. Observations. This species was uncommon on Phaseolus, which grew as garden escapes at the edges of rainforest around the village houses. The Passam material varies slightly from typical R. huona. 168 Figs 4-6. 4. Promechus bimaculatus (Weise), Passam, 10.VIII. 1989, TJH, from Boerlagiodendron sp. (Araliaceae) (Scale: 5 mm). 5. Promechus sp. near P. moskowskii (Kuntzen), Passam, 17.X1.1989, TIH & J. Manuai, amongst grass (Scale: 10 mm). 6. Aulacophora papuana Jacoby, Passam, 15.V.1989, TJH & J. Kuwimb, on pumpkin vines, Cucurbita pepo L. (Cucurbitaceae) (Scale: 3 mm). (Photos: T. J. Hawkeswood). Subfamily Chrysomelinae Phyllocharis apicalis Baly Fig. 3 Phyllocharis apicalis Baly, 1864: 617 (Dorey, New Guinea); 1867: 284 (further description). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 10.11.1989, on Clerodendrum at edge of rainforest, TIH (5); same loc., 15.11.1989, on Clerodendrum sapling growing in an old rubber (Hevea brasiliensis) plantation, TJH and A.Lakamanga (1). Plant hosts. Verbenaceae: Clerodendrum. This is also the host genus for Phyllocharis species in Australia, Vietnam, and Thailand (Hawkeswood 1988, Jolivet 1983, Jolivet et al. 1986). Observations. Adults were common during March and April on Clerodendrum which grew as undergrowth saplings in an old rubber plantation and at the edges of rainforest. The beetle was not observed in the rainforest. The brilliant red colouration of parts of this species dulls after death. Promechus bimaculatus (Weise) Fig. 4 Aesernia bimaculata Weise, 1917: 197 (Hollandia, other locals., W New Guinea). Promechus bimaculatus: Gressitt & Hart 1974: 280 (many localities throughout New Guinea cited). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 7.VI., 2. and 10.VII., 12.IX.1989, on leaves of Boerlagiodendron, TJH (6). Plant hosts. Araliaceae: Boerlagiodendron. Jolivet (1971: 69, 1974: 120) recorded this genus as a host to Promechus (cited as Aesernia) in Papua New Guinea. Gressitt & Hart (1974: 282) recorded the species on Boerlagiodendron from the Kuper Range, PNG. Observations. Adults were found only on the broad-leaved species of Boerlagiodendron growing in TJH’s garden at Passam. They were present from June to early October when they fed extensively on the young foliage at the top of the plant. Feeding resulted in deep incisions to the leaf margins. 169 Promechus sp. near moszkowskii (Kuntzen) Fig. 5 Aesernia moszkowskii Kuntzen, 1913: 94 (Taua, W New Guinea). Promechus moszkowskii: Gressitt & Hart 1974: 277 (various localities cited for PNG; no biology). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 17.X1.1989, amongst grass, TJH and J. Manaui (1). Plant hosts. None apparently reported. Observations. This was the largest chrysomelid collected from the study area, measuring 24 mm. It is a beautiful species, with dark bluish-green head and antennae, golden-green pronotum which is heavily pitted and foveolate at the lateral margins, and basal half of the elytra dark metallic blue with apical half orange-red. The orange-red colour fades after death. The Passam specimen differs some- what from the typical coloration of P. moszkowskii. Subfamily Galerucinae Aulacophora indica (Gmelin) Crioceris indica Gmelin, 1790, Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 13, 1(4): 1720 (India). Aulacophora indica: Kimoto 1989: 56. Material. PNG:ESP: Passam, 5.1X.1989, on flowers of pumpkin vines (Cucurbita pepo L.) in a vegetable garden, TJH Q). Plant hosts. Cucurbitaceae: Cucurbita pepo L. Observations. This widespread species was not very common in the study area; it was restricted to pumpkin vines. The natural colouration of the adult is dark orange, excepting the middle and hind legs, but fades to a duller yellow testaceous upon death. Aulacophora papuana Jacoby Fig. 6 Aulacophora papuana Jacoby, 1894: 304 (Andai, New Guinea). - Weise 1908: 318 (Manokwari, Wa Udu). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 15.V., 5., 10. and 17.IX.1989, on flowers of pumpkin growing in village gardens, TJH and J. Kuwimb (6). Plant hosts. Cucurbitaceae: Cucurbita pepo L. Observations. This was one of the most common Aulacophora species noted in the study area and like A. indica, it was restricted to pumpkin, where adults fed extensively on the large orange petals and abundant pollen. Aulacophora pallidofasciata Jacoby? Aulacophora pallidofasciata Jacoby, 1904: 495 (New Guinea: Haveri, Ighibirei). - Szent-Ivany & Stevens 1966: 117 (host: pumpkin, Cucurbita pepo). - Gressitt & Hornabrook 1977: 62 (figure). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 11.V.1989, on leaves of pumpkin growing in village gardens, TJA (1). Plant hosts. Cucurbitaceae: Cucurbita pepo L. Observations. This attractive species, with pale yellow head, pronotum and underside of body, and black elytra with a broad, median pale yellow transverse band was not very common in the study area. Aulacophora sp. Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 3.1IX.1989, on leaves of pumpkin vines, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Cucurbitaceae: Cucurbita pepo L. 170 Figs 7-9. 7. Oides subaenea Jacoby (?), Passam, 15.V.1989, TJH, on leaves of a sapling of Hevea brasiliensis (Willd. ex A. Juss. Muell. Arg. (Euphorbiaceae) (Scale: 5 mm). 8. Prasyptera sp., Passam, 23.X.1989, TJH, on bark of unidentified rainforest tree (Scale: 5 mm). 9. Sutrea sexnotata Bryant (?), Passam, 17.1X.1989, TJH, flying over shrubs in rainforest (Scale: 3 mm). (Photos: T. J. Hawkeswood). Observations. This species was the largest of the four Aulacophora species noted in the study area but was not common. The adult has a dark reddish head and pronotum, and black elytra with a broad yellowish median fascia. Oides subaenea Jacoby? Bie7 Oides subaenea Jacoby, 1886: 44. Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 15.V.1989, on leaves of a sapling of Hevea brasiliensis, TJA (1). Plant hosts. Euphorbiaceae: Hevea brasiliensis (Willd. ex A. Juss.) Muell. Arg. Jolivet (1987: 287) reported that the main hosts for Oides are Vitaceae: Cissus, Cayratia, Vitis, and Tetrastigma but that other families such as Rubiaceae, Malvaceae, Sterculiaceae, and Euphorbiaceae may also be used by Oides. Polysastra sp. metallica group Polysastra Shute, 1983: 220 (metallica group Shute, 1983: 227). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 1.VI. 1989, flying, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Jolivet (1987: 289) reported that Polysastra species feed on Sterculiaceae: Theobroma, Rubiaceae: Coffea, and Zingiberaceae: Curcuma and Elettaria. Observations. This species has a dull brownish orange head and pronotum and metallic olive-green elytra. Only one specimen was collected without any hint to its food preferences. Sastra sp. Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 12.X1.1989, flying, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Jolivet (1971: 63, 1987: 288) reported a member of this genus feeding on Trema orientalis L. at Goroka, E Highlands Prov. Observations. This species has a dull yellow testaceous head and pronotum and brownish elytra. 171 Prasyptera sp. Fig. 8 Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 15. and 23.X.1989, on leaves of Piper and on bark of unidentified rainforest tree, TJH (2). Plant hosts. Piperaceae: Piper? Observations. Only two specimens of this uncommon and apparently undescribed beetle, which apparently mimics a hemipteran, were collected. One was taken from Piper leaves in heavily shaded rainforest. Numerous other Piper plants in the area failed to produce additional specimens. The head and pronotum of this beetle are bright reddish brown when alive but fades to dull brown after death and the elytra are large, broad and deep metallic green. The sides of the abdomen are broadly flanged. Subfamily Alticinae Sutrea sexnotata Bryant? Fig. 9 Sutrea sexnotata Bryant, 1951: 794 (E Dutch New Guinea). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 17.1X.1989, flying over shrubs in rainforest, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Samuelson (1967: 157) recorded Zingiberaceae: Alpinia as a host for S. apicalis Samuelson from Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands; Jolivet (1991: 61) recorded Sterculiaceae: Theobroma as a host in PNG for an unidentified species. Observations. A distinctive black species with yellow pronotum with a black central portion and black elytra with two yellow median spots on each elytron and one sublunate preapical yellow spot on each elytron. M. L. Cox (1991, pers. comm) compared the photo of the Passam specimen with the type in the BMNH and noted pattern differences in the pronotum (black discal mark reaches base) and the elytra (yellow maculae differ in shape and size). Xenidea sp. near purpureipennis Baly Xenidea purpureipennis Baly, 1877: 318 (New Guinea: Dorey). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 22.VIII.1989, on leaves of Piper, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Piperaceae: Piper. Jolivet (1991: 58) recorded Solanaceae: Solanum has a host for Xenidea. Observations. This species was only observed in the shaded parts of the rainforest where it was often common on Piper. Feeding caused numerous small holes in the host’s leaves. One of us, GAS, made similar observations in forests above Wau. Beetles were found on non-flowering plants. Plants in more light-exposed situations tended not to have these beetles. Subfamily Hispinae Ceratispa biroi Gestro Ceratispa biroi Gestro, 1897: 232 (Tamara, Berlinhafen). - Gressitt 1957: 232 (NW and NE New Guinea); 1960: 32 (W New Guinea: Vogelkop, Cyclops; NE New Guinea: Maprik; larva; hosts): 1963: 627 (various locals. NW and NE New Guinea; larva, hosts). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 5.X11.1989, on leaf of Freycinetia? or Calamus?, TJA (1). Plant hosts. Arecaceae: Areca catechu, Calamus?, small palms, rattans. Questionable host is Pandan- aceae: Freycinetia? Gressitt (1959: 72) noted that the genus occurs on palms: Metroxylon, Areca, and rattans in the lowland areas of New Guinea below 400 m elevation. Gressitt (1963: 627) further noted Areca catechu and other small palms, more rarely rattans as hosts for this species. 172 10 Figs 10-12. 10. Aspidomorpha adhaerens (Weber), Passam, 10.111.1989, TJH, on leaves of Ipomoea indica (Burm.) Merrill (Convolvulaceae) (Scale: 5 mm). 11. Aspidomorpha novaguineensis (Boisduval), Passam, 12.1V.1989, TJH, from leaves of Ipomoea batatas (L.) Lamk. (Convolvulaceae) (Scale: 5 mm). 12. Aspidomorpha socia (Boheman), Passam, 10.X.1989, TJH, on Ipomoea indica (Burm.) Merrill (Convolvulaceae) (Scale: 5 mm). (Photos: T. ]. Hawkeswood). Hispellinus sp. Hispellinus: Gressitt, 1957: 312-314; 1960: 89-90; 1963: 705-707 (mainly treating the New Guinea members). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 2.V., 2.-3.VI. 1989, on grass leaves, probably of Panicum, TJA (5). Plant hosts. Poaceae: Panicum? Observations. This species was restricted to grasses, though no larvae were observed on the hosts. H. multispinosus (Germar) is known to inhabit grasses in Australia (Gressitt 1960: 90, Hawkeswood 1988: 107) and H. albertisi (Gestro) has been recorded on sugarcane (Saccharum spp.) in PNG (Gressitt 1960: 90). Subfamily Cassidinae Aspidomorpha adhaerens (Weber) Fig. 10 Cassida adhaerens Weber, 1801, Obs. Ent., 51. Aspidomorpha adhaerens: Spaeth 1914: 70 (Neu-Guinea, Aru, Key-Insel). - Simon-Thomas 1964: 167- 264 (Sulawesi, New Guinea, Solomon Islands; noted distribution on northern coast of New Guinea up to 1,000 m; biology: genetics). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 10.I., 5.IV., 2. and 10.VI., 2.VII., 9.VIII.1989, on leaves of Ipomoea indica, TJH (12). Plant hosts. Convolvulaceae: Ipomoea indica (Burm.) Merrill. Simon-Thomas (1964: 250) noted that I. congesta R. Br. is the main host for this species; I. tuba (Schldl.) G. Don. also serves as a host but 1. batatas (L.) Lamk. is rarely so. Kimoto et al. (1984: 55) noted that it was only observed on wild Ipomoea at altitudes of up to 1,200 m. Observations. This was one of the most common cassidines in the study area where it was apparently restricted to the large vine, I. indica; it did not appear to attack sweet potato, I. batatas, which was a more common plant in the Passam area, corroborating Simon-Thomas’ findings (1964: 250). 173 Aspidomorpha australasiae (Boisduval) Cassida australasiae Boisduval, 1835: 537 (Nouvelle-Hollande). Aspidomorpha australasiae: Spaeth 1913: 447 (Alkmaar); 1914: 70 (Neu-Guinea). Material. PNG: CP: Port Moresby, 2.11.1989, on foliage of Ipomoea, TJH (1). PNG: ESP: Passam, 22.1V., 2.VI:, 22.V111.1989, on leaves of Ipomoea indica (6); Angoram, 12.1X.1989, on leaves of Ipomoea batatas, TJA (1); Wewak, 23.1X.1989, same host as preceding, TJH (1); 10 km W of Wewak, 5.X1.1989, same host as preceding, TJH (2). Plant hosts. Convolvulaceae: Ipomoea batatas (L.) Lamk. and I. indica (Burm.) Merrill. Euphorbiaceae: Aleurites fordii Hemsl. In the Passam area, this beetle was found on both Ipomoea but was more common on I. batatas. Szent-Ivany (1956: 82) listed I. batatas as the host in the Port Moresby area. Lever (1948: 50) and Dumbleton (1954: 15) recorded leaves of Ipomoea batatas and Aleurites fordii (tung oil) as host for this beetle in the Solomon Islands. Aspidomorpha novaguineensis (Boisduval) Fig. 11 Cassida novaguineensis Boisduval, 1835: 537 (Nouvelle-Guinee). Aspidomorpha novaguineensis: Spaeth 1909: 28 (Etna-Bai); 1913: 447 (Alkmaar); 1914: 71 (Neuguinea). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 12.1V.1989, from leaves of Ipomoea batatas, TJH (1). Plant hosts. Convolvulaceae: Ipomoea batatas (L.) Lamk. Kimoto et al. (1984: 56) included this species in a key of species potentially infesting sweet potato crops in PNG. Observations. Less common than other cassidines in study area. Aspidomorpha punctum (Fabricius) Cassida punctum Fabricius, 1801, Syst. Eleuth. 1: 404 (Oceani pacifici Insulis). Aspidomorpha punctum: Spaeth 1909: 28 (Merauke, Etna-Bai); 1914: 72 (Neu-Guinea, Papua). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 22.1V.1989, on leaves of Ipomoea indica, TJH (1); Passam, 2.V.1989, on leaves of Ipomoea batatas, TJH (2); Angoram, 12.1X.1989, on Ipomoea sp., TJH (5); Wewak, 18.1X.1989, on I. batatas, TJA (1). Plant hosts. Convolvulaceae: Ipomoea indica (Burm.) Merrill. and I. batatas (L.) Lamk. Kimoto et al. (1984: 55) recorded this species from I. batatas as well as from native Ipomoea in PNG. Observations. This species was widely distributed and common on Ipomoea batatas around settle- ments in association with A. australasiae (Boisd.) and Cassida astrolabiana (Spaeth). Aspidomorpha socia (Boheman) Eies12 Cassida socia Boheman, 1856: 114. Aspidomorpha socia: Spaeth 1913: 448 (Bivak-lI); 1914: 72 (Neu-Guinea, Papua). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 10.X.1989, on Ipomoea indica, TJH (1); near Passam, 11.IIl. and 22.1V.1989, on I. indica, TJH (3). Plant hosts. Convolvulaceae: Ipomoea indica (Burm.) Merrill, I[pomoea batatas (L.) Lamk., and wild Ipomoea. Szent-Ivany (1956: 82) recorded I. batatas from Kerevat, New Britain. Kimoto et al. (1984: 55) recorded the wild Ipomoea and included this beetle in a key to cassidine species potentially infesting sweet potato crops in PNG. Observations. Found only on I. indica in the study area. 174 Cassida astrolabiana (Spaeth) Metriona astrolabiana Spaeth, 1903: 131 (Nova Guinea: Astrolabe Bai, Huon Gulf, Berlinhafen, Tam- ara); 1909: 28 (Merauke). Cassida astrolabiana: Borowiec 1990: 17-18 (widely distributed in northern PNG, including New Britain). Material. PNG: ESP: Passam, 8.111.1989, from leaves of Ipomoea batatas, TJH (2). Plant hosts. Convolvulaceae: Ipomoea batatas (L.) Lamk. Observations. This was one of the commonest chrysomelids in the Passam-Wewak area and seemed to be restricted to I. batatas growing in village gardens and cleared, exposed areas adjacent to rainforest where it flew rapidly in sunlight when disturbed. Adults were present on this host for most of the year. Acknowledgements Our thanks are expressed to Pierre Jolivet of France for reviewing the manuscript and for sending pertainent references, to Lech Borowiec of Poland, Terry N. Seeno of the United States, and F. R. Wylie of Australia for sending pertainent references, and to Peter Bostock of the Queensland Herbarium, Australia, who assisted with the nomen- clature of several plant species. Not least is our gratitude to M. L. Cox, International Institute of Entomology, The Natural History Museum, London, for identifying some of the beetles from photographs sent to him via Jolivet. References Baly, J. S. 1864. Descriptions of new Phytophaga. - Trans. Entomol. Soc. London ser. 3, 1: 611-624 -- 1867 (1865-1867). Phytophaga Malayana. - Trans. Entomol. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, 4: 1-300, 6 pls. -- 1877. Descriptions of new genera and of uncharacterized species of Halticinae. - Trans. Entomol. Soc. London 1877: 283-323. Boheman, C. H. 1856. Catalogue of coleopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, part 9: 1-225 Boisduval, J. B. A. D. de 1835. Voyage de l’Astrolabe. Entomologie, part 2: 1-716 Borowiec, L. 1990. A review of the genus Cassida of the Australian region and Papuan subregion (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae: Cassidinae). Genus 1: 1-51 Bryant, G. E. 1951. New species of Chrysomelidae (Halticinae, Coleoptera) from New Guinea, collected by Miss L. E. Cheesman. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 12, 4: 794-801 Dumbleton, L. J. 1954. A list of insect pests recorded in South Pacific territories. - South Pacific Comm. Tech. Paper 79: 1-196 Fabricius, J. C. 1801. System. Eleuth. 1: 1-506 Gestro, R. 1897. Hispidae raccolte nella Nuova Guinea dal sig. L. Biro e conservate nel Museo Nazionale di Budapest. - Termesz. Füz. 20: 449-454 Gmelin, J. F. 1790. Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 13, 1(4): 1517-2224 Gray, B. 1968. Forest tree and insect pests in the Territory of Papua New Guinea. - Pacific Insects 10: 301-323 -- &F.R. Wylie 1974. Forest tree and timber insect pests in Papua New Guinea. II. - Pacific Insects 16: 67-115 Gressitt, J. L. 1957. Hispine beetles from the South Pacific (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). - Nova Guinea, n. ser. 802): 205-324, 1 pl. -- 1959. Host relations and distribution of New Guinea hispine beetles. - Proc. Hawaii. Entomol. Soc. 17: 70-75 -- 1960. Papuan-West Polynesian hispine beetles (Chrysomelidae). - Pacific Insects 2(1): 1-90 -- 1963. Hispine beetles (Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea. - Pacific Insects 5(3): 591-714 -- 1965a. Chrysomelid beetles from the Papuan Subregion, 1. (Sagrinae, Zeugophorinae, Criocerinae). - Pacific Insects 7(1): 131-189 -- 1965b. Chrysomelid beetles from the Papuan Subregion, 2. (Clytrinae, Cryptocephalinae, Chlamisinae). - Pacific Insects 7(3): 387-449 -- 1967a. Chrysomelid beetles from the Papuan Subregion, 4 (Eumolpinae, 2). - Pacific Insects 9(2): 295-340 -- 1967b. Chrysomelid beetles from the Papuan Subregion, 5 (Eumolpinae, 3). - Pacific Insects 98): 551-562 -- &A.D. Hart 1974. Chrysomelid beetles from the Papuan Subregion, 8 (Chrysomelinae, 1). - Pacific Insects 16(2- 3): 261-306 -- &R.W. Hornabrook 1977. Handbook of Common New Guinea Beetles. - Wau Ecology Inst. Handbook 2: 1-87 Hawkeswood, T. J. 1988. A survey of the leaf beetles (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from the Townsville district, northern Queensland, Australia. - Giorn. Ital. Entomol. 4: 93-112 -- 1991. Observations on the biology of Stethopachys papuana Gressitt associated with the orchid Spathoglottis rivularis Schlect. (Orchidaceae) in Papua New Guinea. - Spixiana 14: 283-291 175 Jacoby, M. 1886. Descriptions of new genera and species of phytophagous Coleoptera from the Indo-Malayan and Austro-Malayan subregions, contained in the Genoa Civic Museum. - Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova 24: 41-128 -- 1894. Descriptions of new genera and species of phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by W. Doherty in the Malayan Archipelago. - Novitates Zool. 1: 267-330 -- 1895. Descriptions of new species of phytophagous Coleoptera from the Indo- and Austro-Malayan regions. - Stettiner Entomol. Ztg. 56: 52-80 -- 1904. Descriptions of new genera and species of phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Loria in New Guinea. - Ann. Mus. Civ. Storia Nat. Genova 41: 469-514 Jolivet, P. 1971. La Nouvelle-Guinee Australienne introduction Ecologique et Entomologique. - Cah. Pacif. 15: 41-70, pls. 1-7 -- 1974. Les Chrysomeles des Araliacees (Coleoptera). - Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 43: 113-120 -- 1977. Selection trophique chez les Eupoda (Coleoptera Chrysomelidae). - Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 46(9): 321- 336 -- 1978. Selection trophique chez les Clytrinae, Cryptocephalinae et Chlamisinae (Camptosoma) et les Lamprosoma- tinae (Cyclica) (Coleoptera Chrysomelidae). - Acta Zool. Path. Antverp. 70: 167-200 -- 1983. Un hemimyrmecophyte a chrysomelides (Coleoptera) du sud-est Asiatique, Clerodendrum fragrans (Vent.) Willd. (Verbenaceae). - Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 52: 242-261 -- 1987. Apercu de la selection trophique chez les Galerucinae (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). - Bull. Ann. soc. Belg. Entomol. 123: 283-307 -- 1991. Selection trophique chez les Alticinae (Coleoptera Chrysomelidae). - Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 60(1): 26- 40, 60(2): 53-72 -- ,‚Petitpierre E. & M. Daccordi 1986. Les plantes-hötes des Chrysomelinae (Coleoptera). Quelques nouvelles precisions et additions. - Nouv. Rev. Entomol. 3: 341-357 Kimoto, S. 1989. Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera) of Thailand, Cambodia, Laos and Vietnam. IV. Galerucinae. - Esakia 27: 1-241 -- ‚Ismay, J. W. & G. A. Samuelson 1984. Distribution of chrysomelid pests associated with certain agricultural plants in Papua New Guinea (Coleoptera). - Esakia 21: 49-57 Kuntzen, H. 1913. Eine neue Aesernia. - Arch. Naturgesch. 78A (11): 94-95 Lever, R. J. A. W. 1948. New insect pest records in the British Solomon Islands. - Agric. J. Fiji 19: 50-52 Robbins, R. G. 1968. Vegetation of the Wewak-Lower Sepik Area, Papua New Guinea, Part VI. - CSIRO, Melbourne. Land Research Series no. 22: 109-124 Samuelson, G. A. 1967. Alticinae of the Solomon Islands (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). - Pacific Insects 9(1): 139-174 Seeno, T. N. & J. A. Wilcox 1982. Leaf beetle genera (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). - Entomography 1: 1-221 Shute, S. L. 1983. Key to the genera of galerucine beetles of New Guinea, with a review of Sastra and related new taxa (Chrysomelidae). - Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 46(3): 205-266 Simon-Thomas, R. T. 1964. Some aspects of the life history, genetics, distribution, and taxonomy of Aspidomorpha adhaerens (Weber, 1801) (Cassidinae, Coleoptera). - Tijds. Entomol. 107: 167-264 Spaeth, F. 1903. Zusammenstellung der bisher von New-Guinea bekannt gewordenen Cassiden. - Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 1: 109-160 -- 1909. Cassididae. - Nova Guinea 9(1): 27-29 -- 1913. Cassididae. - Nova Guinea 3): 447-452 -- 1914. Chrysomelidae: 16. Cassidinae. - Coleopt. Cat. 25(62): 1-182 Szent-Ivany, J. J. H. 1956. New insect pest and host plant records in the Territory of Papua and New Guinea. - Papua and New Guinea Agric. J. 11: 82-87 -- &R.M. Stevens 1966. Insects associated with Coffea arabica and some other crops in the Wau-Bulolo area of New Guinea. - Papua and New Guinea Agric. J. 18: 101-119 Weber, F. 1801. Observationes entomolgicae.... Kiliae. 116 p Weise, J. 1908. Coleoptera 2, Chrysomelidae. - Nova Guinea 5: 311-349. (Includes a checklist of New Guinea Chrysomelidae known at the time.) -- 1912. Chrysomeliden und Coccinelliden. - Nova Guinea 9: 423-446 -- 1917. Chrysomeliden und Coccinelliden aus Nord-Neu-Guinea gesammelt von Dr. P. N. van Kampen und K. Gjellerup, in den Jahren 1910 und 1911. - Tijds. Entomol. 60: 192-224 176 SPIXIANA 177-186 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 The distribution of Palaearctic Diamesinae (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) By Bruno Rossaro Rossaro, B. (1985): The distribution of Palaearctic Diamesinae (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). — Spixiana 18/2: 177-186 The distribution of Palaearctic Diamesinae is analysed and discussed in relation to the phylogenetic tree of the subfamily. The presence of many widespread taxa and the uncertainty about the phylogenetic relationships is an hindrance to formulate zoogeographic hypotheses. The different distribution of tribes Protanypini and Boreoheptagyini is attributed to a vicariance phenomenon. Southern territories of Palaearctic are considered better candidates than the northern ones as centres of origin of some species group. Prof. B. Rossaro, Department of Biology, Section Ecology, University of Milano, via Celoria 26, I-20133 Milano, Italy. Introduction The aim of this study is to analyse the geographic factors responsible of the actual distribution of Palaearctic Diamesinae. Chironomidae are considered a good material for zoogeographic studies (Brundin 1966), but this is true with some reservation. The reasons are listed below. 1. Many species are widespread, because of their very effective dispersion means and their wide ecological niche. Only species that are restricted by their limited dispersion means (e.g. reduced wings) and their narrow ecological niche (e.g. cold-stenothermal species) are good zoogeographic material; this requirement is fulfilled by the subfamily Diamesinae, whose members are all more or less cold- stenothermal (only Potthastia and Sympotthastia are eurythermal within the subfamily). 2. Vicariance between tribes or genera of Chironomidae is a well known phenomenon when large geographical regions (south America, south Africa, Australia etc.) are considered. Examples of vicariance of species belonging to the same species-group within the subfamily of Diamesinae are known within a single zoogeographical region: a boreo-alpine disjunction is observed within the Palaearctic region (Thienemann 1950), but new evidence had often falsified previous knowledge. It is the case of Diamesa lindrothi and D. latitarsis (Serra-Tosio 1973): the former is not restricted to the Arctic region, but it is also present in a few stations in the Alps, the latter is not confined in the Alps as previously stated, but it is also present in the Arctic region. 3. Palaearctic genera of Chironomidae are widespread in the region and many genera are also Holarctic. Widespread condition is still observed at the species level, even if endemic species do exist. Progress in knowledge has emphasised in the past that a restricted species distribution is often a mismatch due to the lack of knowledge: D. veletensis for example was known to occur only in the Sierra Nevada (Spain), but was later captured in Morocco and in Mongolia (Serra-Tosio 1983). The aim of the present paper is to try to answer to the following questions: 1. Is the present information available about the distribution of Diamesinae enough to make hypotheses about the historical factors responsible of their distribution, to build area cladograms and to suggest vicariance phenomena within the Palaearctic region? 2. Can the ordination with multivariate methods made on the basis of the species distribution in provinces be useful to suggest hypotheses about point 1.? 177 Material and methods Data were filed using the information present in the Catalogue of Palaearctic Diptera (Ashe & Cranston 1991). The Palaearctic region is divided into areas that are called provinces in the present study, they correspond more or less to the political states. The ex-Soviet Union is divided into provinces as described by Soös & Papp (1991). Holarctic species are included in the present data base and their presence in the Nearctic region is given. Presence in provinces that occur near the boundaries of the Palaearctic region is also given. The abbreviations used in data analysis are in Tab. 1. The distribution of species was analysed by visual inspection, to suggest preliminary hypotheses. The COMPONENT program was used (Page 1993) to analyse species groups, for which a cladogram of phylogenetic relationships is available (Serra-Tosio 1973). COMPONENT attempts to construct area cladograms using the information given by the known phylogenetic relationships between species and species distribution in provinces. The interpretation of the results outcoming from this program was hindered by the presence of many widespread taxa, that determined duplications of area cladograms when one attempts to reconcile taxon trees with area cladograms. With the aim to suggest hypotheses about the history of distribution of widespread taxa, data were processed using the CANOCO program (Ter Braak 1988, Ter Braak & Prentice 1988). Different methods were considered because previous knowledge was not available with these data and no “a priori” model could be suggested. Indirect gradient analysis was carried out to discover the most relevant provinces and species gradients, principal component (=PCA) and correspondence analysis =CA) were considered to analyse both a linear and a gaussian response model. A detrended correspondence analysis (=DCA, detrending by segments) was also carried out. Direct gradient analysis (constrained ordination) was run using latitude and longitude of the investigated provinces as constraining variables. Constrained ordination also considered both a linear (redundancy analysis = RDA) and a gaussian (canonical correspondence analysis = CCA) response model. Results According to Hennig (1966) the primitive (plesiomorph) species of amonophyletic group lives in an area that is expected to be the centre of origin of the group: the progression rule states that a transformation series of characters would run parallel with progression in space (Humphries & Parenti 1986), so the most derived (apomorph) species live in the geographical periphery of the group. The analysis of the distribution must take into account the phylogenetic tree of the Diamesinae (Serra-Tosio 1973). The tree of the tribes and genera within the subfamily is in Fig. 1, the tree of the genus Diamesa is in Fig. 2. It must be emphasised that phylogenetic relationships are only tentative, so the analysis of taxa distribution cannot unequivocally bring to the discovery of the centre of origin. Tab. 1. List of provinces in which the Palaearctic region is divided, and abbreviations (after Soös & Papp 1991). A Austria AL Albania B Belgium BG Bulgaria CH Switzerland CS Czechoslovakia CY Cyprus D west Germany DDR east Germany DK Denmark E Spain E France FL Liechtenstein GB Great Britain GR Greece H Hungary I Italy IRE Ireland IS Iceland 6 Luxembourg M Malta N Norway NL The Netherlands P Portugal PL Poland R Roumania &) Sweden SF Finland TR Turkey YU Yugoslavia i NET north Russia CET Central Russia SET south Russia TC Transcaucasus SMA Middle Asia KZ Kazakh WS west Siberia ES east Siberia FE Far east Siberia Jap Japan Can Canada Gree Greenland USA United States 178 Boreoheptagyini Pagastia branickii Pseudodiamesa nivosa = Pseudokiefferiella an = nigra AN Syndiamesa et Q Lappodiamesa hygropetrica Diamesa , zavreli Sympotthastia macrocera spinifera montium iberica Potthastia FR gaedii Protanypini longimanus Fig. 1. Phylogenetic tree of the tribes and genera within the subfamily Diamesinae. Palaearctic Diamesinae are divided into 3 tribes: Boreoheptagyini, Diamesini, and Protanypini. Boreoheptagyini belong to the Heptagyiae, that with the austral tribes Heptagyini and Lobodiamesini are considered the plesiomorph sister group of Diamesae, that include Harrisonini, Diamesini, and Protanypini (Serra-Tosio 1973, Brundin 1966). It’s a snap, that Boreoheptagyini and Protanypini are not widespread on all the territory of the Palaearctic region: the former are absent in the British Isles and in Scandinavia (Serra-Tosio 1989), the latter are absent in the Mediterranean region. The observed distribution cannot be accounted for ecological factors. When the distribution of genera and species is analysed within the tribe Diamesini, it appears that Pagastia is restricted to Siberia and Canada (Beringia), Pseudodiamesa is Holarctic, Pseudokiefferiella is absent from the south of Europe (in Italy it is restricted to the Alps), but it is present in Nearctic. Syndiamesa has endemic species with a very restricted distribution in Europe or in far east of Siberia 179 permacer | thomasi | dampfi aberrata arctica gregsoni incallida wülkeri lindrothi valkanovi goetghebüri modesta latitarsis laticauda steinböcki bertram vaillanti Rn bohemani Ex zernyi insignipes lavillei veletensis | hamaticornis cinerella EÄiperborea tonsa Fig. 2. Phylogenetic tree of the genus Diamesa. (FE); it is also present in Nearctic, but no Syndiamesa species is at present known from Scandinavia. Lappodiamesa is considered by Serra-Tosio (1973) the plesiomorph sister group of Diamesa, it has a restricted northern distribution (eastern Nearctic, Lapland, Novaya Zemblya, FE). Diamesa is widespread in the Holarctic. If the distribution of Palaearctic species is examined, within the dampfi-group the plesiomorph species D. permacra is present both in the Alps and in Scandinavia, whereas the apomorph species D. thomasi and D. dampfi are absent from Scandinavia. In theaberrata-group both the plesiomorph aberrata and the apomorph incallida are widespread, whereas arctica and gregsoni are restricted to the northern provinces. Within the latitarsis-group the plesiomorph D. wülkeri is restricted to the Alps, D. lindrothi is common in north Europe and in Greenland, D. latitarsis is common in the Alps, present in Scandinavia and Balkan. Within the zernyi-group D. vaillanti and D. zernyi are present in the Pyrenean and in the Alps, D. bohemani lives in Scandinavia and in the British Isles. Serra-Tosio (1973) analysing the cinerella-group concluded that the plesiomorph species live in south-west Europe, the 180 apomorph ones in the north-east (D. hyperborea, = D. ursus lives in Norway). Spain, France and SET are candidates as centres of origin of the group, because they are inhabited by D. lavillei, the most plesiomorph species of the group. D. veletensis and D. hamaticornis are also present in Spain. The capture of D. veletensis in Mongolia suggests that many species can have a distribution area that is much more extended than suspected. Tab. 2. Geographic regions scores in detrended correspondence analysis. N NAME AX1 AX2 AX3 AX4 III eereettttteLLIIIIIIIILLLLLL n EIG 0,436 0,2512 0,1964 0,1454 —1111UÜÜUUUUUUUUUUUÜUUÖUUÖUJI(‚(‚N‚N‚NNNJIIJ_(IIIDDIIDIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 1 AL 2,1075 0,8686 1,3286 0,6801 22 Afghan 2,5435 0 2,0237 0 3 Alger, 2,0061 0,4437 0,5115 1,4287 4 A 0 1,3968 0,9836 0,7694 5 Azores 2,5854 0,4365 0,1265 1,3268 6 BG 1,442 0,5173 0,5614 1,9539 Hl B 2,1635 1,0246 1,3293 0,8885 8 @ET 1,9268 0,9933 1,5356 0,4442 9 Erl 0,7613 0,9285 0,5464 0,7247 10 @5 1,5985 0,8764 1,506 0,8736 12 DDR 2,0051 0,7818 1,4357 0,5919 13 DK 2,2814 0,7511 153 0,6969 14 D 0,4859 1,0934 1,6646 0,9175 5 ES 2,8696 1,6267 1,5029 1,5288 16 E 0,8106 0,2693 1,6258 1,7326 18 F 0,0609 0,6545 1,6606 0,979 19 GB 1,0957 1,0559 1,8032 0,418 20 GR 0,9417 0,9753 1,0442 1,1169 21 Green, 1,5892 1,8184 0,4059 1,0207 22 H 1,7138 0,8601 1,5247 0,6735 23 IRE 1,3611 1,2988 1,6451 0,3516 24 IS 1,0912 1,5205 1,003 0,8054 25 Indiax 1,9634 1,0226 0,656 1,2843 26 I 0,3849 1,2356 1,3884 0,6298 27, J-Kash 1,976 0,9268 0,8115 13772. 30 Madei, 2,2784 0,1875 0 1,5399 31 Mongol 2,4967 1,3823 2,1745 1,9408 52 Moroc, 1,3868 0,398 1,4215 1,6046 33 NET 2,0619 1,4441 1,3341 0,9346 34 NL 2,1899 0,6836 1,5012 0,7245 35 Nepalx 2,7584 0,4237 1,6079 0,3674 36 N 1,0606 2,451 1,1923 0,3827 37 BE 0,3886 0,7894 1,1201 1,2049 38 Pakist 2,1048 0,9385 1,0027 0,9226 39 R 1,3108 1,1442 0,73 0,9515 40 SEjli 0,9956 0,0271 1,1806 1,9852 41 SE 1,495 19899 1,3266 0,6756 42 SMA 3,1307 0,4337 1,0063 0,5979 43 S 1,12 2,3823 1,446 1,2337 45 TR 1,5087 0,6619 0,4722 1,5397 47 WS 2,7408 1,4885 1,2038 1,32 48 YU 1,3939 0,2371 1,6524 0,4043 181 To sum up many groups have the plesiomorph species with a prevalent Alpine distribution, but there are also situations in which the plesiomorph species live in Scandinavia or in the British Isles. The most frequent condition seems to be the plesiomorph taxon in the Alps, the apomorph one in north Europe. There are also cases in which the taxon has an east Asian-west N. America (=Beringian) _ distribution (Pagastia) and cases where the plesiomorph species within a genus are distributed in west _ Europe (Sympotthastia zavreli, Potthastia montium, P. iberica) whereas the apomorph species extend | eastwards (S. spinifera, P. longimanus). The scores of provinces and species were calculated using PCA, CA, DCA, RDA, aud CCA. Scores calculated using DCA are reported in Tab. 2. Constrained ordination (RDA and CCA) will not be discussed further in this paper because constrained axes have a rather low eigenvalue and the first unconstrained axis (the 3rd in this case) has about the same eigenvalue of the first axis in the unconstrained ordination (Tab. 3). DCA gave better results than CA in the sense that sites ordination given by DCA can be better interpreted. The first axis calculated with all methods is only roughly related to an west-east gradient, but this is bound to the large difference in species composition between Japan, Siberia, and Europe. PCA emphasises a north-east south-west gradient plotted in the plain of the first two axes, provided that only main trends be considered. All multivariate methods separate Japan from all the other provinces: its dissimilarity from all the other countries is probably exaggerated from the fact that different names had been given to the same species, but this requisites documentation. For this reason Japan was disregarded from data analysis. FE (far east Siberia), Transcaucasia (TC), and Lebanon (Leb) were also excluded because of the high scores in the first (FE) and in the second axis (TC and Leb) in CA analysis. USA and Canada were excluded because they are not Palaearctic. A DCA with the reduced set of data was carried out (DCAR) and results are given in Tab. 2 and in Fig. 3. The longitudinal gradient cannot be evidenced within the European provinces: for example in DCAR the European provinces are ordered along the first axis in the following sequence: France, Poland, Germany, Spain, and Great Britain (Fig. 3 and Tab. 2). A north-south latitude gradient is outlined in the second axis of DCAR. Scandinavian countries have positive scores and are well separated from the Alpine and Mediterranean countries that have low scores, but ordination again is not strictly following the geographic gradient: Spain has a lower loading than Morocco for example. DCAR gives high scores in the first axis to the east provinces. It also emphasises the difference between the Arctic and the Alpine fauna: Boreoheptagyia rugosa, B. cinctipes, Diamesa vaillanti have very low scores on the first DCAR axis and are endemic in the Alps or in Corsica. Species with high scores in the second axis are Arctic species (Protanypus caudatus, P. morio, Lappodiamesa brundini), whereas species with a low score in the second axis are characteristic of the Mediterranean area (D. thoması, Syndiamesa vaillanti) or of the Oriental region (Afganistan, Nepal) (D. filicauda, D. löffleri). East provinces has high score in the first axis (Figs 3-4). Discussion Both ecological and geographical factors must be considered in analysing species distribution. Water temperature and oxygen content are the ecological factors that control Diamesinae species distribution above all. Diamesinae are cold-stenothermal and are restricted to mountain streams, springs, lakes. Species belonging to the Diamesa latitarsis-group live only in very cold waters. Species belonging to the Tab. 3. Eigenvalues using different multivariate methods. Eigenvalues axis I axis 2 axis 3 axis 4 PCA 0,22 0,11 0,08 0,07 CA 0,62 0,44 0,39 0,37 DCA 0,63 0,36 0,24 0,21 RDA 0,05 0,03 0,20 0,09 CCA 0,29 0,22 0,52 0,41 o,s SF (©) on ES IS [e) NET or (®) M IRE Op (©) or Sr CS 4 KasO Qaı et PL 00 DR oO Oppr F TR e) 6) Sr Fig.3. Detrended correspondence analysis results, provinces scores; abscissa 1st axis, ordinate 2nd axis; abbreviations see Tab. 1. genus Potthastia live in lower stretches of rivers because they tolerate warmer water temperature. Historical that is zoogeographical factors must be considered, when different species occupy a similar niche in different geographic regions. Each geographic district considered in the present study includes different habitats, so ecological factors should not influence so much the observed distribution. Notable exceptions could be Belgium, Netherlands, Denmark that are poor in mountains against Austria and Switzerland that are rich. These provinces are not widely separated in the ordination diagram, emphasising that ecological factors are not relevant in the present study (Fig. 3). The development of knowledge about species distribution is quite different in different provinces: the Alps are very well studied, whereas Siberia is very poorly known. The uncertainty about phylogenetic relationships between taxa is still strong: the relations between genera within the tribe Diamesini are not well established. The positions of Pagastia, Pseudodiamesa, Lappodiamesa, Sympotthastia, and Potthastia is particularly uncertain and are probably different from the one proposed by Serra-Tosio (1968, 1973) and reported in Fig. 1. Sether & Willassen (1988) suggest that the 5 genera are more related to each other than to Diamesa. Lappodiamesa should be placed differently in the phylogenetic tree: its relation with Pseudodiamesa is surely more strict than with Diamesa, because of the synaphomorphy represented by the presence of seven elongate scales in the larval pecten of epipharyngis. These are a serious drawback in the formulation of zoogeographic conclusions. Brundin (1966) was convinced that Chironomidae have a history that goes far back into the Jurassic and that the bipolar distribution pattern is a consequence of a transtropic dispersal northwards. Serra-Tosio (1973) attempted to explain the geographic distribution of Diamesinae according to the Hennig (1966) and Brundin (1966) principles of systematic phylogenetic and vicariance biogeography. 183 Species D.hyperb® „L-Prundi f\ M.nigra „Frot.cau \ D.paranc an Bathyp D.gemina ® ar 2 ® i „D-lindro ®D.valkan „Frot.mor Bagurieh en D.martae D.tenuip Pseudo. Al-peruıne „D-bohema ® Prot.for® i S.nlgra ®D.incall D.iongip® D.goetgh oe ® D.modest ® Sserrat „D-bertra D.nowick „Diatita M.nitida P.delphi © N.tonsae „D-aberra su tion ® D.latica Abazp A ® ® D.cinere D.steinb ® Ps.brani_ O.fulva Smptspi Pott.mon Penf I Mn 5 An s.nivos tt.g S.edward D.velete U] ® -1.5 D.starm eo eo — o ® P.rufovi D.insign Be B.cincti B.rugosa oP- E 2 B.accomo D.vailla o S.hygrop ,® Smpt.zav B.montic ® A ° D.alata ® P.buresc ® ® ge D.thomas Pott.pas S.vailla x R D.loeffl 7 o D.filica Fig. 4. Detrended correspondence analysis results, species scores; abscissa 1st axis, ordinate 2nd axis; abbreviations ofgeneranames: B: Boreoheptagyia; Prot: Protanypus; Pag: Pagastia; Ps: Pseudodiamesa; D: Diamesa; S: Syndiamesa; Pseudo: Pseudokiefferiella; Pott: Potthastia; Smpt: Sympotthastia;, M: Monodiamesa; P: Prodiamesa. The centre of origin of Diamesini was supposed to be in south Africa. The tribe was considered of Gondwanian origin, because Harrisonini, the plesiomorph sister group of Diamesini, are endemic of south Africa. East African mountains were suggested to be the principal way in which ancestral Diamesini reached Europe and north America by dispersion: this event should have happened in Miocene-Pliocene. The absence in the east Africa mountains of plesiomorph species was interpreted as the result of extinction, in other words Laurasia was supposed to be colonised by dispersion from south to north. The presence of fossils of Chironomidae in northern latitudes since the Jurassic- Cretaceous time (Kalugina 1976) does not support this hypothesis, even if it does not contradict it, because the presence of fossils of Diamesini is not unequivocally demonstrated in the northern regions during Jurassic. Willassen & Cranston (1986) are convinced that it is more likely that African species arrived in recent times (mid Tertiary) following an high altitude dispersal route from Europe to Africa, that is from north to south. This is supported by the fact that ecological conditions were suitable in the mid Tertiary for dispersal from north. If Diamesini are of northern origin, it is expected that Diamesini actually discovered in regions that are of Gondwanian origin be more related to the Laurasian ones than to each other. The problem is to demonstrate a very ancient presence of Diamesinae in the northern hemisphere. 184 Humphries & Parenti (1986) postulated a pre-Pangaea continent with austral and boreal zones adjacent to give account of the amphitropical distribution of many taxa. They emphasised that Diamesinae and Podonominae are a classic example of an amphitropically distributed group. Banarescu (1990, 1991) discussed the distribution of the aquatic insects and stated that many groups (Trichoptera and Diptera Blephariceridae for example) were present and widely distributed throughout Pangea. The analysis of the causes of the amphitropic distribution of Chironomid subfamilies is out of the scope of the present work, both the pre-Pangea or the Pangea hypothesis overrides the problem of a migration from Gondwana to Laurasia by dispersaland postulates a very ancient presence of Diamesinae in the Boreal regions. This means that the origin of Chironomidae should predate the breakage of Pangea: Chironomidae should have been widely distributed in Pangea before the Jurassic breakage of it. The austral-boreal disjunction of subfamilies should be a vicariance phenomenon, not a dispersion from south to north. The analysis of the distribution of the tribes of Diamesinae within the Palaearctic region suggests the hypothesis that Boreoheptagyini never reached the British Isles and Scandinavia, whereas Protanypini never reached the Mediterranean area. This supports arguments in favour of a vicariant distribution of Boreoheptagyini in the south and Protanypini in the north of the Palaearctic region. The tribe Diamesini is widespread in the Palaearctic. The analysis of the distribution of genera within the tribe shows that the most plesiomorph genus (Pagastia) is restricted to Siberia and Canada and does not reach Europe. This suggests an east-west vicariance within the tribe Diamesini. It is difficult to reconstruct the colonisation pattern within the Palaearctic, because different genera have their plesiomorph species in different provinces. The plesiomorph (?) genera Pseudokiefferiella and Lappodiamesa have a northern distribution, whereas the apomorph genera Sympotthastia and Potthastia are widespread. Because the relationships between these genera are still uncertain it is very difficult to formulate hypotheses. When the distribution of species belonging to a group is analysed, it is often evident that the plesiomorph species have a southern area of distribution. This is true for many groups (aberrata, latitarsis, zernyi, cinerella) within the genus Diamesa. The straightforward explanation may be that during glacial epochs north Europe was devoid of fauna and the colonisation of northern provinces in post glacial periods was from the south. Conclusions The distribution of taxa within the Palaearctic region suggests that the process of colonisation is very ancient and goes back to a time preceding the breakage of Pangea. The model is that older branches of the phylogenetic tree (tribes) split in very ancient times (Mesozoic), whereas the younger ones split in Cenozoic (species within a species group in Pleistocene). Vicariance phenomena go back to Jurassic if the tribes distribution is considered, go back to Pleistocene if species distribution within a group is considered. The complete colonisation pattern of the subfamily followed many steps in different geological epochs and in each step the dispersion route had a different direction: south-north (Boreoheptagyini, Protanypini), east-west (Pagastia against other genera within Diamesini), north- south (Pseudokiefferiella + Lappodiamesa against Diamesa), south-north (different species within groups of Diamesa), west-east (species within Symphottastia and Potthastia). Many zoo-geographers (Jeannel 1942) state that colonisation of Europe became from the east, but this cannot be confirmed. Kownacki (1978) is convinced that the distribution centre of the Diamesa steinböcki-group are the mountains of Central Asia. The alternating glacial and interglacial periods enforces the hypothesis that the Palaearctic region was colonised repeatedly many times with different dispersion routes. This explains the species distribution within a species group. Multivariate ordination methods suggest both an east-west and a south-north gradient of taxa, but the lack of taxonomy and distribution knowledge allows only main features be outlined. Future needs are a better knowledge of phylogenetic relationships between genera to each other, between species within a species group and species distribution in critical areas (Himalaya, Siberia EC). 185 References Ashe P. & P. S. Cranston 1991. Family Chironomidae. In: So_s, A. & L. Papp: Catalogue of Palaearctic Diptera, Psychodidae-Chironomidae: 113-355 Banarescu, P. 1990. General distribution and dispersal of freshwater animals. 1: 1-523 -- 1991. Distribution and dispersal of freshwater animals in north America and Eurasia. 2: 524-1091 Brundin, L. 1966. Transantarctic relationships and their significance, as evidenced by Chironomid midges, with a monograph of the Subfamilies Podonominae and Aphroteniinae and the austral Heptagyiae. - Kungl. Svenska Vetenskap. Handl. 11: 1-472 Hennig, W. 1966. Phylogenetic systematics. - Univ. Illinois Press, Urbana: 263 pp. Humphries, C.J. & L. R. Parenti 1986. Cladistic Biogeography. - Oxford Monographs on Biogeography No. 2: 98 pp. Jeannel, R. 1942. La genese des faunes terrestres. Elements de biog&ographie. - P.U.F. Paris: 513 pp. Kalugina, N. S. 1976. Non biting midges of the subfamily Diamesinae (Diptera Chironomidae) from the Upper Cretaceous of the Taymyr. - Paleontol. J. 1: 78-83 Kownacki, A. 1978. Ecology and biogeography of the Diamesa steinböcki group. - Acta Univ. Carol. Biol. 12: 95-102 Page, R. D. M. 1993. Component Version 2.0. User’s Guide. - The Natural History Museum, London Saether, ©. A. & E. Willassen 1988. A review of Lappodiamesa Serra-Tosio, with the description of L. boltoni spec. nov. from Ohio, USA (Diptera, Chironomidae). - Spixiana, Suppl. 14: 75-84 Serra-Tosio. B. 1968. Taxonomie phylogenetique des Diamesini: les genres Potthastia Kieffer, Sympotthastia Pagast, Parapotthastia n. g. et Lappodiamesa n. g. (Diptera, Chironomidae). - Trav. Lab. Hydrobiol. piscicult. Grenoble 59- 60: 117-164 -- 1973. Ecologie et biogeographie des Diamesini d’Europe (Diptera, Chironomidae). - Trav. Lab. Hydrobiol. piscicult. Grenoble 63: 5-175 -- 1983. Nouveaux Diamesinae de la Palearctide meridionale et orientale (Diptera, Chironomidae). - Spixiana 6:1-26 -- 1989. Ecologie et Biogeographie des Boreoheptagyia (Diptera, Chironomidae, Diamesinae). - Acta Biol. Debr. | Oecol. Hung. 3: 289-294 Soös, A. & L. Papp 1991. Catalogue of Palaearctic Diptera, Psychodidae-Chironomidae. 2: 499 pp. Elsevier Ed. Ter Braak, C. J. F. 1988. CANOCO, a FORTRAN program for canonical community ordination by (sorted) (detrended) (canonical) correspondence analysis and redundancy analysis (version 3.0) -- &1.C. Prentice 1988. A theory of gradient analysis. - Advances ecol. res. 18: 271-317 Thienemann, A. 1950. Verbreitungsgeschichte der Süßwassertierwelt Europas. Versuch einer historischen Tiergeographie der europäischen Binnengewässer. - Die Binnengewässer: XVIII + 809 pp. Stuttgart Willassen, E. & P. S. Cranston 1986. Afrotropical montane midges (Diptera, Chironomidae, Diamesa). - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 87: 91-123 186 SPIXIANA 187-199 München, 01. Juli 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 The ecological significances of trees’ bark during ecosystem dynamics By Volker Nicolai Nicolai, V. (1995): The ecological significances of trees’ bark during ecosystem dynamics. - Spixiana 18/2: 187-199 The thermal properties of different types of bark were investigated on central European, north American and south African tree species. Tree species with white barks avoid overheating by reflecting the solar radiation. Species with fissured and scaly bark types shade inner parts of their barks and some species show high insulation across their barks. Smooth and thin barks show little insulation and no reflection of global radiation. These tree species have to form closed stands and are not able to grow in open stands as tree species with more structured or with white bark types. In virgin forests, treefall gaps and other openings of the stands due to biotic or abiotic factors are typical components. Often a balance of mixed species composition with different bark types is found there. Species with white bark surfaces form the pioneer tree species in treefall gaps. During succession later, however, tree species with structured bark types and tree species with smooth bark types may follow. Tree species with thin barks are restricted to closed stands as they have no mechanism to tolerate strong global radiation on their trunks. The barks of trees have ecological functions for the trees themselves, for the tree species composition of natural forests, and for an arthropod community living exclusively in this microhabitat. The natural mosaic change within the tree species composition in the above mentioned forest ecosystems is discussed. The importance of such natural processes and possible utilization in the forest management are pointed out. The arthropod communities living exclusively on the barks of trees show adapta- tions to this changing tree species composition and also reflect this in their own species composition. Results from studies about the arthropod communities living on the barks of trees in the studied forest ecosystems are given. The effects by the forest manage- ments to these arthropod communities are discussed. Priv.-Doz. Dr. Volker Nicolai, Philipps-Universität, Fachbereich Biologie/ Zoologie, Postfach 1929, D-35032 Marburg, Germany. Introduction Natural forests are heterogeneous and ever changing in space and time, thus natural disturbances of various kinds and degrees are the ecological forces. The dynamics of forest ecosystems have been studied for a long time (Drury and Nisbet 1973, Koike 1986, Mayer 1971, Mayer et al. 1979, Mayer & Neumann 1981, Schrempf 1986, Simak 1951) in nearly all parts of the world (Connell & Slatyer 1977, Forcier 1975, Jackson & Abrell 1977, Pickett & White 1985, Shugart & West 1980, Veblen et al. 1981, Veblen 1989). The theory of cyclic mosaically changing forest ecosystems is accepted widely (Lieber- man & Lieberman 1987, Lieberman et al. 1989, Nicolai 1986, 1989, Pickett 1976, Schupp et al. 1989, Swaine & Hall 1988, Remmert 1987, Runkle 1989, Torquebian 1986). A cyclic mosaically changing forest ecosystem with its heterogenity in community structure, light conditions, young, mature, and dying species and individuals presents the habitats and resources for all its species in a large area. Tree trunks are one of the typical components in forest ecosystems. Different bark types have different physiolog- ical properties which are related to the ecology of the different tree species and provide different habitats for bark-living animals. The thermal properties of bark, which depend on its structure, have essential ecological functions enabling forests to survive disturbances. The species communities of 187 bark-living arthropods reflect the dynamics of the ecosystem in their community structures. Structure and microclimate ofthe barks determine the distribution and phenology of arthropods living exclusive- ly in this habitat. Material and Methods Study sites. The thermal properties on different types of barks were investigated on central Europe- an tree species near Marburg (50°48’N, 8°48’E), Federal Republic of Germany (Nicolai 1986); on south African tree species in a subtropical forest near George, Cape (33°57’S, 22°31’E) and in a savanna near Nylsvley, Transvaal (24°30’S, 28°45’E) (Nicolai 1989); on north American tree species in a mixed forest (Itasca State Park, Minnesota, U.S., 47°10’N, 95°15’W) (Nicolai 1993) and in an oak savanna at Cedar Creek Natural History Area, Minnesota (45°25’N, 39°10’W) (Nicolai 1991). Microclimate. The temperatures on the barks of trees were measured using thermocouples (Cu/Konst., ©: 0.1 mm) which were placed in and on the barks at a standard 1.5 m above groundlevel. The errors in temperature measurements due to solar radiation were checked using a radiometer and found to be negligible. Global radiation was measured using a pyranometer (300-3.000 nm) placed on the tree trunks. Due to the lack of tiny sensors no measurements of the relative humidity were conducted. Wind speed is reduced to 10 % of the surrounding air conditions in crevices of fissured barks. Absorption of radiation of barks of trees were measured in the laboratory using a Shimadzu multi-spectrophotometer. The methods are described in detail by Nicolai (1985). The barks of trees may be roughly separated into four different types: smooth, white, fissured, and Tab. 1. Insulation properties (°C/Joule- cem?- min") of barks of south African trees. Tree species Insulation per mm bark Insulation per whole bark (°C/Joule- cm *- min") (°C/ Joule - cm?- min’) Forest Podocarpus latifolius 9.6 57.6 Ekebergia capensis 7.6 30.4 Olinia ventosa 8.0 20.0 Podocarpus falcatus 7.8 19.5 Apodytes dimidiata 4.2 16.8 Gonioma kamassi 1.8 15.3 Nuxia floribunda 0.9 9.9 Ilex mitis 0.9 9.0 Pittosporum viridiflorum 2.3 37 Cassine peragua 0.07 0.6 Scolopia mundii 0.01 0.1 Ochna arborea 0.01 0.03 Savanna Strychnos cocculoides 2.6 56.4 Strychnos pungens 4.5 40.4 Ochna pulchra (1.0 m) 4.2 37.8 O.pulchra (1.7 m) 2.8 16.8 Combretum apiculatum 1.6 192 Faurea saligna 1:3 13.0 Sclerocarya birrea 0.6 12.6 Albizia tanganyicensis 1.4 11.9 Peltophorum africanum 1.8 10177 Securidaca longipedunculata 283 5 Burkea africana 1.9 4.0 Terminalia sericea 0.6 3.6 Acacia karroo 0.3 3.3 188 Absorptivity (%) B.p.Pn. PaUg.J.rO.r. A.PA.hQ.PA.g.Sf.C.b.T.c.L.d.Ps. = Rs. U) Fig. 1. Infrared absorptivity (%) of barks of different central European trees (mean 700-1.600 nm). Bp: Betula pendula, Pn: Populus nigra, Paj: Picea abies (girth > 50 cm), Ug: Ulmus glabra, Jr: Juglans regia, Or: Quercus robur, Ap: Acer pseudoplatanus, Qp: Quercus petraea, Ag: Alnus glutinosa, Sf: Salix fragilis, Cb: Carpinus betulus, Ld: Larix decidua, Ps: Pinus sylvestris, Paa: Picea abies (girth > 50 cm), Fs: Fagus sylvatica. scaly barks. In central Europe I investigated the thermal properties on smooth barks of 8 tree species; on white barks of one tree species; on fissured barks of 9 tree species; on scaly barks of 6 tree species (in total 24 tree species). In southern Africa I investigated the thermal properties on smooth barks of 11 tree species; on white barks of two tree species; on fissured barks of 10 tree species; on scaly barks of 3 tree species (in total 26 tree species). In northern America I investigated the thermal properties on smooth barks of one tree species; on white barks of two tree species; on fissured barks of 11 tree species; on scaly barks of 6 tree species (in total 20 tree species). Fauna. The fauna living on the outer surface on the bark of healthy trees was only investigated on Tab. 2. Insulation properties (°C/Joule - cm” - min") of barks of north American trees. Tree species Insulation per mm bark Insulation per whole bark (°C/Joule - cm? - min! ) (°C/Joule - cm? - min! ) Pinus banksiana 0.76 61.43 Pinus strobus 0.51 61.27 Pinus resinosa 0.54 43.54 Quercus ellipsoidalis 0.25 15.60 Fraxinus nigra 0.61 15.32 Quercus macrocarpa 0.22 13.24 Populus grandidentata (0.5 m) 0.54 10.86 Thuja occidentalis 0.56 8.53 Acer rubrum 0.33 8.32 Ulmus rubra 0.37 5.55 Ulmus americana 0.24 4.87 Prunus serotina 0.32 4.83 Quercus rubra 0.56 4.81 Quercus alba 0.30 4.58 Tilia americana 0.52 3.70 Fraxinus pennsylvanica 0.21 2.61 Acer saccharinum 0.19 1.94 Betula papyrifera 0.22 1.59 Populus grandidentata (1.5 m) 0.14 1.02 Populus tremuloides 0.09 0.64 Picea mariana 0.08 0.62 189 adult trees, since the typical bark surfaces are only formed by older individuals. Animals were mainly collected by hand. Starting from 20 cm above the ground up to 2.5 m, all animals around the trunk of the entire tree were collected in pooters and preserved in 70 % ethanol. Additional collections were made by using a vacuum cleaner on previously marked areas on the barks. Tree species, time of day, weather conditions, girth and position of the tree, and behaviour of the bark fauna was noted. Animals were sorted, identified, and counted. Statistics follow Sachs (1969) and Mühlenberg (1993). Methods are described in detail by Nicolai (1985). The fauna on the barks was investigated on the same bark types as the microclimatic studies were done. This was carried out in central Europe on smooth bark of Fagus sylvatica, on white bark of Betual pendula, on fissured barks of Quercus robur, Ulmus glabra, and Salıx alba, on scaly bark of Acer pseudoplatanus. It was also completed in southern Africa on smooth barks of Tab. 3. Oribatei living on the barks of central European trees (mean number per collection). Fs: Fagus sylvatica, Or: Quercus robur, Bp: Betual pendula, Ap: Acer pseudoplatanus, Sa: Salix alba, Ug: Ulmus glabra. w: white bark type, s: scaly bark type, f: fissured bark type, sm: smooth bark type. Tree species Fs Or Bp Ap Sa Ug bark type sm f w S je f Phthiracarus sp. Petry 0.01 0.01 0.3 0.07 Camisia spinifer (C. L. Koch) 0.005 0.01 0.01 Camisia horrida (Hermann) 0.06 0.05 0.05 2.03 Camisia segnis (Hermann) 0.38 1.0 Camisia sp. 0.005 0.75 Belba gracilipes Kulcz. 0.06 0.01 0.02 0.28 0.12 0.07 Belba sp. 0.005 0.09 0.06 Eremaeus hepaticus C. L. Koch 0.09 0.02 0.43 43.62 0.03 Eremaeus oblongus C. L. Koch 0.02 Ceratoppia bipilis (Hermann) 0.08 Oribata geniculatus (L.) 0.97 1.06 Xenillus clypeator Rob. -Desv. 0.04 0.07 Xenillus tegeocranus Hermann 0.02 0.07 Carabodes labyrinthicus (Mich.) 90.70 24.91 10.36 71.02 143.76 0.62 Cepheus dentatus (Mich.) 0.01 Tectocepheus velatus (Mich.) 0.03 0.08 0.23 151.85 Caleremaeus monilipes (Mich.) 0.5 0.1 Cymberemaeus cymba (Nic.) 0.63 1.03 5.93 5.18 0.03 Micreremaeus brevipes (Mich.) 1.5 Phauloppia lucorum (C. L. Koch) 0.06 Oribatula exilis (Nic.) 0.005 0.05 11.0 0.07 Oribatula tibialis (Nic.) 0.01 Eporibatula rauschenensis (Sell.) 0.14 13.67 54.76 Scheloribates laevigatus (Koch) 0.02 0.01 2.0 Scheloribates latipes (Koch) 2.0 0.03 Trichoribates trimaculatus (Koch) 0.01 Chamobates spinosus Sell. 0.02 Chamobates subglobosus (Oud.) 0.01 0.08 Chamobates lapidarius (Lucas) 0.14 Chamobates schützi (Oud.) 195 Oribatella calcarata (C. L. Koch) 0.03 0.02 0.13 0.5 Oribatella reticulata Berl. 0.07 Parachipteria punctata (Nic.) 0.03 Pelops plicatus (C. L. Koch) 0.17 Number of species (N) 12 23 9 16 14 9 Mean number of specimens per m? (n/m?) 45.6 13.0 10.9 41.5 48.9 14 diversity (Shannon-Weaver) 0.06 0.42 0.28 0.96 1859 1.62 evenness (Shannon-Weaver) 0.02 0.14 0.13 0.34 0.60 0.70 190 (°C / Joule * cm’2 * min -1) Ps.Ps.Pp.PCFsA.pSal.dAhB.pL.d.Pa.Ld.Pc.Pa.PsQ.r. PcLd.PsLd.PcMdAgOr.LdAg. up up bu up DD WA Sm Hp up bi udn K K HK OK H pp HRKOHt KupkK t Fig. 2. Insulation properties (‘C/Joule - cm? - min") of barks of central European trees (averages and standard deviation of all values > 0.2 Joule - cm? - min"). Trees on forest edges facing south. Ps: Pinus sylvestris, Pp: Prunus persica, Pc: Populus canadensis, Fs: Fagus sylvatica, Ap: Acer platanoides, Sa: Salix alba, Ld: Larix decidua, Ah: Aesculus hippocastaneum, Bp: Betual pendula, Pa: Prunus avium (w: winter, s: summer), Or: Quercus robur, Pc3: Prunus domestica x cerasifer, Md: Malus domestica, Ag: Alnus glutinos. Thermocouples are measuring temperature differences between: up/w: under bark plate/wood, up/c: under bark plate/cambium, bv/c: barkvalley/cambium, p/up: plate/under plate, p/w: plate/wood, h/c: barkhill/cambium, h/v: barkhill/barkvalley, c/w: cambium/ wood, p/c: plate/cambium. Apodytes dimidiata and Cassine peragua, on white barks of Albizia tanganyicensis, on fissured barks of Olinia ventosa, Ocotea bullata, Peltophorum africanum, and Acacia karroo, on scaly barks of Podocarpus falcatus, Sclerocarya birrea, and Burkea africana; and in north America on smooth bark of Abies balsamea, on white bark of Betula papyrifera and Populus tremuloides, on fissured barks of Pinus strobus, Acer saccharum, Fraxinus pennsylvanica, Tilia americana, Quercus macrocarpa, and Quercus ellipsoidalis, on scaly barks of Pinus resinosa, P. banksiana, and Picea mariana. Results 1. Microclimate Both the temperature of the air surrounding the trunk and the bark temperature were taken at the same time. To compare bark temperatures of different trees, an “absolute bark temperature” (bark temperature minus air temperature) was calculated for every value. If the surface temperature of the 191 bark, the cambial temperature, and global radiation on the same spot are measured at the same time, the variation of absolute bark temperature per unit solar radiation, and per mm bark or across the whole bark can be calculated and compared within the different tree species. Although there are other definitions these values may be called insulation of the bark (°C/Joule - cm? min"). The calculations were made for all tree species and for all values of global radiation > 0.2 Joule - cm” min". Tree species with white barks avoid overheating of their surface by reflecting the strong solar radiation which reaches the trunk (Fig. 1). Species with fissured and scaly bark types shade inner parts of their barks, and some species show high insulation across their barks (Fig. 2, Tab. 1, Tab. 2). Smooth and thin barks show little insulation and may have high values of absorptivity (700-1.600 nm), e.g. Fagus sylvatica (Fig. 1). When this strong overheating occurs on the surface and even in the cambium, the bark cracks off leading to irreparable damages, and in the long run the trees die. In central Europe, species that suffer from this so-called “sun-burn” are especially beeches (Fagus sylvatica). In southern Africa shade tolerant tree species which naturally occur inside dense forests (e.g. Apodytes dimidiata) are known to suffer similar damage and also have a smooth bark type. In my study area in north America, no tree species with asmooth bark type appears. East of that area Fagus grandifolia occurs in large well- known dense stands showing a smooth bark. In the open savanna ecoysystems of South Africa and of North America, all tree species show high insulating properties of their mostly fissured or scaly bark types (Nicolai 1989, 1991) or they have white bark types owing high values of reflection. 2. Fauna Europe. The arthropod communities living exclusively on the barks of trees consist of about 100 different species belonging mainly to the Oribatei (Acari), Araneae, Psocoptera and Brachycera. Results of these studies are given in detail by Nicolai (1985, 1986). Other taxonomical groups, e.g. Coleoptera, were found to be migrants on trunks of healthy trees and are therefore no exclusive inhabitants in this sense. One example for a taxonomical group may be presented. Within the oribatid mites on barks of central European trees (Tab. 3), the dominant species are quite similar on the barks of Fagus sylvatica, Quercus robur, and Betual pendula. On barks of F. sylvatica live only few species of Oribatei, which coexist with Carabodes labyrinthicus (Tab. 3). More species were found on more structured bark types (Tab. 3). The values of diversity and evenness (Shannon-Weaver) calculated for Oribatei living on the trunks with richly structured barks (fissured and scaly) differ markedly from the values on smooth and white bark types (Tab. 3). Thus the structure of the bark determines the species communities of Oribatei on tree trunks. Similar results were found for other arthropod groups (Araneae, Psocoptera, Brachycera) (Nicolai 1986). The different epiphytic plant communities on the barks had no significant influence on the distribution of the bark living fauna (Nicolai 1986). America. A comparison between the bark-living arthropods on deciduous and on coniferous tree species is only feasible in an area where both types of trees grow together in similar proportions under the same natural conditions of soil and climate. This cannot be found in central Europe but in North America, e.g. in the Itasca State Park, MN, USA. This park with an area of 3.200 ha was founded in 1891 and since then little or no managements or man-made disturbances are known. On the barks of deciduous trees in this park, similar results to that of central Europe were found. A more diverse arthropod fauna lives on richly structured bark types of e.g. Tilia americana or Acer saccharum compared to poorly structured bark types of e.g. Populus tremuloides or Betula papyrifera (Nicolai 1993). Surprisingly, in this area the opposite was found on the barks of coniferous tree species. On the smooth bark of Abies balsamea nearly the same amount of species but more individuals per m? were found then on the richly structured (fissured and scaly) barks of Picea mariana, Pinus resinosa, and Pinus strobus (Tab. 4). On the whole, more arthropod species live on bark of deciduous tree species then were found on the bark of coniferous tree species. Only a few arthropod species live on the barks of both types of trees species (Nicolai 1993). The arthropod communities on the bark of deciduous and coniferous tree species are well separated from each other. To investigate the reactions of the bark living arthropod fauna to the intensities and frequencies of a naturally occurring disturbance factor I visited the Cedar Creek Natural History Area (Nicolai 1991). 192 N=5 N=10 N=3 sum n/nf=0.207 sum n/mf=4,137 sum n/M =0179 N=3 N=5 N=1 35 sum n/m-0196 sum n/m=2,916 sum n/m=0,031 30 N E N De o i a N De a a [7 = 0) a vr ä aM a m e_n|% - ro anr- [a1 a ce 7) ae 7) © aaa aa a er: oa N vuuno 0 fr) n [0] aaa so a| 2 [o® o n © omaso : nulo .a s 20ja0. ae a = 93 a8 SB I! 802 90 € ”22 & -B:) e5a3S$ Be} ° = am 22 33252 Bet oE2 . 333 = o2I9 3 a OF=E=-E0Nd oO. E e) ce) = 7) ol - o D 5535 ed See o [7] 68.2230 ae23922323|5 2235 a 1545859 22953915 2 > 15483857 BR RzESBT DEN aual= [7] eele 46x00 rei Or Bic,0oW0To JE er 2Do n o0o0 o oc Ic ° ei ver aa ao cvar a oo als co a 5 aaa 9 ce alte a er Po] = zZ 3 z 05 05 0 3 20 [0] 3 20 a Number of burns b Number of burns Fig. 3. Oribatei on trunks of Quercus macrocarpa (a) and Quercus ellipsoidalis (b). Number of specimens (n) per m? of bark of the given species (N) in relation to the number of burns in areas of the Cedar Creek Natural History Area. Here oaks (Quercus ellipsoidalis and Q. macrocarpa) with their fissured bark type are the dominant tree species and a program of prescribed burning has been conducted since 1964. Initially, this program was started to restore the oak savanna (Irving 1985). The effects of the different fire frequencies on the vegetation and soils are summarized by Tester (1989). The highest numbers of species and individuals of bark living arthropods on the fissured barks of the oaks were found in areas with a moderate frequency of fires (Fig. 3). Fewer bark living species and individuals live in areas with a very high frequency of disturbances or in areas with no disturbances at all since 1964 (Nicolai 1991). The bark- living arthropods could be divided into three main groups: “Undisturbed-adapted” species occur on trunks of trees in the area not disturbed by fires at least since 1964. “Disturbed-adapted” species occur on trunks of trees in moderate disturbed areas, and “true-fire-adapted” species were found in correla- tion to the frequencies of fires on trunks of trees (Nicolai 1991). Africa. In the indigenous forest at southern Africa, both the number of species and the number of individuals found on a trunk differ according to the bark type. The most diverse fauna is found on the scaly bark of Podocarpus falcatus, followed by that on the fissured bark of Olinia ventosa and Ocotea bullata. The bark fauna ofCassine peragua has medium values of diversity, and the bark fauna of Apodytes dimidiata (smooth bark type) has the lowest value. Only two species of oribatid mites make up 87 % of all specimens found on the bark of Apodytes dimidiata per m’. The dominant species composition of the arthropod fauna (>5 % of all collected animals on the barks of one tree species) on trunks with richly structured barks (scaly and fissured bark types) are closely related. This may be calculated by the similarity of the dominant species. Of the dominant species on the bark of Podocarpus falcatus (scaly bark) 54.2 % are also found to be dominant on the bark of Olinia ventosa (fissured bark type). On the other hand, the diverse fauna on richly structured bark types differs from that found on the smooth bark of Apodytes dimidiata; only 13.8 % of the dominant species are the same. If the bark types are ordered by the complexity of their structure (smooth - white - fissured - scaly), the values of similarity in the dominant species composition as well as species richness increases from poorly to richly structured bark types (Fig. 4). In savanna ecosystems, richly structured bark types (fissured and scaly) are more often found then smooth bark types. All types in the savanna provide suitable microhabitats for many species. The arthropod fauna on all investigated tree species was as diverse as that on richly structured bark types in the subtropical forest. One indicator of the structure of bark may be its thickness. Smooth bark types are always thin, while fissured and scaly bark types are thicker. In the subtropical forest the diversity ofthe bark living arthropod fauna is related to the structure of the bark. The bark thickeness of the tree species from which the fauna was collected were all significantly different from each other, whereas bark thickeness of the savanna tree species were similar to each other and sometimes identical. 193 Therefore, the correlation bark thickeness : diversity of the arthropod fauna was not significant in the savanna ecosystem (Fig. 4). The arthropod fauna on the bark of trees may be separated into herbivo- rous, fungivorous species and carnivorous species. In the subtropical forest the ratio of herbivorous and fungivorous species to carnivorous species was much higher (2.2:1) than in the dry savanna (1.1:1). The frequency of carnivorous species per m? of bark on trunks of trees is higher in the savanna ecosystem then in subtropical forests. Discussion The process of the natural mosaic change in the tree species composition was found to be similar in the investigated three different forest ecosystems. Treefall gaps and other openings are typical and important components of forest ecosystems (Connell 1989, Frehlich et al. 1993, Lang & Knight 1983, Nicolai 1986, 1989, 1993, Palik & Pregnitzer 1993, Remmert 1985, 1987, 1991 a,b, 1993, Schrempf 1986) and all the tree species have to be adapted to this factor. Pioneer tree species with white barks (Betula pendula in central Europe; Betula papyrifera and Populus tremuloides in north America; Albizia tanganyi- censis in south Africa) colonize these open areas. There are other characteristics of these pioneer tree species such as wind dispersed seeds (Whitemore 1989), limited life span (about 100 years), and fast growth. This is the reason that the timber of those tree species is often of low quality for man’s use. Tree species with white bark types avoid overheating of their trunks by reflection of solar radiation and are able to form open stands. They even occur on natural and man-made forest edges. Tree species with more structured bark types may follow these pioneer tree species during succession. Some of them are even able to form open stands as they show high insulating properties across their bark. Most of them have fissured, although some have scaly bark types; they often have animal dispersed seeds, and a longer life span than the pioneer tree species. They are slower growing and their timber is of more value to man. Species with high insulating properties may even survive wild fires and thus are able to exist inside a pioneer tree species stand after a fire (or other disturbances). In both types of stands tree species having structured bark types and even tree species with a smooth and thin bark type which have low values of insulation across their bark may grow; but they have to form closed stands. These tree species save energy not producing a thick structured bark (Pavlov 1973), but they do not survive to exist on edges of treefall gaps. If the trunks are exposed to solar radiation strong overheating occurs, the bark cracks off, and in the long run the trees die. From the evolutionary point of view, smooth and thin bark of adult trees may be seen as neoteny. In the forest ecosystem the risk of an opening, which cannot be stopped by tree species with thin and smooth bark types, is reduced by the presence of trees with richly structured bark types and better insulating properties, which can survive on natural forest edges. Light regime in gaps in relation to geographical factors describe Poulson & Platt (1989). Diversity of forest ecosystems is related to the degree of disturbance (Bradshaw 1993, Connell & Tab. 4. Number of species (N) and sum of the number of individuals per m? (n/m?) of main arthropod groups (> 5 % of all) living exclusively on barks of north American trees. Pt: Populus tremuloides, Bp: Betual papyrifera, As: Acer saccharum, Ta: Tilia americana, Fp: Fraxinus pennsylvanica, Ab: Abies balsamea, Pm: Picea mariana, Pb: Pinus banksiana, Pr: Pinus resinosa, Ps: Pinus strobus. w: white bark type, s: scaly bark type, f: fissured bark type, sm: smooth bark type. Tree species Pt Bp As Ta Fp Ab Pm Pb Pr Ps sum deciduous coniferous bark type w w S f f sm S S S f Oribatei 1 S 6 6 3 6 1 3 4 1 19 Araneae 1 5 2 3 3 3 4 1 2 2 11 Psocoptera 2 5 2 2. 3 2 3 3 3 3 8 Diptera 6 4 8 6 4 1 3 3 3 Ö 14 Lepidoptera 2 1 1 5 1 1 1 = 2 = 8 sum(N) 12 18 19 22 14 13 12 10 14 11 60 sum (n/m?) all LAN 519 79 7023 13:12 1.2 7 194 Saasveld, y = 2.0895 + 0.5715Inx r=0.99069 p < 0.001 3.0 3.0 ep. Nylsvley, ns Diversity Diversity 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 Thickness of bark (mm) Thickness of bark (mm) Fig. 4. Diversity (Shannon-Weaver) of arthropods living on the bark of trees in relation to the thickness of the bark in a subtropical forest (Saasveld) and a savanna (Nylsvley). Pf: Podocarpus falcatus, Ov: Olinia ventosa, Ob: Ocotea bullata, Ad: Apodytes dimidiata, Cp: Cassine peragua, Pa: Peltophorum africanum, Sb: Sclerocarya birrea, Ba: Burken africana, Ak: Acacia karroo, At: Albizia tanganyicensis. Slatyer 1977, Connell 1978, Drake & Mueller-Dombois 1993, Jacobs 1989, Maarel 1993, Whitemore 1989). In virgin forests of Europe, a mosaic representing the different successional stages of a forest in time and space was found by Mayer & Neumann (1981) in a large area at the same time. Gaps in forests are necessary for successful regeneration of certain tree species (Bongers et al. 1988). Besides natural death disturbances in forest ecosystems may be caused by abiotic factors like fire (Foster & Zebryk 1993, Granström 1993, Lamont et al. 1993, Steward 1986), wind (Brewer & Mer- ritt 1978, Matlack et al. 1993), drought (Clinton et al. 1993), or even volcanic eruptions (Spies & Franklin 1989). Disturbance may also be caused by biotic factors: animals (Basey et al. 1988, Doucet & Fryxel 1993, Gerken et al. 1992, Naiman 1988, Pastor et al. 1993, Prins & Jeugd 1993), phytophagy (Baltenswei- ler 1993, Molvar et al. 1993, Whitney 1984), diseases (Menges & Loucks 1984). Shure & Wilson (1993) describe the effect of patch size to plant phenolics. Wayne & Bazzaz (1993) give results for seed germination of birches on west and east sides of gaps. Davidson (1993) summarizes the worldwide effects of herbivory and granivory on terrestrial plant succession. Langvatn and Hanley (1993) show that deers feed mainly in gaps. Many of these disturbance factors are extinguished in central Europe and tree species composition has been influenced by man for a long time [compare Motzkin et al. (1993) for the situation in north America]. Only few native species (mainly Fagus sylvatica, Quercus robur, Q. petraea, and Picen abies, Pinus spp.) form most of the production area for the forest industry in central Europe. F. sylvatica (smooth and thin bark type) does not survive openings exposed to south. Sun burn of the bark occurs, the bark cracks off and in the long run one line after the other of a stand dies back. At every man-made border of stands of F. sylvatica this type of damage can be seen (especially on edges facing south). In southern Africa, the same holds for Apodytes dimidiata on north facing edges of forest openings. Economic assessment of these damages has not been attempted. Oaks and many other tree species but not beeches are able to produce branches on the trunks which shade them if suddenly exposed to the sun. These results support well-known consequences for forest managements which were recently summarized by Sturm (1993): large clearcuttings in forests formed mainly by F. sylvatica or other tree species with smooth and thin bark types should be avoided. Newly constructed roads and highways through closed forests should be avoided. However, if there is a strong demand to do so, there should be a plan to establish pioneer tree species with white bark types along the opened sides prior to construction. In natural forests many trees species coexist beneath each other and they show the different bark types. The arthropod fauna living on the outer surface of healthy tree trunks is highly specialized to this microhabitat and cannot be found in other habitats of forest ecosystems (e.g. litter, soil) (Nicolai 195 1985, 1986, 1991, 1993, Weigmann & Jung 1992). The diversity of the arthropod communities living exclusively on the bark of trees is related to the structure of the bark. Smooth and thin bark types own a fauna dominated by one or two species (within the different arthropod groups), which may live there in high numbers per m?. On richly structured bark types (fissured and scaly) a richer fauna can be found consisting of more species (within the different arthropod groups) in equal numbers per m? of bark. Even considering that the surface area of fissured bark is larger, the values of diversity are at least twice as high as on smooth bark types. Another key factor in forest ecosystems is the life time of the different tree species. The life time of many tree species forming a fissured bark type (in central Europe and America e.g. oak species, in southern Africa Podocarpus species, Olinia ventosa) lasts considerably longer than that of tree species forming a smooth bark type (in central Europe Fagus sylvatica, in north America F. grandifolia, in southern Africa Apodytes dimidiata). The arthropod fauna shows an interesting corre- spondence to the habitat bark of trees in the investigated study areas. Many of the species found are very small in body size, many of the insects are wingless, some of them reproduce parthenogenetically while their offsprings colonize the new habitats. Some spider species were found to reproduce even during winter, but these are restricted to live on fissured bark types. In the crevices on fissured barks during winter there exist higher temperatures compared to the surrounding air temperature (Nicolai 1986). These adaptations are summarized by Nicolai (1987). For instance, a group of a wingless Psocopteran species reproducing twice a year on the fissured bark of oaks may produce 1,000 gener- ations in this habitat with its physical conditions producing juveniles which may colonize the same area on the trunk again, different areas on the same trunk, or on other trunks (assuming a life span of about 500 years of the tree species which is no overestimation). Only about 200 generations are possible on the bark of a tree species showing a smooth bark type (assuming a life span of about 100 years for the tree species). The bark fauna responds to the natural changing tree species composition in the forest. A change of the natural tree species composition will give rise to changes in the bark arthropod species compo- sition and the number of individuals of the bark arthropods, but the dominant bark arthropods will not die out. Arthropod species that were found only on fissured bark types will die out in forests formed by a tree species with a smooth bark type. Uniform stands dominated by one tree species should be avoided by the forest management. There should be given attention to the natural processes of regeneration in forest ecosystems and these may be used to avoid risks in forest stands. In savanna ecosystems, high insulation properties of trees’ bark help to avoid damages due to strong solar radiation reaching the trunks and help to survive fires. In a long term study program at the Cedar Creek Natural History Area, the arthropod fauna reacts to the different fire regimes. High numbers of arthropod species and arthropod specimens were found on areas with a moderate frequency of fires, low numbers were found at areas which are burned annually or are protected from fires at least since 1964. The suppression of fires for only 25 years in this ecosystem lead to a reduction of the typical savanna species inhabiting the barks of Quercus macrocarpa and Q. ellipsoidalis. This shows that a change of the natural disturbance regime has strong consequences on species adapted to the disturbance factors and changes the typical species composition e.g. living on the barks of trees. This corresponds well with other studies which showed that a change of the natural disturbance regime give rise to a decrease of several native species (Bergeron & Danserau 1993, Negi et al. 1993) and increases the probability of invasions of foreign species (Drake & Mooney 1989). Hobbs & Huenneke (1992) summa- rized this “intermediate disturbance hypotheseis”. In this study Jack pine (Pinus banksiana) was found to have the highest values of insulation properties per mm of bark (Table 2). This corresponds well with other studies which showed that Jack pines are only able to colonize areas where fire occurs as the typical disturbance factor in a high frequency (Desponts & Payette 1993, Frissell 1973). On the other hand this may be one reason that on smooth bark of coniferous trees a richer arthropod fauna was found then on the barks of coniferous trees with more structured bark types (Nicolai 1993). Due to the low latitude in the African savannas, the sun reaches the trunks only for short periods of time during sunrise and sunset per day. Most of the day the trunks are shaded by their own crown and sun burn could not be observed. Almost all of the tree species had high insulating properties across their barks which may help them again to survive fires which are frequent events in the savanna ecosystem (Gandar 1982). 196 Acknowledgements For helpful discussions, comments and support I would like to thank Prof. Dr. H. Remmert (Marburg) very much. I wish to thank Prof. Dr. W. R. Siegried (Cape Town) for the invitation to South Africa and Prof. Dr. D. Parmellee (Minneapolis) for his help during my stay in the U.S.A. References Baltensweiler, W. 1993. Why the larch bud-moth cycle collapsed in the subalpine larch-cembran pine forests in the year 1990 for the first time since 1850. - Oecologia 94: 62-66 Basey, J. M., Jenkins S.H. & P. E. Busher 1988. Optimal central-place foraging by beavers: Tree size selection in relation to defensive chemicals of quaking aspen. - Oecologia 76: 278-282 Bergeron, Y., & P.R. Dansereau 1993. Predicting the composition of Canadian southern boreal forest in different fire cycles. - J. Veg. Sc. 4: 827-832 Bongers, F., Popma, J., & S. Iriate-Vivar 1988. Response of Cordia megalantha Blake seedlings to gap environments in tropical rain forest. - Funct. Ecol. 2: 379-390 Bradshaw, R. H. W. 1993. Tree species dynamics and disturbance in three Swedish boreal forest stands during the last two thousand years. - J. Veg. Sc. 4: 759-764 Brewer, R., & P.G. Merritt 1978. Wind throw and tree replacement in a climax beech-maple forest. - Oikos 30: 149-152 Clinton, B. D., Boring, L. R. & W. T. Swank 1993. Canopy gap characteristics and drought influences in oak forests of the Coweeta basin. - Ecology 74: 1551-1558 Connell, J. H. 1978. Diversity in tropical rain forests and coral reefs. - Science 199: 1302-1310 -- 1989. Some processes affecting the species composition in forest gaps. - Ecology 70: 560-562 -- &R.O.Slatyer 1977. Mechanisms of succession in natural communities and their role in community stability and organization. - Amer. Nat. 111: 1119-1144 Davidson, D. W. 1993. The effects of herbivory and granivory on terrestrial plant succession. - Oikos 68: 23-35 Desponts, M. & S. Payette 1993. The holocene dynamics of jack pine at its northern range limit in Quebec. - J. Ecol. 81: 719-727 Doucet, D.M. &]J. M. Fryxell 1993. The effect of nutritional quality on forage preference by beavers. - Oikos 67: 201-208 Drake, D. R. & D. Mueller-Dombois 1993. Population development of rain forest trees on a chronosequence of Hawaiian lava flows. - Ecology 74: 1012-1019 Drake, J. A. &H. A. Mooney 1989 (eds). Biological invasions: A global perspective. - Scope 37, Wiley & Sons, 489 pp. Drury, W. H. & J. C. Nisbet 1973. Succession. - J. Arn. Arbor 54 (3): 331-368 Forcier, L. K. 1975. Reproductive strategies and the co-occurrence of climax tree species. - Science 189: 808-810 Foster, D. R. & T. M. Zebryk, 1993. Long-term vegetation dynamics and disturbance history of a Tsuga-dominated forest in New England. - Ecology 74: 982-998 Frelich, L. E., Cakote, R.R., Davis, M. B. & J. Pastor 1993. Patch formation and maintenance in an old-growth hemlock- hardwood forest. - Ecology 74: 513-527 Frissell, S. S. 1973. The importance of fire as a natural ecological factor in Itasca State Park, Minnesota. - Quatern. Res. 3: 397-407 Gandar, M. V. 1982. The dynamics and trophic ecology of grasshopper (Acridoidea) in a South African savanna. - Oecologia 54: 370-378 Gerken, B., Kriedemann, K. & M. Grupe 1992: Dynamik im Rotbuchenwald durch Eisbruch und Vogelkolonien - Ein Beitrag zum Verständnis der Verlichtungsdynamik im mitteleuropäischen Wald. - Laufener Seminarbeiträge 2/92: 71-79 Granström, A. 1993. Spatial and temporal variation in lightning ignitions in Sweden. - J. Veg. Sc. 4: 737-744 Hobbs, R.J. &L. F. Huenneke 1992. Disturbance, diversity, and invasion: Implications for conservation. - Conservation Biology 6: 324-337 Irving, F. D. 1985: Field instruction in prescribed burning techniques at the University of Minnesota. - Naturalist36 (4): 28-31 Jacobs, M. 1988. The Tropical Rain Forest. - Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg/New York Jackson, M.T. & D.G. Abrell 1977. Volume changes in an old-growth beech maple forest over a 10-year period. - Proc. Ind. Acad. Sc. 86: 177-181 Koike, F. 1986. Canopy dynamics estimated from shoot morphology in an evergreen broadleaved forest. - Oecologia 70: 348-350 Lamont, B. B., Witkowski, E. T. F. &N. J. Enright 1993. Post-fire litter microsites: safe for seeds, unsafe for seedlings. - Ecology 74: 501-512 Lang, G. E. & D. H. Knight 1983. Tree growth, mortality recruitment, and canopy gap formation during a 10-year period in a tropical moist forest. - Ecology 64: 1075-1080 Langvatn, R. & T. A. Hanley 1993. Feeding-patch choice by red deer in relation to foraging efficiency. - Oecologia 95: 164-170 197 Lieberman, D. & M. Lieberman 1987. Forest tree growth and dynamics at La Selva, Costa Rica (1969-1982). - J. Trop. Ecol. 3: 347-358 Lieberman, M., Lieberman, D. & R. Peralta 1989. Forests are not just like Swiss cheese: Canopy stereogeometry of non- gaps in tropical forests. - Ecology 70: 550-552 Maarel, E. 1993. Some remarks on disturbance and its relation to diversity and stability. - J. Veg. Sc. 4: 733-736 Matlack, G. R., Gleeson, S. K. & R. E. Good 1993. Treefall in a mixed oak-pine coastal plain forest: Immediate and historical causation. - Ecology 74: 1559-1566 Mayer, H. 1971. Das Buchen-Naturwaldreservat Dobra-Kampleiten im niederösterreichischen Waldviertel. - Schweiz. Zeit. Forstwesen 122: 45-66 -- &M. Neumann 1981. Struktureller und entwicklungsdynamischer Vergleich der Fichten-Tannen-Buchen Ur- wälder Rothwald/NÖ und Corkova Uvala/Kroatien. - Forstwiss. Centralbl. 100 (2): 111-132 -- ,„-- & W. Schrempf 1979. Der Urwald Rothwald in den niederösterreichischen Kalkalpen. - Ver. Schutz. Bergwelt 44 Menges, E.S.&O.L. Loucks 1984. Modeling a disease-caused patch disturbance: Oak wilt in the midwestern United states. - Ecology 65: 487-498 Molvar, E. M., Bowyer, R. T. & V. V. Ballenberghe 1993. Moose herbivory, browse quality, and nutrient cycling in an Alascan treeline comunity. - Oecologia 94: 472-479 Motzkin, G., Patterson, W. A. II & N. E. R. Drake 1993. Fire history and vegetation dynamics of a Chamaecyparis thyoides wetland on Cape Cod, Massachusetts. - J. Ecol. 81: 391-402 Mühlenberg, M. 1993. Freilandökologie. - Quelle & Meyer, 3. Aufl. Naiman, R. J. 1988. Animal influences on ecosystem dynamics. - BioScience 38: 750-752 Nicolai, V. 1985. Die ökologische Bedeutung verschiedener Rindentypen bei Bäumen. - PhD thesis, University of Marburg, 240 pp. -- 1986. The bark of trees: Thermal properties, microclimate and fauna. - Oecologia 69: 148-160 -- 1987. Anpassungen rindenbewohnender Arthropoden an Borkenstruktur und Feinddruck. - Spixiana 10: 139-145 -- 1989. Thermal properties and fauna on the bark of trees in two different African ecosystems. - Oecologia 80: 421-430 -- 1991. Reactions ofthe fauna on the bark of trees to the frequency of firesina North American savanna. - Oecologia 88: 132-137 -- 1993. The arthropod fauna on the bark of deciduous and coniferous trees in a mixed forest ofthe Itasca State Park, MN, USA. - Spixiana 16: 61-69 Negi, G.C. S., Rikhari, H. C., Ram, J. &S. P. Singh 1993. Foraging niche characteristics of horses, sheep, and goats in an alpine meadow in the Indian Central Himalaya. - J. Appl. Ecol. 30: 383-394 Palik, B.J. &K.S. Pregnitzer 1993. The vertical development of early successional forests in northern Michigan, USA. - J. Ecol. 81: 271-285 Pastor, J. Dewey, B., Naiman, R. J., McInnes, P. F. & Y. Cohen 1993. Moose browsing and soil fertility in the boreal forests of Isle Royale National Park. - Ecology 74: 467-480 Pavlov, M. B. 1973. Tabellen der Biomasse, der Energie- und Bioelementgehalte der Buche in einem bodensauren Buchenwald (Luzulo-Fagetum) des Solling. - Gött. bodenkdl. Ber. 29: 193-210 Pickett, S. T. A. 1976. Succession: An evolutionary interpretation. - Amer. Nat. 110: 107-119 -- &P.S. White (eds.) 1985. The ecology of natural disturbance and patch dynamics. - Acad. Press, New York Poulson, T. L. & W. J. Platt 1989. Gap light regimes influences canopy tree diversity. - Ecology 70: 553-555 Prins, H. H. T. & H. P. Jeugd 1993. Herbivore population crashes and woodland structure in East Africa. - J. Ecol. 81: 305-314 Remmert, H. 1985. Was geschieht im Klimax-Stadium? - Naturwiss. 72: 505-512 -- 1987. Sukzessionen im Klimax-System. - Ver. Ges. Ökol. 16: 27-34 -- ed.) 1991a. The mosaic-cycle concept of ecosystems. - Ecological studies 85. Springer -- 1991b. Das Mosaik-Zyklus-Konzept und seine Bedeutung für den Naturschutz: Eine Übersicht. - Laufener Seminarbeiträge 5/91: 5-15 -- 1993. Diversität, Stabilität und Sukzession im Licht moderner Waldforschung. - Rundgespr. Komm. - Ökol. 6: 15-22 Runkle, J.R. 1989. Synchrony of regulation, gaps, and latitudinal differences in tree species diversity. - Ecology 70: 546- 547 Sachs, L. 1969. Statistische Auswertungsmethoden. - 2. ed., Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg/New York Schrempf, W. 1986. Waldbauliche Untersuchungen im Fichten-Tannen-Buchen-Urwald Rothwald und in Urwald- Folgebeständen. - Diss. University of Wien Schupp, E. W., Howe, H. F., Augspurger, C. K. & D. J. Levey 1989. Arrival and survival in tropical treefall gaps. - Ecology 70: 562-564 Shugart, H. H. & D. C. West 1980. Forest succession models. - Biosc. 30: 308-313 Shure, D. J. &L. A. Wilson 1993. Patch-size effects on plant phenolics in southern Appalachians. - Ecology 74: 55-67 Simak, M. 1951. Untersuchungen über den natürlichen Baumartenwechsel in schweizerischen Plenterwäldern. Mitt. 198 Schweiz. - Anst. Forst. Versuchswesen 27: 406-468 Spies, T. A. & J. F. Franklin 1989. Gap characteristics and vegetation response in coniferous forests of the pacific northwest. - Ecology 70: 543-545 Steward, G. H. 1986. Population dynamics of a montaine coniferous forest, Western Cascade Range, Oregon, USA. - Ecology 67: 534-544 Sturm, K. 1993. Prozeßschutz im Wald. - Z. Ökol. Natursch. 3: 181-192 Swaine, M.D. &]. B. Hall 1988. The mosaic theory of forest regeneration and the determination of forest composition in Ghana. - J. Trop. Ecol. 4: 253-269 Tester, J. R. 1989. Effects of fire frequency on oak savanna in east central Minnesota. - Bull. Terrey Bot. Club 116 (2): 134-144 Torquebian, E. F. 1986. Mosaic pattern in dipterocarp rain forests in Indonesia, and their implication for practical forestry. - J. Trop. Ecol. 2: 301-325 Veblen, T. T. 1989. Tree regeneration responses to gaps along a transandean gradient. - Ecology 70: 541-543 -- ,‚Donosco, C., Schlege, F.M. & B. Escobar 1981. Forest dynamics in south-central Chile. - J. Biogeogr. 8: 211-247 Wayne, P.M. & F. A. Bazzaz 1993. Morning vs. afternoon sun patches in experimental forest gaps: Consequences of temporal incongruency of resources to birch regeneration. - Oecologia 94: 235-243 Whitemore, T. C. 1989. Canopy gaps and the two major groups of forest trees. - Ecology 70: 536-538 Whitney, G. G. 1984. Fifty years of change in the arboreal vegetation of Heart’s content, an old-growth Hemlock- White-Pine-Northern hardwood stand. - Ecology 65: 403-408 Weigmann, G. &E. Jung 1992. Die Hornmilben (Acari, Oribatei) an Straßenbäumen in Stadtzonen unterschiedlicher Luftbelastung in Berlin. - Zool. Beitr. 34: 273-288 199 Buchbesprechungen 27. Mebs, D.: Gifttiere. Ein Handbuch für Biologen, Toxikologen, Ärzte, Apotheker. - Wiss. Verl.-Ges., 1992. 280 S., über 191 Abb. Gifte sind im Tierreich sehr weit verbreitet, und sie werden von den “Produzenten” aktiv oder passiv dem vielfach unspezifischen Objekt ‘Mensch’ appliziert. So werden Gifte von den Meeres- wie Landtieren, eine Gliederung wie sie im vorliegenden Buch herausgestellt wird, zum Beuteerwerb oder zur Verteidigung eingesetzt. Letzteres findet auch gegen den Menschen statt und so kann es zu Vergiftungen nach Biß, Stich oder nach Verzehr giftiger Tiere kommen, manche sogar mit tödlichem Ausgang. Dieser zusammenfassende Bildband umfaßt eine Fülle von Beispie- len giftiger Tiere, die systematisch in Folge aufgeführt werden. Neben der Beschreibung der jeweiligen Tiergruppe oder einzelner Vertreter werden die Vergiftungsumstände, die zu beachtenden Vorsichtsmaßnahmen, der Giftappa- rat selbst und das Gift als organochemische Substanz beschrieben. Die Wirkung beim Menschen wird dokumentiert mit einer Angabe von Erste-Hilfe-Maßnahmen. Den Abschluß jeden Kapitels, das sehr gut in die Biologie und die Gefährdung einführt, bildet eine Fallbeschreibung, bei vielfach tödliche Verlauf der Vergiftung eine Gegenüberstel- lung eines mittelschweren und letalen Krankheitsbildes. So erfährt der Leser, daß nicht nur der Kontakt mit Schwämmen Nesseltieren , Schnecken und Tintenfischen, Borstenwürmern, Stachelhäutern sowie Fischen mit gifti- gen Hautsekreten oder Giftstacheln zu Vergiftungen führen können, sondern auch durch mikroskopisch kleine Algen, die beim Verzehr von Meerestieren wie Muscheln, Schnecken, Krebsen, Fischen und Schildkröten durch ihre toxischen Inhaltsstoffe auch zum Tode führen können. Bei den terrestrischen Gifttieren werden die typischen Vertreter der Spinnen, Skorpione, Skolopender, Insekten mit aktivem Stechverhalten aber auch passiver Wirkung durch Haare (Schmetterlingsraupen) oder Pflanzeninhaltsstoffe behandelt. Diesen folgen die Beschreibungen zu den giftigen Hautsekreten der Amphibien und das besonders ausführliche Kapitel der Giftschlangengifte und deren Wirkungen. Die Schlangen selbst werden getrennt nach zoogeographischen Regionen mit ihren Merkmalen, ihrer Verbreitung und der Lebensweise vorgestellt. Dieser herausragenden Zusammenstellung der einzelnen giftigen Organismen ist ein kurzer aber besonders informativer Grundlagenteil vorangestellt, der die Giftwirkungen präzi- siert bis hin zu Tips für die Taucher, Fern- und Abenteuerreisende und für die Reiseapotheke enthält. Die im Titel angesprochenen Leserkreise finden hier zahllose, möglicherweise lebensrettende Hinweise. E.-G. Burmeister 28. Weberling, F. & T. Stützel: Biologische Systematik - Grundlagen und Methoden. - Wissenschaftliche Buchgesell- schaft, Darmstadt, 1994. 209 S. ISBN 3-534-10554-0. Die zunehmende Beachtung der biologischen Systematik in der Lehre vieler Universitäten spiegelt sich darin wider, daß in neuester Zeit mehrere Lehrbücher zu diesem Fachgebiet erschienen sind. Das vorliegende Buch beschäftigt sich mit der Theorie und Praxis der botanischen und der zoologischen Systematik. Es wird dabei immer wieder deutlich, daß die Autoren Botaniker sind. Aber gerade deshalb ist das Buch auch für Zoologen sehr zu empfehlen. Es ist interessant zu sehen, wie sehr sich manche Teilgebiete der Systematik (z.B. die Artkonzepte) in Zoologie und Botanik unterscheiden. In dem Buch werden sowohl altbewährte, aber auch neuere Arbeitsmethoden vorgestellt. Sehr interessant ist auch die Gegenüberstellung der botanischen und zoologischen Nomenklaturregeln. Das Buch kann allen, die an Theorie und Praxis der biologischen Systematik interessiert sind, uneingeschränkt empfohlen werden. R. Melzer 29. Pfannenstiel, H.-D. (Hrsg.): Verhandlungen der Deutschen Zoologischen Gesellschaft. Teil 1: Hauptvorträge, Teil 2: Kurzpublikationen. - G. Fischer Verlag Stuttgart, 1993. 236 und 294 S. Die Hauptthemen der Jahresversammlung in Salzburg, von denen im ersten Band die Plenarvorträge vorgestellt sind, waren: Anpassungen an den alpinen Raum, Zellinteraktionen und -kommunikation, Verwandschaftsforschung bei Mensch und Tier, neuronale Netzwerke, Stoffwechselphysiologie, Zoologische Systematik und Morphologie. Wie jedes Jahr geben die Kurzpublikationen eine gute Übersicht über die im deutschen Sprachraum aktuelle zoologische Forschung. Die im letzten Jahr erstmals vollzogene Aufteilung der Verhandlungen in zwei getrennte Bände hat sich bewährt. K. Schönitzer 30. Minelli, A.: Biological Systematics. The State of the Art. - Chapman & Hall, London, 1993. 387 S. ISBN 0-412-36440-9. Schon der Untertitel dieses Buches enthält eine persönliche Wertung des Autors und ist gezielt provokativ: Ist die Systematik eine Kunst oder eine Wissenschaft? Minelli versteht es in hervorragender Weise, einerseits die wichtigste Literatur über den Stand der biologischen Forschung knapp und gut zusammenzufassen, aber gleichzeitig auch persönliche Wertung, Meinung und Erfahrung einfließen zu lassen. Das vorliegende Buch ist dadurch sowohl ein wichtiger Beitrag zur wissenschaftlichen Diskussion einer Reihe von aktuellen Themen, als auch eine umfassendes Nachschlagewerk über den Stand der Systematik. In einem längeren Anhang sind systematische Übersichten aus wichtigen Arbeiten der letzten Jahre extrahiert. Daß das Buch auch flüssig zu lesen ist, macht es besonders wertvoll und empfehlenswert. K. Schönitzer 200 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Franzö- sisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplement- bänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet 120,- DM oder 60 US-$. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von 50,- DM beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and EEcology. Manuscripts willbe accepted in German, English or French. A volume ofthree issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is 60 US-$ or any internationally convertible currency in the value of 120,- DM. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members ofthe “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal atthe reduced rate of 50,- DM. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassungist der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Beitrages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und d sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" und 5,25" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblen Computern mit MS-DOS, eingereicht werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgtohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung sollte bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side ofthe paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstractshould precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. Thetotal text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, ifpresent) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) andtabs (onlyfortables!).Insteadof ? and d use ‘#f’ and ‘#m’orany othercombinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" or 5.25" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles with MS-DOS. The publication ofthis journalensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive nopayment. The authors willreceive 1 copy ofthe partofthe volume inwhichttheirpaper appears. Reprintscan be ordered when the proofs are returned. 17. DM 328.-; 18. DM 148.-; 19. DM 128.-; 20. AUD29.95; 21. DM 54.-; 22. DFL300.-; 23. DFL 200.-, USD118.-; 24. DFL 250.-, USD 142.-; 25. GBP 59.90; 26. DFL 250.-, USD 157.50; 27. DM 148.-; 28. DM 39.80; 29. DM 198.-; 30. GBP 45.-. SPIXIANA 105-200 München, 01. Juli 1995 INHALT - CONTENTS MITOV, P.: Ein neuer Graecophalangium Roewer aus Mazedonien (Arachnida, Opiliones, Phalangiidae).........+.2224--: 4444400 aeasanne een re re FRE BAEHR, M.: New taxa and new records ofthe genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Supplement to the “Revision ofthe genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae) YU GUOYUE: The Coccinellidae (excluding Epilachninae) collected by J. Klapperich in-197720n Taiwan:(Insecta, Eoleoptera)lrr ee YU GUOYUE: Coccinellid beetles from Fujian, China, preserved in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Germany (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinell- Idae) case en ne De REN SHUNXIANG & PANG XIONGFEI: Four new species of Scymnus Kugelann from China (Insecta, Coleoptera, Coccinellidae) ......................uurs222222422HBnnnne er KRELL, F.-T.: Beschreibung und systematische Stellung von Temnorhynchus zair- ensis, spec. nov. aus Zaire (Insecta, Coleoptera, Scarabaeoidea, Melolonthidae, Dynastinae, Pentodontini) ..................-++44444nnHneee nern nn HAWKESWOOBD, T. J. & G. A. SAMUELSON: Notes on some leaf beetles from the Pas- sam area, East Sepik Province, and Port Moresby area, Central Province, Papua New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) ROSSARO, B.: The distribution of Palaearctic Diamesinae (Insecta, Diptera, Chironom- Idae)ea in... iS Rene ehe Re ARE RER © 22.5: EENEREER:- ER NICOLA], V.: The ecological significances oftrees’ bark during ecosystem dynamics ISSN 0341-8391 Seite 105-109 111-121 123-144 145-150 151-155 157-164 165-176 177-186 187-199 Blichbesprechungempezzrmeueen.. 1 Mn RER... o- SRHBRRRRS® 110, 122, 156, 200 ”üinche! PIAIAN Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA ° Band 18 » Heft 3 » 201-320 « München, 01. November 1995 * ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion - Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung- Managing Editor G. HASZPRUNAR M. BAEHR Redaktionsbeirat- Editorialboard M. BAEHR J. DILLER G. HASZPRUNAR F. REISS E.-G. BURMEISTER H. FECHTER A. HAUSMANN K. SCHÖNITZER W.DIERL R. FECHTER R. KRAFT L. TIEFENBACHER U. GRUBER J. REICHHOLF Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungsexem- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and plare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana: Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München: Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 1995 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — Allrights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, Germany. Satz: Desktop Publishing mit PageMaker® Druck: Druckerei Braunstein, München ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany —- Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, FRG Tel. (089) 742827-0 - Fax (089) 7242772 SPIXIANA 201-209 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 R - Ay a) If wa DV, aua\ Y Free-living marine nematodes from Deseado river estuary, D Nenn InAr Santa Cruz, Argentina. 12 --- U 21095 (Ironoidea, Leptosomatidae, Thoracostomatinae)-| \ >\ | } - u " Z N > l | Y By Catalina T. Pastor de Ward Pastor de Ward, C. T. (1995): Free-living marine nematodes from Deseado river estuary, Santa Cruz, Argentina. 12. (Ironoidea, Leptosomatidae, Thoracostomati- nae). — Spixiana 18/3: 201-209 Three species of the family Leptosomatidae are discussed from various habitats of the Deseado river estuary. Two species are new to science: Pseudocella chincha, spec. nov. and Thoracostoma dentatum, spec. nov. The diagnostic feature of Pseudocella chincha, spec. nov. is the presence of teeth on the mandibular ridges. Thoracostoma dentatum, spec. nov. has a typical teeth configuration. The description of the genital apparatus of Thoracostoma setosum is added. Catalina T. Pastor de Ward, Centro Nacional Patagönico, C. C. 128, (9120) Puerto Madryn, Chubut, Argentina Introduction This work is the twelfth of a series about marine nematodes from various habitats of the Deseado river estuary, Santa Cruz, Argentina. Within the family Leptosomatidae two new species are described. Thoracostoma setosum Linstow, 1896, a well known species is reported from Argentine coasts, and details of the genital apparatus are given for the first time, with other additional information not included in the previous description. All species described in this paper have been found in the microhabitat formed between surface valve crests of Aulacomya atra atra and the colonial ascidean Didemnum studeri. Material Deseado river estuary is located 47°45'S and 65°55'W. The samples were taken during the period 1976-1979. The specimens have been fixed following Ditlevsen's (1911) method, stained with blue Nilo and preserved in pure glycerine. The drawings were made using a Zeiss microscope drawing device and photographs were taken with a Zeiss photomicroscopy equipped with differential interference contrast (DIC). The material, including the type specimens, has been deposited in the Museo de Ciencias Naturales, Bernardino Rivadavia, Buenos Aires. The De Man's ratios used in this paper are explained as follows: L = total length; a= L/maximum width (at the middle of the body in males and atthe vulva level in females); b= L/esophageal length; c = L/tail length; Spic. (A. D.) = spicular length in microns (in anal diameters); %V = distance for anterior end to the vulvae opening in percentage of the total length. The abbreviations used are: m = male; f = female; AD. = anal diameter; Cg. = glandular cell; ODD. = dorsal odontium; ODL. = lateral odontium; ON. = onchium; TRO. = trophies; cl = cloaca; SUP. = pre-cloacal organ; V. = vulva. 201 Results All species belong to Ironoidea, family Leptosomatidae, subfamily Thoracostomatinae. Pseudocella chincha, spec. nov. Figs 1A-], 2a-j Types. Holotype: d, No. 962; allotype: 2, No. 967, Isla Quiroga, 5/5/77. Description De Man's ratios. . L: 7.700 nm; a: 38.5; b: 5.9; c: 45.3; Spic.: 170; Gub.: 80. - 2. L: 7.30 um; a: 36.5; b: 5.9; c: 52.1; %V: 60.3. Six labial papillae and 6+4, 15 um long cephalic setae. Buccal cavity formed by three microlabium with well developed mandibular ridges. The dorsal mandibular ridge is oval shaped and the sublateral triangular shaped with one tooth pointing upwards. Onchium present, 7 um wide and 15 pm long. Irregular cephalic capsule 50-25 um long and 25-50 um wide, with anchor shaped channels in front of the amphids (Fig. 1B). Interlobular channels in subdorsal and subventral position, long, narrow and wide in lateral position, behind the amphids. Amphids 10 pm in diameter. Cervical setae in series 4-2-2-1-1 and 4-2-2-1-2, have been observed, 5 um or just behind cephalic capsule. Strong pigmentation on oesophageal walls. Male genitalia. Testes opposite in left position to the intestine. Asymmetrical spicules 170 um long (1.2 A. D.). Gubernaculum, 40 um long with dorso-caudal median piece 40 um long and a ventro- caudal apophysis 80 yım long. Pre-cloacal cup organ presents 100 um from the cloaca and seven bursal papillae. Sixteen bursal setae, 15 um long also have been observed, from pre-cloacal organ to 60 um behind the cloaca. Female genitalia. Antidromously reflexed ovaries. Discussion. Pseudocella chincha is related to Pseudocella panamaense (Allgen, 1947), P. wieseri Hope, 1967, P. elegans (Ditlevsen, 1926), and P. coeca (Ssaweljev, 1912). From these the new species is differentiated by the presence of teeth on the microlabium. Pseudocella chincha differs from P. pseudo- cellum (Filipjev, 1927) in general measurements and by position and number of cervical setae. Thoracostoma dentatum sp. nov Figs 4a-d, 5A-J, 6a-h Types. Holotype: d, No. 940; allotype: ?, No. 942. Ba. Uruguay, La Trampa, 27/1/75. In eulittoral mud. Description De Man’s ratios. d. L: 14.800 um; a: 59.2; b: 7.0; c: 74; Spic.: 270; Gub.: 160. — 2. L: 14.500 um; a: 48.3; b: 6.0; c: 96.6; V%: 59.3. Six labial papillae and 6+4 cephalic setae, six 12m and four 15 um long. Cephalic diameter 70-60 um. Three microlabium present with mandibular ridges, one dorsal with three central pieces having two teeth each and a small tooth on both sides. On sublateral microlabium there are three teeth on each lateral side. Pigment spot, cup shaped 130 pm (1.8C. D.). Trophies 10 um long and 8 um wide. Cephalic capsule 20 yım in its longer zone and 40 yım in the trophies zone and presents a lot of holes and channels 10 pm long in subdorsal and subventral position. Amphids 10 um wide and 10 pm long. Cervical setae present, the first two crowns have four setae in sublateral position and one in subventral and subdorsal position. The third and fourth crown have two setae in sublateral position and one in subdorsal and subventral position respectively. Female genitalia. Antidromously reflexed ovaries. Male genitalia. Two opposite testis. Bicephalized spicules with velum, 270 um long (1.35 A. D.), paired gubernaculum 180 um long with distal ornamentation transverse to the spicules. A pair of gubernaculum pieces around the spicules in ventral position (Fig. 5A). Cup shaped pre-spicular organ, 202 NIIT x oO 4 {A 73 Fig. 1. Pseudocella chincha, spec. nov. A. Head, face view. B, F. Lateral view of anterior part of body. C. Cloacal supplement. D. Spicular apparatus. E. Pre-cloacal papillae. G. Amphid. H. Gubernaculum (right). I-J. Right and left spicules. Scales. 1: A,B,C,E,F,G;2:D,H, I, J. 203 ER spec. nov. a-c. Head, lateral view. e-g. Anterior end, lateral view. h. Spicula. i. Guber- eudocella chincha, S Fig.2. P a: 8 Pre-cloacal organ and bursal setae. Scales. 1: a,b, c;2: e, r, j- naculum. 204 Fig. 3. Thoracostoma setosum forma 1. A. Head, face view. B. Posterior end, lateral view. C,F. Head, lateral view. D. Pre-cloacal organ. E. Anterior end, lateral view, pigment spot. Scales. 1: A, C, D, F;2: B, E. 205 Fig.4. a-d. Thoracostoma dentatum. a-b. Head, face view. e. Gubernaculum. f, i. Spicules. g. Pre-cloacal organ, Izanbie.e, e:2:d,1h. 206 c,d. Head, face subventral view. e-i. Thoracostoma setosum. lateral view. h. Pre-cloacal organ, ventral view. Scales. Fig.5. Thoracostoma dentatum. A. Spicularapparatus. B. Pre-cloacal papillae. C. Head, face view. D-F. Head, lateral view. E. Pre-cloacalorgan. G-H. Gubernaculum. I. Spicular apparatus, ventral view. ]. Spicule. Scales. 1: A,G,H, L,J;2:B, CD EE. 207 Fig. 6. Thoracostoma dentatum. a,b. Head, face view. c. Trophies. d. Cephalic capsule. e. Spiculetip. f. Vulvaand glands. g. Spicule. h. Gubernaculum. Scales. 1: g,h;2: a,b, c,d, e, f. 208 100 um (0.4 A. D.) in front of the cloacal opening (Fig. 5e). In subventral position 18 bursal setae and five papillae have been observed. Discussion. Thoracostoma dentatum, spec. nov. is a species closely related to Thoracostoma setosum (Linstow, 1896) but differs by the following diagnostic features: teeth configuration on dorsal and sublateral microlabium, number of cervical setae, and position of pigment organ. Thoracostoma setosum (Linstow, 1896) Figs 3A-F, 4e-h Types. Paratypes: d, No. 919. Isle Quiroga, 5/5/77. Littoral fringe microhabitat Didemnum-Aulacomya; 1%, 18, No. 911, 912. 1/2/78. Isle Quinta, infralittoral coarse sand. Geographical distribution: Fuegian Archipelago; South Georgia Island; Chile. Description De Man's ratios. d (1). 14.040 um; a: 56.2; b: 6.40; c: 63.8; Spic.: 280; Gub.: 200. — & (2). 19.400 um; a: 64.6; b: 10.7; c: 97.0; Spic.: 270; Gub.: 200. - 2. 19.600 pm; a: 57.6; b: 7.00; c: 98.0; V%: 57.1. Six labial papillae and 6+4 cephalic setae, six 10m and four 15 um long. Cephalic diameter 50-60 um. Three microlabium present with mandibular ridges. One dorsal mandibular ridge with seven small teeth centrally positioned and a tooth on both sides. Two sublateral mandibular ridges with a pair of big teeth on each lateral side. Pigment spot, cup shaped 180 um (3C. D.). Trophies 10 um long and 5 um wide. Cephalic capsule 20 pım in its longer zone and 50 pm in the trophies zone, presents a lot of holes and channels 15 um long in subdorsal and subventral position. Amphids 10 um wide and 10 um long. Cervical setae present, the first crown has four setae in sublateral position and two in subventral and subdorsal position. The second crown has two setae in sublateral position, one in subdorsal and subventral respectively. Female genitalia. Antidromously reflexed ovaries. Male genitalia. Two opposite testis. Bicephalized spicules with velum, 280-270 um long, paired gubernaculum 160-200 um long with distal ornamentation transverse to the spicules. Small crus present. Cup shaped pre-spicuclar organ, 100-145 um in front of the cloacal opening (Fig. 4h). In subventral position 22 bursal setae and five papillae have been observed. Discussion. The mentioned specimens agree totally with the excellent redescription of Thoracostoma setosum (Linstow, 1896) by De Man (1904). References Allgen, €. 1947. West American marine nematodes (Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-16). - Vidensk. Meddr. dansk. naturh. Foren. 110: 65-219 De Man, J. G. 1904. Nematodes libres (Expedit. Antarctique Belge). - Result. Voyage S. Y. Belgica: 1-51. Ditlevsen, J. 1911. Danish free-living nematodes. - Vidensk. Meddr. dansk naturh. Foren. 63: 213-256 -- 1926. Free-living Nematodes. - The Danish Ingolf-Exped. 4 (6): 1-42 Filipev, I. 1927. Les nematodes libres des mers septeptrionales appartenant ä la famille des Enoplidae. - Arch. Naturgesch. 91 A (6): 1-126 Hope, D. 1967. Free-living marine nematodes of the genera Pseudocella Filipjev, 1927, Thoracostoma Marion, 1870 and Deontostoma Filipjev, 1916 (Nematoda: Leptosomatidae) from the west coast of North America. - Trans. Am. microsc. Soc. 86: 307-334 Linstow, O. v. 1896. Nemathelminthen. - Hamburger Magelhaensische Sammelreise (Hamburg), 22 pp. Ssaweljev, S. 1912. Zur Kenntnis der freilebenden Nematoden des Kolafjords und des Relictensee Mogilnoje. - Trudy imp. S.Petersb. Obshch. Estest. 43: 108-126 209 Buchbesprechungen 33. Gruner, H.-E., Moritz, M. & W. Dunger: Arthropoda (ohne Insecta). In: Gruner, H.-E. (ed.): Lehrbuch der speziellen Zoologie, begründet von A. Kästner. Band I, 4. Teil. - Gustav Fischer Verlag Jena, Stuttgart, New York, 1993. 1279 S., c. 700 Abb. “Der neue Kästner ist da”. Nicht nur wegen der - fast schon gewohnt - langen Erscheinungsdauer, sondern auch wegen der umfassenden und detailreichen Darstellung der Themen wird jede neue Auflage der “Bibel” der deutsch- sprachigen Zoologen mit Spannung erwartet. Auch der hier vorliegende Band “Arthropoda” entspricht allen Anfor- derungen im vollen Umfang seiner fast 1300 Seiten und 700 Abbildungen. Der Band ist als Nachschlagewerk sowohl für fortgeschrittene Studenten als auch für Zoologen der verschiedenen Fachrichtungen eine unentbehrliche Hilfe: Der Phylogenetiker z.B. findet die wesentlichen Merkmale, nach denen bestimmte Tiergruppen eingeordnet werden, zumindest andiskutiert, und der Neurobiologe kann sich einen Überblick zur Morphologie etwa des Crustaceengehirns verschaffen, der weit über die Darstellung anderer Fachbücher hinausgeht. Die einzelnen Kapitel sind in der schon von den älteren Auflagen her bewährten Weise gegliedert, wobei die Trennung von Eidonomie und Anatomie, sowie das Vorhandensein eigener Kapitel zur Entwicklung und Stammes- geschichte besonders hervorzuheben sind. Die “Diagnose” zu Beginn eines jeden Abschnitts erleichtert den Einstieg in die einzelnen Themenkomplexe. Natürlich ist auch dieser Band eine Fundgrube mit vielen hochinteressanten Angaben zur Lebensweise und zu morphologischen Anpassungen, über die man sonst näheres nur mühsam in der Originalliteratur finden kann. Die Abbildungen sind durchweg hochwertig und zum großen Teil der neuen, oft sogar der neuesten relevanten Literatur entlehnt. In Anbetracht der hohen Zahl von Abbildungen ist es fast erstaunlich, daß sich hierbei selbst in den komplexen Darstellungen von Ultrastrukturen (z.B. sehr schön: die Sinnesorgane!) nur wenige Beschriftungsfehler eingeschlichen haben (etwa in Abb. 649). Gleiches gilt für den trotz seiner Länge dichten und hochinformativen Text. Es ist besonders hervorzuheben, daß er hierbei immer verständlich und lesbar bleibt. Der Lehrbuch-Charakter des Kästner ist daher voll und ganz gewahrt. Phylogenetische Fragen werden ausführlich und kompetent diskutiert, bei kritischen Fragen, wie etwa der syste- matischen Stellung der Pantopoda, bleiben die Autoren vorsichtig und diskutieren mögliche Alternativen. Warum allerdings das in der angelsächsischen Literatur so verbreitete Uniramier-Konzept (Polyphylie der Arthropoda) nicht ausführlicher diskutiert wird, ist nicht klar. Auffällig ist der in diesem Band vollzogene Abschied von den (paraphy- letischen) “Myriapoda”. Die Insecta werden neueren Untersuchungen zufolge als Schwestergruppe der Progoneata (Symphyla, Pauropoda, Diplopoda), also nur eines Teils der “Myriapoda” betrachtet. Fossile Gruppen werden in ausreichendem Maße berücksichtigt, wenn auch über manche (z.B. die Euthycarcinoidea, die in die Stammguppe der Arthropoden gestellt werden) keine Information zu finden ist. Insgesamt scheint den - bewundernswert wenigen - Autoren des “neuen Kästner” zu gelingen, was viele vielleicht für unlösbar gehalten hätten: eine wirkliche Synopsis des außerordentlich facettenreichen und in seiner Gesamtheit schwer überblickbaren Stammes der Arthropoda. Mit Spannung erwarten wir daher den Band über die Insekten. In Anbetracht der Qualität und des Umfangs des Werks relativiert sich der im Vergleich zu früher erschienenen Bänden zunächst doch recht hoch erscheinende Preis erheblich. Außerdem ist die Druckqualität deutlich verbessert, so daß der vorliegende Band jedem Interessierten nur wärmstens empfohlen werden kann. Ein Hinweis an den Verlag: mit einer gewissen Sorge stellten die Rezensenten bereits nach kurzem Blättern ein verdächtiges Knacken in der Bindung fest. Wir schließen daher die Besprechung mit der Hoffnung, daß sich dieses großartige Standardwerk nicht über kurz oder lang in viele kleine “Kästner” auflösen wird (außerdem sind in dem uns vorliegenden Exemplar einige Seiten falsch gebunden). R. Melzer, K. Schönitzer 34. Seifert, G.: Entomologisches Praktikum. - G. Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart und New York, 3. Aufl., 1995. 322 S., zahlr. Abb. Das seit 1970 existierende und erfolgreiche “Entomologische Praktikum” will elementares Wissen an möglichst “typischen” Objekten vermitteln. Es versucht also gar nicht enzyklopädisch vollständig zu sein, sondern orientiert sich am Einzelbeipiel und stellt vor allem funktionsmorphologische Gesichtspunkte in den Vordergrund. In der nun vorliegenden, gründlich überarbeiteten dritten Auflage sind viele neuere Ergebnisse der Feinstrukturforschung mit aufgenommen. Besonders wertvoll erscheinen mir die vielen Originalaufnahmen von Semidünnschnitten und elek- tronenmikroskopischen Aufnahmen. Für Studenten sehr angenehm sind insbesondere die Begriffsdefinitionen, die Schemazeichnungen und die im Anhang zusammengestellten Rezepte für Puffer, Fixierlösungen und Färbungen. Dieses bewährte Praktikumsbuch kann auch in seiner neuen Auflage uneingeschränkt empfohlen werden. K. Schönitzer 210 SPIXIANA 211-249 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 New species and records of Anacroneuria (Klapälek) from Venezuela (Insecta, Plecoptera, Perlidae) By Bill P. Stark Stark, B. P. (1995): New species and records of Anacroneuria (Klapälek) from Vene- zuela (Insecta, Plecoptera, Perlidae). - Spixiana 18/3: 211-249 A minimum of 31 species of the genus Anacroneuria (Klapälek) are recorded from Venezuela, including 18 described as new species. Eight species are described from Cerro de la Neblina and other remote sites in Territorio Federal Amazonas, 6 are described from Cordillera de Merida or Sierra de Perija, 3 are described from the Maracay area, and one is described from a site in the state of Bolivar. A. bifasciata (Pictet) and A. fenestrata (Pictet) are redescribed and notes are given for A. intermixta (Walker) and A. signata (Walker). Nine additional species represented by unassociated females are described under informal designations. A few unassociated and associated nymphs are also described. Dr. Bill P. Stark, Mississippi College, Dept. of Biological Sciences, Box 4045, Clinton, Mississippi, 39058, USA. Introduction Anacroneuria is a widespread and diverse neotropical stonefly genus with over 130 nominal but poorly known species. 23 species have been described from the northern Andes of Colombia and Venezuela but types are available for only 15 of these and most are known from single type specimens (Stark unpublished, Benedetto unpublished). Two species, A. intermixta (Walker) and A. signata (Walk- er), both known from female types, were described from Venezuela, otherwise the “known” Anacrone- uria fauna of Venezuela consists of A. bifasciata (Pictet) (Zwick 1972, 1973), A. schmidti (Enderlein) (Jewett 1959), and A. iridescens Klapalek (Klapalek 1922). The latter two species records should not be considered valid until the specimens can be located and reexamined. Presently, no Anacroneuria have been identified from the isolated table top mountains along the Venezuelan-Brazilian border. This study is based largely on 1984-1985 collections made on the expe- dition to the Cerro de la Neblina National Park, under the direction of the Fundacion para el Desarrollo de las Ciencias Fisicas, Mathematicas y Naturales of Venezuela, and the Smithsonian Institution. Collections from this locality have already produced a number of previously undescribed species in several insect orders, including four species in the relatively rare stonefly genera, Enderleina and Macrogynoplax (Stark 1989, Stark & Zwick 1989). Specimens from other Venezuelan localities were obtained from the Smithsonian or from the Departmento de Zoologia Agricola, U.C.V., Maracay, Venezuela, through O. S. Flint, Jr. of the Smith- sonian. The Venezuelan samples were carefully compared with a large series of Anacroneuria from Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, and localities throughout the Neotropics. Study of this material suggests minimal overlap of Venezuelan species with those known from Colombia, and no overlap with Costa Rica and other Neotropical regions. A recently described species from Colombia (Rojas and Baena 1993) does not appear to be closely related to any of the species included in this study. The Venezuelan material represents 31 species including 18 which are described as new. Holotypes are deposited in the National Museum of Natural History (USNM) and paratypes in the Mississippi Entomological Muse- 211 um, Mississippi State University (MEM) and the Departmento de Zoologia Agricola, U.C.V., Maracay, Venezuela (DZAM). Material has been also compared from The Natural History Museum, London (BMNH), Museum für Naturkunde, Berlin (MNHB), Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien (NHMW, and } Zoologische Staatssammlung, München (ZSM). The following key should permit separation of males ' of known Venezuelan Anacroneuria. Provisional key to Venezuelan male Anacroneuria 12 Wines’bandediintambenandidarkbrowan (Eis IS Der ee A. bifasciata (Pictet) — Wings variable, but without'bands....................22e22c0esscrsessesseseesteneeen ers ee 0 USEEEIEEEEEEEEEEER 22 2. Eorewingslengthrgreaterithan 13.5)-mm".....2... nee EEE 3. -,. Forewing;lengthrless than 13: mm ........e....2..2rcnesenesennnsarnenensenensarasusensnessnsseeee een 9 3. Hammer low, scarcely elevated above sternum (Fig. 85) ...............ccoee A. chorrera, spec. nov. —Hammerlensthlequalito apiealidiameter............e ee IE 4. 4. Hammer apex quadrate (Fig. 97); aedeagal hooks with foot-like apices (Fig. BB)... BR ROHR RENTEN A. cuadrada, spec. nov. — Hammer apex circular; aedeagal hooks without foot-like apices ......................u2c2c2eoconsoeoeneeerseseseeenen 5 5. Dorsal aspect of aedeagus with a transverse subapical arcuate lobe (Fig. 55)... BSR KU RREREERBERDERPERSOEODELOSDLDOGELLTELLLERTERAEOE NEE ELERRDECHELDTPOCBEEEDRSEEEREEe ee A. arcuata, spec. nov. —rAedeagus without'ardorsallareuatelobe.......uneeeeeeeeeeeee ne EEE 6 6. Hammer tiny (Fig. 118); aedeagal apex notched (Fig. 119)........................... A. muesca, spec. nov. = Hlammerithimble-shaped (Fig. 28);’aedeagallapex roundedt.....................2 0 ne Te 7. Aedeagal apex strongly trilobed (Fig. 137); pale mesal pronotal stripe not extending laterally beyondsoeelliä(Fie; 139)... ee A. fenestrata (Pictet) — Aedeagal apex simple (Figs 30, 124); pale mesal pronotal stripe extending laterally beyond ocelli (ig 26) ne 8. SawNedeasallapexsabruptlysnartowedilti22 30) m A. shamatari, spec. nov. = nedeagalapexsraduallystapered\(Eie 126). er en A. paleta, spec. nov. 9 PAedeasalfapex simple:(Figs 60,69)... ee ER 10. = Aedeagal apex multilobed (Fig. 21)..................censseeesenesssssnsnensnsensaenese seen 16. I0YXedeasallhookssstraishtdagger-likei(His 9 Er N A. cruza, spec. nov. — Aedeagal'hooks’eurved, seythe-like (Fizs’6, 105)... EEE 11. 11. Apex of aedeagal hooks finger-like, apex of aedeagus surmounting a distinct neck (Fig. 105)...... LE N nee oe A. digitata, spec. nov. - Apex of aedeagal hooks normal; subapical area of aedeagus without neck (Figs 6, 109) ........... 12. 12. Ventral aspect of aedeagus with a pair of large membranous lobes (Fig. 59)... VE RR OR KA TE RT EN TRRAHER A. baniva, spec. nov. —_ Ventrallmembranous’aedeagal’lobes’small orlabsent....................en.0..... 13 13. Aedeagal apex gradually narrowed to a point (Figs 65, 67)... A. bari, spec. nov. 7 Aedeagal'apex truncate or.broadly-rounded(Eigs 6, 109)r........ 2... ER 14. 14. Apices of aedeagal hooks falcate (Fig. 79); ventral aspect of aedeagus with a small membranous lobEHIiET80)n ne re MUNSBRRNN ILL RD NE A. chiquita, spec. nov. - Apices of aedeagal hooks gradually tapered; ventral aedeagal aspect without membranous lobe neradunenhanueshonsntunhgnense inner sh astnenirher ten htertnte tung tieneengue unsern ee ee EEEEEEERERERE 15: 212 15. Projecting apical process of aedeagus subequal to shoulder (Fig. 109) ............... A. llana, spec. nov. - Projecting apical process of aedeagus about 2 x as long as shoulder (Fig. 6)... erNedeasalapeswıthouthorn-likesprocessestmen nenne EEE 17 17. Ventral aspect of aedeagus with a large membranous lobe (Fig. 16) ............ A. pequena, spec. nov. a Ventrallaspecetor aedeasusswithontmembranouslober 2 18. 18. Lateral lobes of aedeagal apex scarcely projecting (Fig. 114) ...................... A. menuda, spec. nov. - Lateral lobes of aedeagal apex distinctly projecting (Figs 42, 154) .............eeesssnesssesnenesennenenennen 19, 19. Lateral lobes of aedeagal apex about as wide as median lobe (Figs 21, 22)... 20. - Lateral lobes of aedeagal apex about half as wide as median lobe (Fig. 154) ............... A. sp. VZ-10 20. Wings with a large clear spot beyond cord, and an irregular clear costal stripe before cord (Fig. 41) BE RE ER ee ee A. vistosa, spec. noV. EV imessratherunitormlyzpismentedrrme ne A. pinza, spec. nov. Anacroneuria blanca, spec. nov. Figs 1-11, 45 Types. Holotype d, 253 and 3? paratypes from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Basecamp, 140 m, 21-29 February 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe (USNM). Additional paratypes, all from Cerro de la Neblina: Basecamp, 140 m, 1-10 March 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 259,322 (USNM). Same location, 24 November-1 December 1984, R. L. Brown, 13, 1? (MEM). Same location, 4-12 February 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 454, 272 (USNM, DZAM). Same location, 20-24 March 1984, O. Flint, J. Louton, 254, 322,7 nymphs (USNM). Same location, 13-15 March 1984, O. Flint, J. Louton, 2353 (USNM). Same location, 5 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 253, 22? (USNM). Same location except Rio Baria, 12 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M.Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 15,1? (USNM). Same location, 27 January 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 17, 6 nymphs (USNM). Same location, 21-28 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 455, 107? (USNM, DZAM). Same location except Aqua Blanca, 160 m, 20-21 March 1984, O. Flint, J. Louton, 233 (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow, pronotum with a pair of dark, parenthesis-like, mid-lateral stripes bordering a broad median yellow area (Fig. 1). Wing membrane and veins pale, with an obscure pale spot beyond the cord. Apical antennal and cercal segments banded (Fig. 5). Male. Forewing length 10-12 mm. Hammer longer than apical diameter; area surrounding hammer with scattered long bristles which form an irregular brush (Fig. 4). Aedeagus scoop-like and slender apically (Figs 6-8); dorsal aspect with a short, low, median keel (Fig. 8). Female. Forewing length 13-14 mm. Subgenital plate with 4 subequal lobes; lateral notches deeper than median notch. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a narrow sclerotized band and a pair of low, lateral, anteapical humps. Median field of sternum 9 covered with a patch of red-brown setae; setae in center of field short, longer setae clustered around edges. Posterior membrane of sternum 9 bearing a dense band of microtrichia (Fig. 2). Egg. Length 0.45 mm, width 0.19 mm. Spindle shaped with a low, button-like collar and a long (0.09 mm) spine on the posterior pole. Chorion smooth; micropyles located around base of spine (Figs 3, 45). Nymph. Body length 10-12 mm. Anterior half of head brown except for pale anteromesal spot. Pronotum brown with obscure pale spots on disc and along lateral margins (Fig. 9). Fore femur with a linear patch of short bristles extending from the basal area to near the marginal fringe. Transverse bristle row of 7 long bristles near midlength; 10 scattered long bristles beyond row (Fig. 10). Mid and 213 Figs 1-8. A. blanca,spec.nov. 1. Headand pronotum. 2. Femalesterna8and9. 3. Egg. 4. Malesternum9. 5. Apical cercalsegments. 6. Aedeagus, ventral. 7. Aedeagus, lateral. 8. Aedeagus, dorsal. Hm=hammer, AP=apical process, S=shoulder, AH=aedeagal hook. Scales: 0.6 mm (1), 0.3 mm (2, 4, 5), 0.15 mm (3, 6, 7, 8). hind femora without bristle row; hind femora without dorsal setal fringe. Apical 16 cercal segments fringed with long setae (Fig. 11). Posterior membrane of abdominal segment 10 forming a triangular projection between paraproct bases. 214 Figs 9-11. A. blanca, spec. nov. nymphal structures. 9. Head and pronotum. 10. Left fore femur. 11. Apical cercal segments. Scales: 0.6 mm (9), 0.3 mm (10), 0.15 mm (11). Etymology. The species name blanca refers to the pale habitus of the adults of this species, and to the stream site, “Aqua Blanca”, where a few of the specimens were collected. Discussion. Several species with this general color pattern are known throughout the neotropics, but they differ in details of internal male genitalia. The egg of this species is similar to that of A. shamatari, a much larger species found above 700 m on Neblina, and A. fuscicosta (Enderlein) from Santa Catarina, Brazil (Zwick, 1973). Nymphs were associated by dissecting the female genitalia from a mature specimen. The type locality is a blackwater stream about 20 m wide with rapids about 0.6-0.9 m deep inter- spersed between deep silty pools (©. S. Flint, pers. comm.). Anacroneuria pequena, Spec. nov. Figs 12-18, 46, 49 Types. Holotype d, 18 and 12 paratype from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Basecamp 140 m, 1-10 March 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe (USNM). Additional paratypes, all from same locality: 24 November-1 December 1984, R. L. Brown, 1d, 1? (MEM). 20-24 March 1984, ©. Flint, J. Louton, 15 (USNM). 21-28 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 13,62? (USNM, DZAM). 21-29 February 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 13, 1? (USNM). 26-27 January 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W.Steiner, 13, 22? (USNM). 19 March 1984, O. Flint, J. Louton, 483, 1? (USNM, DZAM). 10-20 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 18 (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow-brown with darker area over ocelli and lappets. Pronotum brown with obscure darker markings (Fig. 12). Antennae and maxillary palpi brown, labial palpi pale. Basal cercal segments pale, mesal and apical segments brown. Wings and veins brown except for pale costal area. Male. Forewing length 7.5-8.5 mm. Hammer cone shaped, apex flat (Fig. 14). Apical area of aedea- gus with a small digitate mesal process extending from scalloped basal wings; apex covered on ventral surface by a flattened membranous structure. Hooks somewhat chelate (Figs 16-18, 49). Female. Forewing length 9.5-11.5 mm. Subgenital plate with a shallow mesal notch; lobes wide, 215 15 18 Figs 12-18. A. pequena, spec. nov. 12. Head and pronotum. 13. Female sterna 8 and 9. 14. Male sternum 9. 15. Egg. 16. Aedeagus, ventral. 17. Aedeagus, lateral. 18. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (12), 0.3 mm (13, 14), 0.15 mm (15-18). posteriorly emarginate. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a narrow sclerotized band. Short lateral bars present. Mesal field of sternum 9 with a trilobed setal patch; lateral setae long and thick, mesal setae short and thin (Fig. 13). Egg. Length 0.3 mm, width 0.19 mm. Spindle shaped, chorion smooth. Anchor brown and beret- like, with a bulbous mesal structure (Figs 15, 46). Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Pequena means small in the Spanish language. Discussion. The Basecamp locality is described above under A. blanca. Anacroneuria pinza, spec. novV. Figs 19-25 Types. Holotype d and 9? paratypes from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Camp IV, 760 m, 15-18 March 1984, O. Flint (USNM, DZAM). Additional paratypes, all from Cerro de la Neblina, Basecamp, 140 m. 19 March 1984, O. Flint, J. Louton, 13 (USNM). 20 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 18 (USNM). 5 December 1984, R. L. Brown, 238 (MEM). 24 November-1 December 1984, R. L. Brown, 28d& (MEM). 21-29 February 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 15 (USNM). 28 January 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 1? (USNM). 216 Figs 19-25. A. pinza,spec.nov. 19. Headand pronotum. 20. Malesternum9. 21. Aedeagus, ventral. 22. Aedeagus, lateral. 23. Aedeagus, dorsal. 24. Female sterna 8 and 9. 25. Egg. Scales: 0.6 mm (19), 0.3 mm (20, 24), 0.15 mm (21-23, 25). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow, pronotal disc yellow but surrounded by dark brown pigment (Fig. 19). Wing membrane pale brown, veins brown, R and cord darker. Male. Forewing length 9.5-10 mm. Hammer twice as long as basal width, strongly narrowed apical- ly (Fig. 20). Aedeagal apex trilobed, lateral lobes short, rounded and projecting laterally (Figs 21-23). 217 N TEE TEST TINTE ar ge a a AZ Ra R NÄBIR \ RD 29 Figs 26-29. A.shamatari,spec.nov. 26. Head and pronotum. 27. Female sterna8and 9. 28. Malesternum9. 29. Egg. Scales: 0.6 mm (26, 27), 0.3 mm (28), 0.15 mm (29). Dorsal aspect with a narrow mesal keel. Hooks chelate with flattened, incised margins forming scoop- like apices (Fig. 21). Base with a distinct subapical ridge on venter (Fig. 21). Female. Forewing length 12 mm. Mesal lobes of subgenital plate much longer than lateral lobes. Mesal field of sternum 9 weakly sclerotized and covered with a setal patch. Lateral setae long and thick, mesal setae short and thin (Fig. 24). Egg. Length 0.4 mm, width 0.29 mm. Spindle shaped with small button-like collar. Chorion smooth (Fig. 25). Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, pinza, refers to the claw-like hooks on the aedeagus. Discussion. This species is strikingly similar in size, general appearance, and aedeagal structure to A. vistosa. The two species are reliably separated by the clear apical spot on the wing of A. vistosa and by fine details of the aedeagus. The lateral lobes of the aedeagal apex are shorter in A. pinza, and the hooks and dorsal keel also differ. The female subgenital plate and egg readily distinguish these species. The type locality, Camp IV, is upstream of the Basecamp site. At this site the stream is about 15 m wide and the substrate includes boulders and bedrock (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). 218 33 Figs 30-36. A.shamatari,spec.nov. 30. Aedeagus, dorsal. 31. Aedeagus, lateral. 32. Aedeagus, ventral. 33. Nymphal head. 34. Nymphal fore femur. 35. Mesal nymphal cercal segments. 36. Apical nymphal cercal segments. Scales: 1.2 mm (33), 0.6 mm (34), 0.3 mm (35, 36), 0.15 mm (30-32). Anacroneuria shamatari, spec. nov. Figs 26-36, 50 Types. Holotype d and 13? paratypes from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Camp IV, 760 m, 15-18 March 1984, ©. S. Flint (USNM, DZAM). Additional paratypes, all from Cerro de la Neblina: Camp VII, 1800 m, 30 January-10 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 353, 7/nymphs (USNM). Same location, 30 January-10 February 1985, A. L. Gardner, A. Conover, 584,322 (USNM, DZAM). Same location, 2-4 December 1984, R. L. Brown, 238, 92? (MEM). Camp II, 2100 m, 29 January 1985, W. Steiner, 13 (USNM). Same location, 16-18 March 1984, J. Louton, 18, 1? (USNM). 219 Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow with obscure brown area forward of ocelli. Pronotum with a pair of narrow, dark mid-lateral stripes bordering a broad median yellow area (Fig. 26). Wing membrane pale brown, veins, including costa, pale brown. Antennae and cerci brown. Male. Forewing length 17.5-19 mm. Hammer broad basally, length subequal to apical diameter (Fig. 28). Ventral aedeagal apex broadly triangular, hooks with a low anteapical keel (Figs 32, 50); dorsal aspect with a broad low keel (Figs 30-31). Basal section cylindrical, offset on venter by a suture (Fig. 32). Female. Forewing length 22-24 mm. Subgenital plate with 4 subequal lobes; median notch slightly deeper than lateral notches. Posterior margin of sternum 9 without sclerotized bar. Median field of sternum 9 covered with a patch of brown setae; lateral setae thicker and longer than mesal setae. Posterior membrane of sternum 9 bearing a dense band of microtrichia (Fig. 27). Egg. Length 0.45 mm, width 0.22 mm. Spindle shaped with a low button-like collar and a long (0.08 mm), blunt spine on the posterior pole. Chorion smooth; micropyles located at base of spine (Fig. 29). Nymph. Body length 16-19 mm. Head forward of ocelli brown except for narrow pale M-line, anterolateral corners, and mesal spot along labrum (Fig. 33). Pronotum brown except for narrow pale stripe along mesal suture. Fore femur with a patch of short thick bristles extending along the dorsal margin from the trochanter to mid-femoral length; a transverse row of 7 long bristles present at mid- length, but absent on mid and hind femora; 12 long bristles scattered on dorsal half of fore femur beyond bristle row (Fig. 34). Apical 9-10 cercal segments bear whorls of long silky hairs which form a fringe along the entire segment (Fig. 36). Etymology. This species is named for the Shamatari people whose homeland included the rainforest east of Neblina. Discussion. Nymphs were associated by dissecting eggs from mature individuals. Camp VII and Camp II where many of the paratypes were collected are on top of the tepui in a wet morass characterized by blackwater streams (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). Camp IV, the type locality, is described above under A. pinza. Anacroneuria vistosa, spec. noV. Figs 37-44, 47, 51 Types. Holotype d and 1? paratype from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Base- camp, 140 m, 11 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner (USNM). Additional paratypes all from same locality: 4-12 February 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 484, 92? (USNM, DZAM). 1-10 March 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 3895 (USNM). 13-20 February 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 32? (USNM). 21-29 February 1984, D. Davis, T. McCabe, 45 (USNM). 14 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 283 (USNM). 26-31 January 1985, P. J. Spangler, P.M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 383 (USNM). 5 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P.M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 484,222 (USNM). 20 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P.M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 18 (USNM). 10 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 484,222 (USNM). 21-28 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 554, 2?? (USNM). 10-20 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 584, 3?? (USNM, DZAM). 1-9 February 1985, P. J.Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 2?? (USNM). 7 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 289, 1? (USNM). 3 February 1985, W. Steiner, 383 (USNM). 20-24 March 1984, ©. Flint, J. Louton, 1088, 222 (USNM). 24 November-1 December 1984, R. Brown, 288,32? (MEM). 5 December 1984, R. Brown, 238, 522 (MEM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow, pronotum with dark mid-lateral stripes and a broad median yellow area (Fig. 37). Wings amber with wide pale band along costal margin which extends posteriorly over Rand Rs, and pale spots on either side of cord (Fig. 41). Male. Forewing length 8.5-9.5 mm. Hammer long and slender (Fig. 40). Ventral aspect of aedeagus trilobed; lateral lobes finger-like and curved (Figs 42, 51). Dorsal aspect with a pair of small sclerotized lobes on base of median process (Figs 43-44). Female. Forewing length 12.5-13.5 mm. Subgenital plate with 4 subequal lobes; median notch 220 Figs 37-44. A. vistosa, spec. nov. 37. Head and pronotum. 38. Female sterna 8and 9. 39. Male sternum 9. 40. Egg. 41. Leftfrontwing. 42. Aedeagus, ventral. 43. Aedeagus, lateral. 44. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 1.2 mm (41), 0.6 mm (37), 0.3 mm (38, 39), 0.15 mm (40, 42-44). deeper than lateral notches. Sternum 9 weakly sclerotized in median field; sclerite covered with short thin setae (Fig. 38). Egg. Length 0.25 mm, width 0.19 mm. Spindle shaped with small button-like collar and stalked, mushroom-like anchor. Chorion smooth, micropyles located on posterior pole (Figs 39, 47). Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, vistosa, refers to the distinctive and showy color pattern on the wings. Discussion. The Basecamp locality is described above under A. blanca. 221 47 Figs 45-48. Scanning electron micrographs of Anacroneuria eggs. 45. A. blanca, spec. nov.,200 x. 46. A. pequena, spec. nov., 720 x. 47. A. vistosa, spec. nov., 950 x. 48. A. chorrera, spec. nov., 2000 x. 299 Figs 49-52. Scanning electron micrographs of Anacroneuria aedeagi. 49. A. pequena, spec. nov., 500 x. 50. A. shamatari, spec. nov., 170 x. 51. A. vistosa, spec. nov., 110 x. 52. A. bifasciata (Pictet), 200 x. 223 Figs 53-56. A. arcuata, spec.nov. 53. Male sternum9. 54. Aedeagus, ventral. 55. Aedeagus, dorsal. 56. Aedeagus, lateral. Scales: 0.3 mm (53), 0.15 mm (54-56). Anacroneuria arcuata, spec. nov. Figs 53-56 Types. Holotype d from Venezuela, Aragua, Dos Riitos, 6 km N Rancho Grande, 4 February 1976, C. M. Flint, O. S. Flint (USNM). Paratype: Venezuela, Aragua, Rancho Grande, 1100 m, E. Aragua, 1 May 1951, F. Fernandez Yepez, 18 (DZAM). Description Adult color pattern. Obscured by specimen condition. Head apparently yellow, pronotum appar- ently with a wide pale mesal stripe. Wing membrane pale; C, Sc and R pale, Cu, cord, and part of Rs brown. Male. Forewing length 14 mm. Hammer cylindrical but somewhat compressed (Fig. 53). Aedeagal apex broadly triangular; dorsal aspect with an arcuate, basally directed mesal lobe and a subapical keel. Hooks slender (Figs 54-56). Female. Unknown. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, arcuata, is based on the shape of the dorsal aedeagal lobe. Discussion. The type locality includes a pair of small cascading rills in high elevation cloud forest (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). Anacroneuria baniva, spec. nov. Figs 57-61 Types. Holotype d and 2%? paratypes (pinned) from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Rio Cataniapo, 10 km S Puerto Ayacucho, 9 March 1984, O. S. Flint (USNM, DZAM). 224 CET | ln Hr 1 60 61 Figs 57-61. A. baniva,spec.nov. 57. Malesternum9. 58. Female sterna8and 9. 59. Aedeagus, ventral. 60. Aedeagus, lateral. 61. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm (57-58), 0.15 mm (59-61). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow, pronotal pattern obscure. Wing membrane pale, veins brown except C, Scand R, which are pale. Male. Forewing length 7.5 mm. Hammer somewhat conical (Fig. 57). Ventral aspect of aedeagal apex bearing a pair of large membranous lobes; apex notched; inner margins of hooks irregularly incised (Figs 59-60). Dorsal aspect with a low median keel (Fig. 61). Female. Forewing length 8.5 mm. Subgenital plate broadly bilobed, notch shallow. Posterior margin of sternum 9 without sclerotized band; mesal field covered with a sparse patch of fine setae (Fig. 58). Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. This species is named for the Baniva people of the upper Orinoco region of southwest Venezuela. Discussion. Rio Cataniapo is a large clearwater stream with abundant submerged vegetation in silty pools (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). 225 67 Figs 62-67. A. bari,spec.nov. 62. Head and pronotum. 63. Femalesterna8and9. 64. Malesternum9. 65. Aedeagus, ventral. 66. Aedeagus, lateral. 67. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (62), 0.3 mm (63, 64), 0.15 mm (65-67). Anacroneuria bari, spec. nov. Figs 62-67 Types. Holotype d from Venezuela, Zulia, El Tucuco, 45 km SW Machiques, 5-6 June 1976, A.S. Menke, D. Vincent (USNM). Paratypes, all from Venezuela: Barinas, Barinitas, 22-23 February 1969, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, 336, 322 (USNM, DZAM). Miranda, Aqua Blanca, P. N. Guatopo, 7 February 1976, C. M. Flint, ©. S. Flint, 18 (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow, pronotum with dark mid-lateral stripes and a median pale stripe (Fig. 62). Wing membrane pale brown, veins darker except for costal area. Male. Forewing length 9 mm. Hammer rounded apically, length subequal to width (Fig. 64). Aedea- gal apex gradually narrowed, dorsal aspect with a long keel; hooks slender (Figs 65-67). Female. Forewing length 12 mm. Subgenital plate lobes truncate with a shallow V-shaped notch. Sternum 9 with a weakly sclerotized posterior band. Mesal field covered with fine setae (Fig. 63). Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. This species is named for the Bari people of western Venezuela. 226 72 Figs 68-74. A. caraca, spec. nov. 68. Head and pronotum. 69. Female sterna 8 and 9. 70. Egg. 71. Male sternum 9. 72. Aedeagus, dorsal. 73. Aedeagus, lateral. 74. Aedeagus, ventral. Scales: 0.6 mm (68), 0.3 mm (69, 71), 0.15 mm (70, 72-74). 227 De AZ Wi a DEN —N /; 1. E- yt N SS Jj.. |) 9 i, iin TE 75 Figs 75-77. A. caraca, spec. nov., nymphal structures. 75. Head and pronotum. 76. Left fore femur. 77. Apical cercal segments. Scales: 0.6 mm (75), 0.3 mm (76), 0.15 mm (77). Anacroneuria caraca, Spec. noV. Figs 68-77 Types. Holotype 3 from Venezuela, Aragua, P. N. Henri Pittier, nr. El Limon, Rio Limon, 500 m, 10-12 November 1979, H. M. Savage (USNM). Paratypes, all from Venezuela: Aragua, Rio El Limon, Maracay, Fish Hatchery, 3-4 January 1975, F. H. Weibezahn, 534, 872? (USNM, DZAM). Same location, 30 January 1975, F. H. Weibezahn, 1133, 1022 (USNM). Same location, 24 January-2 February 1983, O. S. Flint, 283 (USNM). Same location, 3-6 Feb- ruary 1976, C. M. Flint, O. S. Flint, 785, 32? (USNM). Same location, 12-13 February 1975, F. H. Weibezahn, 1338, 1522 (USNM, DZAM). Same location, 7-8 April 1975, F. H. Weibezahn, 1238, 142? (USNM). Same location, 3-4 June 1975, F. H. Weibezahn, 435, 112? (USNM). Same location, 26-28 June 1974, H. B. N. Hynes, 18,52? (USNM). Same location, 15-16 July 1975, F. H. Weibezahn, 14, 222 (USNM). Same location, 25-26 September 1975, F. H. Weibezahn, 384,5?? (USNM). Same location, 22-23 October 1974, F. H. Weibezahn, 13, 722 (USNM). Same location, 18-19 De- cember 1974, F. H. Weibezahn, 434, 172? (USNM). Same location, 2-6 February 1976, C. M. Flint, ©. S. Flint, 388, 32, 11 nymphs, 4 exuvia (USNM). Barinas, Barinitas, 22-23 February 1969, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, 18, 222 (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow with dark lappets and an obscure pale brown area forward of ocelli. Pronotum brown with a narrow mesal yellow stripe (Fig. 68). Wing membrane and veins brown except for pale costal area. Male. Forewing length 9-10 mm. Hammer a slender cylinder about twice as long as diameter (Fig. 71). Aedeagal apex with a pair of small, dorsolateral horns and a narrow dorsal keel (Figs 72-74); hooks wide at mid-length (Fig. 74). Female. Forewing length 11-12 mm. Subgenital plate with 4 subequal lobes. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a narrow sclerotized band; median field covered with a sparse setal patch; longer setae laterally, short fine setae mesally (Fig. 69). Egg. Length 0.32 mm, width 0.17 mm. Spindle shaped with a low button-like collar. Chorion smooth, anchor membranous with a small mesal knob (Fig. 70). Nymph. Body length 8-11 mm. Head forward of ocelli brown except for pale area at base of labrum. Pronotum brown with scattered pale spots on disc and pale lateral margins (Fig. 75). Fore femur with a linear patch of short bristles extending from base to near the marginal fringe. Transverse bristle row 228 80 81 Figs 78-81. A. chiquita, spec.nov. 78. Malesternum9. 79. Aedeagus, ventral. 80. Aedeagus, lateral. 81. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm (78), 0.15 mm (79-81). of 5-7 long bristles at mid-length; about 15 stout bristles beyond row (Fig. 76). Apical cercal segments with a sparse fringe of short setae (Fig. 77). Etymology. This species is named for the Caraca people of Venezuela. Discussion. Twenty three collections made by F. H. Weibezahn at the Maracay fish hatchery site included 683J and 168? 2 specimens. Adults were found in every month, but no males were included in the March, May, August, and November samples. The paratype series above was selected to represent the flight period of this species at Rio El Limon. Although A. caraca may be the only species at the Maracay fish hatchery site, nymphs were positively associated by dissection of male genitalia from one individual. This species is closely related to the Trinidad species, A. aroucana Kimmins, but is readily distinguished by the more prominent dorsoapical aedeagal horns and by the bluntly rounded egg apex. Nymphs of the two species may be inseparable (Stark, 1994). The type locality, a small clear stream with rapid flow, was described by Flint (1981). Anacroneuria chiquita, spec. nov. Figs 78-81 Types. Holotype d from Venezuela, Zulia, El Tucuco, 45 km SW Machiques, 5-6 June 1976, A. Menke, D. Vincent (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head and pronotal pattern obscured by specimen condition. Wing membrane and veins brown except for pale costal area. Male. Forewing length 8 mm. Hammer cylindrical, height about 2 x width (Fig. 78). Aedeagal apex simple, slightly constricted subapically, and bearing a small membranous ventral lobe. Dorsomesal keel present; hooks falcate (Figs 79-81). Female. Unknown. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Chiquita is Spanish for small. 229 SR NN, IIRPR NNLEN RN ) 7 Mi NM / E7 Mh 4 4 lan ru: (Ti AZIRFRYNSN Wihei!. E77 “4 PA Figs 82-86. A. chorrera,spec.nov. 82. Headand pronotum. 83. Female sterna8and9. 84. Malesternum9. 85. Egg. 86. Male right paraproct, lateral. Scales: 0.6 mm (82, 83), 0.3 mm (84, 86), 0.15 mm (85). Anacroneuria chorrera, spec. nov. Figs 48, 82-89 Types. Holotype d, 18 and 1? paratype from Venezuela, Merida, La Chorrera Canyon, 6500 ft., 8 February 1978, J. B. Heppner (USNM). Additional Paratypes all from Venezuela: Merida, 6 km N Merida, 5000 ft, Andean mountain forest, 9 February 1978, J. B. Heppner, 233 (USNM). Merida, Rio Santo Domingo, 5 km NW Santo Domingo, 19 February 1976, C. M. Flint, O. S. Flint, 38 (USNM). Merida, Rio Montalban, Rt. 4, 19 km W. Merida, 20 February 1976, C. M.Flint, O. S. Flint, 383 (USNM, DZAM). Merida, La Pedregosa, Merida, 21 Februrary 1976, C. M. Flint, O. S. Flint, 288 (USNM). Distrito Federal, Rio Petaquire below Bajo Seco, 25 January 1983, ©. S. Flint, 358 (USNM, DZAM). Aragua, Est. Exp. Cataurito, 1 February 1983, O. S. Flint, 18, 12 (USNM). 230 89 Figs 87-89. A. chorrera,spec.nov. 87. Aedeagus, ventral. 88. Aedeagus, lateral. 89. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scale: 0.15 mm. Description Adult color pattern. Head pale brown with darker blotches anterolateral to ocelli and in median field near labrum; lappets brown. Pronotum brown with a narrow, pale mesal stripe (Fig. 82). Wing membrane and veins pale brown, Cu and cord darker. Male. Forewing length 18 mm. Hammer a low, quadrangular callus, about twice as wide as long (Fig. 85). Paraprocts with an enlarged basal callus (Fig. 86). Ventral aedeagal apex narrowly rounded with a pair of small knobs distal to hooks (Fig. 87); dorsal aspect without a mesal keel (Figs 88-89). Basal section with a pair of low membranous mounds basal to hooks (Fig. 87). Female. Forewing length 25 mm. Subgenital plate with 4 lobes; lateral lobes about twice as wide and slightly longer than mesal lobes. Sternum 9 with a wide sclerotized posterior band. Median field covered with a setal patch; lateral areas with short, thick red setae, mesal area with short fine setae (Fig. 83). Egg. Length 0.35 mm, width 0.21 mm. Spindle shaped; chorion smooth, anchor beret-like and membranous. Micropyles set in shallow pits located near posterior pole (Figs 48, 84). Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Named for the type locality. Discussion. Many ofthe paratypes were collected along small, clearwater streams about 1-3 m wide, with gravel-rubble-boulder substrates (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). Anacroneuria cruza, Spec. noV. Figs 90-96 Types. Holotype d from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Exp. Culebra [03 33’N, 65 65’W], N. Duida, 7- 16 April 1950, J. Maldonado Capriles (USNM). Paratypes, all from Venezuela: Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Agua Blanca, 160 m, 20-21 March 1984, ©. Flint, J. Louton, 2 nymphs, 2 exuvia (USNM). 231 94 95 96 Figs 90-96. A. cruza, spec. nov. 90. Male sternum 9. 91. Aedeagus, ventral. 92. Aedeagus, lateral. 93. Aedeagus, dorsal. 94. Nymphal head and pronotum. 95. Nymphal left fore femur. 96. Nymphal apical cercal segments. Scales: 0.6 mm (94), 0.3 mm (90, 95), 0.15 mm (91-93, 96). Description Adult color pattern. Head and pronotal pattern obscure. Head apparently brown, pronotum dark brown with a narrow pale mesal stripe. Wing membrane and veins dark brown. Male. Forewing length 8 mm. Hammer cylindrical and twice as long as wide (Fig. 90). Aedeagal apex long, slender and strongly sclerotized. Hooks dagger-like, forming a cross pattern. Membranous basal strip short, bearing a small pair of membranous knobs near base of hooks (Figs 91-93). Female. Unknown. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Body length 10-13 mm. Head with a large brown area forward of ocelli; anteromesal area of brown pigment invaded by a large quadrangular area of yellow pigment. Pronotum brown with mesal areas of pale pigmentation (Fig. 94). Fore femur with 30 scattered anterodorsal bristles of 232 Figs 97-100. A. cuadrada, spec.nov. 97. Malesternum9. 98. Aedeagus, ventral. 99. Aedeagus, lateral. 100. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm (97), 0.15 mm (98-100). variable length; basal bristle patch and transverse bristle row absent (Fig. 95). Apical cercal segments bear whorls of bristles; fringe absent (Fig. 96). Discussion. The nymphs were associated by dissecting the aedeagus from a mature individual. Anacroneuria cuadrada, spec. nov. Figs 97-100 Types. Holotype d (pinned) from Venezuela, Merida, Rio Santo Domingo, 5 km NW Santo Domingo, 19 Febru- ary 1976, C. M. Flint, ©. S. Flint (USNM). 233 Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow except for dark spot over ocelli. Pronotum with mid-lateral dark brown stripes; pale mesally and on lateral margins. Male. Forewing length 18 mm. Hammer quadrate, height subequal to apical width (Fig. 97). Aedea- gal apex simple; broadly cleft ventrally and with alow dorsomesal keel (Figs 98-100). Hooks expanded to form a foot-like apical section (Fig. 98). Female. Unknown. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Cuadrada, Spanish for square, refers to the quadrate shape of the hammer. Discussion. Rio Santo Domingo is a small clearwater stream about 3 m wide with gravel-rubble- boulder substrate (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). Anacroneuria digitata, spec. nov. Figs 101-107 Types. Holotype d and 8727 paratypes from Venezuela, Barinas, Rio Santo Domingo, Barinas, 17 February 1976, C. M. Flint, O. S. Flint (USNM, DZAM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow with an indistinct dark blotch forward of ocelli and on lappets. Pronotum with a narrow pale median stripe (Fig. 101). Wing membrane and veins pale brown. Male. Forewing length 11.5 mm. Hammer rounded, about twice as long as wide (Fig. 104). Apical section of aedeagus sinuate in lateral aspect (Fig. 106); apex expanded beyond subapical constriction (Figs 105-107); hooks abruptly narrowed forming finger-like apices (Fig. 105). Female. Forewing length 14.5 mm. Lateral lobes of subgenital plate low, mesal lobes longer and separated by a wide U-shaped notch. Vaginal sclerites visible through cuticle. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a narrow sclerotized band; median field of sternum 9 with a dense patch of fine, medium length setae (Fig. 102). Egg. Length 0.3 mm, width 0.16 mm. Spindle shaped with a small button-like collar and a membranous anchor and mesal knob (Fig. 103). Chorion smooth. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, digitata, refers to the finger-like apical section of the aedeagal hooks. Anacroneuria llana, spec. nov. Figs 108-111 Types. Holotype d (pinned) from Venezuela, Bolivar, La Escalera, 108 km S Rio Cuyuni, 11-12 February 1976, C.M. Flint, ©. S. Flint (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head and pronotal pattern obscured by specimen condition. Wing membrane pale, veins brown except for C, Scand R. Male. Forewing length 10.5 mm. Hammer thimble shaped, flat apically (Fig. 108). Aedeagal apex simple with a narrow, scoop-like area projecting from a broadly rounded subapical region. Dorsome- sal keel present; hooks slender (Figs 109-111). Female. Unknown. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Llana, Spanish for plain, refers to the non-descript color pattern of this species. Discussion. La Escalera is a cold, cascading blackwater stream about 5 m wide. At the type locality, the substrate is quite rocky with boulders and rubble over bedrock (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). 234 Figs 101-107. A. digitata, spec. nov. 101. Head and pronotum. 102. Female sterna 8 and 9. 103. Egg. 104. Male sternum 9. 105. Aedeagus, ventral. 106. Aedeagus, lateral. 107. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (101), 0.3 mm (102, 104), 0.15 mm (103, 105-107). 235 Anacroneuria menuda, spec. nov. Figs 112-116 Types. Holotype d from Venezuela, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Rio Aqua Blanca, 29 km S Puerto Ayacucho, 20 February 1986, P. J. Spangler, W. Sanchez (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow except for dark pigment on lappets and an obscure pale spot over ocelli. Pronotum with irregular mid-lateral dark pigment bands (Fig. 112). Male. Forewing length 8 mm. Hammer thimble shaped, 2.5 x long as wide (Fig. 113). Aedeagal apex multilobed; ventral aspect appearing trilobed, dorsal aspect with five lobes. Median lobe with a small dorsomesal keel; hooks slender (Figs 114-116). Female. Unknown. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Menuda is Spanish for small. Anacroneuria muesca, spec. nov. Figs 117-121 Types. Holotype d from Venezuela, Aragua, Est. Exp. Cataurito, 32 km E Villa de Cura, 28 January 1983, ©. S. Flint (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head patterned with a pale brown band across ocelli, and a pale brown area forward of M-line. Lappets dark; pronotum with a pale median band, dark laterally (Fig. 117). Wing membrane and veins brown. Male. Forewing length 1b mm. Hammer slender, 2 x as long as wide (Fig. 118). Aedeagal apex simple, consisting of a slender notched process projecting beyond a swollen subapical section. Median dorsal keel absent; hooks slender (Figs 119-121). Female. Unknown. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Muesca, Spanish for notched, refers to the aedeagal apex. Discussion. The type locality is a small stream with numerous bedrock chutes and plunge basins (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). Anacroneuria paleta, spec. nov. Figs 122-126 Types. Holotype d from Venezuela, Merida, 4 km S Santo Domingo, 19-23 February 1976, C. M. Flint, O. S. Flint (USNM). Paratypes, all from Venezuela: Barinas, 22 km N Barinitas, 24 February 1976, C. M. Flint, ©. S. Flint, 15 (USNM). Merida, Rio Montalban, Rt. 4, 19 km W Merida, 20 February 1976, C. M. Flint, ©. S. Flint, 483 (USNM, DZAM). Merida, La Pedregosa, Merida, 21 February 1976, C. M. Flint, ©. S. Flint, 18 (USNM). Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow except for lappets. Pronotum with dark brown mid-lateral stripes and a broad median pale stripe (Fig. 122). Wing membrane and veins brown, costal area pale. Male. Forewing length 14-15 mm. Hammer thimble-like and twice as long as apical diameter; apex flat (Fig. 123). Aedeagal apex scoop-like, with a pair of partially sclerotized ventral processes and a low dorsal keel; hooks slender (Figs 124-126). Female. Unknown. 236 109 4111 Figs 108-111. A. Ilana, spec. nov. 108. Male sternum 9. 109. Aedeagus, ventral. 110. Aedeagus, lateral. 111. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm (108), 0.15 mm (109-111). V 115 Figs 112-116. A. menuda, spec. nov. 112. Head and pronotum. 113. Male sternum 9. 114. Aedeagus, ventral. 115. Aedeagus, lateral. 116. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (112), 0.3 mm (113), 0.15 mm (114-116). 237 120 Figs 117-121. A. muesca, spec. nov. 117. Head and pronotum. 118. Male sternum 9. 119. Aedeagus, ventral. 120. Aedeagus, lateral. 121. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (117), 0.3 mm (118), 0.15 mm (119-121). Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, paleta, refers to the scoop-like aedeagal apex. Discussion. The type locality is a tumbling cascade about 3 m wide with clear cool water (O. S. Flint, pers. comm.). 238 al 126 124 Figs 122-126. A. paleta, spec. nov. 122. Head and pronotum. 123. Male sternum 9. 124. Aedeagus, ventral. 125. Aedeagus, lateral. 126. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (122), 0.3 mm (123), 0.15 mm (124-126). Anacroneuria bifasciata (Pictet) Figs 52, 127-134 Perla bifasciata Pictet, 1841. Holotype 2 #2672, Moritz, Colombia (MNHB). Anacroneuria bifasciata, Zwick 1972. Redescription. Adult color pattern. Head with a dark brown band between compound eyes, anterior area yellow. Median half of pronotum dark brown, pale laterally (Fig. 127). Wings banded; dark brown bands basally, at cord, and apically, separated by amber bands (Fig. 131). Antennae dark brown, cerci pale. Male. Forewing length 10.5-11.5. Hammer broad basally, length greater than apical diameter (Fig. 130). Ventral aspect of aedeagal apex with a pair of small lobes forward of hooks; apex bluntly 239 Ur Zrgn TA ANZARNEL ul u l. \ H fr J 127 131 Figs 127-131. A. bifasciata (Pictet). 127. Head and pronotum. 128. Female sterna 8 and 9. 129. Male sternum 9. 130. Egg. 131. Left front wing. Scales: 1.2 mm (131), 0.6 mm (127), 0.3 mm (128, 129), 0.15 mm (130). rounded with a pair of elongate, subapical lobes (Figs 52, 132). Dorsal aspect terminating in a slender mesal lobe with a pair of basal lobes (Figs 133, 134). Female. Forewing length 14-15 mm. Subgenital plate lobes emarginate, mesal notch shallow. Mesal field of sternum 9 weakly sclerotized and covered with a patch of small, thin setae (Fig. 128). Egg. Length 0.28 mm, width 0.2 mm. Spindle shaped with a low button-like collar. Chorion smooth (Fig. 129). Nymph. Unknown. 240 134 Figs 132-134. A. bifasciata (Pictet), aedeagus. 132. Ventral. 133. Lateral. 134. Dorsal. Scale: 0.15 mm. Material examined. Venezuela: Aragua, Rancho Grande Nat. Pk., 1100 m, 22-24 June 1984, D. S. Bogar, 1? (USNM). Aragua, 1 km S Rancho Grande, 5 February 1976, C. M. and O. S. Flint, 1? (USNM). Aragua, Rancho Grande, 1100 m, S. S. and W. D. Duckworth, 1? (USNM). Rancho Grande, E Aragua, 1 May 1951, F. Fernandez Yepez, 3835, 22? (DZAM). Rancho Grande, 25 April 1955, F. Fernandez Yepez, C. Rosales, 13 (DZAM). Rio Borbureta, E. Carabobo, 300 m, 20 June 1955, F. Fernandez Yepez, C. Rosales, 1? (DZAM). Distrito Federal, Macizo de Naguata, Vertiente Norte, 720 m, 3 Septem- ber 1959, F. Fernandez Yepez, R. Lichy, 1? (DZAM). Aragua Est. Exp. Caturito, 1 February 1983, O.S. Flint, 18 (USNM). Lara, Cerro Negro, S P. N. Yacambu, 12 November 1989, C. N. Duckett, 13 (USNM). Aragua, Henri Pittier N. P., 10 April 1990, C. N. Duckett, 1? (USNM). Discussion. This distinctive and beautiful species was first reported from Venezuela by Zwick (1972). A male specimen from “El Pillar, Carupano, Venezuela, 1000 m” in the NHMW Vienna Museum was used as the basis for a description of the male genitalia and a single female from Maracay was also reported in the ZSM. Presently no males are known from areas other than Venezuela so it is possible that the Colombian populations might be distinct. According to Benedetto (pers. comm.) the type specimen of Anacroneuria signata (Walker) exhibits a similar pigment pattern but has a different type of subgenital plate. A. bifasciata is thought to be a mimic of a species of lycid beetle (Flint, pers. comm.). Anacroneuria fenestrata (Pictet) Figs 135-139 Perla fenestrata Pictet, 1841. Holotype 3 #2697, Colombia (MNHB). Anacroneuria fenestrata, Zwick 1972. Redescription. Adult color pattern. Head with a pale brown band between eyes and a pale brown blotch forward of M-line; lappets dark. Pronotum with a narrow pale median stripe and margins (Fig. 135). Wing membrane and veins brown; costal area pale. Male. Forewing length 16 mm. Hammer short, wide and flat apically (Fig. 136). Aedeagal apex trilobed; lateral lobes small and ear-like. Dorsal aspect with a mesal keel; hooks slender (Figs 137-139). Female. Unknown. 241 138 137 Figs 135-139. A. fenestrata (Pictet). 135. Head and pronotum. 136. Male sternum 9. 137. Aedeagus, dorsal. 138. Aedeagus, lateral. 139. Aedeagus, ventral. Scales: 0.6 mm (135), 0.3 mm (136), 0.15 mm (137-139). 242 Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Material examined. Venezuela: Merida, Mucuy Fish Hatchery, 7 km E Tabay, 6600 ft, 10-13 Febru- ary 1978, J. B. Heppner, 15 (USNM). Discussion. The forewing length of this specimen is about twice that of the holotype (Zwick 1972), but the aedeagus appears to be the same. The two may well be distinct, but a direct comparison with the holotype is needed. Anacroneuria intermixta (Walker) Perla intermixta Walker, 1852. Holotype ?, Venezuela (BMNH). Perla intermixta, Illies 1966. Nomen oblitum. Perla intermixta, Kımmins 1970. I have not seen the holotype of this species, but Dr. Stephen Brooks of BMNH compared the specimen with some of my figures and generously provided notes on the type which are summarized below. Adult color pattern. Head pale brown with an obscure brown patch over ocelli and a pair of brown rectangular patches anterolateral to ocelli. Pronotum pale brown with a median brown stripe. Wing membrane and veins pale brown. Male. Unknown. Female. Forewing length 29 mm. Subgenital plate bilobed, somewhat like Fig. 140, but the lobes are said to be narrower. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Discussion. Only A. chorrera and A. shamatari of theknown Venezuelan species approach A. intermix- ta in size, and both of these species have four-lobed subgenital plates. According to Kimmins (1970) the type bears the label “Anacroneuria intermixta” placed there in 1968 by C. G. Froehlich. Anacroneuria signata (Walker) Perla signata Walker, 1852. Holotype ?, Venezuela (BMNH) Perla signata: Kimmins, 1970. Redescription The following description is based on notes provided by Dr. Stephen Brooks of BMNH. Adult color pattern. Head yellow brown, becoming paler in the anterior third. Pronotal pattern obscured by specimen condition, but with no apparent stripes. Wing membrane hyaline, but with brown bars medially and over apex. In general, similar to Fig. 131, but without basal pigment band. Male. Unknown. Female. Forewing length 13 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes, similar to Fig. 146, but with the outer lobes broader. Egg. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Discussion. This species is apparently quite similar to A. bifasciata in wing pattern but may not be as closely related as this similarity might suggest. Additional data on other life stages are needed to evaluate the species. 243 Unassociated females Anacroneuria VZ-1 Figs 140-141 Description Adult color pattern. Obscured by specimen condition. Head apparently pale, perhaps with a dark ocellar spot. Pronotum dark laterally, possibly with a pale median stripe. Wing membrane pale, veins pale brown except for C, Sc, and R. Female. Forewing length 20 mm. Subgenital plate with a wide notch. Sternum 9 with a posterior sclerotized band and a mesal field covered with short thin setae (Fig. 140). Egg. Length 0.33 mm, width 0.2 mm. Spindle shaped with a small button-like collar. Chorion smooth (Fig. 141). Material examined. Venezuela: Merida, La Chorrera Canyon, 6500 ft, 37 km W Merida, 8 February 1978, J. B. Heppner, 1? (USNM). Merida, Rio Montalban, Rt. 4, 19 km W Merida, 20 February 1976, C.M. Flint, ©. S. Flint, 222 (USNM). Lara, P. N. Yacambu, 11-12 November 1989, C. N. Duckett, 222 (BPS). Anacroneuria VZ-2 Figs 142-143 Description Adult color pattern. Head pale except for dark areas over ocelli and lappets. Pronotum with narrow mid-lateral dark stripes and a broad pale median stripe. Wing membrane pale, veins brown. Female. Forewing length 18 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes; lateral lobes larger than median lobes. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a broad sclerotized band; median field with a trilobed setal patch; lateral setae larger and thicker than mesal setae (Fig. 142). Egg. Length 0.38 mm, width 0.2 mm. Spindle shaped with a small button-like collar. Chorion smooth (Fig. 143). Material examined. Venezuela: Merida, La Mucuy Cloud Forest, 2500 m, 9 July 1991, G. S. Vick, 1? (USNM). Anacroneuria VZ-3 Fig. 144 Description Adult color pattern. Head pale brown from ocelli forward, pronotum with a narrow mesal pale stripe and pale lateral margins. Wing membrane and veins pale brown; costal area white. Female. Forewing length 16.5 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes; mesal lobes separated by a wide shallow notch, lateral lobes wide. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a wide sclerotized band; mesal field with lateral patches of thick setae; area between patches bare, or sparsely covered with short thin setae (Fig. 144). Egg. Unknown. Material examined. Venezuela: Bolivar, La Escalera, 108 km S Rio Cuyuni, 11-12 February 1976, C.M. Flint, ©. S. Flint, 1? (USNM). Anacroneuria VZ-4 Fig. 145 Description Adult color pattern. Head pale, pronotum with narrow dark mid-lateral stripes and a broad median pale stripe. Wing membrane and veins pale except Rs, Cu and cord which are darker. 244 N I dl, Lu) | N N MM I) " IM N Uran \\ ID = Figs 140-143. Anacroneuria structures. 140. VZ-1 female sterna 8 and 9. 141. VZ-1 egg. 142. VZ-2 female sterna 8 and 9. 143. VZ-2 egg. Scales: 0.3 mm (140, 142), 0.15 mm (141, 143). Female. Forewing length 13 mm. Subgenital plate with a wide acute notch separating the lobes. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a sclerotized band; median field covered by a patch of thin setae (Fig. 145). Egg. Unknown. Material examined. Venezuela: Lara, P. N. Yacambu, 11-12. November 1989, C. N. Duckett, 12 (BPS). Zulia, El Tucuco, 45 km SW Machiques, 5-6 June 1976, A. Menke, D. Vincent, 1? (USNM). 245 II Kuh N N Nr a if a ee a - y ; e 1: AN \ 15 146 Figs 144-146. Anacroneuria structures. 144. VZ-3 female sterna 8 and 9. 145. VZ-4 female sterna 8 and 9. 146. VZ-5 female sterna 8 and 9. Scale: 0.3 mm. Anacroneuria VZ-5 Fig. 146 Description Adult color pattern. Obscured by specimen condition. Wing membrane pale, veins brown. Female. Forewing length 13.5 mm. Subgenital plate with four subequal lobes. Posterior margin of sternum 9 without sclerotized band; area forward of margin bare; a few thick setae in lateral patches (Fig. 146). Egg. Unknown. Material examined. Venezuela: Merida, El Vigia, 2 June 1976, A. Menke, D. Vincent, 422 (USNM). Anacroneuria VZ-6 Fig. 147 Description Adult color pattern. Head yellow brown, pronotum withnarrow pale median stripe. Wing mem- brane and veins brown. 246 2 Br Ki on { Eu Me NE ad Figs 147-150. Anacroneuria structures. 147. VZ-6 female sterna 8 and 9. 148. VZ-7 female sterna 8 and 9. 149. VZ-8 female sterna 8 and 9. 150. VZ-9 female sterna 8 and 9. Scale: 0.3 mm. Female. Forewing length 12-13 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes; median lobes separated by moderate rounded notch, lateral notches shallow, lobes wide. Posterior margin of sternum 9 without sclerotized band; median field covered with a tri-lobed patch of thick red-brown setae (Fig. 147). Egg. Unknown. Material examined. Venezuela: Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Aqua Blanca, 20-21 March 1984, ©. Flint, J. Louton, 32? (USNM). Anacroneuria VZ-7 Fig. 148 Description Adult color pattern. Head with a dark band between eyes, yellow forward. Pronotum with narrow pale median stripe. Wing membrane and veins brown. Female. Forewing length 10 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes; lateral lobes project beyond mesal lobes. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a broad sclerotized band. Lateral patches include thick setae, mesal patch sparse (Fig. 148). Egg. Unknown. Material examined. Venezuela: Territorio Federal Amazonas, 29 km S Rio Aqua Blanca, 17 Novem- ber 1987, P. J. Spangler, R. Faitoute, 2?? (USNM). 247 151 153 155 Figs 151-155. Anacroneuria VZ-10 structures. 151. Nymphal head and pronotum. 152. Nymphal left fore femur. 153. Apicalnymphal cerci. 154. Aedeagus, ventral (dissected from nymph). 155. Aedeagus, dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (151), 0.3 mm (152), 0.15 mm (153-155). Anacroneuria VZ-8 Fig. 149 Description Adult color pattern. Head dark brown laterally, yellow mesally. Pronotum with narrow pale median stripe. Wing membrane and veins brown. Female. Forewing length 11 mm. Subgenital plate broadly 4-lobed; lateral notches shallow, median notch acute. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with sclerotized band; lateral setal patches with mixed fine and thick setae, median patch sparse (Fig. 149). Egg. Unknown. Material examined. Venezuela: Zulia, El Tucuco, 45 km SW Machiques, 5-6 June 1976, A. Menke, D. Vincent, 1? (USNM). 248 Anacroneuria VZ-9 Fig. 150 Description Adult color pattern. Obscured by specimen condition. Wing membrane and veins pale brown. Female. Forewing length 11 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes. Lateral notches shallow, median notch deep and U-shaped. Posterior margin of sternum 9 with a sclerotized band. Setal patches sparse laterally, median patch narrow (Fig. 150). Egg. Length 0.31 mm, width 0.16 mm. Spindle shaped; collar button-like, chorion smooth. Material examined. Venezuela: Sucre, Carupana, 25 June 1968, J. Maldonado C., 1? (USNM). Uassociated nymphs Anacroneuria VZ-10 Figs 151-155 Description Nymph. Body length 8-9 mm. Head with a dark transverse pigment band between antennal bases; band with a broad U-shaped notch forward of ocelli. Mesal pronotal area pale, mid-lateral area with irregular longitudinal bands of dark pigment (Fig.151). Fore femur with about 17 scattered bristles; most bristles long. Basal bristle patch and transverse bristle row absent (Fig. 152). Apical cercal segments bear whorls of long bristles; fringe absent (Fig. 153). Gill trunks long with few branches. Material examined. Venezuela: Territorio Federal Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, Camp XI, 1450 m, 25-28 February 1985, P. J. Spangler, P. M. Spangler, R. Faitoute, W. Steiner, 11 nymphs (USNM). Discussion. The aedeagus dissected from a male nymph (Figs 154-155) does not match other Neblina species. Acknowledgements Ithank O. S. Flint, Jr. (United States National Museum) and R. L. Brown (Mississippi State University) for the loan of specimens. I also thank P. Zwick, L. Benedetto and S. Brooks for sharing notes on types. O. S. Flint, Jr. and B. C. Kondratieff made helpful comments on an early draft ofthis manuscript, and O. S. Flint, Jr. generously provided field notes from his collecting in Venezuela. References Flint, ©. S., Jr. 1981.Studies of Neotropical caddisflies, XXVII: The Trichoptera of the Rio Limon Basin, Venezuela. - Smithson. Cont. Zool. 330: 1-61 Illies, J. 1966. Katalog der rezenten Plecoptera. - Das Tierreich, 82. Walter de Gruyter and Co., Berlin. 632 pp. Jewett, S. G. 1959. Seven species of Anacroneuria from Peru (Plecoptera). - Wasmann ]. Biol. 17: 105-114 Kimmins, D. E. 1970. A list of the type-specimens of Plecoptera and Megaloptera in the British Museum (Natural History). - Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 24: 335-361 Klapalek, F.1922. Plecopteres nouveaux. - Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 62: 89-95 Pictet, F. J. 1841. Histoire naturelle generale et particuliere des insectes Neuropteres. - Famille des Perlides. 1. Partie: 1-423 Rojas, A.M. &M.L. Baena 1993. Anacroneuria farallonensis (Plecoptera: Perlidae) una neuva especie para Colombia. - Bol. Mus. Ent. Univ. Valle 1: 23-28 Stark, B. P. 1989. The genus Enderleina (Plecoptera: Perlidae). - Aquatic Insects 11: 153-160 -- (1994). Anacroneuria from Trinidad and Tobago (Plecoptera: Perlidae). - Aquatic Insects 16: 171-175 -- &P. Zwick 1989. New species of Macrogynoplax from Venezuela and Surinam (Plecoptera: Perlidae). - Aquatic Insects 11: 247-255 Walker, F. 1852. Catalogue of the specimens of neuropterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Part I. - London, 192 pp. Zwick, P. 1972. Die Plecopteren Pictets und Burmeisters, mit Angaben über weitere Arten (Insecta). - Rev. Suisse Zool. 78: 1123-1194 -- 1973. Die Plecopteren-arten Enderleins (Insecta); Revision der Typen. - Ann. Zool. 30: 471-507 249 Buchbesprechungen 35. Hentschel, E. J. &G.H. Wagner: Zoologisches Wörterbuch. - UTB 367, G. Fischer Verl. Jena, 5. Aufl., 1993. 576 S. Daß dieses Taschenlexikon bewährt ist, zeigt sich schon alleine daran, daß es bereits in der 5. Auflage vorliegt. Es enthält über 15.000 Stichwörter, die definitorisch und etymologisch erklärt sind. Sehr hilfreich sind die vielen Kurzbiographien. Bei der unübersehbar großen Anzahl von Tiernamen ist es sicherlich verständlich, daß man nicht alles, was man sucht, in dem Lexikon finden kann. Zum Beispiel haben die Rezensenten Zoroaptera, Dictyoptera und Dicondyla vermißt, was aber die speziellen Interessen widerspiegelt und nicht unbedingt als Kritik zu sehen ist. Daß aber “Tribus” nicht männlich sondern weiblich ist, sollte in der nächsten Auflage verbessert werden. Außerdem sollte die Systematische Übersicht überarbeitet werden. Hier ist die Gliederung der Protozoa überholt, es fehlen die Cubozoa, und die Pogonophora stehen noch bei den Deuterostomiern. In der insgesamt sehr guten Einführung zu den zoologischen Nomenklaturregeln wird leider noch auf die 2. Auflage von 1973 (nicht die derzeit gültige von 1985) bezug genommen. Es ist zu hoffen, daß die angemerkten Kritikpunkte in einer baldigen Neuauflage bereinigt werden. Insgesamt ist das vorliegende Zoologische Wörterbuch aber sehr oft eine angenehme Nachschlagmöglich- keit, die in keiner Fachbibliothek fehlen darf. K. Schönitzer, J. Schuberth 36. Becker, P.-R.: Werkzeuggebrauch im Tierreich - wie Tiere hämmern, bohren, streichen. - Edition Universitas, S. Hirzel Wissenschaftliche Verl. Ges. Stuttgart, 1993. 134 S. Der Gebrauch von Werkzeugen ist im Tierreich viel weiter verbreitet, als man allgemein annimmt. Der Autor hat die weit verstreute Literatur zu diesem Thema umnfassend zusammengestellt und zeigt Beispiele für Wekzeugge- brauch nicht nur bei Säugetieren und Vögeln, sondern auch bei Schnecken, Krebsen, Insekten und Fischen. Jedes Kapitel beginnt mit einer allgemeinen zoologischen Einführung für den Laien. Diese Einführungen enthalten aller- dings einzelne Fehler (z.B. S. 67: die Säugetiere sind durch eine Reihe von Apomorphien charakterisiert; 5. 27: es ist recht trivial, daß Hymenopteren “ein Paar Fühler” mit unterschiedlich vielen Gliedern haben). Insgesamt ist das Buch sehr angenehm und leicht zu lesen und steckt doch voller interessanter Informationen, die sowohl für Laien als auch für Zoologen übersichtlich zusammengestellt sind. K. Schönitzer 37. Fortuner, R. (Hrsg.): Advances in Computer Methods for Systematic Biology. Artificial Intelligence, Databases, Computer Vision. - John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore & London, 1993. 560 S. (36 Einzelautoren) Dieses Werk enthält die einzelnen Beiträge des ARTISYST “Workshops”, einer interdisziplinären Konferenz vom September 1990 in Davis (California) über die Anwendung moderner Computermethoden in der biologischen Systematik. Bei dieser Konferenz sind Biologen und Informatiker zusammengekommen. Diese Vielfalt spiegelt sich auch in dem vorliegenden Band wider, indem manche Beiträge für Biologen nur schwer zu lesen sind. Nach einigen einführenden Kapiteln werden unter anderem Grundlagen zur Künstlichen Intelligenz, die Möglichkeiten und Probleme bei der Erstellung von Programmen zum Bestimmen und verschiedene Datenbanksysteme dargestellt. Einige Kapitel beschäftigen sich mit den Problemen der Bildverarbeitung. Leider muß man davon ausgehen, daß in der schnell-lebigen Zeit einzelne Kapitel seit ihrer Drucklegung teilweise schon überholt sein dürften. Sehr wertvoll sind das ausführliche Literaturverzeichnis und die Liste mit Wortdefinitionen. Für den interessierten Systematiker sicher eine hilfreiche und kompetente Zusammenstellung. K. Schönitzer 38. Otte, D.: The Crickets of Hawaii - Origin, Systematics and Evolution. - Publications on Orthopteran Diversity, published by The Orthopterists’Society at The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, 1994. 396 S. Hawai hat mindestens doppelt so viele Arten von Gryllidae wie die kontinentalen Länder der USA und Kanada zusammen. Verglichen mit der Fläche ist also die Grillenfauna mehr als 2.000 mal so reich. Es sind vor allem Vertreter der Unterfamilien Oecanthinae und Trigonidiinae (Gryllidae) vertreten. Der vorliegende Band ist eine exzellente Monographie, in der sowohl die Taxonomie und Nomenklatur als auch phylogenetische und evolutive Probleme umfassend dargestellt werden. Auch eingeführte Arten werden behandelt. Besonderer Wert wird auch auf die Gesänge gelegt. Der Band ist reich und gut bebildert und ist nicht nur für den Orthoperen-Spezialisten, sondern auch für alle jene interessant, die sich für evolutive Prozesse auf Inseln oder für die Biologie von Hawaii interessieren. K. Schönitzer 250 SPIXIANA 251-254 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Nouvelles donnees sur Ernodes vicinus (McL., 1879) et E. botosaneanui Vaillant, 1982 (Insecta, Trichoptera, Beraeidae) Par Lazare Botosaneanu Botosaneanu, L. (1995): Nouvelles donnees sur Ernodes vicinus (McL., 1879) et E. botosaneanui Vaillant, 1982 (Insecta, Trichoptera, Beraeidae).-Spixiana18/3: 251-254 E. vicinus and E. botosaneanui are perfectly distinct, and even not closely related species, differing in the structure of d and ? mesothorax, in almost all parts of the d genitalia, as well as in the structure of the last abdominal segments of the female. WhereasE. botosaneanui is known only from the Western Alps (Alpes de Haute Provence and Alps of Liguria) E. vicinus has a wider distribution in the mountains of central and eastern Europe, and coexistence of these two crenobiont species is unknown. Dr. L. Botosaneanu, Zoölogisch Museum (Entomologie), Plantage Middenlaan 64, NL-1018 DH Amsterdam. Introduction Ernodes vicinus (McL., 1879) est connu des Alpes, des moyennes montagnes d’Europe centrale, du nord-ouest de la Peninsule Balkanique, et des Carpathes. E. botosaneanui a &t& decrit par Vaillant (1982) d’une source a habitat madicole dans les Alpes de Haute Provence, pres Rouaine; dans ce travail les deux especes sont considerees comme £tant 6troitement apparentees, et plusieurs caracteres nettement distinctifs des genitalia des mäles sont &nume£res. E. botosaneanui a &t& ensuite simplement mentionne par Cianficconi & Moretti (1992: 290) des Alpes occidentales italiennes. Neanmoins, cette espece a et ignoree dans un atlas des Trichopteres d’Europe (Malicky 1983), et dans une publication par Sipahiler (1993: 66)* on trouve l’affirmation suivante: “Ernodes botosaneanui ... is probably a synonym of E. vicinus McLachlan, 1879”. Pour la presente mise au point j’ai utilise des exemplaires d’E. botosaneanui determines comme tels par le Professeur G. P. Moretti et gracieusement mis ä ma disposition par lui et par Dr. Fernanda Cianficconi; ces exemplaires, actuellement dans le Musee Zoologique de l’Universite d’Amsterdam (Z.M.A.), sont etiquetes “Liguria (Imperia): Stilliciglio su ruscello tra Colle San Bartolomeo e Pieve di Teco”; ils avaient ete collecte le 21 juin 1965, dans un habitat madicole a 600 m d’altitude, par A. Vigano. Le materiel d’E. vicinus utilise pour la comparaison, provient de plusieurs localites de divers massifs des Carpathes de Roumanie; il est, lui aussi, garde& dans les collections du Z.M.A. Comparaison des deux especes Je vais insister ici seulement sur les caracteres distinctifs les plus importants. Le mesothorax du d (Figs 1 et 2) pr&sente chez E. botosaneanui une vaste zone longitudinale mediane ä relief surtout negatif, avancant vers l’arriere de maniere A rendre le scutellum pratiquement obsolete; * D’autres commentaires sur ce travail seront publies ailleurs. 251 Figs 1-2. Mesothorax du d, E. vicinus et E. botosaneanui. Figs 3-4. Mesothorax de la ?, chez les deux especes. tandis que chez E. vicinus cette zone est moins creuse et developpe&e, le scutellum restant bien visible et delimite par un cadre fonce d’aspect caracteristique. Le mesothorax dela ? (Figs 3 et 4) differe aussi tres nettement: chez E. botosaneanui il y a une paire de verrues rondes sur le scutum et une paire de grandes verrues oblongues sur le scutellum, la suture mediane du scutum n’atteignant pas le scutellum; chez E. vicinus iln’y a pas de verrues sur le scutellum dont les bords lateraux envoient de courts traits fonces vers la ligne mediane et l’arriere, et la suture mediane du scutum atteint la pointe du scutellum. Nombreuses sont les differences au niveau des genitalia d. Le segment IX en vue laterale (Figs 5 et 6) est nettement plus massif chez E. vicinus. Le segment X en vue dorsale (Figs 7 et 8) differe considerablement: trapu et avec des “ailes” laterales chitineuses fort developpe&es (et bien visibles aussi lateralement) chez E. vicinus, il est elance et depourvu de ces ailes chez E. botosaneanui (la pointe du segment est nettement bifide chez les deux especes!). Les appendices intermediaires (Figs 5-8) sont relativement plus longs chez E. botosaneanui. Les appendices inferieurs (Figs 5 et 6 et surtout 9 et 10) sont quadrifides dans les deux especes, mais semblent se distinguer par des details difficiles a decrire (et dont, d’ailleurs, une legere modification de l’angle d’observation suffit a modifier l’aspect). L’appareil phallique asymetrique (Figs 5 et 6 et surtout 11 et 12) est completement different: chez E. vicinus ses deux “volets” sclerifies sont bien obtus ä leurs extr&mites, de la base du “volet” gauche se detache un fort &peron (bien visible aussi lateralement) et il y a une &pine “interne” foncee, longue, forte, parfaitement individualisee; chez E. botosaneanui les deux “volets” finissent en pointes aigue6s, il n’y a pas d’eperon asymetrique du cöte gauche, et il ne m’a pas &te possible - sur le materiel a ma disposition - de distinguer une &pine “interne” individualisee, mais seulement des Epaississements chitineux fonces. 252 Figs 5-6. Genitalia du d en vue laterale, E. vicinus et E. botosaneanui. Figs 7-8. Genitalia du d en vue dorsale, chez les deux especes (dans Fig. 8 les deux appendices intermediaires ont ete representes en des positions differentes, mais iln’y a aucune asymetrie). Une particularit& des genitalia des femelles (Figs 13 et 14) permettra de distinguer facilement les deux especes: il s’agit du d&eveloppement relatif des deux paires d’appendices a l’extremite de l’abdomen (appartenant, d’apres moi, au segment X; il est cependant possible que les deux appendices lateraux hirsutes appartiennent au segment IX). Chez E. vicinus les appendices medians (glabres) sont nettement plus courts que les lateraux; le contraire est valable pour E. botosaneanui. Conclusions Ernodes vicinus et E. botosaneanui sont des especes parfaitement distinctes dans les deux sexes. A mon avis, elles ne peuvent m&me pas &tre consid6rees comme 6&troitement apparentees. Les deux sont des crenobiontes, comme tous les congen£res; la deuxieme a apparemment un areal fort limite, a l’interieur de l’areal de la premiere, mais des cas de syntopie ne sont pas connus. 253 Figs 9-10. Gonopode gauche en vue ventrale, chez E. vicinus et E. botosaneanui. Figs 11-12. Appareil penial, en vue ventrale, chez les deux especes. Figs 13-14. Extremite de l’abdomen de la ?, en vue dorsale, chez E. vicinus et E. botosaneanui. Remerciements Je remercie Prof. Gianpaolo Moretti et Dr. Fernanda Cianficconi (Perugia) pour les exemplaires d’E. botosaneanui de Ligurie dont ils m’ont fait don et pour des renseignements divers. References bibliographiques Cianficconi, F. & G. Moretti 1992. Catalogo dei tricotteri delle Alpi occidentali - Considerazioni zoogeografiche. - Biogeographia 16: 257-295 Malicky, H. 1983. Atlas of European Trichoptera. - Dr. W. Junk Publishers, the Hague - Boston-London, 298 pp. Sipahiler, F. 1993. A contribution to the knowledge of Trichoptera of France. - Entomofauna 14 (5): 65-80 Vaillant, F. 1982. The Trichoptera Beraeidae from the eastern part of France. - Aquatic Insects 4 (4): 253-259 254 SPIXIANA 255-258 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 A peculiar new species of Pogonoglossus Chaudoir from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Helluodinae) By Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (1995): A peculiar new species of Pogonoglossus Chaudoir from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Helluodinae). - Spixiana 18/3: 255-258 Pogonoglossus laevissimus, spec. nov. is described from the western part of Irian Jaya (New Guinea) and is distinguished from the other species of Pogonoglossus of the Australian region. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 Mün- chen, Germany Introduction Pogonoglossus is a moderately large genus of odd-shaped beetles ranging from southern Asia through Indonesia, New Guinea, New Britain to northern Australia. Because specimens are rarely collected, most species are very unsatisfactorily represented in collections and several species are even known from single specimens or from the type locality only. Hence the distribution of the species is generally poorly known. It seems, however, that Indonesia and in particular New Guinea are especially rich in terms of species numbers (Andrewes 1937, Darlington 1968, Baehr 1987), whereas Australia has significantly fewer species (Baehr 1989, 1993). The species live apparently under bark in rain forest, but in Australia also in more open forest types. Adults have been collected most commonly at light. Actually very little is known about their biology. Measurements Measurements have been taken under a stereo microscope using an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from tip of labrum to apex of elytra, hence measurements may slightly differ from those of other authors. Some width/ length ratios have been taken in the same manner as in Baehr (1988, 1993). It should be noted that for the width/length ratio of pronotum length has been measured from apex of anterior angles. Location of type The holotype of the new species is presented to the Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, but is retained as permanent loan in the working collection of the author (ZSM-CBM). 255 Pogonoglossus laevissimus, spec. nov. Biesa2 Types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Panai-Pr., Nabire, Pemukiman, 200 m, 17.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Easily recognized from all New Guinean and Australian species by the combination of the following characters: complete black colour without light markings on vertex; wide head with laterally exceptionally protruding eyes; presence of a conspicuously projecting tooth below eye that is divided from eye by a deep furrow; very short and wide though cordiform pronotum with peculiar dentiform basal angles; short elytra with almost impunctate and very sparsely pilose intervals and with asetose and barely serrate marginal borders; very glossy surface. Description Measurements. Length: 9.6 mm; width: 3.7 mm. Ratios. Base/apex of pronotum: 0.96; width/length of pronotum: 1.60; with of pronotum/ width of elytra: 0.77; length /width of elytra: 1.58; length/width of 10th antennomere: 1.44. Colour. Glossy black, mouth parts, lateral parts of labrum, four basal antennomeres, and base of abdomen piceous, terminal antennomeres reddish with dark median stripe. Head. Very wide, though slightly narrower than pronotum, wide between eyes, posteriorly mark- edly triangular. Frons with two deep, irregular impressions, neck separated by a deep furrow. Eyes large, semicircular, laterally remarkably projecting. Orbits very small. Below and slightly behind eye with a large, projecting tooth, separated from orbit by a deep furrow, at apex with a single elongate seta. This tooth far less projecting than eye. Behind eye without any elongate setae. Clypeus with four elongate setae, median setae as long as lateral ones. Labrum 6-setose, lateral seta far longer than inner setae. Mandibles elongate, though for genus comparatively short and stout, inner border almost straight, only near apex incurved. Palpi moderately elongate, very sparsely pilose. Antenna short, rather sparsely setose, scapus short and thick, distinctly shorter than width of base of clypeus, median antennomeres <1.5 x as long as wide. Surface of head very sparsely punctate and pilose. Microreti- culation absent, surface remarkably glossy. Pronotum. Remarkably wide, widest in anterior third. Apex deeply and widely excised, anterior angles projecting though rounded off. Lateral borders anteriorly strongly convex, posteriorly feebly sinuate. Base in middle slightly concave, laterally straight thouth faintly oblique. Basal angles acute, dentiform, lateral margin just in front of angles incurved, hence border here slightly impressed. Lateral explanation rather wide, lateral borders upturned. Near base a rather deep transverse furrow, median line distinct. Puncturation and pilosity very sparse, microreticulation absent, surface remarkably glossy. Elytra. Rather short and wide, laterally parallel, without any sinuation in anterior third. Apex laterally rounded, in middle obliquely obtuse, with wide membraneous area. Marginal channel very narrow. Striae well impressed, impunctate, intervals convex, in middle impunctate, though on either side with a fine row of spaced punctures near striae, median intervals almost impilose, lateral ones sparsely pilose. Microreticulation absent. Surface markedly glossy. Lateral border barely serrate, without fringe of setae. Marginal setae moderately elongate. Fully winged. Lower surface. Comparatively sparsely punctate and setose. Metepisternum elongate, twice as long as wide. Terminal sternite in male on either side with one elongate seta in middle and 2 setae near apical border. Legs. Moderately elongate. In particular tarsi rather sparsely pilose. Male protarsus with a small tuft of adhesive hairs on 1st-3rd tarsomeres. d genitalia. Rather elongate, slightly widened in apical third, lower surface almost straight, apex obtusely rounded. Inner sac complexly folded, with a large, on upper side open, only partly sclerotized fold, and with a small heavily sclerotized sclerite on left side. Parameres very dissimilar, left paramere very large, apex of right paramere unusually narrow and elongate. ? genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Western part of Irian Jaya, New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Examined material (1). Only the holotype. 256 Fig. 1. Pogonoglossus laevissimus, spec. nov. d genitalia. Scale: 0.5 mm. Fig. 2. Pogonoglossus laevissimus, spec. nov. Habitus. Length: 9.6 mm. Habits. Largely unknown, though the specimen was presumably collected by sieving bark or litter from beneath fallen logs in rain forest. Etymology. The name refers to the exceptionally smooth and glossy surface. Recognition In the key to the species of Pogonoglossus from New Guinea (Darlington 1968, p. 223) P. laevissimus would run to couplet 8. This must be changed as following: 8. 8a. sp sh Gena behind eye tuberculate, without a deep furrow between eye and tubercle(s); lateral margin of elytra distinctly serrate and setulose; intervals densely punctulate and setose; colour brownish torpieeousyertealwaysswitinliechtimarkinsspeen Me en 8a. Gena below eye angulate, with a deep furrow between eye and tubercle; lateral margin of elytra not distinctly serrate, not setulose; intervals very sparsely punctulate, barely setose; colour glossy blackaverto&swithoutliehtmarkine ser. nennen laevissimus, spec. nov. Bensth,9:6-11 Omi»... ee een een mer ante eelaine en ee grossulus Darlington Beneth#7.0-90immaeen ee een ee een ner en eo parvus Darlington Note. In the form of the postocular area P. laevissimus, spec. nov. is unlike any known New Guinean ecies, but rather similar to the Australian P. porosus (Sloane) and P. rufopiceus Baehr. In the very wide ape of head and pronotum and the glossy, almost impilose surface of the elytra, however, it differs from all known species in the Australian region. 257 References Andrewes, H. E. 1937. On the species of Pogonoglossus found in Java and Sumatra. - Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 42: 152-156 Baehr, M. 1987. Pogonoglossus arfakensis sp. nov. from New Guinea (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Helluodinae). - Dt. ent. Z., N. F. 34: 363-366 -- 1988. Revision of the Australian species of the genus Pogonoglossus Chaudoir (Insecta: Coleoptera: Carabidae: Helluodinae). - Invertebr. Taxon. 2: 961-972 -- 1993. A new species of Pogonoglossus Chaudoir from Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Helluodinae). - Spixiana 16: 141-144 Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae continued. Perigonini to Pseudo- morphini. - Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 139: 1-253 258 SPIXIANA 259-262 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Typenrevision der von Josef Breit beschriebenen Ischyromus-Arten (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) Von I. Lopatin Lopatin, I. (1995): Revision of the types of Ischyromus species described by Josef Breit (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). - Spixiana 18/3: 259-262 Breit’s Ischyromus species from Tibet are revised. 1. affinis and I. banghaasi are synony- mized with Macrocoma himalayensis (Jacoby) and M. indica (Baly), respectively. For Ischyromus marquardti Brt. a lectotypus is designated. Two new species from Afghani- stan (Macrocoma schereri, spec. nov. and M. micula, spec. nov.) are described. Prof. Dr. Igor Lopatin, Chair of Zoology Byelorussian St. University, prosp. Sko- ryny 4, 220050 Minsk, Belarus. Einleitung Im Jahre 1913 beschrieb J. Breit drei neue Ischyromus-Arten aus Süd-Tibet (Po-o). Später (Lopatin 1976) wurde die Gattung Ischyromus mit zur Macrocoma Chap. synonymisiert, aber die systematische Stellung der Breit’schen Arten blieb unklar. Dank der Liebenswürdigkeit von Herrn Dr. Gerhard Scherer habe ich alle typischen Exemplare der von J. Breit beschriebenen Arten, die in der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München aufbewahrt sind, zum Studium erhalten. Es wurden insgesamt 38 Exemplare von I. marquardti, 3 Exemplare von I. banghaasi und 3 Exemplare von. affinis durchgesehen. I. sarvadensis (Sols.) war in der Sammlung von J. Breit durch 30 Exemplare repräsentiert, aber ich habe zusätzlich mehr als 100 Exemplare dieser Art aus verschiedenen Orten Mittelasiens bearbeitet. Wie es sich im Lauf meiner Studien herausstellte, ist nur I. marquardti Breit eine selbständige Art, während I. banghaasi und I. affınis als Synonyme von Macrocoma indica (Baly) und Macrocoma himalay- ensis (Jacoby) zu betrachten sind. Das 3 von Ischyromus marquardti Breit habe ich als Lectotypus bezeichnet. Die gesamte Synonymie und die Aedoeagus-Zeichnungen von allen hier angeführten Breit'schen Arten sind unten angegeben. Macrocoma sarvadensis (Solsky, 1882) Fig. 1 Pseudocolaspis sarvadensis Solsky, 1882: 65. Ischyromus sarvadensis, Jacobson 1898: 240; Breit 1913: 297. Macrocoma sarvadensis, Lopatin 1976: 112. Macrocoma indica (Baly, 1877) Fig. 2 Eubrachys indica Baly, 1877: 249. Ischyromus banghaasi Breit, 1913: 296 (syn. nov.) 259 Macrocoma himalayensis (Jacoby, 1900) Fig. 3 Pseudocolaspis himalayensis Jacoby, 1900: 436. Eubrachys himalayensis, Jacoby 1908: 436. Ischyromus affinis Breit, 1913: 295 (syn. nov.). Macrocoma marquardti (Breit, 1913), stat. nov. Fig. 4 Ischyromus marquardti Breit, 1913: 294. Noch 2 Arten und 1 Unterart aus Afghanistan beschrieb L. Medvedev (1985). Ich besitze Paratypen, die mir Herr L. Medvedev seinerzeit liebenswürdigerweise übergab. Bezüglich Macrocoma indica afghana Medv. kann ich behaupten, dafs diese Form nicht mehr als eine andersgefärbte M. indica und dadurch als Synonym dieser Art zu betrachten ist: Macrocoma indica afghana L. Medvedev, 1985 = M. indica (Baly, 1877), syn. nov. Nachfolgend werden noch 2 weitere neue Arten aus Ost-Afghanistan beschrieben. Man sieht daraus, | daß das Hindukusch-Himalaya-Gebiet (nach dem Mittelmeergebiet) als das zweite Verbreitungszen- trum der Arten von Macrocoma zu betrachten ist. Macrocoma schereri, spec. nov. Fig. 5 Typen. Holotypus: d,Ost-Afghanistan: Prov. Nengrahar, Jalalabad, 580 m, 16.-17.1V.1967, leg. D. Povolny, F. Tenora (ZSM). - Paratypen: 14, Darunta, 750 m, 18.1V.1966; 17, ebenda, 750 m, 24.1V.196; beide leg. D. Povolny, F. Tenora (ZSM). M. schereri, spec. nov. scheint M. indica (Baly) am nächsten zu kommen, unterscheidet sich aber durch die folgenden Merkmale: Halsschild in der Mitte am breitesten, zur Basis und zur Spitze gleichmäßig verschmälert; Schienen vollständig und Schenkel an der Basis rötlich-braun; Aedoeagus von anderer Form. Von M. kabakovi Medv., mit welcher die neue Art durch den kurzen Seitensaum des Halsschildes übereinstimmt, unterscheidet sie sich durch die schwach glänzende Oberseite, dicht punktiertes Halsschild und die Aedoeagusform. Holotypus (4). Länge 4.6 mm (d Paratypus 5.1 mm). Metallisch-grün mit leichtem goldig-bronze- nem Schimmer am Halsschild und an der Schulterbeule der Flügeldecken, mäßig glänzend. Oberlippe und basale (1-6) Fühlerglieder rötlich-gelb, die folgenden oben pechbraun mit rötlich-gelben Gelenken. Beine rötlich-braun, Schenkel oberseits braun mit grünlichem Schimmer. Stirn und Scheitel mit sehr dichten und tiefen, aber nicht großen Punkten versehen, die sich zu feinen Runzeln verbinden. Die Härchen kurz, fein, nicht dicht, anliegend. Vorderrand des Clypeus tief dreieckig ausgerandet. Fühler kurz, Glieder 2-6 kurz, 3. Glied so lang wie Glieder 4 und 5 zusammen. Halsschild fast quadratisch (1.1 x breiter als lang), stark gewölbt, an den Seiten gleichmäßig gerundet, zur Basis und Spitze kurz verschmälert. Punktierung des Halsschildes tief und deutlich, Zwischenräu- me schmäler als Durchmesser der Punkte, auf der Scheibe nicht quergerunzelt. Diskale Punktierung auf einer schmalen Zone längs der Mitte verschwindend. Härchen sehr fein, kurz und spärlich, anliegend, nur bei stärkerer Vergrößerung bemerkbar. Seiten des Halsschildes in der basalen Hälfte mit abgekürztem Saum. Schildchen quer, in basaler Hälfte punktiert, sein Spitzenrand in der Mitte vorgezogen. Flügeldecken 1.8 x länger als Halsschild und 1.3 x länger als an den Schultern breit, mit hoher Schulterbeule, hinter der Schulter im vorderen Drittel fast parallelseitig, von der Mitte nach hinten allmählich verschmälert und an der Spitze breit gerundet. Punktierung dicht, in der Basalhälfte gerunzelt, stellenweise geordnet. Härchen abstehend, fein, unregelmäßig gereiht. Schenkel mit kleinem Zahn am Innenrand, dieser am Hinterschenkel sehr klein und rückwärts aufgerichtet. Aedoeagus (Fig. 5) an der Spitze breit verrundet und in der Mitte ausgerandet. 260 Figs 1-6. Aedoeagus von oben und von der Seite: 1. Macrocoma sarvadensis (Sols.). 2. M. indica (Baly). 3. M. hima- layensis (Jacoby). 4. M. marquardti (Breit). 5. Macrocoma schereri, spec. nov. 6. M. micula, spec. nov. Paratypus (2). Länge 4,3 mm. Dunkelbraun mit bronzenem Schimmer. Kopf und Halsschild deut- lich behaart; Flügeldecken zweifach behaart: zwischen den Reihen von langen, aufrecht gestellten Härchen noch mit den kurzen und schief gestellten Härchen versehen. Zu Ehren meines lieben Freundes Dr. Gerhard Scherer benannt. Macrocoma micula, spec. nov. Fig. 6 Typen. Holotypus: d, Ost-Afghanistan: Nuristan, Kamu, Baschgul-Tal, 20 km ö. Kamdesch, 1500 m, 26.V1.1953, J. Klapperich (ZSM). - Paratypen: 13, Ost-Afghanistan: Nuristan, Kamu, Baschgultal, 1200 m, 20.1V.1953, J. Klap- perich ( ); 18, Paghmangebirge, 2300 m, 30.V.1952, J. Klapperich (ZSM). Dem M. marquardti (Breit) ähnlich, aber merklich kleiner, kürzer gebaut, die Extremitäten lichter gefärbt und die Fühler einfarbig rötlich-gelb, auch Aedoeagus von anderer Form. Von M. minuta Medv., die von der Umgebung von Kabul beschrieben wurde, durch die Flügeldeckenpunktierung, die gröber und gedrängter als am Halsschild ist, sowie die Aedoeagusform unterschieden. Holotypus (3). Länge 3 mm. Körper klein. Oberseite metallisch dunkelgrün mit goldigem Schim- mer. Oberlippe, Taster, Fühler, Tibien und Tarsen aller Beine rostrot. Clypeus tief dreieckig ausgerandet. Stirn fein und deutlich, nicht dicht punktiert. Fühler kurz, sie erreichen zurückgelegt die Mitte der Schulterbeule; Glieder 2-3 gleich lang und gleich dick, schlank; 4. Glied 1.5 x länger als 5. Glied, zur Spitze schwach verbreitert; 7.-11. stark verdickt, die Glieder 8-10 gleich lang. Halsschild 1.15 x breiter als lang, Seitenränder schwach gebogen und nur unmittelbar an der Basis und Spitze merklich eingeschnürt. Punktierung deutlich, nicht groß, Zwischenräume breit, flach, glänzend. Härchen fein, kurz, nicht dicht, anliegend. Schildchen ebenso punktiert und behaart. Flügeldecken 1.37 x länger als an den Schultern breit, mit stark heraustretender Schulterbeule, innen durch tiefen Eindruck getrennt. Punktierung dicht, größer als am Halsschild, stellenweise dicht, 261 unregelmäßig geordnet. Punkte in der Basalhälfte merklich kleiner, Zwischenräume schwach gewölbt. Härchen aufrecht, deutlich, regelmäßig gereiht. Alle Schenkel mit kleinem, spitzem Zahn am Innenrand, dieser an den Vorderschenkeln merklich größer. Glieder 1.-3. der Vordertarsen schwach verbreitert, gleich breit. Aedoeagus (Fig. 6). Katalog der orientalischen Arten der Gattung Macrocoma Chap. 1. M. sarvadensis (Solsky, 1882) - Z.-Asien: Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tadzhikistan, Kazakhstan. 2. M. rubripes turcmena Lopatin, 1976 - Z.-Asien: Turkmenistan, Kopet-Dag. 3. M. indica (Baly, 1877) - N.-Indien, S.-Tibet, O.-Afghanistan. syn. M. banghaasi (Breit, 1913) syn. M. indica afghanica Medvedev, 1985 4. M. himalayensis (Jacoby, 1900) - N.-Indien, S.-Tibet. syn. M. affinis (Breit, 1913) . marquardti (Breit, 1913) - S.-Tibet. . kabakovi Medvedev, 1985 - O.-Afghanistan, Pakistan; Hinduradj-Gebirge. . minuta Medvedev, 1985 - Afghanistan: Kabul; Baschgul-Tal. . schereri, spec. nov. - O.-Afghanistan: Prov. Nengrahar, Jalalabad. vonoßhR a SSBsEB»=S . micula, spec. nov. - Afghanistan: Baschgul-Tal und Paghman-Gebirge. Danksagung Für die liebenswürdige Übersendung der Typen bin ich Herrn Dr. G. Scherer zu Dank verpflichtet. | Herrn Dr. L. Medvedev danke ich herzlich für Überlassung der Paratypen der von ihm beschriebenen Arten für meine Sammlung. Literatur Baly, J. 1877. Descriptions of new species of Phytophagous Beetles. - J. Linn. Soc. 14: 249 Breit, J. 1913. Beiträge zur palaearktischen Coleopterenfauna. - Ent. Bl. 11-12: 294-297 Jacoby, M. 1900. Contribution to the knowledge of Indian Phytophagous Coleoptera. - Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 7: 111 Lopatin, I. 1976. New and little known leaf-beetles (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) from the USSR. - Rev. Ent. URSS. 55, 15112 Medvedev, L. 1985. On the fauna of leaf-beetles (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) of Afghanistan. II. - Rev. Ent. URSS. 64, 223711372 Solsky, S. 1882. Novye ili maloizvestnye zhestkokrylye Ross. Imperii. - Trudy russ. ent. obstsch. 13: 65 (russ.) 262 SPIXIANA 263-265 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Micropsectra spinigera, spec. nov. from Maine, U.S.A. (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) By Friedrich Reiss Reiss, F. (1995): Micropsectra spinigera, spec. nov. from Maine, U.S.A. (Insecta, Di- ptera, Chironomidae). — Spixiana 18/3: 263-265 A new Tanytarsini species, Micropsectra spinigera, is described as male adult from light trap catches near Dryden, Maine, U.S.A. Specific characters at the hypopygium are the spinous dark brown crests on the anal point, the deeply divided superior volsella, and the branched setae on the inferior volsella. These autapomorphic charac- ters distinguish M. spinigera from all other members of the genus. Dr. Friedrich Reiss, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München, Germany Introduction The mainly holarctic distributed genus Micropsectra is well represented in North America (Oliver & Dillon 1990, 1994), but most species are yet undescribed. During determinations of light trap samples from Maine, an unusual species was found. The striking characters at the hypopygium therefore justify a description. For most of the unknown Micropsectra species with the usual character combinations a complete revision of at least the species group is neccessary for a worthwile description. Micropsectra spinigera, spec. nov. Types. Holotype: d adult, U.S.A., Maine, Mt. Blue near Dryden, 8.-22.8.1978, leg. G. Heinrich. — Paratypes: 14, as holotype; 13, Dryden, Bryant Pont, 24.7-4.8.1978, leg. G. Heinrich (type series in Zoologische Staatssammlung Munich). Diagnostic characters. Three characters, the dark brown, strong spinous crests on the anal point, the branched setae on the inferior volsella, and the deeply divided superior volsella at the hypopygium separate spinigera from all other Micropsectra species. In addition, the species has a short digitus, and a long median volsella with an apical brush of slender and long lamellae. Description Male adult (n = 3) Wing length 2.0-2.3 mm. Colouration in alcohol preserved specimens light brown. Anal point dark brown. Head. AR: 1.41-1.45 (n = 2). Frontal tubercles minute, 5-7 um long (n = 2). Thorax. Dorsocentrals 10-11, acrostichals 18-24, prealars 3-4, scutellars 8-12. Wing. Membrane with dense setation, covering all cells. Also all veins, except of Scand An with uniserial or multiserial setation. 263 Fig. 1. Micropsectra spinigera, spec. nov. Hypopygium, dorsal view. Legs. Apex of fore tibia with short spur. Combs of mid and hind tibiae contiguous, without spurs. LR,, = 1.73 (n= 1). Lenghts of legs in um (holotype): fe ti ta, ta, ta, ta, ta Pı 1200 900 1550 750 590 480 220 P2 „= Fri ” 7 = = J P; 1320 1290 900 560 420 290 150 Hypopygium (Fig. 1). Anal point strong, apically rounded. Crests high and long, margins serrated, surface spinous. Both, anal point and crests dark brown. Anal tergal bands completely separate, 264 followed by 5-7 median setae, which partially insert between the basal parts of the crests. Margin of the anal tergite with a long lateral, pointed tooth. Superior volsella deeply divided into two fingerlike lobes; posterior lobe with irregular outline. Basal depression of the superior volsella covered with microtrichia. Digitus short, rounded, not extending beyond the margin of the superior volsella. Median volsella straight, 45-65 nm long, with an apical brush of slender unbranched lamellae. Inferior volsella long, slightly curved medially, not swollen in the apical half; setae strongly branched. Gonostyle straight, apically rounded, median setae long, slightly shortened towards the end. Systematic position The generic position of M. spinigera is confirmed by genital features: arrangement of median setae on anal tergite; lack of spines between anal point crests; superior volsella with basal depression carrying microtrichia; basal median seta at superior volsella (“Micropsectra seta”). Micropsectra spinigera is the only species within the genus with dark spinous and serrated anal point crests. An analogous structure occurs in the palaearctic species Rheotanytarsus nigricauda, where the crests are also dark and marginally serrated, but not spinous on the surface (Fittkau 1960). A deeply divided superior volsella does not occur in another described Micropsectra species, but a similar, shallower division is present in an undescribed species from the Banff National Park, Canada, provi- sionally called Micropsectra sp.g. Also several described and undescribed Tanytarsus species possess analogous structures of the superior volsella. Branched setae on the inferior volsella of a Micropsectra species are not described. But this character is sometimes difficult to see, if no phase-contrast micro- scope is available. The 32 described and several undescribed Micropsectra species in the Munich collection show without exception simple setae on the inferior volsella. The group relationship of Micropsectra spinigera is open, since the species does not fit in one of the three accepted species groups: notescens, bidentata, and attenuata. References Fittkau, E. J. 1960. Rheotanytarsus nigricauda n.sp. (Chironomidenstudien V]). - Abh. naturw.Ver. Bremen 35: 397-407 Oliver, D.R. &M. E. Dillon 1990. A catalog of Nearctic Chironomidae. - Research Branch, Agricult. Canada, Publ. 1857/B, Ottawa, 89p. -- &-- 1994. Systematics of some species of Micropsectra (Diptera: Chironomidae) living in low-order streams in Southern Ontario, Canada. - Can. Entomol. 126: 199-217 265 Buchbesprechungen 39. Brown, D.: Freshwater snails of Africa and their Medical Importance. - Taylor & Francis, Ltd. London, 1994. 608 S. Die erste Auflage dieses Buches ist 1980 erschienen, seitdem sind so viele Fortschritte auf diesem Forschungsgebiet gemacht worden, die in diese zweite Auflage eingebracht werden mußten, daß es nicht mehr genügte, sie einzufügen, sondern eine völlig neue Konzeption nötig war. Es wurden neue Arten beschrieben, Nomenklaturänderungen erfolgten und viele zusätzliche ökologische Daten wurden erhoben. Eine sehr nützliche Seite gleich am Anfang ist die Auflistung der derzeit offiziellen Namen der afrikanischen Staaten, denen die früheren Bezeichnungen gegenüber- gestellt sind. Die erste Hälfte des Buches nimmt die systematische Übersicht über diese Schneckengruppe ein, die mit einem Glossar, Bestimmungsschlüssel für die Gattungen und eine Liste der Arten beginnt. In der Synopsis der Prosobran- chier und Pulmonaten werden bei jeder Art kurze Angaben über Ökologie und Verbreitung gemacht. Am Ende dieser ersten 4 Kapitel folgt ein ausführliches Literaturverzeichnis. Im Kapitel 5 werden die Beziehungen zwischen den Schnecken und den Schistosomen beschrieben. Ein ganzes Kapitel ist der Biologie der Gattung Bulinus gewidmet, deren Arten eine große Diversität aufweisen. Schneckenbekämpfung mit chemischen Mitteln, durch Umweltfakto- ren, Räuber oder Konkurrenten, aber auch durch Genmanipulation folgt darauf. Kapitel 9 führt die lokalen Faunen in den verschiedenen afrikanischen Ländern an. Die abiotischen Faktoren, die diese lokalen Faunen beeinflussen, sind Thema von Kapitel 10. Das darauffolgende Kapitel beschäftigt sich mit den Lebenszyklen und den Populationen. Das letzte Kapitel schließlich bringt eine Übersicht über die verschiedenen Faunenregionen, die Seen und Flüsse. Ein umfassendes Buch über diesen wichtigen Themenkreis, wenn man bedenkt, daß das Wohlergehen der Menschen in Afrika von einer Versorgung mit sauberem, nicht kontaminiertem Wasser abhängt. R. Fechter 40. Matsukuma, A., Okutani, T. & T. Habe: World Seashells of Rarity and Beauty. - Tokyo 1991. 206 S., zahlr. Taf. Wieder eines der mit ausgezeichneten Farbaufnahmen ausgestatteten, typischen “Tafelwerke” über seltene und schöne Molluskengehäuse. Sonst kann über dieses Buch wenig gesagt werden, da der äußerst spärliche Text, bis auf die lateinischen Namen ausschließlich japanisch ist. Es gibt auch kein allgemeines einleitendes Kapitel. Ein kurzes Vorwort (dies wenigsten in englisch) besagt, daß die Vorlagen für die Photos der Kawanura-Collection entstammen, die 1983 dem National Science Museum Tokio geschenkt wurde. Und so ist auch der eigentliche Zweck dieses Buches klar: Im Zusammenhang mit der Schenkung fand eine Ausstellung statt, deren schönste Stücke in einem Büchlein über World Seashells of Rarity and Beauty vorgestellt wurden. Dies hier ist unter demselben Titel eine erweiterte und revidierte Ausgabe und der greise Sammler (92 Jahre) will noch ein weiteres Werk folgen lassen. Wie gesagt, ein schön aufgemachtes Buch, das zu empfehlen ist, wenn man es als das betrachtet, was sicherlich auch das Anliegen der Autoren ist, eine Darbietung der schönsten und wertvollsten Stücke einer bekannten Mollus- kensammlung. R. Fechter 41. Wilson, B.: Australian marine shells. 2 Vol. - Odyssey Verlag, Kallaroo, W-Australia, 1993, 1994. 408 S., 44 Taf. und 370 S., 53 Taf. Die beiden Bände geben einen umfassenden Überblick über die australische Meeresschneckenfauna, wobei Band 1 die Archaeogastropoda, Architaenioglossa und Neotaenioglossa, Band 2 die Neogastropoda behandelt. Das Werk ist hervorragend und reich bebildert und mit 600 Zeichnungen versehen. Über 2400 Arten sind auf diese Weise beschrieben und dargestellt. Die beiden Bücher beschränken sich fast ausschließlich auf die Beschreibung der einzelnen Arten, mit knappen Angaben zur Biologie, Verbreitung und Synonymie. Ein einleitender, allgemeiner Teil, so man ihn bei der Kürze überhaupt als solchen bezeichnen kann, bringt Informationen über Sammeln, Präparieren und Aufbewahren von Schneckengehäusen, über geschützte Arten, sowie die Klassifizierung der Gastropoda und Nomenklaturregeln. Sonst läßt sich über dieses ausgezeichnete Werk nur sagen, daß es wärmstens zu empfehlen und unerläßlich ist, wenn man die Gastropodenfauna dieser Region bearbeiten will. R. Fechter 42. Wells, F. E. & C. W. Bryce: Sea Slugs of Western Australia. - Western Australian Museum, Perth, 1993. 184 S. Dieser reich mit ausgezeichneten Farbaufnahmen bebilderte Führer durch die Opisthobranchierfauna der westaustralischen Meeresgebiete basiert auf Material, das vom Western Australian Museum im Laufe von vielen Exkursionen gesammelt wurde. 226 verschiedene Arten wurden auf diese Weise zusammengetragen und abgebildet. Die Familienmerkmale werden kurz aufgeführt, bei den einzelnen Arten aber wird nur die jeweilige Verbreitung angegeben. Die Literatur ist unter der Familienbeschreibung zusammengestellt. Eine Kartenskizze am Anfang des Buches zeigt die Küstenbereiche in denen gesammelt wurde. Was ist eine Meeresnacktschnecke? In diesem Kapitel wird eine komprimierte Charakterisierung dieser Unterklasse der Gastropoden gegeben: wie sich schalenlose Schnecken verteidigen und entwickeln, ihre Nahrungsquellen, die Fortpflanzung. Man findet in diesem Büchlein Ratschläge für das Auffinden und Sammeln und eine Beschreibung der Meeresregionen Westaustraliens. Das Glossar könnte etwas ausführlicher sein. Das Buch ist auf jeden Fall ein sehr wertvoller Beitrag zur Vervollständigung der Kenntnis der Artenfülle der marinen Opisthobranchier. R. Fechter 266 SPIXIANA 267-270 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Bavarismittia reissi, gen. nov., Spec. noV., a new orthoclad from Germany (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) By Ole A. Szther Saether, ©. A. (1995): Bavarismittia reissi, gen. nov., spec. nov., anew orthoclad from Germany (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). — Spixiana 18/3: 267-270 Bavarismittia reissi, gen. nov., spec. nov. is described as a male imago from Murnauer Moos in Bavaria, Germany. The genus differs from other orthoclad genera with bare eyes and squama, with sinuate Cu,, and with no pulvilli and acrostichals by having no microtrichial tuft, moderately coarse punctation of microtrichiae, R,,; ending opposite to end of M,,,, broadly based, triangular anal point; and single, triangular virga. The genus may be related to Mesosmittia Brundin and related genera. Prof. Ole A. Sether, Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Museplass 3, N-5007 Bergen Introduction While, together with Dr. L. C. Ferrington Jr., revising the genus Pseudosmittia Goetghebuer several apparently related genera as well as specimens tentatively identified as belonging to the genus were examined. The genus Pseudosmittia previously was not well delimited and as a result several species were transferred to other genera, one genus resurrected, and several new genera erected. Most of the new genera were from the southern hemisphere. However, one of the new genera, Lobosmittia Saether & Andersen (1993), also was found in Turkey, and one male imago which could not be placed in any known genus was present in material from Murnauer Moos in Bavaria, Germany. This new genus and species is described here. Methods and terminology The general terminology follows Szther (1980) with the additions given in Szther (1990). In the drawing of the male hypopygium the dorsal view is shown to the left, the ventral view and the apodemes to the right. The holotype is returned to the Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, Germany. Bavarismittia, gen. nov. Type species: Bavarismittia reissi, spec. nov. by present designation. Diagnostic characters. The genus differ from other orthoclads with bare eyes and squama, no pulvilli and sinuate Cu, by lacking any trace of acrostichals, median hump or microtrichial tuft; by having moderately coarse punctation of microtrichiae on the wing barely visible at 100x, R,,; ending opposite to end of M,,,; single, triangular virga, and anal point broadly triangular with downturned apex. 267 Figs 1-3. Bavarismittia reissi, gen. nov., spec. nov. 1. Wing. 2. Thorax. 3. Hypopygium. The pupa and larva are unknown. Etymology. From Bavaria and Smittia, an orthoclad genus and the common ending for several orthoclad genera. Description Male imago. Small species (wing length about 1.5 mm). Antenna. With 13 flagellomeres; groove starting on flagellomeres 3-4; flagellomere 2 and 3 each with 2 sensilla chaetica, 13 with about 14 sensilla chaetica and no subapical strong seta. Antennal ratio lower than 1.0. Head. Eyes bare, rentiform, no dorsomedian extension. Temporals consisting of few inner and outer verticals and perhaps 1-2 postorbitals. Clypeus with few setae. Palp with 5 segments; third palpomere longer than fourth, with 1 lanceolate sensillum clavatum; fifth palpomere longer than third. Coronal suture complete. Thorax. Antepronotum relatively well developed, with a few lateral setae. Acrostichals, median scutal hump or microtrichial tuft all absent; dorsocentrals few, uniserial; prealars few; supraalars absent. Scutellum with few setae in single, transverse row. Wing. Membrane with moderately coarse punctation of microtrichiae visible at 100x, free of setae. Anal lobe absent, wing nearly cuneiform. Costa moderately extended, R,,, running approximately in the middle between R, and R,,,, ending close to R,,;, R,,; ends opposite to end of M,,,, FCu lies clearly distally of RM, Cu, sinuate, postcubitus ends distally of FCu, anal vein ends below FCu. Brachiolum with 1 seta, other veins bare. Sensilla campaniformia in normal numbers (about 13 at base, 3 below setae and 13 at apex of brachiolum, 2 on subcosta, 1 on FR, and 1 at base of R,). Squama bare. 268 Legs. Tibial spurs and combs normal. Pseudospurs absent, sensilla chaetica apparently absent (tarsi of mid leg lost). Pulvilli absent or vestigial, empodium large. Abdomen. Tergites with few setae in an irregular anterior and an irregular posterior row. Sternites with a group of few median setae. Hypopygium. Anal point extending from posterior margin of tergite IX, broadly based with blunt apparently downcurved apex, with setae and microtrichiae to apex. Phallapodeme well developed; transverse sternapodeme slightly curved, oral projections weak. Virga present, single, tapering to point. Gonocoxite with double, elongate inferior volsella, dorsal part angled and bare at apex; no superior and median volsellae. Gonostylus widest at apex, with rounded outer apical margin; crista dorsalis weak; megaseta normal, well developed. Immature stages. Unknown. Systematics In the key to Holarctic chironomids (Cranston et al. 1989) Bavarismittia will key to Psilometriocnemus Saether if the costa is regarded as strongly extended, to Pseudosmittia, except for the anal point, if regarded as moderately extended. However, none of these genera appear to be closely related to this new genus. In Psilometriocnemus the anal point is parallel-sided with no microtrichiae at apex; the virga consists of 7-9 long, tightly clustered spines; the inferior volsella is square; crista dorsalis is conspicuous; and R,.; ends distal to end of M,,,; and at least vein R carries setae. However, there are agreement in several other characters such as the moderately coarse punctation of microtrichiae, and absence of acrostichals, pulvilli, pseudospurs and sensilla chaetica. In Pseudosmittia the anal point, when present, never extends beyond the margin of tergite IX; there are either 2 or 4-16 median acrostichals on the scutum; the virga may consists of a single plate, but than the plate normally is of a different shape; and other details of the hypopygium differ. The single virga and other details makes it most likely that the genus is related to genera near Mesosmittia Brundin (Saether 1985). However, without knowledge of the female and the immatures a more definite placement is not possible. Bavarismittia reissi, spec. nov. Holotype: d, Germany: Bavaria, Murnauer Moos, Ramsach, Bruchwald beim Langen Kögel, 5.V1.1978, F. Reiss (Zoologische Staatssammlung München). Diagnostic characters. See generic description. Male imago (n=1). Total length: 2.62 mm; wing length: 1.53 mm. Total length/wing length: 1.72; wing length/length of profemur: 3.05. Coloration fully brown. Head. AR 0.88. Ultimate flagellomere 397 um long. Temporal setae obscured, apparently 4 inner verticals, 2 outer verticals, and 1 or 2 postorbitals. Clypeus with about 6 setae. Tentorium 120 nm long, 30 um wide. Stipes 113 m long. Palp lengths (micrometers): 28, 41, 79, 68, 98. Thorax (Fig. 1). Chaetotaxy obscured by dirt. Antepronotum with about 3 lateral setae. Dorsocentrals 12, prealars about 4. Scutellum with about 6 setae. Wing (Fig. 2). VR 1.26. C extension 45 ıım long. Legs. Spur of front tibia 49 um long, spurs of middle tibia 19 um and 17 pm long, of hind tibia 41 um and 21 um long. Width at apex of front tibia and middle tibia each 30 nm, of hind tibia 38 um. Comb with 11 setae, 19-38 ım long. Lengths and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta; ta, ta LR BV SV BR ” a aa ae alas 57 oo ae Mo a8 m 595 605 = = = a R = = = = pp 531 64 340 170 156 61 37 05 348 35 54 Hypopygium (Fig. 3). Tergite IX including anal point with 12 setae, laterosternite IX with 5 setae. Phallapodeme 73 ım long, transverse sternapodeme 83 um long. Virga 26 um long. Gonocoxite 180 um long, with divided, well developed, but low inferior volsell; dorsal part with bluntly angled apex, 269 without microtrichia. Gonostylus 83 um long, megaseta 11 m long. HR 2.18, HV 3.15. Etymology. Named in honour of my friend and colleague Dr. Friedrich Reiss, Zoologische Staatssammlung München. Acknowledgement I am indebted to Dr. F. Reiss, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Munich/Germany, for the loan of the holotype of Bavarismittia reissi. References Cranston, P. S., Oliver, D.R. &O. A. Sther 1989. The adult males of Orthocladiinae (Diptera: Chironomidae) of the Holarctic region. - Keys and diagnoses. In: Wiederholm, T. (ed.): Chironomidae of the Holarctic region. Keys and diagnoses. Part 3. Adult males. - Ent. scand. Suppl. 34: 165-352 Saether, O. A. 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology (Diptera: Chironomidae). - Ent. scand. Suppl. 14, 51 pp. -- 1985. The imagines of Mesosmittia Brundin, 1956, with descriptions of seven new species (Diptera, Chironom- idae). - Spixiana Suppl. 11: 37-54 -- 1990. A review of the genus Limnophyes Eaton from the Holarctic and Afrotropical regions (Diptera: Chironom- idae, Ortheladiinae). - Ent. scand. Suppl. 35: 1-139 -- &T. Andersen 1993. Lobosmittia, anew genus of orthoclads from Tanzania and turkey (Diptera: Chironomidae). - Tijdschr. ent. 136: 283-287 270 SPIXIANA 271-275 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov. from Ghana, with an emendation of the genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) By Joseph S. Amakye Amakvye, J. S. (1995): Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov. from Ghana, with an emen- dation of the genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). — Spixiana 18/3: 271-275 Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov. from the dry rain forest of Ghana is described as male and female imago. The presence of a well developed ventrolateral lobe and a distinct apodeme lobe of the female gonapophysis VIII together with normal, unre- duced palpomeres reinforce the closeness of Collartomyia Goetghebuer to Polypedilum Kieffer. J. S. Amakye, Institute of Aquatic Biology, P. ©. Box 38, Achimota, Ghana. Introduction The larvae of the hitherto monotypic Afrotropical genus Collartomyia Goetghebuer are found in pupal cases of Hydropsychidae feeding on the caddis fly pupae. Amakye & Saether (1992) found that Collartomyia was closely related to Polypedilum Kieffer as, for instance, indicated by the anterior tapering of male tergite VIII. Perhaps the most significant autapomorphy was a conelike projecting scutum with a depression at the angular apex of the cone. As part of an ongoing study of the chironomids of Ghana (Amakye & Szther 1992) I collected a species of Chironomini from the dry rainforest of southeastern Ghana with the same combination of an anterior tapering tergite VIII and a conelike projecting scutum. The male and female imagines are described here and placed in Collartomyia Goetghebuer. C. discaudata, spec. nov., however, differs significantly in many aspects from C. hirsuta (Goetghebuer) and the placement will remain tentative until the immature stages have been discovered and described. Methods Specimens were mounted on slides following the procedure outlined by Szther (1969: 1). Terminol- ogy follows Szether (1980). Collartomyia Goetghebuer Collartomyia Goetghebuer, 1948: 15; Amakye & Szether 1992: 434. Collartiella Goetghebuer, 1936: 457 (preoccupied). Imago. Asin Amakye & Szther (1992) with the following additions: Palpomere 3- or 5-segmented, reduced or normal. Mid and hind tibial combs fused or separate, each with 1-2 tibial spurs; sensilla chaetica few or absent, at apex oftarsomere 1 of alllegs or apparently present on mid leg of female only. Legs densely or normally hairy with setae tending to be concentrated in tufts or normaliy distributed. 270 Abdomen more or less densely setose. Male laterosternite IX with few to numerous setae; anal tergite bands absent to well developed; anal point present or absent. Female gonapophysis VIII with well developed to vestigial or absent microtrichiose ventrolateral lobe, apodeme lobe distinct or indistinct, genital plate pointed or rounded. Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov. Types. Holotype: d, Ghana: Volta region, Wli, river Agomatsa, Malaise trap marked as GH 140-1. — Para type: 19, as holotype, marked as GH 140-2 (Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Norway, ZMB, TypeNo. 190). Diagnostic characters. The imagines are separable from C. hirsuta (Goetghebuer) by having normal palp, separate tibial combs with single spur, and pseudospurs present. The male imago differs by lacking an anal point and by having a strong, scythe-shaped, bilobed superior volsella with medial portion strongly curved and bare, and lateral portion with truncate and microtrichiose apex. The female imago differs by having a well developed ventrolateral lobe and a small and pointed postgenital plate. Description Male imago (n=1). Total length: 4.49 mm; wing length: 2.40 mm. Total length/wing length: 1.98; wing length/length of profemur: 1.74. Coloration pale yellow. Legs yellowish. Head. AR 1.44. Ultimate flagellomere 1804 um. Longest seta 680 um. Temporal setae 17, including 6 inner verticals, 6 outer verticals and 5 postorbitals. Clypeus with 24 setae. Tentorium 160 nm long, 47 um wide. Palpomere lengths (in um): 54, 40, 214, 176, and lost. Thorax (Fig. 1A). Antepronotum bare. Dorsocentrals 45, in 2-3 rows, including 9 scattered humerals; acrostichals 23 in anterior half of strongly projecting scutum; prealars 11, in 2 rows. Scutellum with 24 setae in 2 transverse rowS. Wing (Fig. 1B). VR 1.20. Brachiolum with 7 setae, R with 32 setae, R, with 31 setae, R,,; with 45 setae. Squama with 19 setae. Legs (Fig. 1C). Scale of fore tibia 24 pm long, without spine. Middle leg with 70 um long separate combs, with single spur 80 yım long; hind legs with combs 48 m and 84 yım long, separate with single spur 90 um long. Sensilla chaeticae apparently absent, 2 pseudospurs on ta, , on middle and hind legs Lengths (in um) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta; ta, ta; LR BV SV BR Pı 1376 780 = z - = — 950=2143577.21158 584 400 DI, 164 82 0.51 3.42 4.40 4.4 Pr lSze1512 984 595 482 279 123 0.75 2.585 #288 6.3 Hypopygium (Figs 1D, E). Anal point absent; anal tergite truncate and slightly depressed at apex, strongly microtrichiose with posterior, dorso-lateral margin bearing 58 strong, short setae arranged in 2-3rows around indented apex, 20 long setae in oval median area enclosed by strong anal tergite bands. Laterosternite IX with 5 setae. Phalapodeme 74 ım long, transverse sternapodeme 74 um long. Gono- coxite 200 um long, gonostylus 152 um long with many long setae. Superior volsella with distal portion bilobed; inner digitiform portion strongly curved, bare; outer portion curved, very large, apex truncate, microtrichiose, and with 1 long apical seta: bulbous base with 4 strong setae along inner margin. Inferior volsella 134 um long, parallel-sided, with short, strong subapical setae and 1 long apical seta. EIRSI2SIEIVE277. Female imago (n=1). Total length: 3.36 mm; wing length: 2.41 mm. Total length/wing length: 1.41; wing length/length of profemur: 1.78. Coloration as in male. Head (Fig. 2A). Length (in um) of flagellomeres: 158, 104, 86, 118, 80, 148. AR 0.27. Temporal setae 13, including 4 inner verticals, 6 outer verticals and 3 postorbitals. Palpomere lengths (in um): 66, 50, 226, 186, 342. Clypeus with 13 setae. Thorax. Antepronotum bare. Dorsocentrals 42, biseral, including 6 humerals; acrostichals 19; pre- alars 10, biserial. Scutellum with 22 setae, biserial. Wing. VR 1.19. Brachiolum with 5 setae, R with 32, R, with 39, R,,; with 79 setae. Squama with 17 setae. 272 RITIE ” Ki I Fig. 1. Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov., maleimago. A. Thorax. B. Wing. C. Apices oftibiae. D. Hypopygium, dorsal view to the left, ventral view to the right. E. Superior volsella. Legs. Scale of front tibia 18 nm long. Combs of middle tibia 52 um long including 84 ıım long spur, of hind tibia 42 um and 74 pm long including 90 ıım long spur. Width at apex of front tibia and middle tibia each 74 um, of hind tibia 82 um. Sensilla chaeticae 10, at apical '/ of ta, of middle leg; 2 pseu- dospurs on each of ta,, to ta, of middle and hind legs. Lengths (in um) and proportions of legs. fe ti ta, ta, taz ta, ta; LR BV SV BR pı 1368 840 1472 1040 776 652 244 175 3628351F50 27, pr A072 616 400 280 168 92 0:55 3.37 4.14 3.8 Pas 151 2031272 IR. 576 472 264 108 0.78 LO rl 4.1 Abdomen. Tergite VII with 77 setae, VIII with 60 setae. Sternite VII with 22 setae, VIII with 26 setae. Genitalia (Figs 2B, C). Gonocoxite 60 um long, with 4 setae. Tergite IX with about 70 setae. Segment X with 10-11 setae on each side. Postgenital plate large, triangular, pointed. Cercus broadly triangular, 161 um long. Seminal capsule oval, 98 um long, 84 um wide, with well developed wall, spermathecal duct bent. Notum 130 um long. Gonapophysis VIII with large dorsomesal lobe separated from well developed micritrichiose ventrolateral lobe. Apodeme lobe (Fig. 2C) well developed. Systematics Collartomyia has been shown to be closely related to Polypedilum by Amakye & Saether (1992). The female of C. discaudata, spec. nov. has a well developed ventrolateral lobe and a distinct apodeme lobe 273 2: EFF n _ AARRAEN ; RE 7, = Kr AH / „K I, N —_ 3 IN NEN? Fig. 2. Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov., female imago. A. Head. B. Genitalia, ventral view. C. Lobes of gonapo- physes VIII. D. Apodeme lobe. similar to that described for Polypedilum by Saether (1977). C. discaudata thus reinforces the nearness of Collartomyia to Polypedilum. The peculiar thorax with a strongly projecting scutum with an apical notch combined with an unreduced antepronotum appear to be a unique synapomorphy for C. hirsuta and C. discaudata. The anterior tapering of tergite VIII, a synapomorphy for Polypedilum and Collartomyia, is distinct also in C. discaudata. There are, however, several significant differences between the two species. Some of these can be ascribed to reductions and are clear autapomorphies such as the reduced palp of C. hirsuta; others, such as the differences of the male hypopygia and the tibial combs, are likely to be of generic value. However, until the Polypedilum complex is revised and/or the immature stages of C. discaudata found and described, it is more prudent to keep the two species together in the same genus. Acknowledgements I wish to thank Prof. Ole A. Szther of the University of Bergen, Norway, for critically reading this paper and providing many useful suggestions. Financial support was received from the Norwegian Council for Science and Humanities (NAVF). Mr. Godwin Amegbe of the Institute of Aquatic Biology provided assistance in the collection of the material studied and did the drawings. 274 References Amakye, J.S. &O. A. Saether 1992. The immatures and imagines of the Afrotropical species Microtendipes lentiginosus Freeman and Collartomyia hirsuta Goetghebuer (Diptera: Chironomidae). - Ent. scand. 23: 429-442 Goetghebuer, M. 1936. Chironomides du Congo Belge. - Rev. Zool. bot. Afr. 28: 453-492 -- 1948. Note synonymique. - Bull. Annls. Soc. r. ent. Belg. 84: 15 Szether, O. A. 1969. Some Nearctic Podonominae, Diamesinae, and Orthocladiinae (Diptera: Chironomidae). - Bull. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 170: 1-54 -- 1977. Female genitalia in Chironomidae and other Nematocera: morphology, phylogenies, keys. - Bul. Fish. res. Bd. Can. 197: 1-209 -- 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology (Diptera: Chironomidae). - Ent. scand. Suppl. 14: 1-51 2749 Buchbesprechungen 43. Falciai, L. & R. Minervini: Guida dei Crostacei Decapodi d’Europa. - Franco Muzzio & C. editore, Padua, 1992. 282 S., über 667 farb. u. s/w Abb. - ISBN 88-7021-557-1. Mit dem vorliegenden Band liegt erstmals ein Bestimmungsbuch der dekapoden Krebse des gesamten europäi- schen Raumes und seiner Küsten vor. Den beiden Autoren ist für dieses sehr nützliche Werk zu danken. Einführende Kapitel beschäftigen sich kurz mit der Ökologie und dem Verhalten der Krebse, mit ihrer wirtschaftlichen Bedeutung und den Fangmethoden. Hieran schließt sich eine Einführung in die Morphologie und Systematik, bei der die äußere Anatomie der Krebse in klaren Zeichnungen dargestellt wird. Sie schafft auch die Voraussetzung, die Bestimmungs- schlüssel ohne eingehende Kenntnisse der italienischen Sprache zu benützen. Die Schlüssel führen bis zur Gattung, von der mindestens ein typischer Vertreter in einer Strichzeichnung vorgestellt wird. Auf 18 Farbtafeln werden darüber hinaus 67 wichtige Vertreter in ihrer natürlichen Färbung vorgestellt. Es folgen detaillierte Angaben zum Vorkommen jeder Art, Angaben zur Identifikation, die auch meist die einzelnen Arten innerhalb der Gattung auftrennen lassen, zum Habitat und gegebenenfalls zur wirtschaftlichen Bedeutung. Über 20 Lesseps’sche Arten werden genannt, aber leider über das Buch verstreut. Zwei nomenklatorische Fehler sind dem Rezensenten aufgefallen: Parapandalus richardi (Coutiere, 1905) ist ein Synonym von Stylopandalus richardi (Coutiere, 1905) (vgl. F. A. Chace 1985) und Sergestes robustus Smith, 1882 ist ein Synonym von Sergia robustus (Smith, 1882) (vgl. Omori 1974). Kaum verständlich ist die Anmerkung auf Seite 4: “Tutte le illustrazioni del volume sono opera di Paolo Bernucci”, der für sich auch noch das Copyright in Anspruch nimmt. Eine ganze Reihe von Abbildungen konnten dank der Exaktheit der Kopien ohne Mühe sofort nach ihrer Herkunft aus Holthuis (1955) und Zariquiey Alvarez (1968), die z.T. frühere Autoren zitieren, identifiziert werden. Der Rezensent hat nach über 30 zweifelsfreien Identifikationen weitere unterlassen. Hätte es geschadet anzugeben, wer die ausgezeichneten Vorlagen geschaffen hat? Letzteres hat jedoch keinen Einfluß darauf, daß das Buch allen, die sich mit dekapoden Krebsen befassen, wirklich empfohlen werden darf. Für Studenten der Biologie dürfte es gerade bei Meeresexkursionen sehr gute Dienste leisten. L. Tiefenbacher 44. Holthuis, L. B.: The recent genera of the Caridean and Stenopodidean shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda): with an appendix on the order Amphionidacea. [ed. C.H.J.M. Fransen &C. van Achterberg]. - Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, 1993. 328 S., 312 Abb. - ISBN 90-73239-21-4. Das vorliegende Werk hat einen Vorgänger. 1955 veröffentlichte L. B. Holthuis in den Zoologische Verhandelingen No. 26 “The recent genera of the Caridean and Stenopodidean shrimps (class Crustacea, order Decapoda, supersecti- on Natantia) with keys for their determination.” Diese geschätzte Arbeit war wohl am Arbeitsplatz jedes Zoologen, der sich seit dem mit Natania befaßt hat, ein häufig benutztes, inzwischen schon fast zerlesenes Arbeitsbuch. Seit dieser Zeit ist die Forschung fortgeschritten, neue Genera und höhere Taxa sind beschrieben worden, manches wurde revidiert. Hierbei ist besonders zu erwähnen, daß der Autor in der nun völlig überarbeiteten und ergänzten Neuauflage sich der mühsamen und so verdienstvollen Arbeit unterzog, die Synonyme mit den zugehörigen Zitaten zusammenzutragen. Für alle Genera ist die Originalpublikation zitiert, sowie die Typusart. Als Hilfe zur Benützung der Schlüssel dienen die hervorragenden Strichzeichnungen vorzugsweise der Typusart aus den Originalarbeiten. Letztlich ist der Appendix, der der Ordnung der Amphionidacea gewidmet ist, zu erwähnen, die Holthuis 1955 noch unter “Genera dubia Carideorum” anführte. Das hervorragende Werk wird wieder für lange Zeit eine unentbehrliche Arbeitshilfe für alle sein, die sich mit den Caridea und Stenopodidea bzw. den Amphionidacea beschäftigen. Dank dem Autor und den Herausgebern. L. Tiefenbacher 45. Smaldon, G., L. B. Holthuis & C. H. J. M. Fransen: Coastal Shrimps and Prawns. - Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series) (eds. D. M. Kermack, R. 5. K. Barnes and J. H. Crosthers), No.15 (2nd. ed.), publ. for Linnean Soc., London, and Estuarine and Coastal Sci. Ass. by Field Studies Council, Shrewsbury, 1993. pp. I-VIIL, 1-142. - ISBN 1-85153-252-8. Wie alle Bändchen dieser Reihe wendet sich dieser Führer an Amateure und Fachbiologen in gleicher Weise, die sicher die Garnelen im Küstenbereich der Britischen Inseln bestimmen wollen und sich über ihre systematische Zugehörigkeit, ihre charakteristischen Merkmale, ihre Färbung, ihre Fortpflanzung, ihren Lebensraum, ihre übrige Verbreitung u.a. fundiert informieren wollen. Die jeweiligen Bestimmungsschlüssel und die klaren Strichzeichnun- gen sind dabei sehr nützlich. Die zweite Auflage wurde durch Holthuis und Fransen gründlich revidiert und ergänzt. So sind drei Arten der Liste der britischen Garnelen zugefügt und in den Text und die Schlüssel eingearbeitet worden. Die Nomenklatur wurde auf den neuesten Stand gebracht und die weiterführende Literaturliste durch neuere Titel ergänzt. Das sehr empfehlenswerte Bändchen dürfte sicher ebenso schnell wie sein Vorgänger vergriffen sein. Interessenten sollten schnell zugreifen. L.Tiefenbacher 276 SPIXIANA 277-281 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 A new species of Cetema Hendel with reference to the distribution of the genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chloropidae) By E. P. Nartshuk Nartshuk, E. P. (1995): A new species of Cetema Hendel with reference to the distribution of the genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chloropidae). — Spixiana 18/3: 277-281 Cetema maroccana, spec. nov. is described from North Africa. Three centres of biodi- versity of the genus Cetema in the holarctic region are discussed. E. P. Nartshuk, Zoological Institute Russian Academy of Sciences, 199034 S. Peters- burg, Russia Introduction The genus Cetema Hendel belongs to the subfamily Chloropinae. Cetema is considered as a single genus within the genus group Cetema (Andersson 1972, Kanmiya 1984) or is included into the tribe Cetematini together with Archecetema Nartshuk and Homaluroides Sabrosky (Nartshuk 1983, 1987). In this paper Archecetema is considered only as a subgenus of Cetema. Cetema is a holarctic genus, 12 species being known from the Palaearctic and 2 species from the Nearctic region (Czerny & Strobl 1909, Becker 1910, Collin 1966, Duda 1933, Beschovski 1984, Ismay 1985). The genus Cetema deviates in the structure of the pregenital synsclerite and the male genitalia (epandrium) from all other genera of the subfamily Chloropinae. The pregenital synsclerite is enlarged in Cetema in contrast to the other Chloropinae with reduced synsclerite. The epandrium of most species of Cetema, except for species of the subgenus Archecetema, has additional long anterolateral processes under the surstyli. Origin and variation of these processes can be observed within the genus, because species from the Far East are more generalized and do not have these processes or have only small ones (Nartshuk 1976). There are two centres of biodiversity within the genus Cetema in the Palaearctic region: Westpalae- arctic and Eastpalaearctic (Fig. 1). The third centre is situated in the eastern part of the Nearctic region. These three centres correspond to three regions of nemoral biotas within the Holarctic region. Species of Cetema are not associated with trees. Larvae of Cetema are phytophagous, they live in shoots of grasses of the genera Agrostis, Glyceria, Poa, Alopecurus and some others. Most of the species are mesophilous, they occur on meadows, borders and clearings in forests. C. bispinosa Duda is the only hydrophilous species that occurs in wet places, their larvae live in shoots of Glyceria triflora (Korsh.). Up to date the westpalaearctic species were known only from Europe. A new species which is described in this paper occurs in North Africa. The number of westpalaearctic species gradually decreases from west to east, and the number of eastern species increases again in the Eastpalaearctic region (Fig. 2). Eight species occur in the atlantic sector of the Palaearctic region: C. paramyopina Collin, C. monticula Becker, C. maroccana, spec. nov.,C. transversa Collin, C. neglecta Tonnoir, C. elongata Meigen, C. cereris Fallen, C. myopina Loew. I consider C. similis Ismay, 1985 a synonym of C. elongata Meigen (Nartshuk 1991). C. obliqgua Beschovski, 1984 is very likely also a synonym of C. elongata. Dr. M. v. Tschirnhaus (pers. comm.) considers this species a synonym of C. elongata. Distances of ranges of these species eastwards are very different. Two former species, C. paramyopina and C. maroccana, are not recorded eastward of the atlantic sector, two related species C. transversa and C. monticola — eastwards to central Europa, C. neglecta — eastwards of Moscow district, C. elongata — eastwards to Ural moun- 277 Fig. 1. Ranges of west- (simple line) and east- (line with strokes) palaearctic species groups of Cetema. tains, C. myopina — eastwards to the Baikal lake. Only C. cereris is a transpalaearctic species. Similar | patterns of distribution — but in the opposite direction — are known for the eastpalaearctic species. The number of species decreases westwards. C. necopinata is recorded from Japan, southern Kuril islands and Primorsky province of Russia, C. sulcifrons Duda is known westwards to Szechwan in | China (as the subspecies nigritarsis Duda) and East Aimak in Mongolia, and C. bispinosa Duda is recorded westwards to the Yenisey river (Figs 1, 2). C. cereris has the widest range and occurs from Great Britain to Sakhalin and in Europe northwards to the Polar circle (Rovaniemi in Finland) by the nominate subspecies C. c. cereris. In the south of far east of Russia and Japan this subspecies is replaced by the subspecies C. cereris orientalis Nartshuk. Males of this subspecies lack the long hairs on the fore | tibia. The most northern record of Cetema in Europe belongs to C. elongata: Murmansk, Kola peninsula. | I 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° 140° Fig. 2. Schema of the distribution of the west- (squares) and east- (circles) palaearctic species of Cetema. 1. C. cereris Fallen. 2. C. myopina Loew. 3. C.elongata Meigen. 4. C. neglecta Tonnoir. 5. C. transversa Collin. 6. C. paramyopina Collin. 7. C. maroccana, spec. nov. 8. C. bispinosa Duda. 9. C. sulcifrons Duda. 10. C. necopinata Nartshuk. On absciss axis grades of eastern longitude. 278 Fig. 3. Epandrium of Cetema. 1. C. necopinata. 2. C. sulcifrons. 3. C. bispinosa. 4. C. maroccana. 5. C. elon- gata. 6. C. myopina. c = mesolobus (fused cerci), ed = surstyli, ep = epandrium, pa = anterolateral processes The structure of male genitalia of the new species is very characteristic. The epandrium has above rather long additional anterolateral processes under the surstyli, and also a long projection of the surstyli, similar to those of C. bispinosa. The new species is close to C. bispinosa in a comparative morphological row based on the structure of the male genitalia (Fig. 3). The most generalized species C. necopinata Nartshuk and C. sulcifrons Duda occur in the far east of Russia, in China and Japan. Cetema maroccana, Spec. noV. Types. Holotype: d, Morocco, Haut Atlas, 2500 m, Oukaimeden, 27.-28.06.1987, leg. W. Schacht (ZSM). - aratypes: 17, same label as holotype (ZSM); 1, Atlas mal., Arround, 9.-12.06.1926, leg. Lindberg (ZMHU). Description Body length. 4.0-4.2 mm. Head. Wider than long, frons in profile not strongly produced beyond anterior level of eye. Frons nearly square, yellow, covered by black hairs. Frontal triangle black except the yellow tip, shining smooth. Occiput black, pubescent and confluent with base of frontal triangle. Gena and face yellow with white hairs. Gena of moderate breadth, a little narrower than breadth of first flagellomer. First flagellomer slightly longer than broad, largely yellow with infuscate dorsal margin; arista all brownish. Palpi yellow in male, slightly darkened at tip in female. Scutum. Relatively narrow, about 1.3 as long as wide, entirely black shining, except for yellow postpronotum which bears a small black spot. Scutellum yellow with blackish lateral side. Pleura yellow with usual large black spots. Bristles of scutum and scutellum black. Legs largely black, coxae 279 Fig. 4. Male genitalia of C. maroccana, spec. nov. 1. Tip of abdomen, lateral view. 2. Epandrium. 3. Hypandrium. _ aph = apodeme of phallus, g = gonite, hyp = hypandrium, ph = phallus, s 7+8 = synsclerite, st 6,7 = stigma, t = tergite. Other abbreviations see Fig. 3. Scale line: 0.1 mm. and trochanters yellow; femora black except tip; tibia black except both ends, tarsi black except | metatarsi of middle and hind legs, which are dark yellow. Middle tibia with usual black apical spur. Distal part of fore and middle tibia in male covered by long white hairs. Male femora more thickened than those in female. Wing of usual form, weakly tinged with grey; halter pale yellow. Abdomen. Black, terminal segments in male weakly curving ventrally and somewhat clubbed in lateral view. Tergite 5 is a little longer than tergite 4 and tergite 4 is longer than tergite 3. Synsclerite 7+8 in male rather strong sclerotized, about '/ as long as tergite 5. | Male genitalia (Fig. 4). Epandrium large black, except brownish base and tip of anterolateral | processes. These processes long and tapering, curved in lateral view. Posterodistal notch of epandrium broadly and deeply emarginate in reversed U-shape. Surstyli located under anteroventral part of | epandrium with long narrow projections, which are as long as processes of epandrium. Hypandrium | much higher than wide. Gonites well differentiated, located in line, pregonites being much longer than postgonites. Postgonites with 4 setae and some pores. Basiphallus short, distiphallus membranous. Comparison. From the palaearctic species of the genus three species and subspecies have dark coloured legs. C. sulcifrons nigritarsis Duda, described from Szechwan, China, is distinguished by the structure of the frontal triangle with central groove and absence of additional anterolateral processes of the epandrium in male genitalia (Fig. 3, 2). C. cereris nigrifemur Czerny, described from Spain, has a white arista in contrast of the dark arista in the new species. C. monticola Becker, described from the Pyrenees (Aix-les-Bains and Le Vernet according to Becker 1910), is distinguished by the presence of a long black bristle at the top of metatarsus of the middle legs. The new species is distinguished from C. monticola also by the dark tarsi of all legs and the long projection of the surstyli in the male genitalia. I have seen 14 (syntype ?) from Aix-les-Bains (France, Dept. Savoie) received from Naturhistorisches Museum Vienna/Austria and have not observed this long projection of surstyli. Some specimens of C. cereris and C. myopina from the Caucasus mountains collected by me in the Teberda nature reserve and in Daghestan above 1500 m, have also dark coloured legs, especially the females. The main distinguishing characters of the new species are in the structure of the male genitalia. 280 Acknowledgements I am much indebted to Mr. W. Schacht (Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Germany —- ZSM) and Dr. P. Vilkamaa (Zoological Museum of the Helsinki University, Finland -— ZMHU) for the loan of this material for investigation. The paper was supported by grant Nr. 2.1.92 6p of the Russian Academy of Sciences, grant N JJJ 100 of International Sciences Foundation and Government of Russian Federation, and the Deutsche Forschungsgemein- schaft. I wish to express my deepest thanks to Dr. H. Ulrich for his kind help during my work in German museums. References Andersson, H. 1977. Taxonomic and phylogenetic studies on Chloropidae (Diptera) with special reference to the Old World genera. - Ent. Scand. Suppl. 8: 1-200 Becker, Th. 1910. Chloropidae. Eine monographische Studie. - Archivum zoologicum, Budapest 1 (10): 33-174 Beschovski, V. 1984. Cetema obliqua sp. n., a new species of Chloropidae from southeast Europe (Diptera). - Reichen- bachia 22 (30): 213-214 Collin, J. E. 1966. A new revision of the British species of Cetema Hendel (Diptera, Chloropidae) with two species new to science. - Entomoligst 99: 116-2120 Czerny, L. & G. Strobl 1909. Spanische Dipteren III. Beitrag.-Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 59 (6): 121-301 Duda, O. 1933. Chloropidae - In: E. Lindner. Die Fliegen der palaearktischen Region. Bd. 4 (1): 48-248 Ismay, I. W. 1985. The identity of Cetema elongata (Meigen) (Diptera, Chloropideae). - Ent. month. Mag. 121: 35-38 Kanmiya, K. 1983. A systematic study of the Japanese Chloropidae (Diptera). - Mem. Ent. Soc. Wash. 11: 1-370 Nartshuk, E. P. 1976. Far-eastern species of the genus Cetema Hendel (Diptera, Chloropidae). - Trudy Zool. Inst. AN SSSR 62: 117-126 (In Russian) -- 1983. A system of the superfamily Chloropoidea (Diptera, Cyclorrhapha). - Entomol. obozr. 62 (3): 638-648 (in Russian) English translation: Entomol. Review, Washington. 1983. 62(3): 180-193 -- 1987. Grassflies (Diptera: Chloropoidea) their system, evolution and associations with plants. - Trudy Zool. Inst. AN SSR 136: 1-280 (in Russian) -- 1991. Grassflies (Diptera, Chloropidae) of the Moscow province. - Biol. nauki 7 (331): 22-43 (in Russian) 281 Buchbesprechungen 46. Wells, S. (ed.): UNEP/IUCN. Coral Reefs of the World. Vol 1: Atlantic and Eastern Pacific. - UNEP Regional Seas Directories and Bibliographies. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge U.K./UNEP, Nairobi, Kenya, 1988 (Reprinted 1991). XLVII + 373 S. - ISBN 2-88032-943-4. Nach Nutzung, Ausbeutung und teilweiser Zerstörung von Korallenriffen ist in den letzten 10-15 Jahren das Interesse an ihrer Zukunft weltweit deutlich gestiegen. So wurde für den 4. und 5. International Coral Reef Congress (1981 und 1985) als Thema “Das Riff und der Mensch” gewählt. Hier wurden zahlreiche Arbeiten, die die fortschrei- tende Zerstörung der Riffe weltweit darstellten, vorgetragen. Auf dieser Grundlage erreichte es die Coral Reef Working Group der IUCN Commission on Ecology, zwei Projekte zu starten, einerseits um die Bedrohung der Riffe weltweit zu dokumentieren und andrerseits um eine Bestandsaufnahme von Schutzgebieten, die auch Korallenriffe einschließen, durchzuführen. Der Nachdruck des 1. Bandes von 1988 zeigt, wie groß die Nachfrage ist. Er beschreibt die Riffe des Atlantik und des östlichen Pazifik in 37 alphabetisch aufgeführten Einzelgebieten und gründet auf den oben genannten Arbeiten. Karten, die die Lage genau angeben, detaillierte Beschreibungen der Korallenriffe, ihres Zustandes, ihrer teilweise Zerstörung, des fehlenden oder unzureichenden Schutzes durch die Regierungen der jeweiligen Länder u.s.w., sowie reiche Angaben, die zur Originalliteratur führen, machen diese wichtige Dokumen- tation, die laufend zu ergänzen ist, zur unverzichtbaren Voraussetzung, um einen weltweiten Schutz dieser phanta- stischen, in ihrer Bedeutung für den Menschen noch kaum erkannten Lebensräume durchzusetzen. L. Tiefenbacher 47. Kerry, K.R. & G. Hempel (eds.): Antarctic Ecosystems. Ecological Change and Conservation. - Springer Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1990. XII + 427 S. - ISBN 3-540-52101-1 und ISBN O-387-52101-1. Vom 29. August bis 3. September 1988 wurde unter der Schirmherrschaft des Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) am University Centre der Universität von Tasmanien in Hobart, Australien, ein Symposium unter dem Thema “Ecological Change and the Conservation of Antarctic Ecosystems” veranstaltet, das 5. Symposium in einer Reihe. Im Vordergrund standen hier die kurz- und langzeitlichen Veränderungen im Ökosystem, die durch die Natur und den Menschen verursacht werden. Die Kenntnis dieser Veränderungen trägt zum Verständnis der ökologischen Prozesse bei, die sich in einer sich verändernden Umwelt und bei der Variabilität der ökologischen Faktoren ereignen, und sie ist wichtig für eine Entwicklung realistischer Überwachungsstrategien und beim Erkun- den von Schutzpraktiken. Von den 80 Vorträgen und 93 Posterdemonstrationen dieses Symposiums sind im vorlie- genden Band 45 abgedruckt. Alle übrigen wurden in wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften wir POLAR BIOLOGY und ANTARCTIC SCIENCE veröffentlicht. Die Beiträge sind im vorliegenden Band unter den Hauptkapiteln eingeord- net: “Lang- und mittelfristige Änderungen der antarktischen Umwelt”, “Jahreszeitliche Wechsel in den Meereiszonen und vor South Georgia”, “Ökologische Veränderungen und Veränderungen der Population bei Seevögeln und Meeressäugern”, “Gegenwärtige und mögliche Fischerei”, “Einwirkung des Menschen auf die terrestrischen und marinen Systeme”. Der Band ist für alle, die sich mit der Antarktis beschäftigen, unverzichtbar. Ökologen werden ihn als eine Fundgrube schätzen. L. Tiefenbacher 48. Kaas, P.& R. A. Van Belle: Monograph of Living Chitons. Vol. 5. Additions to Vol. 1-4. - Brill, Leiden, New York, Köln, 1994. 402 S. Der ganze Band besteht aus Ergänzungen zu den Bänden 1-4, die als Monographie über Chitonen von 1985 an erschienen sind. Die einzelnen Arten werden nach dem bewährten Schema abgehandelt: Ort, an dem der Typus aufbewahrt wird, Typus-Lokalität, Synonymie, Beschreibung und Verbreitung. Außerdem sind die Arten unter den jeweiligen Faunenregionen, in denen sie vorkommen, zusammengefaßt. Am Schluß ist ein Verzeichnis der Abkür- zungen der Aufbewahrungsorte des Typenmaterials angeführt. Es folgen ein ausführliches Literaturverzeichnis und Verbreitungskarten einiger Arten. Wer die ersten vier Bände besitzt, wird sich wohl auch diesen Ergänzungsband anschaffen müssen. R. Fechter 282 SPIXIANA 283-319 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 The pipunculid flies of Israel and the Sinai (Insecta, Diptera, Pipunculidae) By Marc De Meyer De Meyer, M. (1995): The pipunculid flies of Israel and the Sinai (Insecta, Diptera, Pipunculidae). — Spixiana 18/3: 283-319 The pipunculid fauna of Israel and the Sinai is revised. In total, 45 species are recorded from this area and 18 species are described as new to science: Eudorylas ascitus, E. flavicrus, E. imitator, E. sinaiensis, Tomosvaryella argyrata, T. argyratoides, T. inermis, T. israelensis, T. debruyni,T.docta, T. freidbergi, T. inopinata, T. jubata, T. nodosa, T. parakuthyi, T. pusilla, T. sedomensis, and T. trichotibialis. Eudorylas lini (Hardy) is considered a junior synonym of Eudorylas confusoides (Lamb). The female of Cephalops conjunctivus is recorded for the first time. Lectotypes and paralectotypes are designated for T. helwanensis (Collin) and T. dentiterebra (Collin). Identification keys for the males of the genera Eudorylas and Tomosvaryella are provided. The zoogeographical relation- ship of the pipunculid fauna is briefly discussed. Marc De Meyer, National Museums of Kenya, Dept. Invertebrate Zoology, P.O. Box 40658, Nairobi, Kenya. Introduction Pipunculidae are small inconspicuous flies, closely related to hoverflies (Syrphidae). They can be differentiated from the latter by the wing venation (no vena spuria) and the large compound eyes occupying most ofthe hemispherical head. During their larval stage they are parasitoids of Auchenor- rhyncha (Homoptera). European Pipunculidae have been the topic of recent revisions (Albrecht 1990, De Meyer 1989a, Jervis 1992). Nevertheless, the Mediterranean fauna is still poorly studied (De Meyer 1992b). Around the beginning of this century, Becker described several species from the Mediterranean area (Becker 1903, 1910, 1921). Later, only a few fragmentary works were published on limited collections of this region (Coe 1969, Collin 1948, 1958, Janssens 1955). No comprehensive study of the Israel fauna has been undertaken before. The only records are in Bodenheimer (1937) where four pipunculid species are reported: Eudorylas trochanteratus (Becker), Tomosvaryella frontata (Becker), T. subvirescens (Loew), un- der the junior synonym of T. pilosiventris (Becker), and T. vicina (Becker). Material and methods The present study is based on a collection from the Tel Aviv University and kindly put at my disposal by Dr. Amnon Freidberg. It comprises about 800 specimens, collected over the last 50 years (with emphasis on the last two decennia). Most material was collected in Israel, including the occupied territories of Golan Heights and West Bank, as well as from the Sinai Desert (now Egypt). Material from the former places is listed under Israel with mention of the occupied zone, while material from the Sinai is listed under Egypt. In addition type material and other specimens for comparison were kindly put at my disposal by the following institutions: Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt Universität, Berlin, Germany (MNHU),; 283 Koninklijk Belgisch Instituut voor Natuurwetenschappen, Brussel, Belgium (KBIN); Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, USA (MCZ); Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, South Africa (NMP),; Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii (BPBM); Natural History Museum, London, Great Britain (NHM); Slovak National Museum Bratislava, Slovakia (SNMB); and Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, the Netherlands (ZMA). Only new species are described in detail. For others, a short diagnosis is given. In case a recent revision is available, reference is made to this work: Jervis (1992) for European Chalarus; De Meyer (1993) for Afrotropical Tomosvaryella (including several species also found in Israel and the Sinai); and De Meyer (1989a) and Ackland (1993) for West Palaearctic Cephalops. For the identification of Eudorylas spp., use was made of an unpublished manuscript by Mr. M. Ackland (Oxon) which provides a key and detailed illustrations of the British species of this genus. The manuscript was kindly put at my disposal by the author and will hereafter be referred to as Ackland (MS). List of species The species are listed alphabetically within each genus. For the arrangement of supraspecific taxa, Rafael & De Meyer (1992) is followed. Chalarinae Chalarus fimbriatus Coe, 1966 Diagnosis. Frons without fronto-orbital setae. Eyes moderately convergent. Hind femora without long and curved apical seta of posterodorsal/dorsal row. Abdomen narrow; lateral fan with long bristles. All ? pulvilli of same length. Material. Israel: 27 specimens from the following localities: Ani’am (occ. Golan Heights); Panyas (occ. Golan Heights); Bar’am; Dan; Har Dov; Mahanayim; Monfort; Har Hermon (occ. Golan Heights); Park HaYarden; Tarqu- miya; Up. W. Faria (occ. West Bank); W. Kelt (occ. West Bank) (all TAU). Discussion. Jervis (1992) gives a detailed redescription of this species in his revision of European Chalarus, with illustrations for the major characters. The species is mainly reported from West and Central Europe. Chalarus juliae Jervis, 1992 Diagnosis. Frons without fronto-orbital setae. Eyes moderately convergent. Hind femora with long and curved apical seta of posterodorsal/dorsal row present. Abdomen narrow,; lateral fan with long bristles. ? pulvilli on four anterior legs longer than those on hind legs. Front ommatidial facets greatly enlarged. Material. Israel: Panyas (occ. Golan Heights), 322, 10.VIl.1975; 15, 9.V1.1976; 12, 13.V1.1982; 283, Mt Hermon (occ. Golan Heights), 31.VIII.1984; 1?, Neve Ativ, 28-29.VII1.1981, all A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. This species was recently described from France (Jervis 1992). It is clearly differentiated from other Chalarus species by the long and curved apical seta of the posterodorsal/dorsal row on hind femora. Diagnostic characters are illustrated in Jervis (1992). The species is further reported from England, Finland, Russia and Sweden. Chalarus spurius (Fallen, 1816) Diagnosis. Frons without fronto-orbital setae. Eyes strongly convergent. Hind femora without long and curved apical seta of posterodorsal/dorsal row. Abdomen broad; lateral fan with shorter bristles. ? eyes weakly convergent. All pulvilli of same length. 284 Material. Israel: Panyas (occ. Golan Heights), 22%, 10.VII.1975; 12, 28.V1.197, A. Freidberg; 17, Bar’am, 3 km SE, 20.VIII.1990, A. Freidberg; 1?, Dan, 21.V11.1983, I. Nussbaum; 1, Tel Dan, 18.V1.1971, Kugler; 12, Up. W. Faria (occ. West Bank), 28.1V.1976, M. Kaplan. — Lebanon: 12, Mt Baruh, 9.1X.1984, I. Nussbaum (all TAU). Discussion. Probably one of the most widespread Chalarus species with perhaps a cosmopolitan distribution. Jervis (1992) however points out that several of the records from regions outside Europe are questionable. General remark. Jervis (1992) made a revision of this genus, with emphasis on the European fauna. Still, several taxonomic and identification problems are unresolved (like number of forms only partly related to described species, inadequate association of males with females). Therefore, the identifica- tions are somewhat tentative. Further in depth study ofthe genus on a wider basis could cause changes. In addition 9 Chalarus specimens could not be identified to species level. Verrallia aucta Fallen, 1817 Diagnosis. Vein Ml+2 with appendix. One pair of ocellar bristles present. Second antennal segment with numerous dark bristly hairs below and above. All femora without warts beneath. Thorax and abdomen dark; scutellum with long dark bristles along apical margin. Material. Israel: 18, Panyas, 16.1V.1992, A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. Verrallia aucta is the only species of this genus occurring in the West Palaearctic region. It can be readily differentiated from members of the closely related genus Jassidophaga by the presence of an appendix in vein Ml+2 in Verrallia (sometimes both taxa are considered as one genus, but see Rafael & De Meyer 1992). V. aucta is widely distributed over Europe and one of the more common pipunculid species. Genitalia of both sexes are illustrated in Coe (1966). Pipunculinae Cephalopsini Cephalops conjunctivus Collin, 1958 Diagnosis. Frons completely silver-grey; third antennal segment acute, black-brown. Humerus dark; scutellum with long pale hairs. Legs mainly dark, knees yellow; hind tibiae with 3 erected anterior bristles in median part. Cross-vein r-m placed at basal third till fourth of discal cell. Abdomen shining black, elongated, with long pale hairs. Membraneous area not reaching epandrium. The ? resembles the d in most respects except for the following characters. Third antennal segment somewhat longer acuminate. Frons silver-grey pubescent except in upper part shining black in front of ocellar triangle. Tibiae more yellowish. Ovipositor with base broad and long, piercer shorter than base, straight (Fig. 7a). Material. Croatia: 13, Dalmatia, Korcula (east end), 22-27.V.1955, R. Coe (holotype) (NHM). - Israel: 234, Hefa, 18.1V.1992, A. Freidberg; 13, Majdel Chams (occ. Golan Heights), 14.X.1982, F. Kaplan; Mt Meiron, 1%, 18.1X.1976; 18 12, 30.IX.1976; 12, 10.1X.1981 (all A. Freidberg); 1?, Mt Hermon (occ. Golan Heights), 2000 m, 8.1IX.1971, Kugler (all TAU). Discussion. A detailed redescription of the d holotype is given in De Meyer (1989a). The ? was unknown up till now. C. conjunctivus is clearly a mediterranean species, known from the former Yugoslavia (now Croatia), and Spain (De Meyer 1992b). It is closely related to some Afrotropical representatives of the aeneus group within Cephalops (see De Meyer 1992a). Cephalops perspicuus (de Meijere, 1905) Diagnosis. Ö, frons silver-grey pubescent with small shining median patch; third antennal segment short acute, yellow. Humerus dark; scutellum with short pale hairs along apical margin. Legs mainly yellow; hind tibia with few weakly suberected anterior hairs in median part. Cross-vein r-m placed 285 Fig. 1. d tergum 5 and sternum 8 in dorsal view (above) and distal view (below). a. Eudorylas confusoides. b. E. flu- viatilis. c. E. halteratus. d. E. obliquus. e. E. longifrons. f. E. pannonicus. g. E.setosus. h. E. trochanteratus. i. E. zer- mattensis. Scale 0.1 mm. near middle of discal cell. Abdomen short, subshining black-brown, terga 2-4 with not clearly defined yellow markings along lateral margins, markings can be variable. Membraneous area reaching epan- drium. %, frons silver-grey pubescent except for shining part in front of ocellar triangle. Material. The Netherlands: Bussum, 14, 1.VII1.1902, de Meijere (holotype) (ZMA). - Israel: Herzliyya, 1, 10.1V.1982; 12, 26.V.1982, A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. A detailed redescription of both sexes is given in De Meyer (1989a), with illustrations of dand ? terminalia. Ackland (1993) gives additional and excellent diagnostic figures. C. perspicuus is a West-Palaearctic species, occurring all over Europe except the northern part. No records are known from the Mediterranean area. The specimens from Israel (two females) seem to correspond to this species albeit the yellow markings on the abdominal segments are quite obscure. The shape of the ovipositor however, with the long thin piercer curved upwards, is conspecific. Eudorylini Key to SS of Eudorylas 1. Abdominal sternum 8 without membraneous area (sometimes slight depression present distally but no'true'membraneousjarea)(Figs la, 1h, 4-6)... NE 2; —- : Abdominal sternum 8 with membraneous area (Figs 1b-g, li, 2, 3) .................coescsescaencacnenenenenensnenee 6. 2. Smaller species (<2.5 mm). Eyes not touching. Abdominal sternum 8 small, in dorsal view at most as long as tergum 5 (Fig. 1a). Pterostigma very obscure, seemingly missing ............. E. confusoides - Larger species (>2.8 mm). Eyes touching. Abdominal sternum 8 very large, about twice as long as tergum.S (Figs Ih, 4-6). Pterostigmalalways’distinet nn. .eeneaee nennen N 3. 3. Epandrium in dorsal view clearly visible, occupying right side of sternum 8 (giving the impression of a dorsal suture on the right side of sternum, fig. 1h). Hind trochanter with dark spiny bristles ER RR eeeeeco E. trochanteratus 286 12: IS: Epandrium not visible in dorsal view; sternum 8 without suture (Figs 4-6). Hind trochanter without Spinyabristles ee 4. In dorsal view, sternum 8 truncated to right side. Inner surstylus ankyroid in lateral view (Fig. 5) Reden lcdanheukernaserunarennt.legbsstsnrenshakg rohe thoppes nee Hear eerner ran trrlntndsnsnterireder re nes te E. ruralis In dorsal view, sternum 8 evenly rounded distally. Inner surstylus without hook distally (Figs 4, 6) Be ee BE TE ee est SEES ee 8. Apical part aedeagus in ventral view slender, with subparallel lateral margins. Surstyli asymmet- ealsinnerssurstylusibasallyzbreadenednEisyo)er. een E. sinaiensis Apical part aedeagus in ventral view broad, broadening basally. Surstyli subsymmetrical, inner suxstylusswithoutiproadenedibasenEisgd)r nme ee en E. imitator Apical margin of scutellum with conspicuous long dark bristles ............eeeeeee E. setosus Apical margin of scutellum without long bristles, at most short dark or palish hairs .................. 7 Posteroventral spurs on four anterior tibiae absent. Legs mainly dark with only knees narrowly brownish yellow. Membraneous area running obliquely along sternum 8 (Fig. Ic)... E. halteratus Posteroventral spurs present. Legs with at least tibiae partly yellow (except for E. zermattensis). Membraneoustarearditferent.. nn ee ee a 8. Beesteompletelyayellowarr m nn en E. flavicrus DibiaerandY\oriemoralatleastpartiy darkenedrr re ne D. Membraneous area small and elongated (Fig. 2). Base of hind femur dark ...................... E. ascitus Membraneous area much larger. Base of hind femur dark or yellow ............neeeeeee: 10. BNembraneoussarearotroundishishapen(Eissslp.DE ren IN, Membraneonsgareagogditterentzshape(Biesuldren En 12, . Membraneous area larger, occupying almost half of sternum 8 in distal view (Fig. 1f). Base of hind ICE ERS EN de OR IrDEL A TEHEELE STR RERHER ROBERT ARTE E. pannonicus Membraneous area smaller, occupying at most one fourth of width (Fig. 1b). Base of hind femur uswallysyellowz(sometimesfobseutelyzso)ern nn E. fluviatilis Membraneous area roughly triangular, much higher than wide (Fig. 1d). Base of hind femur yellow ER TEESENT DNEIE RA EI SE AIDS DES RS ee: E. obliquus Membraneous area wider, not triangular shaped. Base of hind femur dark (Figs 1e,i) .............. 13 Tibiae mostly dark; hind tibia without suberected anterior bristle in median part. Membraneous areasdıreetedisubventrallyalkiessli)E rn en ee E. zermattensis Tibiae only darkened medially, margins yellow; hind tibia with suberected anterior bristle in median part. Membraneous area directed to right side of sternum 8 (Fig. le) ............ E. longifrons Eudorylas ascitus, spec. nov. Fig. 2 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Haifa, 1.X.1978, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Paratype: 1, Israel, Nahal, Deragot, 25.11.1987, F. Kaplan (TAU). Description d. Body length: 2.99-3.20 mm. Wing length: 3.06-3.13 mm. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate, yellow-brown. Eyes. touching for distance equal to twice ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput greyish pubescent, upper part greyish-brown. 287 ® Fig. 2. Eudorylas acitus, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Thorax. Humerus yellowish. Mesonotum subshining black-brown; brownish dusted, anterior part greyish dusting. Scutellum subshining black, greyish dusted; on disc brownish. Halter yellow-brown. Wing: Fourth costal section about as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m at basal third of discal cell. Legs: Femora dark, apical margin narrowly yellow. Tibiae yellow, at least on dorsal part; more or less darkened in median part, especially in hind leg. Tarsal segments yellow to yellowish brown, last tarsal segment darker. Anterior four tibiae with apical spur present. Abdomen. Lateral fan with 1-2 dark bristly hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown, brown- ish dusted, tergum 1 greyish dusted. Lateral margins also greyish dusted, extending towards middle posteriorly. Sternum 8 subshining black-brown, greyish brown dusted. In dorsal view, sternum 8 slightly longer than tergum 5. Membraneous area small. Terminalia fig. 2. 2 unknown. Etymology. From the Latin ‘ascitus’ meaning alien or foreign and referring to the unknown relationship with other European Eudorylas species. Discussion. This species has yellow humeri and the base of the femora dark. It does not seem to show a close relationship with any of the other Eudorylas species found in Israel or Europe. Especially the enlarged and twisted ejaculatory duct is unlike any of those found in European representatives of the genus. Eudorylas confusoides (Lamb, 1922) Eudorylas lini (Hardy, 1971) (syn.nov.). Diagnosis. d eyes not touching. Humerus dark, above slightly paler than centre mesonotum. Pterostigma barely coloured except extreme tip; cross-vein r-m at basal fifth to sixth of discal cell. Femora dark at base. Membraneous area absent. $ frons broad and shining black, except above antennae silver-grey pubescent. Pulvilli about as long as last tarsal segment. d terminalia Fig. 1a. Material. Seychelles: 13, Mahe, near Morne Blanc (syntype E. confusoides) (NHM). — Philippines: 259 12, Pala- wan, 13 km N of Puerto Princesa (d holotype, 2 allotype and d paratypeE.lini) (BPBM). - Taiwan: 2595, N. Taiwan, 288 Taipei (paratypes) (BPBM). - La Reunion: 5 specimens from Ligne Paradis, St. Pierre, reared from Cicadulina mbila, B. Reynaud (KBIN). - Israel: 19 specimens from the following localities: Elot; Hadera; Herzliyya; Jeruzalem, Mt Scopus; Kfar Rugin; Kiryat Gat; Yasur (TAU). Discussion. Lamb originally placed this species in Dorylomorpha because of the obscure pterostigma and the position of the cross-vein r-m. Albrecht (1990) in his revision placed the species in Eudorylas and suggested it is related to E. fusculus. Both are indeed small pipunculids without a membraneous area on the abdominal 8th sternum. The surstyli are somewhat similar except that the outer surstylus in confusoides is much more elongated. The ejaculatory duct structure is however distinctly different. Albrecht (1990) also placed the Oriental E. lini (Hardy, 1971) under the genus Eudorylas. Study oftype material of both species has shown them to be synonymous. I am not sure of the generic position of this species. The shape of the discal cell could suggest a relation with the genus Microcephalops De Meyer (1989b) but other characteristics for this genus (like the swollen frons and narrowed face) are missing. Since E. confusoides and E. lini have shown to be identical, the distribution makes more sense. It seems to be a mainly Oriental species, also occurring on islands in the Indian Ocean and now reported from Israel. So far, it has not been found on the African mainland. The author recently received material from la Reunion where the species was found in rearing cages of Cicadulina mbila (Cicadellidae). This cicadellid, the transmitter of Maize Streak Virus, is also known from mainland Africa (Reynaud 1988). In addition the species is reported from paddy fields in the Oriental region (Hardy 1971, Yano et al. 1984) and seems to be associated with the rice leafhopper (Nephotettix). Eudorylas flavicrus, spec. nov. Kies Types. Holotype: Ö, Israel, Elat, 4.V.1986, F. Kaplan (TAU). Description d. Body length: 3.5 mm. Wing length: 4.0 mm. Head. Third antennal segment long acute, yellow. Eyes touching for distance equal to three times ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput greyish pubescent, upper part greyish-brown. Thorax. Humerus yellow. Mesonotum mainly brownish dusted, anterior part narrowly greyish dusted. Scutellum with greyish brown dusting. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section about 1.5 times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m at basal two-fifths of discal cell. Legs: mainly yellow; femora darkened in median part, especially dorsally; last tarsal segment dark. Anterior four tibiae with apical spur present. Abdomen. Lateral fan with 2-3 dark bristles. Abdominal terga weakly subshining black-brown; brownish dusted, tergum 1 wholly and lateral margins of other terga greyish dusted, posteriorly extending towards middle. In dorsal view, sternum 8 about as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area very small, elongated. Terminalia Fig. 3. ? unknown. Etymology. Refers to the almost completely yellow legs. Discussion. E. flavicrus, spec. nov. clearly belongs to the Eudorylas species group with humeri and base of the femora yellow. The small size of the membraneous area, and the shape of the surstyli are somewhat similar to those found in the European E. subterminalis Collin, but the apical part of the aedeagus is clearly differently formed. Eudorylas fluviatilis (Becker, 1900) Diagnosis. Humerus yellow. Base of hind femur yellow, sometimes not distinctly so. Tibiae mainly yellow. Abdominal sternum 8 about as long as tergum 5; membraneous area small and roundish. ? anterior tarsi with pulvilli very long (three times as long as last tarsal segment). Frons completely 289 Fig. 3. Eudorylas flavicrus, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. greyish pubescent, although thinly so in front of ocellar triangle. d terminalia Fig. 1b. Material. Israel: 149 specimens from the following localities: Ashdod; Panyas (occ. Golan Heights); Bet Dagan; Har Karmel; Jisr Damiya; Dor; Ga’ash; Haifa; Mt Hermon (occ. Golan Heights); Hefa; Herzliyya; Kalia; Kerem Shalom; Ma’agam Michael; Oamiya; Pal machim; Tel Aviv; Wadi Kabala, Judean Hills. Discussion. Clearly a species with Mediterranean and western Asian distribution. It is reported from the Canary Islands, Egypt, and the South European Territory of the former USSR (Tanasijtshuk 1988). It is unknown from any other region in the West-Palaearctic and does not seem to be related to any of the other European Eudorylas species. Eudorylas halteratus (Meigen, 1838) Diagnosis. Humerus black. Third antennal segment short acute, black. Legs mainly black, with knees narrowly brownish yellow. Four anterior tibiae without posteroventral spur apically. Abdomen dark, lateral margins greyish dusted. Membraneous area narrow and elongated. Terminalia Fig Ic. Material. Israel: 13, Mt Hermon (occ. Golan Heights), 1700 m, 7.VII.1987, A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. Eudorylas halteratus is one of the two European Eudorylas species without posteroventral spurs. It seems to be uncommon but widespread in West and Central Europe (maybe also found in Sweden). Eudorylas imitator, spec. nov. Figs 4, 7b Types. Holotype: 4, Israel, Tirat Zvi, 11.V.1984, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Allotype: ?, same locality and date as holotype (TAU). - Paratypes: Israel: 13, same locality and date as holotype; Mt Hermon (occ. Golan Heights): 16, 2.V111.1982, F. Kaplan; 18, 18.VIL.1972, M. Kaplan; 1?, 7.VII.1987, F. Kaplan; 19, 13.VIIl.1973, A. Freidberg; 19, 28.V1.1971, Kugler; 18 2?2, Panyas (occ. Golan Heights), 13.V1.19 82, A. Freidberg; 13, Nahal Tut, 18.V.1982, 290 Fig. 4. Eudorylas imitator, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus with aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus ventral; g. aedeagus, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. A. Freidberg; 14, Hazeva, 21.1V.1981, F. Kaplan; 19, Jeruzalem, Mt Scopus, 1.1X.1930, ©. Theodor; 18, Hamat Gader, 1.V1.1986, A. Freidberg; 13, Sderot, 27.11.1974, A. Freidberg; 13, Qusbiye, 14.11.1975, A. Freidberg; 1S, Yizre’el, 7.V11.1973, M. Kaplan (all TAU). Additional Material. One d specimen of unknown locality also belongs here. It is not included in the type series. Type material returned to TAU, except 6 paratypes deposited in collection KBIN. Description Body length: 3.06-3.88 mm. Wing length: 3.26-4.08 mm. 3. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate; brownish, with apical tip whitish. Eyes touching for distance equal to twice ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput greyish pubescent, upper part less densely greyish-brown. Thorax. Humerus pale yellowish. Mesonotum weakly subshining black-brown; mainly brownish dusted, anterior part more greyish dusting. Scutellum subshining black, greyish brown dusted; along apical margin with short dark hairs. Halter yellow-brown. Wing: Fourth costal section about as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m at basal third of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal third of tibiae yellow. Anterior four tibiae with apical spur present. Sometimes legs more yellowish brown in general colour. Abdomen. Lateral fan with 2-3 dark bristles. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown; brownish dusted, tergum 1 wholly and lateral margins of other terga extensively greyish dusted especially tergum 5. Sternum 8 mainly subshining black-brown, weakly greyish brown dusted. In dorsal view, about twice as long as tergum 5; evenly rounded apically. Membraneous area absent. Terminalia Fig. 4. ?? do not seem to be different from those of E. ruralis. Only 2 specimens that were associated with 8, are included in the type series. Others are listed separately under E. ruralis (see below). As d except for following characters. Third antennal segment longer acuminate, more palish white along apical margin. Frons silver-grey dusted above antennae, gradually becoming more shining black upwards. Pulvilli slightly longer than last tarsal segment. Terminalia Fig. 7b. Etymology. Refers to the similarity with E. ruralis. Discussion. This new species belongs to a complex of three species: E. ruralis, E. sinaiensis, spec. nov., and E. imitator, spec. nov. It shows the rounded apical margin of eight sternum like in 291 E. sinaiensis but the apical part of the aedeagus is broader in ventral view and the shape of the surstyli is slightly different. As indicated above, the 2? cannot be distinguished from those of E. ruralis. Eudorylas longifrons Coe, 1966 Diagnosis. Third antennal segment brownish. Humerus yellow. Base of hind femur dark. Tibiae mainly yellow, with median bristle. Membraneous area large, narrowing towards right margin. d terminalia Fig. le. Material. Israel: 13, Har Karmel, 27.V.1974, A. Freidberg; 383, W. Nemrod, 10.V1.1976, A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. This is an uncommon species of which the distribution is not well known. So far, it is only reported from Belgium, the former Czechoslovakia, and Great Britain. Possibly it is much more widespread. The aedeagus in the Israel specimens is slightly different from the one illustrated by Ackland (MS, based on British material) by being much longer. Otherwise no differences could be detected. Eudorylas obliquus Coe, 1966 Diagnosis. Humerus yellow. Base of hind femur yellow. Tibiae mainly yellow. Membraneous area roughly triangular, higher than wide and confined to right side of abdominal sternum 8. ? ovipositor base with unequal lobes, right one being larger than the left. d terminalia Fig. 1d. Material. Israel: 58 specimens from the following localities: Panyas (occ. Golan Heights); Bar’am; Har Karmel; Daliyya; En Te’o; Givat Brenner; Herzliyya; Kiryat Gat; Lahav; Mahamayim; K. Meiron; Nahal Qumeran; K. Nahum; Nashonim; Park HaYarden; Ramat Chen; Lower Nahal Amud, Zomet Koah; Up. N. Amud. Discussion. This species is mainly reported from western Europe. In addition, records are known from the former Czechoslovakia, and Italy (De Meyer 1992b). The species is very similar to E. jenkinsoni Coe but can be differentiated by small differences in the d genitalia (Ackland, MS). Eudorylas pannonicus (Becker, 1898) Diagnosis. Humerus yellow. Base of hind femur dark. Tibiae mainly dark, at least in median part. Membraneous area medium size, roundish. ? body mainly greyish dusted. Tarsal segments with long conspicuous black bristles. d terminalia Fig. 1f. Material. Israel: 18, Nahal Qetura, 2.V.1986, A. Freidberg; 13, Ein Mur, 30.X.1984, A. Freidberg; 16, Palestine, Gwulot, 21.X.1954, ©. Theodor; 12, Ein Gedi, 20.1.1976, Kugler; 12, Ein Feshkha, 22.X1.1976, A. Freidberg; 1?, Neot Hakikaz, 20.V.1974, A. Freidberg; 1?, West Negev, En HaMe’ara [small spring near Har Loz, Central Negev, according to A. Freidberg pers. comm.], 24.X.1984, A. Freidberg. - Egypt: 13 12, Sinai, Qzaima, 1.VII.1972, A. Freidberg (all TAU). Discussion. This species is mainly recorded from the Mediterranean region and Central Europe (De Meyer 1992b). The females can be readily recognized from any other Eudorylas by the long conspicuous bristles on the tarsal segments. The males have a simple, subsymmetrical pair of surstyli, unlike any of the other Eudorylas. Eudorylas ruralis (Meigen, 1824) Diagnosis. Head: third antennal segment brown, acuminate. Legs dark with basal third of tibiae yellow. Scutellum greyish brown dusted; along apical margin with short pale hairs. Sternum 8 without membraneous area, not evenly rounded, directed to right side. $ third antennal segment longer acuminate, with apical margin whitish. Frons silver-grey above antennae till small supraantennal protuberance; upper part gradually more shining black. d terminalia Fig. 5. Material. 32 specimens from the following localities: Israel: Bar’am; Haifa; Har Meron; Herzliyya; Mt Meiron; Tel Aviv. — Egypt: Sinai, Qzaima (all TAU). 292 Fig. 5. Eudorylas ruralis, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus with aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus, ventral. Scale 0.1 mm. In addition, the following 112? were not associated with any males. Since the females of E. ruralis and E. imitator, spec. nov., cannot be differentiated, they are listed here provisionally as E. ruralis s.l.: Israel: Park HaYarden, 1?, 16.X1.1982, I. Yarom; 12, 20.V1.1982, A. Freidberg; 1?, Hefa, 18.1V.1992, A. Freidberg; 17, Mt Meron, 10.V1.1987, Yarom & Zvik; 1?, Nov (occ. Golan Heights), 13.V.1981, A. Freidberg; Ein Gedi, 12, 5.11.1981, A. Freidberg; 3? 2, 13.V11.1987, Yoram & Zvik; 12, Ze’elim, 16.VI.1986, F. Kaplan; 12, Zelat, 18.VIl.1970, Kugler (all TAU). Discussion. E. ruralis can be differentiated from other Eudorylas species by the enlarged eight sternum without membraneous area. However, Israeli material comprised two other, closely related species with the same characteristic: E. sinaiensis, spec. nov. and E. imitator, spec. nov. E. ruralis can be differentiated by the hooks on the male surstyli and the shape of the eight sternum. It is a fairly common species, widespread throughout Europe except northern Europe (absent in Fennoscandia and Denmark). Eudorylas setosus (Becker, 1908) Diagnosis. Humerus yellow. Scutellum with long black bristles along apical margin. Base of hind femur black. Tibiae mainly darkish. Abdomen black dusted with silvery bands posteriorly. ? third antennal segment long filiform. Frons with long median shining black line extending from ocellar triangle till supraantennal tubercle. Tibia less dark. Abdomen greyish brown dusted with lateral margin extensively greyish. d terminalia Fig. 1g. Material. Israel: Herzliyya, 18, 27.V1.1982; 12, 10.VII.1982; 12, 11.VI1.1982; 19, 14.V11.1982; 12, 18.VI1.1982, all A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. Eudorylas setosus can be differentiated from any other European Eudorylas spp. by the long black bristles along the apical margin of the scutellum. The species was described originally from the Canary Islands and also seems to occur in Spain (Ackland pers. comm.). The drawings of d terminalia, sent to me by Michael Ackland, and based on his specimen from Spain, show however a slightly different shape of surstyli from the specimens of Israel. 293 Fig. 6. Eudorylas sinaiensis, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus, lateral; c. inner surstylus | lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus, ventral; g. aedeagus and ejaculatory | duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Eudorylas sinaiensis, spec. nov. Figs 6, 7c Types. Holotype: d, Egypt, Sinai, Ofira, 22.111.1981, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Allotype: ?,samelocalityand dateas holotype. — Paratypes: 854,3? ?, same locality and date as holotype; 14, Sinai, Wadi Kid, 13.11.1982, A. Freidberg; 13, Sinai, Ein Qsaib, 15.11.1982, A. Freidberg; 2??, Sinai, 20 km N Dahab, 12.111.1982, A. Freidberg (TAU). Type material returned to TAU, except 4 paratypes deposited in collection KBIN. Description Body length: 2.86-3.19 mm. Wing length: 3.26-3.74 mm. d. Head. Third antennal segment long acuminate, yellow-brown. Eyes touching for distance equal to twice ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput greyish pubescent, upper part greyish-brown. Thorax. Humerus pale yellowish. Mesonotum weakly subshining black-brown; mainly brownish dusted, anterior part more greyish dusting. Scutellum subshining black, greyish brown dusted; along apical margin with short pale hairs. Halter yellow-brown. Wing: Fourth costal section about as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m at basal third of discal cell. Legs: Femora dark, apical margin narrowly yellow. Tibiae yellow, slightly darkened in median part, especially hind tibia. Tarsal seg- ments yellow to yellowish brown. Anterior four tibiae with apical spur present. Abdomen. Lateral fan with 2-5 dark bristles. Abdominal terga subshining black- brown, brownish dusted, tergum 1 wholly and lateral margins of other terga extensively greyish dusted. Sternum 8 mainly subshining black-brown; weakly greyish brown dusted. In dorsal view, about twice as long as tergum 5; evenly rounded apically. Membraneous area absent. Terminalia Fig. 6. 9. As d except for following characters. Third antennal segment longer acuminate to filiform, pale yellow. Frons completely silver-grey dusted, except in front of ocellar triangle shining black. Some- times legs more yellowish and abdomen more extensively greyish dusted. Pulvilli longer than last tarsal segment. Terminalia Fig. 7c. Etymology. Referring to the type locality, the Sinai desert. Discussion. As mentioned above, this new species belongs to a complex, together with E. ruralis and E. imitator. Like E. imitator, the apical margin of the eight sternum is rounded. Is can be differentiated from E. imitator by the shape of the apical part of aedeagus (slender in ventral view) and the more 294 r | Fig. 7. & terminalia, lateral view. a. Cephalops conjunctivus. b. Eudorylas imitator. c. E. sinaiensis. d. Tomosvaryella argyratoides. e. T. debruyni. f. T. docta. g. T. freidbergi. h. T. israelensis. i. T. nodosa. j. T. parakuthyi. k. T. pusilla. Scale 0.5 mm. yellow tibiae. The 2 can be differentiated from the other two, by the more yellow tibiae and the frons more extensively greyish dusted. Eudorylas trochanteratus (Becker, 1900) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment yellow. Humerus yellow. Base of hind femur black. Tibiae yellow with median part darkish. Hind trochanter covered with short black spiny bristles. Abdominal sternum 8 large, swollen, without membraneous area. In dorsal view, epandrium occupying right side of sternum 8. ? frons shining black except above antenna. Hind trochanter without spiny bristles. ö terminalia Fig. Ih. Material. Israel: 12 specimens from the following localities: Sedom; Bet She’an Valley; Be’er Sheva; Shivta; N. Bsor; Ze’elim (all TAU). Discussion. Eudorylas trochanteratus resembles E. ruralis somewhat, but can be differentiated by the epandrium occupying the right side of the sternum 8 in dorsal view and by the spiny bristles on the hind trochanter. Also, the d terminalia are strongly different. Two ? specimens apparently belong to this species (one specimen associated with dd) They are very similar to 22 of the E. ruralis complex except for some minor differences in the shape of the ovipositor. The species was described originally from Egypt. Bodenheimer (1937) reported it from Palestina. Albrecht in Hackmann (1980) mentions it from Finland but this seems questionable. 295 Fig. 8. d tergum 5 and sternum 8 in dorsal view (above) and distal view (below). a. Tomosvaryella frontata. b. T. geniculata. c. T. helwanensis. d. T. kuthyi. e. T. minima. f. T. mutata. g. T. sylvatica. Scale 0.1 mm. Eudorylas zermattensis (Becker, 1898) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment brown acuminate. Humerus yellow. Legs black, only knees | yellow, tarsal segments yellow-brown below. Abdomen subshining black-brown; weakly brownish dusted, lateral margins more greyish dusted, 2nd tergum more densely so. d terminalia Fig. 11. Material. Israel: 11 specimens from the following localities: ‘Ajav’; Ein Gedi; Herzliyya; Jeruzalem, Mt Scopus; | Kalia; Ma’ale Adumim; Majdel Chams (occ. Golan Heights); N. Poleg; Nu’eima; Ze’elim. Discussion. Eudorylas zermattensis is widespread over Europe (De Meyer 1992b) and also reported from Uzbekistan (Kozänek 1988). The apical tip of the aedeagus differs slightly from that in West | European material from France (KBIN) and Great Britain (Ackland, MS). I consider the material however conspecific. Tomosvaryellini Key to dd of Tomosvaryella 1% SElind£trochanterswithsprotuberanee nn ee EEE 28 — Flinditrochanter smooth. ee een LEE EREEEER 6. 2. Abdominal terga with conspicuous bristly pilosity. Protuberance of hind trochanter apically cov- ered with short hairs - Abdominal terga without conspicuous bristly pilosity, at most with scatered hairs. Protuberance without hairs apically 296 Protuberance of hind trochanter keel like, with scattered hairs. Membraneous area on sternum 8 directeciucistallygeensee ne T. vicina Protuberance of different shape, only with short but dense pilosity apically. Membraneous area direeteditorrishtsideiof sternum&r ee en 4. klindiprotuberaneezoßrrapezoidishaper ee ee T. subvirescens kindsproruiberaneesor mianeularzshapereer een T. tecta Abdominal sterna with pairs of knobby protuberances. Sternum 8 without dorsal suture (Fig. 18) A N eenieclernchesbcnckete T. nodosa Abdominal sterna without knobby protuberances. Sternum 8 with dorsal suture (Fig. 17) ........... er en ur Re oendnplonce T. jubata Hind tibia dorsally with conspicuous comb of long dark bristles at apical end (Fig. 22) ............... REN EN T. trichotibialis Hind tibia without such comb, at most dispersed bristly hairs apically .................eeeseeeee H Abdominal sterna covered with velvet like pile. Sternum 8 very short (Fig. 8b).......... T. geniculata Abdominal;’sternauwithoutisuch pile 2.4.2 2n. 2 Me en ee 8. Klalteräblack® euere serie ale ee ai naar ey T. nigronitida Halter yellowish, at most yellowish-brown but never black............ueesesesesesesesesenenenenenenensenesenenenene 9), Frons with conspicuous hornlike processus in the middle (Fig. 11)... T. debruyni Eronssnormalswithoutsprocessu sp 10. . Oceiput with anterior margin broadly and conspicuously silvery (above sometimes not so clear). First two abdominal terga with conspicuous dense silver dusting dorsally .............eeeee. il Occeiput silver-grey or greyish brown, never with distinct silvery collar along anterior margin. First two abdominal terga at most with greyish patches, never conspicuous silvery (except for T. docta wzheniviewedlobliquelyzttom ont) en 12, . Hind femur ventrally with long pale hairs, longest hairs at least as long as width of femur ........ DE See ehesten en resseefledelen rechnen esenhg re Ferne Besen dere ne ereneeNeeineeeeheue en T. argyrata Kimdttemur withoutlonghaurs.... ea en ee eh T. argyratoides . Abdominal sternum 8 without membraneous area (Figs 84,0) ...............eeceneneseseecsnenenenenenenenenacuenannn 118) Abdominal sternum 8 with membraneous area (although sometimes small and slitlike) (Figs df,g) GR a EEE ER EEE EC TRER DEE TEDEE N ORSTLOEL 14. BEvesInotztouchinenarrowlysseparatedenen mer ee en T. frontata (Eudorylas confusoides might also key out here because the pterostigma is not distinctly coloured. It can be differentiated by the position of the cross-vein being at the basal fifth or sixth of discal cell and the absence of conspicuous pilosity on the abdominal terga). BEyesttouchinse:....... nee Re nn T. helwanensis u N\pdominalktergaswathreonspieuous pilosityar mm nn nen T. inermis Apdominalstersaswithoutzeonspieuousypilositypr ee nn 18% WENESENOLRTOULCHIN SE. an. ee a ee T. sedomensis Eyesstoßching zuerneseieneeenannsesneeanaeanenensiegesteaeanne erregte er e 16. . Membraneous area slit like and at right side of sternum 8 (Fig. 88)... T. sylvatica Membraneous area not slit like (although sometimes narrow but elongated, like in mutata Fig. &f) bonn or ROSE BR hr NR RR RR ES BEER A RL EEE EAN En en 17% Slindstemunsvithsposteroyentralrowzonlonsenlhaunspe men ee nn 1% kindstemuswithoußposteroventraltovzoflongerlhaisser meer een 2]. 297 \ 1} ( 18%Mesonotumreompletelyzgreyishridustedemmmnen ee nn T. parakuthyi - Mesonotum mainly brownish dusted, only anteriorly more or less broadly greyish dusting ... 19 19. Larger species. Membraneous area occupying at least half of sternum 8 and directed more postero- dersally (Fig. 8)... ee en EDER T. kuthyi, — Smaller species. Membraneous area occupying less than half of sternum 8 and directed more distallya(Eiss]lS,lo)kernn nenn Een LELnEa EL LU DALELEREELLEREIEEREEREBEERRERREEEREIER 20. | 20. Sternum 8 without dorsal suture (Fig. 13). Surstyli very slender and elongated .......... T. freidbergi' - Sternum 8 with dorsal suture (Fig. 16). Surstyli more robust, distinctly hooked apically ................ | RE RE ER Leber Be asnonecoobeecher BERN En Eockteh Ernsopcthncirecbb6onsosonsaooo0e T. israelensis | 21. Sternum‘8 with dorsallsutures(Figs'8e, 2O)E.....r.2.22222222222222220eaeneneenenenenenen nennen ne era nEEerEEEEe 222) — Sternum 85without dorsal'suture (Figs Sf, 12,19) ....erzeeeeeceneeenenenennenenenenenenenene nern nern 234) 22. Mesonotum entirely greyish-brown dusted, only between humeri more greyish. Fourth costal section about as long as third costal section (never more than twice as long) ............ T. pusilla - Mesonotum with anterior third greyish dusted, in contrast with remainder which is brownish dusted. Fourth costal section more than twice as long as third costal section ................ T. minima 23. Membraneous area elongated and narrow, running obliquely along sternum 8 in distal view EN, SD) enbsonosecsnenerssonrRnr Eee 29. 0260000 00000000002 JoheeERRER‚RE«RIE‚[‚R»E„EREEEIEEERE‚RE‚E‚—‚—»— T. ?mutata | — Membraneous area large and more oval shaped (Figs 12, 15) ............ nenne: 24. | 24. Membraneous area occupying half of sternum 8 (Fig. 12). Mesonotum mainly shining black except | anterior. and posterior margins silver-grey. dusted'.........neecnecenseereeeeeecneeen een nerennen nenne If docta | - Membraneous area occupying less than half of sternum 8 (Fig. 15). Mesonotum mainly greyish| browmdustedi.....esensescersennssnesstesneeneesssnesaesennenenesant ann Donennesen nennen see EEE T. inopinata | | Tomosvaryella argyrata, spec. nov. j Fig. 9 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Shivta, 18.11.1977, A. Freidberg (TAU). — Paratype: 16, Israel, Mt Hermon (occ. | Golan Heights), 800 m, 23.1V.1973, D. Furth (TAU). Description d. Body length: 3.26-3.54 mm. Wing length: 3.06-3.20 mm. | Head. Third antennal segment acuminate, brownish. Eyes touching for distance equal to ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput conspicuously silvery, upper part posteriorly more subshining black. | Thorax. Humerus pale yellowish. Mesonotum shining black; anterior Ys and posterior margin in. front of scutellum with dense silvery dusting. Scutellum silvery dusting on anterior part of disc, | otherwise shining black. Halter pale brownish. Wing: Fourth costal section about two to three times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m near middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal fourth of tibiae yellow; apical end of tibiae and tarsal segments yellowish brown. Trochanters smooth. Hind femur ventrally with long pale hairs, especially apically; the longest hairs at least as long | as width of femur. Front four femora posteriorly with large silvery patch at apical half; no basal spines, at most few hairs. Abdomen. Lateral fan with few palish hairs. Abdominal terga shining black except first tergum with | dense silver dusting, anterior half of second tergum and anterior fourth of third tergum with dense : silvery dusting. All terga along lateral margins silver-grey dusted, on tergum 5 extending towards. | middle. In dorsal view, sternum 8 about half as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area occupying about half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 9. ? unknown. Etymology. After the silvery appearance of this species. | 298 EEE Fig. 9. Tomosvaryella argyrata, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view, b. outer surstylus with aedeagus and ejacu- latory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus, ventro-lateral; ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Discussion. T. argyrata, spec. nov. belongs to a group of closely related species sharing all or most of the following characteristics: occiput with conspicuous silver collar; silvery patches on the posterior side of the front four femora; hind femur with very long hairs ventrally; silvery stripes and/or patches ‚on the body. The group seems to include the following species T. argyrata, spec. nov., T. argyratoides, spec. nov., T. debruyni, spec. nov., T. docta, spec. nov. (all newly described from Israel), T. nigronitida, T. nigrifemorata, and T. argentea (Sack, 1935) described from Askhabad. Tomosvaryella argyratoides, spec. nov. Figs 7d, 10 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Avdat, 25.11.1987, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Allotype: ?, Avdat, 25.11.1987, A. Frei- dberg (TAU). - Paratypes: Israel: 384, same locality as holotype, 31.111.1981, F. Kaplan; 14, Beer-Mashash, 18.111.1971, Kugler; 18, Mashabke Sade, 19.1V.1967, Kugler; 13, Ein Gidron, 21.iv.1981, A. Freidberg; 19, Har Zavoa’ nr. Yeruham, 11.1V.1990, A. Freidberg (all TAU). Type material returned to TAU, except two paratypes deposited in collection KBIN. Description Body length: 3.26-3.54 mm. Wing length: 3.54-3.67 mm. d. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate, brownish. Eyes touching for distance equal to ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput with anterior margin broad and conspicuously silvery, posteriorly more subshining black. 299 Fig. 10. Tomosvaryella argyratoides, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus with aedeagus andl| ejaculatory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Thorax. Humerus pale yellowish. Mesonotum subshining black; anterior margin with dense silvery | dusting. Scutellum silvery dusting along anterior margin, on centre less so. Halter yellowish. Wing: Fourth costal section about three to four times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-mı near middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal fifth to sixth of tibiae yellow. Trochanters smooth. Front four femora with large silvery patches posteriorly (not as conspicuous as in T. argyrata, | spec. nov.). No basal spines on femora. Abdomen. Lateral fan with few short black hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black except first| tergum with dense silvery dusting, anterior %% of second tergum and anterior margin of third tergum with dense silvery dusting. All terga along lateral margins silver-grey dusted, tergum 5 with large silvery spots extending towards middle. In dorsal view, sternum 8 less than half as long as tergum 5; | greyish brown dusted. In distal view, membraneous area occupying more than half of sternum 8. | Terminalia Fig. 10. | 2. As d except for the following characters. Third antennal segment longer acuminate, with whitish® tip. Frons shining black at upper half. Occiput with upper part subshining black. Front four femora ventrally with 1-2 basal spines. Pulvilli about as long as last tarsal segment, front pulvilli longer. | Terminalia Fig. 7d. Etymology. Referring to the close relationship with the above described species, T. argyrata, spec. noVv. Discussion. T. argyratoides, spec. nov. also belongs to the group with silver bands and spots on abdomen (see above). It seems to be closely related to T. argyrata but differs in genital structure. | | 300 Fig. 11. Tomosvaryella debruyni, spec. nov.,dterminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; g. upper part head, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Tomosvaryella debruyni, spec. nov. Figs 7e, 11 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Ein-Gedi, 29.11.1976, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Allotype: ?, same data as holotype (TAU). - Paratypes. Israel: 13, Bor Mashash, 8.IV.1975, M. Kaplan; 15, N. Ze’elim, 24.11.1975, M. Kaplan (all TAU). TADZHIKISTAN: 14, Karamazor, 41.30N/69.49E, alpine meadow, 800 m, 18.v.1989, Bartak (SNMB). Holotype, allotype and one paratype returned to TAU, one paratype returned to SNMB, one paratype deposited in KBIN. Description Body length: 3.33-3.60 mm. Wing length: 3.38-3.54 mm. d. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate, brownish. Eyes touching for distance at most equal to ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, with conspicuous hornlike processus (Fig. 118); upper part shining black. Occiput with anterior margin broad and conspicuously silvery, posteriorly more subshining black. Thorax. Humerus pale yellowish. Mesonotum subshining black; anterior % with dense silvery dusting, posteriorly less densely brownish grey dusted. Scutellum silvery dusting on disc, otherwise shining black. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section about twice as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m near middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal fourth of tibiae yellow; tarsi yellowish brown. Trochanters smooth. Front four femora silvery posteriorly; no basal spines. Hind femur with longer pale pilosity ventrally. Abdomen. Lateral fan with few palish hairs. Abdominal terga shining black except first tergum with dense silver dusting, second tergum dense silvery dusted except posterior margin. All terga along lateral margins silver-grey dusted, on third tergum extending towards middle. In dorsal view, sternum 8 very small, less than Yı of tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area occupying about half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 11. 301 2. As d except for following characters. Frons shining black in upper part from hornlike processus onwards. Third costal section slightly shorter. Abdominal terga with lateral margins more extensive silver-grey dusted. Terminalia Fig. 7e. Etymology. Named after my friend and fellow dipterist, Luc De Bruyn. Both he and this new species have a knob on their head in common. Discussion. T. debruyni, spec. nov. belongs to the group with silver bands and spots on abdomen, and anterior margin of the occiput silver. Considerable variation was noticed in the few specimens, regarding the extensivity of the silver coloured patches, and the distance for which the eyes touch in the males. However, the genital structure shows consistency. In one d specimen (Palestina, Beth Hakerem, Jerusalem, 22.V.1950, ©. Theodor (TAU) however, the surstyli were slighlty shorter. It is not included in the type series. Tomosvaryella dentiterebra (Collin, 1949) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment acuminate, brown. Occiput with silvery margin anteriorly. Legs dark with knees and basal third of tibiae yellow; tarsal segments yellow except last segment; hind trochanter smooth; front four femora with conspicuous silvery patches posteriorly. Abdomen mainly subshining black, weakly brownish grey dusted. Abdominal sternum 8 very short, less than one fourth of tergum 5 in dorsal view. Membraneous area occupying less than half of sternum 8. 2 frons silver- grey pubescent except in front of ocellar triangle for length equal to triangle. Body more greyish dusted. Material. Egypt: series of three syntypes. d, Edku Salt Lakes, 2.VII.1944, R. Coe (hereby designated as lectotype); 12, same locality and date as lectotype; 17, Lake Karoun, IX.1945, R. Coe (both designated as paralectotypes) (all NHM). Discussion. Although not found among the material of Israel, this species is mentioned here because of its close relationship with some of the Israeli material. It belongs to the argyrata group with silvery margin of the occiput and conspicuous silvery patches on front four femora. It can be differentiated by the absence of any conspicuous silvery patches on thorax and by the shape of the terminalia. Tomosvaryella docta, spec. nov. Figs 7f, 12 Types. Holotype: d, Egypt, Sinai Mts, St. Katharina, 18.VII.1974, F. Kaplan (TAU). - Allotype: ?, same date and locality as holotype (TAU). - Paratypes: Egypt: 15, 1?, same date and locality as holotype; 22%, same locality as holotype, 12.VIl.1969, Kugler; 1?, Sinai Mts, El-Arbain, 14.VIl.1974, F. Kaplan. - Israel: 15, 1?, Maoz Hayyim, 23.X.1978, A. Freidberg; 1?, Ein-Gidron, 21.1V.1981, F. Kaplan; 1?, N. Amud, 6.X.1974, A. Freidberg (all TAU). Type material returned to TAU, except two paratypes deposited in KBIN. Description Body length: 3.20-3.40 mm. Wing length: 2.65-2.92 mm. 3. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate; yellow-brown. Eyes touching for distance equal to 1.5 times length of ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver-grey dusted, upper third more subshining black-brown. Thorax. Humerus yellow-white. Mesonotum mainly shining black-brown, weakly and narrowly greyish dusted along margins. Scutellum shining black, except anterior margin greyish dusted. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section two to three times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m near middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal third of tibiae yellow. Tarsal segments yellow-brown, last tarsal.segment brown. Front four femora posteriorly with large silvery patch at apical part; no basal spines. Trochanters smooth. Abdomen. Lateral fan with dark bristly hairs. Abdominal terga shining black-brown; tergum 1 greyish dusted, viewed obliquely from front terga 2-3 with silvery shine. Sternum 8 subshining brown, greyish-brown dusted; in dorsal view, more than half as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area irregulary oval to roundish shaped, occupying about half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 12. 302 Fig. 12. Tomosvaryella docta, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. 2. As d except for the following characters. Third antennal segment paler. Frons shining in upper part for distance equal to twice ocellar triangle. Front four femora with well developed basal spines. Tibiae more yellowish. Front four pulvilli well developed, longer than last tarsal segment; hind pulvilli about as long as segment. Terminalia Fig. 7f. Etymology. After the Latin ‘doctus’ meaning wise or learned. This is a reference to St. Catherina after whom the type locality is named. She is considered a saint who presumably lived in the 4th Century and who was martyred in Alexandria. She is celebrated for her learning and philosophical culture. A monastry occupied by Orthodox Christian monks and founded by the Emperor Justinian in 530 AD is situated here. Discussion. Based on the general shape of the surstyli and ejaculatory duct, T. docta seems to be related to the argyrata group as described above. The silvery appearance is however not so distinct. Tomosvaryella freidbergi, spec. nov. Figs 78, 13 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Mt Hermon (occ. Golan Heights), 2000 m, 1.VII.1986, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Allotype: 2, same locality and data as holotype (TAU). - ParaTypes. Israel: 384, same date and locality as holo- type; 13, same locality as holotype, 16.VIII.1976, A. Freidberg; 13, 28.V1.1977, A. Freidberg; 13, 9.V11.1975, 303 A. Freidberg; 12, 30.V.1978, D. Furth; 258, 5.IX.1981, A. Freidberg; 1?, 21.V1.1982, A. Freidberg; 13,222, 2.VIII.1982, A. Freidberg; 12, 7.V11.1987, A. Freidberg; 15, 1?, 1300 m, 22.V.1973, A. Freidberg; 334, 12, Meron, 11.V1.1974, F. Nachbar. Additional material (not included in type series). Israel: 18, Latrum, 4.V11.1985, A. Freidberg; 1d, Tirat Zvi, 11.V.1984, A. Freidberg; 1?, Herzliyya, 24.V.1981, A. Freidberg; 12, En Bogegq, 1.vii.1970, Kugler; 12, W. Kelt, 30.1V.1973, D. Furth. — Egypt: 246, Sinai Mts St Katharina, 18.V1l.1974, F. Kaplan (all TAU). All material returned to TAU except 4 paratypes deposited in KBIN. Description Body length: 2.52-3.06 mm. Wing length: 2.38-2.72 mm. d. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate, dark brown. Eyes touching for distance equal to 1.5 times ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver- grey dusted, upper part brownish. Thorax. Humerus yellow. Mesonotum densely brownish dusted, anterior margin more greyish dusted, posterior part and scutellum more subshining black. Dorsocentral row with dark hairs, well developed anteriorly. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section two to three times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m just beyond middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, knees narrowly yellow. Hind femur with posteroventral row of longer hairs. Trochanters smooth. Front four femora with 1-2 basal spines. Abdomen. Lateral fan with few dark hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown, brownish dusted, lateral margins greyish. In dorsal view, sternum 8 half as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area occupying less than half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 13. 2. As d except for the following characters. Frons completely greyish dusted. Dorsocentral rows more developed. Pulvilli longer than last tarsal segment. Abdomen more extensively greyish dusted along lateral margins. Terminalia Fig. 7g. Etymology. This species is named in honour of Dr. Amnon Freidberg, who collected the type material of this species, as well as most of the material studied here. Discussion. This species is closely related to T. kuthyi. Both species can be differentiated by the smaller size, smaller membraneous area (less than half of sternum 8) in the d and the shorter piercer inthe ? of T. freidbergi, spec. nov. Tomosvaryella frontata (Becker, 1898) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment acuminate, yellow. d eyes not touching, separated for approx- imately the width of one ommatidium. Legs dark with tarsal segments wholly and margins of tibiae broadly yellow; hind trochanter smooth. Abdomen shining black, only weakly brownish dusted; with dispersed but conspicuous, short darkish hairs. Abdominal sternum 8 without membraneous area (Fig. 8a). Abdominal sternum 6 with three distinct tubercles on appendage. ? frons shining black for upper two-thirds. Pulvilli about as long as last tarsal segment. Material. Israel: 13 specimens from the following localities: Akko; N. Bsor, nr Ze’elim; Yeroham; Enot Zukim; Nizzanim; Michmoret (all TAU). Discussion. This species was redescribed in detail by Hardy (1966), based on material reared from the Tamarix leafhopper Opsius stactogalus Fieber. It is a southern species, recorded from France, Italy and Rumania. Bodenheimer (1937) mentions this species from Palestina. Tomosvaryella geniculata (Meigen, 1824) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment long acute; brownish with apical margin paler. Legs dark with knees narowly yellow. Mesonotum greyish brown dusted. Abdomen subshining black-brown, brown- ish dusted, lateral margins more greyish. Abdominal sternum 8 very short (Fig. 8b); other abdominal sterna covered with dense velvet like, brownish pile. Material. Israel: 18, Gesher, 27.x.1974, D. Furth; 18, Mash’abbe Sade, 19.11.1978, A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. A widespread species, found all over Europe. It can be differentiated from any other European or Afrotropical Tomosvaryella by the presence of dense velvet-like pile on the abdominal sterna. 304 ! Ä N I SI Fig. 13. Tomosvaryella freidbergi, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus with aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Tomosvaryella helwanensis (Collin, 1949) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment long acuminate; yellow. Legs mainly yellow, femora largely dark with margin narowly yellow, tibiae with dark median patch. Abdomen shining black-brown, weakly brownish dusted, lateral margins more densely greyish; with dispersed but conspicuous pilosity. d abdominal sternum 8 without membraneous area (Fig. 8c). ? frons shining black in upper half. Pulvilli at most as long as last tarsal segment. Material. Egypt: series of 20 syntypes (118g, 922), Helwan, IX.1944, R.L. Coe (NHM), S lectotype and 103 and 9? paralectotypes hereby designated and accordingly labeled; 1?, Sinai, Azaima, 1.V11.1972, A. Freidberg. - Israel: 13, Tel Aviv, Savion, 15.IX.1982, Y. Zvik; 1%, Ze’elim, 16.V1.1986, A. Freidberg (all TAU). Discussion. This species was originally described from Egypt. It was not included in the Catalog of Palaearctic Region (Tanasijtshuk 1988), and its distribution is poorly known. The ? specimens have a slightly more elongated tip at the piercer than the ? syntypes. The d specimen seems to be conspecific with the syntype material. Tomosvaryella inermis, spec. nov. Fig. 14 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Maoz Hayyim, 23.X.1978, A. Freidberg (TAU). — Paratypes: Israel: 25d, same date and locality as holotype; 14, Btecha [= Big’at Beit Zeidal, 12.V1.1974, A. Freidberg; 19, Rafid (occ. Golan Heights), 8.V111.1973, A. Freidberg; 13, Mas’ada (occ. Golan Heights), 3.X.1970, Kugler (all TAU). Alltype material returned to TAU except one paratype deposited in KBIN. Description d. Body length: 2.92-3.20 mm. Wing length: 2.92-3.10 mm. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate; brownish, apical margin pale. Frons, eyes touching for 305 Fig. 14. Tomosvaryella inermis, spec. nov., ö terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus with aedeagus and ejacu- latory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal. Scale 0.1 mm. distance equal to 1.5 times the ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver-grey dusted, upper third greyish brown. Thorax. Humerus pale yellowish. Mesonotum mainly brown dusted, anteriorly greyish. Scutellum brownish dusted, posteriorly more greyish. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section twice as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m beyond middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees, basal fourth and apical margin of tibiae narrowly yellow. Tarsal segments yellow, last tarsal segment dark. Trochanters smooth, hind trochanter with several short dark bristles. Front four femora with 1-2 basal spines. Abdomen. Lateral fan with bristly dark hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown; greyish brown dusted, lateral margins more greyish. Allterga with conspicuous bristly dark pilosity. In dorsal view, sternum 8 less than half as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area occupying about half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 14. ? unknown. Etymology. Referring to the smooth trochanters in the d, which is in contrast to the other species belonging to this group. Discussion. This species clearly belongs to the subvirescens group (see De Meyer 1993) because of the narrowed epandrium, and the conspicuous pilosity on abdominal terga. It is however the only species with smooth hind trochanters, in contrast to the other representatives who all have a distinct processus. Tomosvaryella inopinata, spec. nov. Fig. 15 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Giv’at Koah, 1.VI1.1987, Yarom & Zvik (TAU). - Paratypes: Israel: 15, ‘En Mor, 19.1V.1975, A. Freidberg; 13, Neot Hakikas, 20.V.1974, A. Freidberg; 13, Sedom, 20.1X.1971, Kugler. Egypt: 16, Sinai Mts, St Katharina, 18.VIl.1974, F. Kaplan (all TAU). Type material returned to TAU, 1 paratype deposited in KBIN. 306 Fig. 15. Tomosvaryella inopinata, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner sursty- lus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Description d. Body length: 3.26-3.40 mm. Wing length: 2.86-3.33 mm. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate; brown. Eyes touching for distance equal to twice length of ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver-grey dusted, upper third more subshining black-brown. Thorax. Humerus yellow-white. Mesonotum subshining black-brown, greyish dusted, centre more brownish grey dusted. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section three times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m just beyond middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal fourth till third of tibiae yellow. Tarsal segments yellow-brown, last tarsal segment brown. Trochanters smooth. Abdomen. Lateral fan with short pale hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown; tergum 1 greyish dusted, other terga brownish dusted, lateral margins greyish dusted; tergum 5 with large silvery spots extending towards middle, tergum 4 with smaller silvery spots. In dorsal view, sternum 8 more than half as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area irregulary oval shaped, occupying less than half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 15. ? unknown. Etymology. From the Latin ‘inopinatus’ meaning unexpected, or unlooked for and referring to its close relation- ship with a southern African species. Discussion. T. inopinata, spec. nov. is closely related to T. oligoseta De Meyer from southern Africa. It shows the same kind of subsymmetrical surstyli with broadened distal ends; and the long tubiform ejaculatory ductuli, one having a row of small teeth. There are some small differences in the shape of the surstyli and also the apical part of the aedeagus is differently formed. In T. oligoseta, the dorsocen- tral hairs and abdominal lateral fan are completely reduced, while in T. inopinata they are still present albeit very short. 307 Fig. 16. Tomosvaryella israelensis, spec. nov., Sterminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner sursty- lus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Tomosvaryella israelensis, spec. nov. Figs 7h, 16 Types. Holotype: 4, Israel, Kfar Shamai, 30.1X.1975, A. Freidberg (TAU). — Allotype: ?,same date and locality as holotype (TAU). — Paratypes: Israel: 13, Maoz Hayyim, 23.X.1978 A. Freidberg; 13, Meron, 11.V1.1974, F. Nachbar; 13, Mash’abbe Sade, 6.IX.1974, M. Kaplan; 15, N. Amud, 6.X.1974, A. Freidberg; 13, Ze’elim, 6.X1I.1976, A. Freidberg; 13, Mt Hermon (occ Golan Heights), 22.V.1973, A. Freidberg (all TAU). Type material returned to TAU, except two paratypes deposited in KBIN. Description Body length: 2.52-2.79 mm. Wing length: 2.38-2.62 mm. d, Head. Third antennal segment acuminate; yellow-brown, apical margin whitish. Eyes touching for distance equal to ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Oceiput silver-grey dusted, upper third less densely greyish brown. Thorax. Humerus yellow. Mesonotum subshining black, brownish dusted; anterior margin broadly greyish dusted. Scutellum greyish dusted except anteriorly more brownish. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section about twice to three times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m at middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal fourth of tibiae yellow. Tarsal segments yellow, last tarsal segment slightly darker. Hind femur with posteroventral row of longer pale hairs. Trochanters smooth. Abdomen. Lateral fan with palish hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black, brownish dusted; first tergum greyish dusted. Terga 4-5 with large silver-grey spots laterally. In dorsal view, sternum 8 308 Fig. 17. Tomosvaryella jubata, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; g. hind trochanter, anterior. Scale 0.1 mm. almost as long as tergum 5; with dorsal suture. In distal view, membraneous area occupying half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 16. 9. As d except for the following characters. Frons completely greyish pubescent. Front four femora with 2 basal spines ventrally. Terminalia Fig. 7h. Etymology. Referring to the type locality Israel. Discussion. T. israelensis, spec. nov. belongs to the kuthyi species complex (see above) and resembles most the newly described T. parakuthyi. The lateral shape of the surstyli is however distinctly different. Tomosvaryella jubata, spec. nov. Fig. 17 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Sedom, 20.1X.1971, Kugler (TAU). — Paratypes: Israel: 484, samelocality and data as holotype; same locality as holotype: 234, 26.V1.1976; 1, 21.1V.1981, F. Kaplan; 238, 25.11.1987, Yoram & Zvik; Ein Akev, 288, 8.VIIL.1977, A. Freidberg; Ein-Gidron, 19, 21.1V.1981, F. Kaplan (all TAU). Type material returned to TAU, except three paratypes deposited in KBIN. Description d. Body length: 2.31-2.65 mm. Wing length: 2.20-2.58 mm. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate; palish. Eyes touching for distance slightly less than ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver-grey dusted, upper third less densely so. Thorax. Humerus whitish yellow. Mesonotum greyish dusted, centre brownish dusted. Scutellum greyish dusted. Halter whitish yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section about 1.5 times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m at middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal third of tibiae yellow. Apical margin of tibiae yellowish brown. Tarsal segments yellow. Hind trochanter with pointed processus (fig. 178). Femora without basal spines. 309 Abdomen. Lateral fan with several pale hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown, weakly greyish dusted; first tergum and lateral margins of other terga more densely so, especially terga 4-5. In dorsal view, sternum 8 slightly less than half as long as tergum 5; with dorsal suture. Terminalia Fig. 17. ? unknown. Etymology. From the Latin adjective jubatus, meaning ‘having a mane’ or ‘crested’ and referring to the crest like structure on the ejaculatory ductulus. Discussion. This new species belongs to the Afrotropical africana group of Tomosvaryella (cfr De Meyer 1993), recognized by the dorsal suture on abdominal sternum 8 and the appendages on one of the ejaculatory ductuli. Tomosvaryella kuthyi Aczel, 1944 Diagnosis. Third antennal segment acuminate; dark brown. Legs dark with knees only narrowly yellow, hind femur with posteroventral row of long hairs. Abdomen subshining black, brownish dusted, lateral margins more densely greyish especially terga 4-5. d abdominal sternum 8 with large membraneous area (Fig. 8d). ? with piercer reaching till first tergum. Material. Israel: 110 specimens from the following localities: Panyas (occ. Golan Heights); Bet Guvrin; Bet Dagan; Bet Hillel; Bet Nehemya; Har Karmel; Eshta’ol; Hefa; Hamat Gader; Herzliyya; Jericho (occ. West Bank); Kfar Adumim; Lattun; Ma’ale Gamla; Har Meron; Mt Meron; Monfort; Negba; Nemrod; Nin David; N. Dan; Park HaYarden; Savion; Tel Aviv; Tirat Zvi; Up. N. Amud (all TAU). Discussion. This is a fairly common species throughout Europe except for the northern part (De Meyer 1992b). Together with T. freidbergi and T. parakuthyi it forms a closely related group, differen- tiated by the presence of a row of longer hairs over the entire ventral side of the hind femora. Tomosvaryella minima (Becker, 1898) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment acuminate; brown, apical margin whitish. Mesonotum mainly dusted brown, anterior fourth greyish dusted, behind humeri more extensively so. Fourth costal section three times as long as third costal section. Legs dark, with knees narrowly yellow. Trochanters smooth. Abdominal terga weakly subshining black-brown; tergum 1 greyish dusted, other terga brownish dusted, lateral margins broadly greyish dusted. Sternum 8 with dorsal suture (Fig. 8e). Material. Israel: 18, Arad Junc.,5 km S Devira, 21.11.1985, A. Freidberg; 14, ‘En Mor, 29.1V.1987, A. Freidberg (TAU). Discussion. This specimen is conspecific with material studied from West Europe and identified as T. minima. T. minima is a widespread European species, mainly recorded from western and Central Europe. Tomosvaryella ?mutata (Becker, 1898) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment acuminate; brownish yellow. Legs dark with knees yellow, and tarsi brownish yellow; trochanters smooth. Abdomen weakly shining black-brown, greyish brown dusted, tergum 5 with two large silvery spots laterally. Membraneous area long and slender (Fig. 89). ? with third antennal segment longer and lateral margins of abdomen more greyish. Material. Egypt: 14, 12, Assiut XII 44395 Becker coll. (MNHU). 38 specimens from the following localities: Israel: Bet Dagan; Har Karmel; Ein Yahar; N. Zavitan, nr Qatzzin (occ. Golan Heights); Qziat; Ramat Magshimium (occ. Golan Heights); Herzliya; Ma’de adamim; Maoz Hayyim; Meron; N. Amud; Neot Hakikas; Sedom; Ze’elim. — Egypt: Sinai Mts, St Katarina (all TAU). Discussion. This species was described from Egypt and furthermore reported from Spain and Hungary. Aczel (1944) mentions that more than one species could be involved. The Israeli material does indeed show considerable variation in the shape of surstyli, albeit the ejaculatory duct, mem- braneous area, and apical part of aedeagus are similar. The holotype from the Schnabl collection was not studied. Two specimens (14, 12) from Assiut, det. and coll Becker were seen and they seem to be two different species. The d corresponds with what is considered here as T. mutata, while the ? does 310 e Fig. 18. Tomosvaryella nodosa, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; g. hind trochanter, anterior. Scale 0.1 mm. not correspond to any of the species we have seen. It is considered preferable to wait until all related type material can be studied, and the specimens are placed tentatively under T. mutata. Five ? specimens (from Kfar-Shamai; Majdel Chams (occ. Golan Heights); and Ze’elim) seem to be related to this species. They resemble the ? mutata completely except that the piercer is much longer (reaching till first sternum). Tomosvaryella nigronitida (Collin, 1958) Diagnosis. 9 third antennal segment long acuminate; brownish yellow with apical margin palish. Legs shining black except knees yellow and tarsal segments brownish yellow; four anterior femora with large silvery patch posteriorly; ventrally with 2 basal spines. Halter black. Abdomen shining black-brown, lateral margins narrowly greyish dusted. Material. 19, Croatia, Dalmatia, Korcula (east end), 22-27.V.1955, R. Coe (holotype) (NHM); 17, Israel, Meiron, 5.V.1975, F. Kaplan (TAU). Discussion. T. nigronitida is one of the two Palaearctic Tomosvaryella spp. species with black halteres. The other, T. cilifemorata (Becker) is known from Tunis and Egypt. It is very similar but can be differentiated by the different shape of ovipositor: in T. nigronitida, the piercer is much longer in comparison to the base and reaches up till first sternum. No d specimens were seen. Tomosvaryella nodosa, spec. nov. Figs 71, 18 Types. Holotype: d, Israel, Elat, 6.IV.1973, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Allotype: ?,same date and locality as holotype (TAU). —- Paratypes: Israel: 2?9, same date and locality as holotype; 15, Moon Valley, 16.V.1981, T. Furman; 18, Neot-Hakikar, 8.IX.1974, A. Freidberg. — Egypt: 1, Taba, 29.1V.1974, A. Freidberg (all TAU). Type material re- turned to TAU, two paratypes deposited in KBIN. Description Body length: 2.24-2.58 mm. Wing length: 2.11-2.24 mm. 311 d. Head. Third antennal segment long acuminate; yellow-brown. Eyes not touching, narrowly separated for width slightly less than one ommatidium; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver-grey dusted, upper third less densely so. Thorax. Humerus whitish yellow. Mesonotum greyish dusted, centre brownish grey dusted. Halter whitish yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section about twice as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r- m beyond middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal third of tibiae yellow. Apical margin of tibiae yellowish brown. Tarsal segments yellow. Front four femora with basal spines poorly developed. Hind trochanter with pointed processus (Fig. 189). Abdomen. Lateral fan with several pale hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown, weakly greyish dusted; first tergum and lateral margins of other terga more densely so, on tergum 5 extending towards middle. Sterna 3-4 with two knoblike protuberances along posterior margin, sternum 5 with larger protuberances. In dorsal view, sternum 8 about as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membrane- ous area narrow, elongated, sinoid. Terminalia Fig. 18. ?. As d except for the following characters. Frons silver-grey pubescent, shining in upper part for length equal to ocellar triangle, at lateral margins further so. Fourth costal sections 2-3 times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein near middle of discal cell. Tibiae darker; basal spines on front femora well developed; Pulvilli at most as long as last tarsal segment. Terminalia Fig. 7i. Etymology. Referring to the knobby structures on the abdominal sterna. Discussion. T. nodosa, spec. nov. belongs to the group with coiled ejaculatory ductuli and armed hind trochanters in the d. It mostly resembles T. singuloides De Meyer from Ethiopia in the symmetrical surstyli and shape of membraneous area. However, the paired protuberances on the abdominal sterna and the epandrium are unique in this group. Tomosvaryella parakuthyi, spec. nov. Figs 7j, 19 Types. Holotype: d, Egypt, Sinai, Ofira, 22.11.1981, A. Freidberg (TAU). — Allotype: ?,same date and locality as holotype (TAU). — Paratypes: Egypt: 234, 2227, same date and locality as holotype; 284, 222, Sinai, 20 km N Dahab, 12.111.1982; 15, 322, Dahab Junction, 14.11.1982; Dahab: 19, 7.1V.1973; 12, 23.V.1981 (all A. Freidberg); 16, Sinai, Wadi Kid, 14.11.1982, I. Yarom; 15, Sinai Mts, St Katharina, 13.V11.1974, F. Kaplan. — Israel: 458, Moon Valley, 16.V.1981, T. Furman; 14, Bor Mashash, 16.V1.1988, A. Freidberg. 5. Palestine: 234, Ein Rhadian, dunes, 1.V.1954, O. Theodor (all TAU). Type material returned to TAU except 6 paratypes deposited in KBIN. Description Body length: 2.38-2.79 mm. Wing length: 2.18-2.52 mm. d. Head. Third antennal segment acuminate; pale brown, with whitish pilosity. Eyes touching for distance equal to ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver-grey dusted. Thorax. Humerus pale yellow. Mesonotum and scutellum subshining black-brown; completely greyish dusted. Dorsocentral hairs palish. Halter pale yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section two till three times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m at or just beyond middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, knees narrowly yellow. Tarsal segments yellow, last tarsal segment dark. Hind femur with posterov- entral row of longer hairs. Front four femora with 1-2 basal spines ventrally, usually poorly developed and almost absent. Trochanters smooth. Abdomen. Lateral fan with few pale hairs. Abdominal terga mainly subshining black-brown, weak- ly greyish dusted, first tergum, anterior part of second tergum and lateral margins of terga 4-5 more extensively greyish. In dorsal view, sternum 8 more than half as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area occupying less than half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 19. ?. As d except for the following characters. Frons completely greyish dusted. Dorsocentral rows more developed. Pulvilli longer than last tarsal segment. Fourth costal section shorter. Abdomen more extensively greyish dusted along lateral margins. Terminalia Fig. 7j. Etymology. Referring to the close relationship with T. kuthyi. Discussion. As mentioned above, this species is closely related to T. kuthyi and T. freidbergi, spec. nov. It can be differentiated from the former by smaller size, and smaller membraneous area. From the 312 Fig. 19. Tomosvaryella parakuthyi, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus with aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal. Scale 0.1 mm. latter by the completely greyish appearance, and the longer piercer of the ?. Also, some slight differences can be distinguished in the d terminalia. In addition 539 from Elat (6.1V.1973, leg. A. Freidberg) were found, who resemble T. parakuthyi in most respect except for small differences in the surstyli. They are not included in the type series. Tomosvaryella pusilla, spec. nov. Figs 7k, 20 Types. Holotype: Ö, Israel, Herzliyya, 19.VIII.1981, A. Freidberg (TAU). - Allotype: 2, Israel, Kfar Ruppin, 28.X.1978, A. Freidberg (TAU). — Paratypes: same locality as allotype: 15,1%, 25.X.1978, 12, 10.X.1978, A. Freidberg; 13, Bor Mashash, 21.VI1.1986, A. Freidberg; 1?, Akko Swamp, 23.X.1986, I. Yarom. Egypt: 1d, St. Katharina, 18.V11.1974, F. Kaplan; 17, Sinai, Ofira Sewage, 2.V.1981, A. Freidberg (all TAU). Type material returned to TAU except 2 paratypes deposited in KBIN. Description Body length: 1.56-2.31 mm. Wing length: 1.63-2.18 mm. 3. Head. Third antennal segment long acuminate; brown. Eyes touching for distance equal to half of ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver-grey dusted, upper third less densely greyish-brown. Thorax. Humerus whitish. Mesonotum subshining black-brown, weakly brownish dusted, anterior margin narrowly greyish dusted. Scutellum as centre of mesonotum. Dorsocentral hairs well devel- oped, especially anteriorly. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section about as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m near middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees and basal fourth till fifth of tibiae yellow. Front four femora at most with 1-2 poorly developed bristles basally. Trochanters smooth. Abdomen. Lateral fan with few hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown, brownish dusted; lateral margins greyish dusted, on terga 4 and 5 extending towards middle. In dorsal view, sternum 313 Fig. 20. Tomosvaryella pusilla, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. 8 about as long as tergum 5, with dorsal suture. In distal view, membraneous area directed to right side, occupying less than half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 20. 2. As d except for the following characters. Frons completely greyish pubescent. Front femora with basal spines. Pulvilli as long as last tarsal segment. Terminalia Fig. 7k. Etymology. Referring to the small size of this species. Discussion. This small species seems to belong to the africana group (see De Meyer 1993) because of the dorsal suture on the eight abdominal sternum and the teeth on the ejaculatory ductuli. The shape of the surstyli is however somewhat different from other representatives of this group. Also the hind trochanters in the d are without protuberances. Tomosvaryella sedomensis, spec. nov. Eie2 Types. Holotype: 4, Israel, Sedom, 20.1IX.1971, Kugler (TAU). - Paratypes: 434, same locality and data as hol- otype (TAU). Holotype and 3 paratypes returned to TAU, one paratype deposited in KBIN. Description d. Body length: 2.38-2.79 mm. Wing length: 2.38-2.52 mm. Head. Third antennal segment long acuminate, pale yellow. Eyes not touching, separated for distance equal to one ommatidium; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part subshining black. Oecciput silver-grey dusted, upper part more greyish brown. Thorax. Humerus pale yellowish. Mesonotum and scutellum mainly greyish brown dusted. Halter yellow. Wing: Fourth costal section two to three times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m near middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees, basal third and apical margin of tibiae, and tarsal segments yellow. Trochanters smooth. Front four femora with 1-2 basal spines. 314 Fig. 21. Tomosvaryella sedomensis, spec. nov.,dterminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus lateral; c. inner sursty- lus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. ejaculatory duct, lateral. Scale 0.1 mm. Abdomen. Lateral fan with few palish bristly hairs. Abdominal terga greyish brown; tergum 1 greyish dusted; lateral margins of other terga greyish. In dorsal view, sternum 8 half as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area occupying about half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 21. ? unknown. Etymology. After the type locality, Sedom. Discussion. The shape of the surstyli resembles most those of the Afrotropical T. gibbosa (from South Africa and Zaire). Their subsymmetrical and strongly curved form seems to refer to the ancylostyla group (see De Meyer 1993) and possibly both species are related to this group. Tomosvaryella subvirescens (Loew, 1872) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment long acuminate, brown with apical margin pale. Mesonotum subshining black-brown with dorsocentral rows of short dark hairs. Legs mainly dark with knees yellow, tarsal segments darkish; d hind trochanter with trapezoid protuberance. Abdominal terga shining black-brown with lateral margins greyish; with short but conspicuous pilosity. Material. 13, USA, Texas, Belfrage, (holotype) (MCZ). — Egypt, Sinai, Ofira Sewage: 16, 2.V.1981; 14, 21.V.1981, A. Freidberg. - Israel: 15, Elat, 4.V.1986, F. Kaplan (all TAU). Discussion. d and ? diagnostic characters are illustrated in De Meyer (1993). It seems to be a cosmopolitan species, recorded from most zoogeographical regions. It was recorded by Bodenheimer (1937) from Palestina, under the name of P. pilosiventris (junior synonym). 315 Tomosvaryella sylvatica (Meigen, 1824) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment acuminate; brownish with apical margin paler. Legs dark with knees and tarsi yellow. Mesonotum greyish brown dusted. Abdomen subshining black-brown, weakly brownish dusted, lateral margins more greyish. Abdominal sternum 8 with slit like membraneous area (Fig. 8g). Material. Israel: 18, Mt Hermon (occ. Golan Heights), 2000m, 12.V11.1984, Y. Zvik (TAU). Discussion. This is the most widespread species in Europe, found in all subregions. Also reported from Tunis. A detailed redescription is given by Aczel (1944). Tomosvaryella tecta De Meyer, 1993 Diagnosis. Third antennal segment long acuminate, brown with apical margin pale. Mesonotum subshining black-brown with dorsocentral rows of short dark hairs. Legs mainly dark with knees yellow; d hind trochanter with triangular protuberance. Abdominal terga shining black-brown with lateral margins greyish; with short dark pilosity. Material. South Africa: 18, Natal, Ndumu Game Reserve, 4-9.X.1982, J. Londt (holotype) (NMP); 12, Natal, Rietspruit farm, 13km NE Pietermaritzburg, 13.11.1990, A. Whittington (allotype) (NMP). - Israel: 33 specimens from the following localities: ‘Ammi’ad; Ashdod; Bet Shemesh; Bet Dagan; Elot; Hermon (occ. Golan Heights); Herzliyya; Jeruzalem, Mt Scopus; Kare-Deshe; Kfar Rugin; Ma’agan Michael; N. Bsor, near Ze’elim; Ra’anana; Ramat Hadar; Rishon te Zion; Tel Antipatris; Tel Aviv; W. Faria (occ. West Bank), Ein-Shibli (Wadi FAria, occ. West Bank); Yavne; Zetat. — Egypt: 12, Silvah, 22.X1.1943 (all TAU). Discussion. d and ? diagnostic characters are illustrated in De Meyer (1993). T. tecta is closely related to T. subvirescens and was previously confused with the latter. So far, it is only recorded from the Afrotropical region (South Africa and Kenya), although it might be much more widespread like T. subvirescens. Tomosvaryella trichotibialis, spec. nov. Fig. 22 Types. Holotype: 6, Israel, Senir, 8.VI1.1987, I. Nussbaum (TAU). Description d. Body length: 3.4 mm. Wing length: 3.2 mm. Head. Third antennal segment long acuminate; yellow-brown. Eyes touching for distance equal to 1.5 times of ocellar triangle; lower part silver-grey pubescent, upper part shining black. Occiput silver- grey dusted, upper part greyish-brown. Thorax. Humerus pale yellow. Mesonotum weakly subshining black-brown, mainly brownish dust- ed, anterior margin greyish dusted. Scutellum as centre of mesonotum. Dorsocentral hairs indistinct. Halter yellow-brown. Wing: Fourth costal section about four times as long as third costal section. Cross-vein r-m well beyond middle of discal cell. Legs: Dark, with knees narrowly yellow. Hind tibia dorsally with conspicuous comb of long dark bristles at apical end (Fig. 22f). Femora and trochanters smooth. Tarsal segments dark. Pulvilli at most as long as last tarsal segment. Abdomen. Lateral fan well developed with dark bristles. Abdominal terga weakly subshining black-brown, brownish dusted; anterior margin of second tergum and lateral margins of other terga greyish dusted, on tergum 5 extending towards middle. In dorsal view, sternum 8 about as long as tergum 5. In distal view, membraneous area directed to right side, occupying less than half of sternum 8. Terminalia Fig. 22. ? unknown. Etymology. Referring to the long bristles on the hind tibia. Discussion. This species can be readily differentiated from any other Tomosvaryella by the long conspicuous bristles on the hind tibia. The bold shape of the surstyli and the very fine ejaculatory ductuli are unlike any of the other Tomosvaryella species and its relationship is unclear. 316 Fig. 22. Tomosvaryella trichotibialis, spec. nov., d terminalia. a. dorsal view; b. outer surstylus with aedeagus and ejaculatory duct, lateral; c. inner surstylus lateral; d. tergum 5 and sternum 8 dorsal; e. sternum 8 distal; f. hind tibia, anterior. Scale 0.1 mm. Tomosvaryella vicina (Becker, 1900) Diagnosis. Third antennal segment acuminate, pale brown. Mesonotum weakly subshining black- brown. Legs mainly dark with knees yellow; d hind trochanter with keel like protuberance, with short hairs. Abdominal terga subshining black-brown with lateral margins narrowly greyish; with short dark pilosity. Material. Syntype d, Egypt, Luxor, ‘44629 II’ (MNHU); 235, Israel, EIn Ghadian [=Hazeva], 1.V.1954, J. Wahrman (TAU). Discussion. Illustration of d genital structures and hind trochanter is given in De Meyer (1993). The species was originally described from Egypt by Becker, and additionally reported from Palestina by Bodenheimer (1937). A recent revision of the Afrotropical Tomosvaryella did not reveal any specimens, though Hardy (1961) mentions it from Zaire. Discussion With 45 species, the fauna of Israel is not very rich compared with other countries in the Palaearctic region. Countries like Belgium, the former Czechoslovakia, or Great Britain all have more than 70 species. The species composition is however quite special because of its geographical position. Freidberg (1988) has pointed out the unique position of Israel as belonging to the Palaearctic region but bordering Asia and Africa, as well as the diverse physiography of the country itself. He indicates that 317 the dipteran fauna of the area is predominantly Palaearctic in origin (the Palaearctic element occupying 20 % in Chironomidae up till 100 % in several other families). The Afrotropical element is considered | second in importance, and Oriental and other elements can be noticed to a lesser extent. For Pipuncu- | lidae, the zoogeographical affinities seem to vary according to the genus studied. For the genera | Verrallia and Cephalops the relationship is truely Palaearctic. The genus Verrallia knows an Holarctic | distribution and V. aucta is a Palaearctic species, found throughout Europe. The representatives of| Cephalops are also Palaearctic. C. conjunctivus is a mediterranean species with close relationship to | Afrotropical species. The Chalarus species also seem to be of Palaearctic origin although the picture is ' incomplete here because of the poor knowledge of this group. The genus Chalarus has a mainly | Holarctic distribution with a fair amount of representatives in the Neotropical region. This might | however may be a bias because of insufficient study for the other regions. The genus does occur in the Afrotropical region (the author has seen Chalarus specimens from Kenya, Madagascar and South Africa) but their identification is unknown. Further study of this genus on a worldwide scale is necessary before any definite conclusions can be made. The representatives of the genus Eudorylas also seem to be of Palaearctic origin. Species like E. halteratus, E. longifrons, E. obliquus, and E. zermattensis are widespread over Europe. The species | complex of E. ruralis, E. imitator, and E. sinaiensis might also of Palaearctic origin. Some species seem to have a mainly Mediterranean distribution like E. fluviatilis, E. setosus, E. pannonicus, and E. trochanter- atus (sometimes with occurrence in Central Europe and/or Central Asia). The Mediterranean fauna is | however scarcely known as indicated in the introduction. E. confusoides is the only species with a clearly Oriental affinity, being mostly known from Asia (under the junior synonym of E. lini) and some of the islands in the Indian Ocean. No Afrotropical affinities could be detected for this genus. However, again this could be because of the fact that no recent revisions exist of this genus for that region. The only genus with clearly Afrotropical links is Tomosvaryella. T. jubata, T. inopinata, T. sedomensis, and T. nodosa all have a close relationship with species from mainland Africa. The Palaearctic element | is however still predominant with T. sylvatica, T. geniculata, and T. minima being widespread species | in Europe and T. frontata, T. mutata, T. helwanensis, and T. nigronitida having a Mediterranean distribu- | tion (again sometimes with occurrence in Central Europe). The T. argyrata species group and the T. kuthyi complex also seem to be related to the Palaearctic fauna and/or the Irano-Turanian fauna. The only cosmopolitan species found among the Pipunculidae of Israel and the Sinai is T. subvirescens which is mentioned from almost all zoogeographical regions. The same is also true for Chalarus spurius but some of these identifications seem to be doubtful and should be checked first, as mentioned by Jervis (1992). Some common genera from the Palaearctic region seem to be absent in Israel, like Dorylomorpha and Pipunculus. This can be explained by the different habitat preference. Representatives of the genus Dorylomorpha for example seem to prefer more forested and humid or relatively cooler habitats like meadows, birch or oak forests, swamps, etc. (cfr Albrecht 1990). This also applies for most of the Cephalops species in Europe. The predominance of Tomosvaryella species can be explained because of their preference for more xerophyllic conditions. Most species seem to occur in the summer months. Species like T. kuthyi, T. freidbergi, E. ruralıs, E. fluviatilis, and E. imitator seem to have a single peak period between the months of May and August. E. obliquus occurs somewhat earlier (March till June). Grootaert (1993) noticed a pronounced shift of occurrence for Platypalpus spp. (Hybotidae) to the cooler winter months in the Mediterranean region, compared to abundance of related species during the summer months in western Europe. Such a drastic seasonal shift could however not be detected for the pipunculid species here, although species found in both areas do not necessarily seem to co-occur or show the same modality. T. kuthyi for example is a bivoltine species in Belgium with peaks in June and August (De Meyer & De Bruyn 1989). Here, only one peak was detected around June. The same more or less applies to E. obliquus which occurs earlier in Israel. Some species, like T. tecta and E. confusoides seem to occur generally in the cooler months of late autumn or winter. For these however, no related species occur in Europe as mentioned above. The phenological data are in general too preliminary to make any definite conclusions. 318 Acknowledgments The author would like to thank the various curators who kindly put material at his disposal. Many thanks to Mr. M. Ackland for providing me with his unpublished manuscripts on British Pipunculidae. This study was partly financed by a grant (ref. V 3/5 DE.D 9 259 - 1991) from the N.F.W.O. (Brussels, Belgium). References Ackland, D. M. 1993. Notes on British Cephalops Fallen, 1810 with description of anew species, and Microcephalops De Meyer, 1989, a genus new to Britain (Dipt., Pipunculidae). - Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 129: 95-105 Aczel,M. 1944. Die Gattung Tomosvaryella Acz. (Dipt.). (Dorylaiden-Studien 8). - Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. nat. hung., Zool. 37: 75-129 ı Albrecht, A. 1990. Revision, phylogeny and classification of the genus Dorylomorpha (Diptera, Pipunculidae). - Acta zool. fenn. 188: 240 pp. Becker, T. 1903. Aegyptische Dipteren. - Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 2: 1-195 -- 1910. Dipterologische Sammelreise nach Korsika (Dipt.). - Dt. ent. Z. 1910: 635-665 -- 1921. Neue Dipteren meiner Sammlung. Pipunculidae. - Wiener Ent. Z. 38: 123-132 Bodenheimer, F. S. 1937. Prodromus Faunae Palestinae. - Mem. Inst. Egypt 33: p 188 Coe, R. L. 1966. Diptera, Pipunculidae. - Handb. Ident. Br. Ins. X, 2c: 83 pp. -- 1969. Some Pipunculidae (Diptera) from Southern Spain, with description of a new species. - Ent. Meddr. 37: 3-8 Collin, J. E. 1948. Results of the Armstrong College Expedition to Siwa Oasis (Libyan desert) 1935, under the leadership of Prof. J. Omer-Cooper. Diptera Empididae, Dolichopodidae, Aschiza and Acalypterae. - Bull. Soc. Fouad 1 Ent. 33: 175-225 -- 1958. Pipunculidae collected by Mr Ralph L. Coe in Yugoslavia in 1955, with description of two new species. - Entomologist 91: 96-99 De Meyer, M. 1989a. The West-Palaearctic species of the pipunculid genera Cephalops and Beckerias (Diptera): classification, phylogeny and geographical distribution. - J. nat. Hist. 23: 725-765 -- 1989b. Systematics of the Nearctic species of the genus Cephalops Fallen (Diptera, Pipunculidae). - Bull. Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg. Ent. 59: 99-130 -- 1992a. Revision of the Afrotropical species of Cephalops Fallen (Diptera, Pipunculidae). - J. afr. Zool. 106: 81-111 -- 1992b. Preliminary database on the distribution of Pipunculidae (Diptera) in Europe. - Proc. $th int. Coll. EIS, Brussels 1991: 91-100 -- 1993. A revision of the Afrotropical species of Tomosvaryella Aczel, 1939 (Diptera: Pipunculidae). - Ann. Natal Mus. 34: 43-101 -- &L.De Bruyn 1989. Seasonal occurrence and voltinism of Pipunculidae (Diptera) in Belgium. - Bull. Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg. Ent. 58: 71-81 Freidberg, A. 1988. 10. Zoogeography of the Diptera of Israel. In: Yom-Tov & Tchernov (Eds.): The zoogeography of Israel, pp. 277-308. - Dordrecht Grootaert, P. 1993. Faunistics and phenology of Platypalpus species in central Mediterranean Spain - reversal phenol- ogy. - Bull. Ann. Soc. r. Belg. Ent. 129: 20-25 Hackman, W. 1980. A Checklist of the Finish Diptera II. Syrphoidea. - Notul. ent. 60: 117-162 Hardy, D. E. 1961. Bibionidae (Diptera, Nematocera) and Dorilaidae (Pipunculidae: Diptera-Cyclorrhapha). - Parc nat. Garamba, Miss. H. De Saeger 24: 111-180 -- 1966. Redescription of Tomosvaryella frontata (Diptera: Pipunculidae). - Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 60: 116-118 -- 1971. Pipunculidae (Diptera) Parasitic on Rice Leafhoppers in the Oriental Region. - Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 21:779-91 Janssens, E. 1955. Mission E. Janssens & R. Tollet en Grece. 13e note Diptera Pipunculidae. - Bull. Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg. 31: 1-6 Jervis, M. A. 1992. A taxonomic revision of the pipunculid fly genus Chalarus Walker, with particular reference to the European fauna. - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 105: 243-352 Kozänek, M. 1988. Description of two new species of the genus Eudorylas (Diptera, Pipunculidae) from Soviet Middle Asia. - Faun. Sprav. 43: 945-948 Rafael, J. A. & M. De Meyer 1992. Generic classification of the family Pipunculide (Diptera): a cladistic analysis. - ]. nat. Hist. 26: 637-658 Sack, P. 1935. Dorylaidae (Pipunculidae). In: Lindner, E. (Ed.) Die Fliegen der palaearktischen Region 4(4), 32: 1-57. - Stuttgart Tanasijtshuk, V. S. 1988. Family Pipunculidae. In: Soos & Papp (Eds): Catalogue of the Palaearctic Diptera 8: 230-245. - Budapest & Amsterdam Yano, K., Ishitani, M., Asai, I. & M. Satoh 1984. Faunal and biological studies on the insects of Paddy Fields in Asia. XII. Pipunculidae from Japan (Diptera). - Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc. 16: 53-74 319 Buchbesprechungen 49. Torp, E.: Danmarks Svirrefluer. Danmarks Dyreliv Bd. 6. - Apollo Books, Kirkeby Sand 19, DK-5771 Stenstrup, 1994. 490 S., 482 Abb., 21 Farbtaf., 270 Verbreitungskarten. Dieses solide Buch informiert ausführlich über alle 270 aus Dänemark nachgewiesenen Schwebfliegenarten. Leider ist der zweispaltige Text in dänischer Sprache verfaßt. Dem Inhaltsverzeichnis und dem Vorwort folgt eine Einlei- tung, in der berühmte dänische Dipterologen und die Kartierung auf UTM-Gitter vorgestellt werden. Die notwen- digen Erklärungen zum Bau der Imagines fehlen nicht. Der 52-seitige, sehr ausführliche Bestimmungsschlüssel wird von ca. 250 Strichzeichnungen begleitet. Es folgen 12 Farbtafeln, auf denen ca. 230 Arten farbig und etwas vergrößert dargestellt werden, viele davon in beiden Geschlechtern. Auf weiteren 25 Farbfotos werden Lebendaufnahmen gezeigt, darunter auch Larven. Auf 265 Seiten, dem systematischen Teil, werden alle Arten im einzelnen behandelt. ' Die Beschreibungen enthalten in der Regel die Merkmale, Verbreitung, Habitat, Flugzeit, Blütenbesuch und Larven- biologie sowie eine englische Zusammenfassung. Die Verbreitung in Dänemark wird zusätzlich als Rasterkartierung (UTM-Gitter) bildlich dargestellt. Der Teil wird von weiteren Abbildungen von Imagines und auch einiger Larven begleitet. Wie nicht anders zu erwarten, gibt es gerade in dieser Familie auch einen volktümlichen dänischen Namen für jede Art. Weitere Kapitel behandeln Biologisches, wie Paarung, Eiablage, Larvenentwicklung, Verpuppung, Überwinterung, Biotopbindung mit Fotos typischer Landschaften, Populationsentwicklung, Zoogeographie, Feinde, Parasitismus und Mimikri. Ein Kapitel zur Roten Liste, eine Sammelanleitung, die systematische Liste mit dem | lateinischen und dem volkstümlichen dänischen Namen, ein umfangreiches Literaturverzeichnis und der Index | beschließen das Werk. Insgesamt ein Buch, das die mitteleuropäische Syrphiden-Literatur erheblich bereichert und | für jeden Insektenfreund, schon wegen der Farbabbildungen, von Nutzen sein wird. W. Schacht 50. Ebert, G. (Hrsg.): Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Württembergs. Band 3 und 4: Nachtfalter I und II. - Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart, 1994. 518 S. und 535 S. Mit der Untersuchung der Nachtfalterarten, von denen es zehnmal mehr gibt als Tagfalter, wird die enzyklopä- dische Bearbeitung der Schmetterlinge Baden-Württembergs fortgesetzt. Band 1 beinhaltet einen Allgemeinen Teil, in dem Benutzerhinweise gegeben, Beobachtungsmethoden bei Nachtfaltern vorgestellt werden und die allgemeine Ökologie und Biologie (inkl. Gefährdung und Schutz) behandelt wird. Der Spezielle Teil stellt die einzelnen Arten der Hepialidae, Cossidae, Zygaenidae, Limacodidae, Psychidae und Thyrididae vor, wobei ausführlich folgende Punkte erörtert werden: Synonyme, Gesamtverbreitung, subspezifischer Kontext, regionale und vertikale Verbrei- tung, Phänologie der Imagines und Präimaginalstadien, Lebensraum, Nahrung der Raupe, Habitat, Nahrung des Falters, Verhalten, Parasitoide sowie Gefahrdung und Schutz. Band 2 beinhaltet die Familien der Bombycidae, Lasiocampidae, Lemoniidae, Saturniidae, Sphingidae, Drepanidae, Notodontidae, Dilobidae, Lymantriidae, Ctenu- chidae und Nolidae. Die Artbeschreibungen sind luxuriös mit brillianten Farbfotos von Imagines, Präimaginalsta- dien, Futterpflanzen und Habitaten ausgestattet, ergänzt durch Säulendiagramme der Naturraum-Phänologien. Weitere Nachtfalterbände sind in Vorbereitung. Eine ebenso fantastische wie überaus preiswerte Buchreihe, die in keiner entomologischen und ökologisch-naturschutz-orientierten Bibliothek fehlen sollte. R. Gerstmeier | 51. Fossa, S. A. & A. J. Nilsen: Korallenriff-Aquarium. Band 4: Nesseltiere im Korallenriff und für das Korallenriff- Aquarium. - Birgit Schmettkamp Verlag, Bornheim, 1995. 447 S. Dieses Sachbuch ist ein herrliches Nachschlagewerk für Korallen, aber auch für andere Nesseltiere wie Hydroide, Quallen, Würfelquallen, Anemonen, Scheiben- und Krustenanemonen. Illustriert mit unzähligen brillianten Farbfo- tos werden Vorkommen, Größe, Futter und Habitus der einzelnen Arten beschrieben und die entsprechenden Aquarienbedingungen aufgelistet (generelle Pflege, Beleuchtung, Wasserbewegung und Vermehrungsmöglichkei- ten). Sehr ausführliche, allgemeine Beschreibungen finden sich in der Einleitung zu den jeweiligen Gruppen, ergänzt durch anschauliche Grafiken, Fotos von Querschnittpräparaten oder z.B. Fotos von der Ansiedelung einer Planula- Larve im Aquarium mit Heranwachsen einer neuen Kolonie. Hielt man die Haltung von Steinkorallen im Aquarium noch vor einigen Jahren für nahezu unmöglich, so zeigen Aquarianer heute, daß sogar deren Lebenszyklus im Aquarium realisiert werden kann - durchaus auch für die Wissenschaft ein interessantes Ergebnis. Ein uneinge- schränkt empfehlenswertes Standardwerk für Aquarianer, Taucher, UW-Fotografen und Korallenliebhaber. R. Gerstmeier 320 2 | SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Franzö- sisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplement- bänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet 120,- DM oder 60 US-$. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von 50,- DMbeziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts willbe accepted in German, English or French. Avolume ofthree issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is 60 US-$ or any internationally convertible currency in the value of 120,- DM. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members ofthe “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal atthe reduced rate of 50,- DM. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library ofthe Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens viercm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Siemüssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassungst der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Beitrages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und d sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" und 5,25" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblen Computern mit MS-DOS, eingereicht werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heftmitihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung sollte bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side ofthe paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstractshould precedetthe paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations mustbe enclosedseparately. Thetotal text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, ifpresent) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) andtabs (only fortables!).Instead of ? and d use ‘#f’ and ‘#m’orany other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" or 5.25" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles with MS-DOS. The publication ofthis journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive nopayment. The authorswillreceive 1 copy ofthepartofthe volume inwhichtheirpaperappears. Reprintscanbe ordered when the proofs are returned. 33. DM 138.-; 34. DM 65.-; 35. DM 39.80; 36. DM 38.-; 37. USD 78.-; 38. USD 75.-; 39. GBP 85.-; 40. GBP 85.-; 41. AUD 125.- pro Band; 42. AUD 29.95; 43. ?; 44. DFL 170.-; 45. GBP 16.50; 46. GBP 25.-, USD 45.-; 47. DM 148.-; 48. DFL 250.-; 49. DKK 300.-; 50. je DM 79.-; 51. DM 96.-. SPIXIANA 201-320 München, 01. November 1995 ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS PASTOR DE WARD, C. T.: Free-living marine nematodes from Deseado river estuary, Santa STARK, B. P. BOTOSANEANU, L.: BAEHR, M.: LOPATIN, 1.: REISS, F.: SAETHER, O.A.: AMAKYE, J. S.: NARTSHUK, E. P.: DE MEYER, M.: Buchbesprechungen Cruz, Argentina. (Ironoidea, Leptosomatidae, Thoracostomatinae) ... New species and records of Anacroneuria (Klapälek) from Venezuela (Inseeta, Plecoptera, Perlidae)) ......-2..00.. Henne nee onen eeeeheeeeerne Nouvelles donnees sur Ernodes vicinus (McL., 1879) etE. botosaneanui Vaillant, 1982 (Insecta, Trichoptera, Beraeidae) .................„„.urreneerr- A peculiar new species of Pogonoglossus Chaudoir from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Helluodinae) .........................-++...- Typenrevision der von Josef Breit beschriebenen I/schyromus-Arten (Insecta, Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) ................--4444es44Hnnenennnnnnnnn nen Micropsectra spinigera, spec. nov. from Maine, U.S.A. (Insecta, Di- ptera, Chironomidae) .. 1... EEE Bavarismittia reissi, gen. nov., spec. nov., a new orthoclad from Germany (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) .................uu.- 24244400 Collartomyia discaudata, spec. nov. from Ghana, with an emendation ofthe genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) ......................u.0 202000. A new species of Cetema Hendel with reference to the distribution of the genus (Insecta, Diptera, Chloropidae) ........................u.r2222002 02000. The pipunculid flies of Israel and the Sinai (Insecta, Diptera, Pipuncul- Idaamasıı N. een REN... Seite 201-209 211-249 251-254 255-258 259-262 263-265 267-270 271-275 277-281 283-319 ERNST MAYR LIBRARY ENGEREN TETEDIeE an nenn RA FE EEE mare Kuna n an ann ga mn ann N en denn ur Dumme nenne Bayern mar anne tree FRERGBDESBR ED E27 SR name nn nenn PER Amen mare Dad N ahnen nenn won un Sr naar Ka pre mar min RR FR NAT ER ETER SETS ERNAne US une ya ESEL En Are ne te ar AnsR NN anne RER en aan NE m Un ER mn dm gan hen TRzmerA Un 47 Era SUN DA Er Tan sunar une urn nn a UEE Ras War R, En nen une rnge aea dre n hen Ne ESTER ES EEE BEE EEE EEE PERL} Mon ges an o SE Ds wre nn a Per TA hen Par anne nun ER EEE Annuamens ZRARER Amen nam ara wenn are ns An pri ar aan Kr WAAn mar ae Karen weg en nee ne Baar urn ne Bender Alban ar era arten Br ” Bere reden manage STAR urn a agree REITER EHI SERETEE ara Er Erinen engel Unasanurngn nem Mora an arte un van -e Aura nurn mantrer ea ER een 20 BER Senseresaser Ursnaras pur are RR Kama ze aan ni MASRAR. Aare te Suse sera mer Amen gene Ipararar na Gran zrta ErRn are pers NR STE TE e . ARE Ren ur Haha £ I A Yen kein win are op Rene en Sarnen Bekannt Fehr ins En Samen ee en Daran ar un he ar ee Puma Le ER TTTET E & een ea me ae a ED PETER en AA RR WET IRIRENESDET ET EIN FURL eher Era na Behr ng aae B Saege Ta aueh Ra EA S RD RERE Ta re Sat RETTET NETT